Difference between revisions of "RFC1122"

From RFC-Wiki
Line 1: Line 1:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Network Working Group                    Internet Engineering Task Force
 
Network Working Group                    Internet Engineering Task Force
 
Request for Comments: 1122                            R. Braden, Editor
 
Request for Comments: 1122                            R. Braden, Editor
                                                            October 1989
+
                                                        October 1989
 
 
 
 
        Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Communication Layers
 
  
 +
    Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Communication Layers
  
 
Status of This Memo
 
Status of This Memo
  
  This RFC is an official specification for the Internet community.  It
+
This RFC is an official specification for the Internet community.  It
  incorporates by reference, amends, corrects, and supplements the
+
incorporates by reference, amends, corrects, and supplements the
  primary protocol standards documents relating to hosts.  Distribution
+
primary protocol standards documents relating to hosts.  Distribution
  of this document is unlimited.
+
of this document is unlimited.
  
 
Summary
 
Summary
  
  This is one RFC of a pair that defines and discusses the requirements
+
This is one RFC of a pair that defines and discusses the requirements
  for Internet host software.  This RFC covers the communications
+
for Internet host software.  This RFC covers the communications
  protocol layers: link layer, IP layer, and transport layer; its
+
protocol layers: link layer, IP layer, and transport layer; its
  companion RFC-1123 covers the application and support protocols.
+
companion RFC-1123 covers the application and support protocols.
  
 +
                        Table of Contents
  
 +
1.  INTRODUCTION ...............................................    5
 +
  1.1  The Internet Architecture ..............................    6
 +
      1.1.1  Internet Hosts ....................................    6
 +
      1.1.2  Architectural Assumptions .........................    7
 +
      1.1.3  Internet Protocol Suite ...........................    8
 +
      1.1.4  Embedded Gateway Code .............................  10
 +
  1.2  General Considerations .................................  12
 +
      1.2.1  Continuing Internet Evolution .....................  12
 +
      1.2.2  Robustness Principle ..............................  12
 +
      1.2.3  Error Logging .....................................  13
 +
      1.2.4  Configuration .....................................  14
 +
  1.3  Reading this Document ..................................  15
 +
      1.3.1  Organization ......................................  15
 +
      1.3.2  Requirements ......................................  16
 +
      1.3.3  Terminology .......................................  17
 +
  1.4  Acknowledgments ........................................  20
  
                          Table of Contents
+
2. LINK LAYER ..................................................  21
 +
  2.1  INTRODUCTION ...........................................  21
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  
 +
  2.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH ..................................  21
 +
  2.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES ........................................  21
 +
      2.3.1  Trailer Protocol Negotiation ......................  21
 +
      2.3.2  Address Resolution Protocol -- ARP ................  22
 +
        2.3.2.1  ARP Cache Validation .........................  22
 +
        2.3.2.2  ARP Packet Queue .............................  24
 +
      2.3.3  Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation ...............  24
 +
  2.4  LINK/INTERNET LAYER INTERFACE ..........................  25
 +
  2.5  LINK LAYER REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY ........................  26
  
 +
3. INTERNET LAYER PROTOCOLS ....................................  27
 +
  3.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................  27
 +
  3.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH ..................................  29
 +
      3.2.1 Internet Protocol -- IP ............................  29
 +
        3.2.1.1  Version Number ...............................  29
 +
        3.2.1.2  Checksum .....................................  29
 +
        3.2.1.3  Addressing ...................................  29
 +
        3.2.1.4  Fragmentation and Reassembly .................  32
 +
        3.2.1.5  Identification ...............................  32
 +
        3.2.1.6  Type-of-Service ..............................  33
 +
        3.2.1.7  Time-to-Live .................................  34
 +
        3.2.1.8  Options ......................................  35
 +
      3.2.2 Internet Control Message Protocol -- ICMP ..........  38
 +
        3.2.2.1  Destination Unreachable ......................  39
 +
        3.2.2.2  Redirect .....................................  40
 +
        3.2.2.3  Source Quench ................................  41
 +
        3.2.2.4  Time Exceeded ................................  41
 +
        3.2.2.5  Parameter Problem ............................  42
 +
        3.2.2.6  Echo Request/Reply ...........................  42
 +
        3.2.2.7  Information Request/Reply ....................  43
 +
        3.2.2.8  Timestamp and Timestamp Reply ................  43
 +
        3.2.2.9  Address Mask Request/Reply ...................  45
 +
      3.2.3  Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP ...........  47
 +
  3.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES ........................................  47
 +
      3.3.1  Routing Outbound Datagrams ........................  47
 +
        3.3.1.1  Local/Remote Decision ........................  47
 +
        3.3.1.2  Gateway Selection ............................  48
 +
        3.3.1.3  Route Cache ..................................  49
 +
        3.3.1.4  Dead Gateway Detection .......................  51
 +
        3.3.1.5  New Gateway Selection ........................  55
 +
        3.3.1.6  Initialization ...............................  56
 +
      3.3.2  Reassembly ........................................  56
 +
      3.3.3  Fragmentation .....................................  58
 +
      3.3.4  Local Multihoming .................................  60
 +
        3.3.4.1  Introduction .................................  60
 +
        3.3.4.2  Multihoming Requirements .....................  61
 +
        3.3.4.3  Choosing a Source Address ....................  64
 +
      3.3.5  Source Route Forwarding ...........................  65
  
  1.  INTRODUCTION ...............................................    5
+
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                 October 1989
      1.1  The Internet Architecture ..............................    6
 
        1.1.1  Internet Hosts ....................................    6
 
        1.1.2  Architectural Assumptions .........................    7
 
        1.1.3  Internet Protocol Suite ...........................    8
 
        1.1.4  Embedded Gateway Code .............................  10
 
      1.2  General Considerations .................................  12
 
        1.2.1  Continuing Internet Evolution .....................  12
 
        1.2.2  Robustness Principle ..............................  12
 
        1.2.3  Error Logging .....................................  13
 
        1.2.4  Configuration .....................................  14
 
      1.3  Reading this Document ..................................  15
 
        1.3.1  Organization ......................................  15
 
        1.3.2  Requirements ......................................  16
 
        1.3.3  Terminology .......................................  17
 
      1.4  Acknowledgments ........................................  20
 
  
  2. LINK LAYER ..................................................  21
+
      3.3.6  Broadcasts ........................................   66
       2.1 INTRODUCTION ...........................................  21
+
      3.3.7  IP Multicasting ...................................  67
 +
       3.3.8 Error Reporting ...................................  69
 +
  3.4  INTERNET/TRANSPORT LAYER INTERFACE .....................  69
 +
  3.5  INTERNET LAYER REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY ....................  72
  
 +
4. TRANSPORT PROTOCOLS .........................................  77
 +
  4.1  USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL -- UDP ..........................  77
 +
      4.1.1  INTRODUCTION ......................................  77
 +
      4.1.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH .............................  77
 +
      4.1.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES ...................................  77
 +
        4.1.3.1  Ports ........................................  77
 +
        4.1.3.2  IP Options ...................................  77
 +
        4.1.3.3  ICMP Messages ................................  78
 +
        4.1.3.4  UDP Checksums ................................  78
 +
        4.1.3.5  UDP Multihoming ..............................  79
 +
        4.1.3.6  Invalid Addresses ............................  79
 +
      4.1.4  UDP/APPLICATION LAYER INTERFACE ...................  79
 +
      4.1.5  UDP REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY ..........................  80
 +
  4.2  TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL -- TCP ...................  82
 +
      4.2.1  INTRODUCTION ......................................  82
 +
      4.2.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH .............................  82
 +
        4.2.2.1  Well-Known Ports .............................  82
 +
        4.2.2.2  Use of Push ..................................  82
 +
        4.2.2.3  Window Size ..................................  83
 +
        4.2.2.4  Urgent Pointer ...............................  84
 +
        4.2.2.5  TCP Options ..................................  85
 +
        4.2.2.6  Maximum Segment Size Option ..................  85
 +
        4.2.2.7  TCP Checksum .................................  86
 +
        4.2.2.8  TCP Connection State Diagram .................  86
 +
        4.2.2.9  Initial Sequence Number Selection ............  87
 +
        4.2.2.10  Simultaneous Open Attempts ..................  87
 +
        4.2.2.11  Recovery from Old Duplicate SYN .............  87
 +
        4.2.2.12  RST Segment .................................  87
 +
        4.2.2.13  Closing a Connection ........................  87
 +
        4.2.2.14  Data Communication ..........................  89
 +
        4.2.2.15  Retransmission Timeout ......................  90
 +
        4.2.2.16  Managing the Window .........................  91
 +
        4.2.2.17  Probing Zero Windows ........................  92
 +
        4.2.2.18  Passive OPEN Calls ..........................  92
 +
        4.2.2.19  Time to Live ................................  93
 +
        4.2.2.20  Event Processing ............................  93
 +
        4.2.2.21  Acknowledging Queued Segments ...............  94
 +
      4.2.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES ...................................  95
 +
        4.2.3.1  Retransmission Timeout Calculation ...........  95
 +
        4.2.3.2  When to Send an ACK Segment ..................  96
 +
        4.2.3.3  When to Send a Window Update .................  97
 +
        4.2.3.4  When to Send Data ............................  98
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 1]
+
        4.2.3.5  TCP Connection Failures ......................  100
 
+
        4.2.3.6  TCP Keep-Alives ..............................  101
 
+
        4.2.3.7  TCP Multihoming ..............................  103
 +
        4.2.3.8  IP Options ...................................  103
 +
        4.2.3.9  ICMP Messages ................................  103
 +
        4.2.3.10  Remote Address Validation ...................  104
 +
        4.2.3.11  TCP Traffic Patterns ........................  104
 +
        4.2.3.12  Efficiency ..................................  105
 +
      4.2.4  TCP/APPLICATION LAYER INTERFACE ...................  106
 +
        4.2.4.1 Asynchronous Reports .........................  106
 +
        4.2.4.2  Type-of-Service ..............................  107
 +
        4.2.4.3  Flush Call ...................................  107
 +
        4.2.4.4  Multihoming ..................................  108
 +
      4.2.5  TCP REQUIREMENT SUMMARY ...........................  108
  
 +
5.  REFERENCES .................................................  112
  
 
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  
 +
== INTRODUCTION ==
  
      2.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH ..................................  21
+
This document is one of a pair that defines and discusses the
      2.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES ........................................  21
+
requirements for host system implementations of the Internet protocol
        2.3.1  Trailer Protocol Negotiation ......................  21
+
suiteThis RFC covers the communication protocol layers: link
        2.3.2  Address Resolution Protocol -- ARP ................  22
+
layer, IP layer, and transport layerIts companion RFC,
            2.3.2.1  ARP Cache Validation .........................  22
+
"Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support"
            2.3.2.2  ARP Packet Queue .............................  24
+
[INTRO:1], covers the application layer protocolsThis document
        2.3.3  Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation ...............  24
+
should also be read in conjunction with "Requirements for Internet
      2.4  LINK/INTERNET LAYER INTERFACE ..........................  25
+
Gateways" [INTRO:2].
      2.5 LINK LAYER REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY ........................  26
 
 
 
  3. INTERNET LAYER PROTOCOLS ....................................  27
 
      3.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................  27
 
      3.2 PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH ..................................  29
 
        3.2.1 Internet Protocol -- IP ............................  29
 
            3.2.1.1  Version Number ...............................  29
 
            3.2.1.2  Checksum .....................................  29
 
            3.2.1.3  Addressing ...................................  29
 
            3.2.1.4  Fragmentation and Reassembly .................  32
 
            3.2.1.5  Identification ...............................  32
 
            3.2.1.6 Type-of-Service ..............................  33
 
            3.2.1.7  Time-to-Live .................................  34
 
            3.2.1.8  Options ......................................  35
 
        3.2.2 Internet Control Message Protocol -- ICMP ..........  38
 
            3.2.2.1 Destination Unreachable ......................  39
 
            3.2.2.2 Redirect .....................................  40
 
            3.2.2.3  Source Quench ................................  41
 
            3.2.2.4  Time Exceeded ................................  41
 
            3.2.2.5  Parameter Problem ............................  42
 
            3.2.2.6  Echo Request/Reply ...........................  42
 
            3.2.2.7  Information Request/Reply ....................  43
 
            3.2.2.8  Timestamp and Timestamp Reply ................  43
 
            3.2.2.9  Address Mask Request/Reply ...................  45
 
        3.2.3  Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP ...........  47
 
      3.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES ........................................  47
 
        3.3.1  Routing Outbound Datagrams ........................  47
 
            3.3.1.1  Local/Remote Decision ........................  47
 
            3.3.1.2  Gateway Selection ............................  48
 
            3.3.1.3  Route Cache ..................................  49
 
            3.3.1.4  Dead Gateway Detection .......................  51
 
            3.3.1.5  New Gateway Selection ........................  55
 
            3.3.1.6  Initialization ...............................  56
 
        3.3.2  Reassembly ........................................  56
 
        3.3.3  Fragmentation .....................................  58
 
        3.3.4  Local Multihoming .................................  60
 
            3.3.4.1  Introduction .................................  60
 
            3.3.4.2 Multihoming Requirements .....................  61
 
            3.3.4.3  Choosing a Source Address ....................  64
 
        3.3.5  Source Route Forwarding ...........................   65
 
  
 +
These documents are intended to provide guidance for vendors,
 +
implementors, and users of Internet communication software.  They
 +
represent the consensus of a large body of technical experience and
 +
wisdom, contributed by the members of the Internet research and
 +
vendor communities.
  
 +
This RFC enumerates standard protocols that a host connected to the
 +
Internet must use, and it incorporates by reference the RFCs and
 +
other documents describing the current specifications for these
 +
protocols.  It corrects errors in the referenced documents and adds
 +
additional discussion and guidance for an implementor.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 2]
+
For each protocol, this document also contains an explicit set of
 +
requirements, recommendations, and options.  The reader must
 +
understand that the list of requirements in this document is
 +
incomplete by itself; the complete set of requirements for an
 +
Internet host is primarily defined in the standard protocol
 +
specification documents, with the corrections, amendments, and
 +
supplements contained in this RFC.
  
 +
A good-faith implementation of the protocols that was produced after
 +
careful reading of the RFC's and with some interaction with the
 +
Internet technical community, and that followed good communications
 +
software engineering practices, should differ from the requirements
 +
of this document in only minor ways.  Thus, in many cases, the
 +
"requirements" in this RFC are already stated or implied in the
 +
standard protocol documents, so that their inclusion here is, in a
 +
sense, redundant.  However, they were included because some past
 +
implementation has made the wrong choice, causing problems of
 +
interoperability, performance, and/or robustness.
  
 +
This document includes discussion and explanation of many of the
 +
requirements and recommendations.  A simple list of requirements
 +
would be dangerous, because:
  
 +
o    Some required features are more important than others, and some
 +
    features are optional.
  
 
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  
 +
o    There may be valid reasons why particular vendor products that
 +
    are designed for restricted contexts might choose to use
 +
    different specifications.
  
        3.3.6  Broadcasts ........................................  66
+
However, the specifications of this document must be followed to meet
        3.3.7 IP Multicasting ...................................  67
+
the general goal of arbitrary host interoperation across the
        3.3.8  Error Reporting ...................................  69
+
diversity and complexity of the Internet systemAlthough most
      3.4  INTERNET/TRANSPORT LAYER INTERFACE .....................  69
+
current implementations fail to meet these requirements in various
      3.5  INTERNET LAYER REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY ....................   72
+
ways, some minor and some major, this specification is the ideal
 +
towards which we need to move.
  
  4. TRANSPORT PROTOCOLS .........................................  77
+
These requirements are based on the current level of Internet
      4.1  USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL -- UDP ..........................  77
+
architectureThis document will be updated as required to provide
        4.1.1  INTRODUCTION ......................................  77
+
additional clarifications or to include additional information in
        4.1.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH .............................  77
+
those areas in which specifications are still evolving.
        4.1.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES ...................................  77
 
            4.1.3.1  Ports ........................................  77
 
            4.1.3.2  IP Options ...................................  77
 
            4.1.3.3  ICMP Messages ................................  78
 
            4.1.3.4  UDP Checksums ................................  78
 
            4.1.3.5  UDP Multihoming ..............................  79
 
            4.1.3.6  Invalid Addresses ............................  79
 
        4.1.4  UDP/APPLICATION LAYER INTERFACE ...................  79
 
        4.1.5  UDP REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY ..........................  80
 
      4.2  TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL -- TCP ...................  82
 
        4.2.1  INTRODUCTION ......................................  82
 
        4.2.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH .............................  82
 
            4.2.2.1  Well-Known Ports .............................  82
 
            4.2.2.2  Use of Push ..................................  82
 
            4.2.2.3  Window Size ..................................  83
 
            4.2.2.4  Urgent Pointer ...............................  84
 
            4.2.2.5  TCP Options ..................................  85
 
            4.2.2.6  Maximum Segment Size Option ..................  85
 
            4.2.2.7  TCP Checksum .................................  86
 
            4.2.2.8  TCP Connection State Diagram .................  86
 
            4.2.2.9  Initial Sequence Number Selection ............  87
 
            4.2.2.10  Simultaneous Open Attempts ..................  87
 
            4.2.2.11  Recovery from Old Duplicate SYN .............  87
 
            4.2.2.12  RST Segment .................................  87
 
            4.2.2.13 Closing a Connection ........................  87
 
            4.2.2.14  Data Communication ..........................  89
 
            4.2.2.15  Retransmission Timeout ......................  90
 
            4.2.2.16  Managing the Window .........................  91
 
            4.2.2.17  Probing Zero Windows ........................  92
 
            4.2.2.18  Passive OPEN Calls ..........................  92
 
            4.2.2.19  Time to Live ................................  93
 
            4.2.2.20  Event Processing ............................  93
 
            4.2.2.21  Acknowledging Queued Segments ...............  94
 
        4.2.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES ...................................  95
 
            4.2.3.1  Retransmission Timeout Calculation ...........  95
 
            4.2.3.2  When to Send an ACK Segment ..................  96
 
            4.2.3.3  When to Send a Window Update .................  97
 
            4.2.3.4  When to Send Data ............................   98
 
  
 +
This introductory section begins with a brief overview of the
 +
Internet architecture as it relates to hosts, and then gives some
 +
general advice to host software vendors.  Finally, there is some
 +
guidance on reading the rest of the document and some terminology.
  
 +
1.1  The Internet Architecture
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 3]
+
  General background and discussion on the Internet architecture and
 +
  supporting protocol suite can be found in the DDN Protocol
 +
  Handbook [INTRO:3]; for background see for example [INTRO:9],
 +
  [INTRO:10], and [INTRO:11].  Reference [INTRO:5] describes the
 +
  procedure for obtaining Internet protocol documents, while
 +
  [INTRO:6] contains a list of the numbers assigned within Internet
 +
  protocols.
  
 +
  1.1.1  Internet Hosts
  
 +
      A host computer, or simply "host," is the ultimate consumer of
 +
      communication services.  A host generally executes application
 +
      programs on behalf of user(s), employing network and/or
 +
      Internet communication services in support of this function.
 +
      An Internet host corresponds to the concept of an "End-System"
 +
      used in the OSI protocol suite [INTRO:13].
  
 +
      An Internet communication system consists of interconnected
 +
      packet networks supporting communication among host computers
 +
      using the Internet protocols.  The networks are interconnected
 +
      using packet-switching computers called "gateways" or "IP
 +
      routers" by the Internet community, and "Intermediate Systems"
 +
      by the OSI world [INTRO:13].  The RFC "Requirements for
 +
      Internet Gateways" [INTRO:2] contains the official
 +
      specifications for Internet gateways.  That RFC together with
  
 
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  
 +
      the present document and its companion [INTRO:1] define the
 +
      rules for the current realization of the Internet architecture.
  
            4.2.3.5  TCP Connection Failures ......................  100
+
      Internet hosts span a wide range of size, speed, and function.
            4.2.3.6  TCP Keep-Alives ..............................  101
+
      They range in size from small microprocessors through
            4.2.3.7 TCP Multihoming ..............................  103
+
      workstations to mainframes and supercomputersIn function,
            4.2.3.8  IP Options ...................................  103
+
      they range from single-purpose hosts (such as terminal servers)
            4.2.3.9  ICMP Messages ................................  103
+
      to full-service hosts that support a variety of online network
            4.2.3.10  Remote Address Validation ...................  104
+
      services, typically including remote login, file transfer, and
            4.2.3.11  TCP Traffic Patterns ........................  104
+
      electronic mail.
            4.2.3.12  Efficiency ..................................  105
 
        4.2.4  TCP/APPLICATION LAYER INTERFACE ...................  106
 
            4.2.4.1  Asynchronous Reports .........................  106
 
            4.2.4.2  Type-of-Service ..............................  107
 
            4.2.4.3  Flush Call ...................................  107
 
            4.2.4.4  Multihoming ..................................  108
 
        4.2.5  TCP REQUIREMENT SUMMARY ...........................  108
 
  
  5REFERENCES .................................................  112
+
      A host is generally said to be multihomed if it has more than
 +
      one interface to the same or to different networksSee
 +
      Section 1.1.3 on "Terminology".
  
 +
  1.1.2  Architectural Assumptions
  
 +
      The current Internet architecture is based on a set of
 +
      assumptions about the communication system.  The assumptions
 +
      most relevant to hosts are as follows:
  
 +
      (a)  The Internet is a network of networks.
  
 +
          Each host is directly connected to some particular
 +
          network(s); its connection to the Internet is only
 +
          conceptual.  Two hosts on the same network communicate
 +
          with each other using the same set of protocols that they
 +
          would use to communicate with hosts on distant networks.
  
 +
      (b)  Gateways don't keep connection state information.
  
 +
          To improve robustness of the communication system,
 +
          gateways are designed to be stateless, forwarding each IP
 +
          datagram independently of other datagrams.  As a result,
 +
          redundant paths can be exploited to provide robust service
 +
          in spite of failures of intervening gateways and networks.
  
 +
          All state information required for end-to-end flow control
 +
          and reliability is implemented in the hosts, in the
 +
          transport layer or in application programs.  All
 +
          connection control information is thus co-located with the
 +
          end points of the communication, so it will be lost only
 +
          if an end point fails.
  
 +
      (c)  Routing complexity should be in the gateways.
  
 +
          Routing is a complex and difficult problem, and ought to
 +
          be performed by the gateways, not the hosts.  An important
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  
 +
          objective is to insulate host software from changes caused
 +
          by the inevitable evolution of the Internet routing
 +
          architecture.
  
 +
      (d)  The System must tolerate wide network variation.
  
 +
          A basic objective of the Internet design is to tolerate a
 +
          wide range of network characteristics -- e.g., bandwidth,
 +
          delay, packet loss, packet reordering, and maximum packet
 +
          size.  Another objective is robustness against failure of
 +
          individual networks, gateways, and hosts, using whatever
 +
          bandwidth is still available.  Finally, the goal is full
 +
          "open system interconnection": an Internet host must be
 +
          able to interoperate robustly and effectively with any
 +
          other Internet host, across diverse Internet paths.
  
 +
          Sometimes host implementors have designed for less
 +
          ambitious goals.  For example, the LAN environment is
 +
          typically much more benign than the Internet as a whole;
 +
          LANs have low packet loss and delay and do not reorder
 +
          packets.  Some vendors have fielded host implementations
 +
          that are adequate for a simple LAN environment, but work
 +
          badly for general interoperation.  The vendor justifies
 +
          such a product as being economical within the restricted
 +
          LAN market.  However, isolated LANs seldom stay isolated
 +
          for long; they are soon gatewayed to each other, to
 +
          organization-wide internets, and eventually to the global
 +
          Internet system.  In the end, neither the customer nor the
 +
          vendor is served by incomplete or substandard Internet
 +
          host software.
  
 +
          The requirements spelled out in this document are designed
 +
          for a full-function Internet host, capable of full
 +
          interoperation over an arbitrary Internet path.
  
 +
  1.1.3  Internet Protocol Suite
  
 +
      To communicate using the Internet system, a host must implement
 +
      the layered set of protocols comprising the Internet protocol
 +
      suite.  A host typically must implement at least one protocol
 +
      from each layer.
  
 +
      The protocol layers used in the Internet architecture are as
 +
      follows [INTRO:4]:
  
 +
      o  Application Layer
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  
 +
          The application layer is the top layer of the Internet
 +
          protocol suite.  The Internet suite does not further
 +
          subdivide the application layer, although some of the
 +
          Internet application layer protocols do contain some
 +
          internal sub-layering.  The application layer of the
 +
          Internet suite essentially combines the functions of the
 +
          top two layers -- Presentation and Application -- of the
 +
          OSI reference model.
  
 +
          We distinguish two categories of application layer
 +
          protocols:  user protocols that provide service directly
 +
          to users, and support protocols that provide common system
 +
          functions.  Requirements for user and support protocols
 +
          will be found in the companion RFC [INTRO:1].
  
 +
          The most common Internet user protocols are:
  
 +
            o  Telnet (remote login)
 +
            o  FTP    (file transfer)
 +
            o  SMTP  (electronic mail delivery)
  
 +
          There are a number of other standardized user protocols
 +
          [INTRO:4] and many private user protocols.
  
 +
          Support protocols, used for host name mapping, booting,
 +
          and management, include SNMP, BOOTP, RARP, and the Domain
 +
          Name System (DNS) protocols.
  
 +
      o  Transport Layer
  
 +
          The transport layer provides end-to-end communication
 +
          services for applications.  There are two primary
 +
          transport layer protocols at present:
  
 +
            o Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
 +
            o User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
  
 +
          TCP is a reliable connection-oriented transport service
 +
          that provides end-to-end reliability, resequencing, and
 +
          flow control.  UDP is a connectionless ("datagram")
 +
          transport service.
  
 +
          Other transport protocols have been developed by the
 +
          research community, and the set of official Internet
 +
          transport protocols may be expanded in the future.
  
 +
          Transport layer protocols are discussed in Chapter 4.
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  
 +
      o  Internet Layer
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 4]
+
          All Internet transport protocols use the Internet Protocol
 +
          (IP) to carry data from source host to destination host.
 +
          IP is a connectionless or datagram internetwork service,
 +
          providing no end-to-end delivery guarantees. Thus, IP
 +
          datagrams may arrive at the destination host damaged,
 +
          duplicated, out of order, or not at all.  The layers above
 +
          IP are responsible for reliable delivery service when it
 +
          is required.  The IP protocol includes provision for
 +
          addressing, type-of-service specification, fragmentation
 +
          and reassembly, and security information.
  
 +
          The datagram or connectionless nature of the IP protocol
 +
          is a fundamental and characteristic feature of the
 +
          Internet architecture.  Internet IP was the model for the
 +
          OSI Connectionless Network Protocol [INTRO:12].
  
 +
          ICMP is a control protocol that is considered to be an
 +
          integral part of IP, although it is architecturally
 +
          layered upon IP, i.e., it uses IP to carry its data end-
 +
          to-end just as a transport protocol like TCP or UDP does.
 +
          ICMP provides error reporting, congestion reporting, and
 +
          first-hop gateway redirection.
  
 +
          IGMP is an Internet layer protocol used for establishing
 +
          dynamic host groups for IP multicasting.
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
          The Internet layer protocols IP, ICMP, and IGMP are
 +
          discussed in Chapter 3.
  
 +
      o  Link Layer
  
1INTRODUCTION
+
          To communicate on its directly-connected network, a host
 +
          must implement the communication protocol used to
 +
          interface to that networkWe call this a link layer or
 +
          media-access layer protocol.
  
  This document is one of a pair that defines and discusses the
+
          There is a wide variety of link layer protocols,
  requirements for host system implementations of the Internet protocol
+
          corresponding to the many different types of networks.
  suite.  This RFC covers the communication protocol layers:  link
+
          See Chapter 2.
  layer, IP layer, and transport layer.  Its companion RFC,
 
  "Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support"
 
  [INTRO:1], covers the application layer protocols. This document
 
  should also be read in conjunction with "Requirements for Internet
 
  Gateways" [INTRO:2].
 
  
   These documents are intended to provide guidance for vendors,
+
   1.1.4 Embedded Gateway Code
  implementors, and users of Internet communication softwareThey
 
  represent the consensus of a large body of technical experience and
 
  wisdom, contributed by the members of the Internet research and
 
  vendor communities.
 
  
  This RFC enumerates standard protocols that a host connected to the
+
      Some Internet host software includes embedded gateway
  Internet must use, and it incorporates by reference the RFCs and
+
      functionality, so that these hosts can forward packets as a
  other documents describing the current specifications for these
 
  protocols.  It corrects errors in the referenced documents and adds
 
  additional discussion and guidance for an implementor.
 
  
  For each protocol, this document also contains an explicit set of
+
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  requirements, recommendations, and options.  The reader must
 
  understand that the list of requirements in this document is
 
  incomplete by itself; the complete set of requirements for an
 
  Internet host is primarily defined in the standard protocol
 
  specification documents, with the corrections, amendments, and
 
  supplements contained in this RFC.
 
  
  A good-faith implementation of the protocols that was produced after
+
      gateway would, while still performing the application layer
  careful reading of the RFC's and with some interaction with the
+
      functions of a host.
  Internet technical community, and that followed good communications
 
  software engineering practices, should differ from the requirements
 
  of this document in only minor ways.  Thus, in many cases, the
 
  "requirements" in this RFC are already stated or implied in the
 
  standard protocol documents, so that their inclusion here is, in a
 
  sense, redundant.  However, they were included because some past
 
  implementation has made the wrong choice, causing problems of
 
  interoperability, performance, and/or robustness.
 
  
  This document includes discussion and explanation of many of the
+
      Such dual-purpose systems must follow the Gateway Requirements
  requirements and recommendationsA simple list of requirements
+
      RFC [INTRO:2]  with respect to their gateway functions, and
  would be dangerous, because:
+
      must follow the present document with respect to their host
 +
      functionsIn all overlapping cases, the two specifications
 +
      should be in agreement.
  
  o    Some required features are more important than others, and some
+
      There are varying opinions in the Internet community about
        features are optional.
+
      embedded gateway functionality.  The main arguments are as
 +
      follows:
  
 +
      o    Pro: in a local network environment where networking is
 +
          informal, or in isolated internets, it may be convenient
 +
          and economical to use existing host systems as gateways.
  
 +
          There is also an architectural argument for embedded
 +
          gateway functionality: multihoming is much more common
 +
          than originally foreseen, and multihoming forces a host to
 +
          make routing decisions as if it were a gateway.  If the
 +
          multihomed  host contains an embedded gateway, it will
 +
          have full routing knowledge and as a result will be able
 +
          to make more optimal routing decisions.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 5]
+
      o    Con: Gateway algorithms and protocols are still changing,
 +
          and they will continue to change as the Internet system
 +
          grows larger.  Attempting to include a general gateway
 +
          function within the host IP layer will force host system
 +
          maintainers to track these (more frequent) changes.  Also,
 +
          a larger pool of gateway implementations will make
 +
          coordinating the changes more difficult.  Finally, the
 +
          complexity of a gateway IP layer is somewhat greater than
 +
          that of a host, making the implementation and operation
 +
          tasks more complex.
  
 +
          In addition, the style of operation of some hosts is not
 +
          appropriate for providing stable and robust gateway
 +
          service.
  
 +
      There is considerable merit in both of these viewpoints.  One
 +
      conclusion can be drawn: an host administrator must have
 +
      conscious control over whether or not a given host acts as a
 +
      gateway.  See Section 3.1 for the detailed requirements.
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
1.2  General Considerations
  
 +
  There are two important lessons that vendors of Internet host
 +
  software have learned and which a new vendor should consider
 +
  seriously.
  
   o    There may be valid reasons why particular vendor products that
+
   1.2.1  Continuing Internet Evolution
        are designed for restricted contexts might choose to use
 
        different specifications.
 
  
  However, the specifications of this document must be followed to meet
+
      The enormous growth of the Internet has revealed problems of
  the general goal of arbitrary host interoperation across the
+
      management and scaling in a large datagram-based packet
  diversity and complexity of the Internet system.  Although most
+
      communication system.  These problems are being addressed, and
  current implementations fail to meet these requirements in various
+
      as a result there will be continuing evolution of the
  ways, some minor and some major, this specification is the ideal
+
      specifications described in this document.  These changes will
  towards which we need to move.
+
      be carefully planned and controlled, since there is extensive
 +
      participation in this planning by the vendors and by the
 +
      organizations responsible for operations of the networks.
  
  These requirements are based on the current level of Internet
+
      Development, evolution, and revision are characteristic of
  architectureThis document will be updated as required to provide
+
      computer network protocols today, and this situation will
  additional clarifications or to include additional information in
+
      persist for some yearsA vendor who develops computer
  those areas in which specifications are still evolving.
+
      communication software for the Internet protocol suite (or any
 +
      other protocol suite!) and then fails to maintain and update
 +
      that software for changing specifications is going to leave a
 +
      trail of unhappy customers.  The Internet is a large
 +
      communication network, and the users are in constant contact
 +
      through it.  Experience has shown that knowledge of
 +
      deficiencies in vendor software propagates quickly through the
 +
      Internet technical community.
  
   This introductory section begins with a brief overview of the
+
   1.2.2 Robustness Principle
  Internet architecture as it relates to hosts, and then gives some
 
  general advice to host software vendorsFinally, there is some
 
  guidance on reading the rest of the document and some terminology.
 
  
  1.1  The Internet Architecture
+
      At every layer of the protocols, there is a general rule whose
 +
      application can lead to enormous benefits in robustness and
 +
      interoperability [IP:1]:
  
      General background and discussion on the Internet architecture and
+
            "Be liberal in what you accept, and
      supporting protocol suite can be found in the DDN Protocol
+
              conservative in what you send"
      Handbook [INTRO:3]; for background see for example [INTRO:9],
 
      [INTRO:10], and [INTRO:11].  Reference [INTRO:5] describes the
 
      procedure for obtaining Internet protocol documents, while
 
      [INTRO:6] contains a list of the numbers assigned within Internet
 
      protocols.
 
  
       1.1.1 Internet Hosts
+
       Software should be written to deal with every conceivable
 +
      error, no matter how unlikely; sooner or later a packet will
 +
      come in with that particular combination of errors and
 +
      attributes, and unless the software is prepared, chaos can
 +
      ensue. In general, it is best to assume that the network is
 +
      filled with malevolent entities that will send in packets
 +
      designed to have the worst possible effectThis assumption
 +
      will lead to suitable protective design, although the most
 +
      serious problems in the Internet have been caused by
 +
      unenvisaged mechanisms triggered by low-probability events;
  
        A host computer, or simply "host," is the ultimate consumer of
+
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
        communication services.  A host generally executes application
 
        programs on behalf of user(s), employing network and/or
 
        Internet communication services in support of this function.
 
        An Internet host corresponds to the concept of an "End-System"
 
        used in the OSI protocol suite [INTRO:13].
 
  
        An Internet communication system consists of interconnected
+
      mere human malice would never have taken so devious a course!
        packet networks supporting communication among host computers
 
        using the Internet protocols.  The networks are interconnected
 
        using packet-switching computers called "gateways" or "IP
 
        routers" by the Internet community, and "Intermediate Systems"
 
        by the OSI world [INTRO:13].  The RFC "Requirements for
 
        Internet Gateways" [INTRO:2] contains the official
 
        specifications for Internet gateways.  That RFC together with
 
  
 +
      Adaptability to change must be designed into all levels of
 +
      Internet host software.  As a simple example, consider a
 +
      protocol specification that contains an enumeration of values
 +
      for a particular header field -- e.g., a type field, a port
 +
      number, or an error code; this enumeration must be assumed to
 +
      be incomplete.  Thus, if a protocol specification defines four
 +
      possible error codes, the software must not break when a fifth
 +
      code shows up.  An undefined code might be logged (see below),
 +
      but it must not cause a failure.
  
 +
      The second part of the principle is almost as important:
 +
      software on other hosts may contain deficiencies that make it
 +
      unwise to exploit legal but obscure protocol features.  It is
 +
      unwise to stray far from the obvious and simple, lest untoward
 +
      effects result elsewhere.  A corollary of this is "watch out
 +
      for misbehaving hosts"; host software should be prepared, not
 +
      just to survive other misbehaving hosts, but also to cooperate
 +
      to limit the amount of disruption such hosts can cause to the
 +
      shared communication facility.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 6]
+
  1.2.3  Error Logging
  
 +
      The Internet includes a great variety of host and gateway
 +
      systems, each implementing many protocols and protocol layers,
 +
      and some of these contain bugs and mis-features in their
 +
      Internet protocol software.  As a result of complexity,
 +
      diversity, and distribution of function, the diagnosis of
 +
      Internet problems is often very difficult.
  
 +
      Problem diagnosis will be aided if host implementations include
 +
      a carefully designed facility for logging erroneous or
 +
      "strange" protocol events.  It is important to include as much
 +
      diagnostic information as possible when an error is logged.  In
 +
      particular, it is often useful to record the header(s) of a
 +
      packet that caused an error.  However, care must be taken to
 +
      ensure that error logging does not consume prohibitive amounts
 +
      of resources or otherwise interfere with the operation of the
 +
      host.
  
 +
      There is a tendency for abnormal but harmless protocol events
 +
      to overflow error logging files; this can be avoided by using a
 +
      "circular" log, or by enabling logging only while diagnosing a
 +
      known failure.  It may be useful to filter and count duplicate
 +
      successive messages.  One strategy that seems to work well is:
 +
      (1) always count abnormalities and make such counts accessible
 +
      through the management protocol (see [INTRO:1]); and (2) allow
  
 
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  
 +
      the logging of a great variety of events to be selectively
 +
      enabled.  For example, it might useful to be able to "log
 +
      everything" or to "log everything for host X".
  
        the present document and its companion [INTRO:1] define the
+
      Note that different managements may have differing policies
        rules for the current realization of the Internet architecture.
+
      about the amount of error logging that they want normally
 +
      enabled in a host.  Some will say, "if it doesn't hurt me, I
 +
      don't want to know about it", while others will want to take a
 +
      more watchful and aggressive attitude about detecting and
 +
      removing protocol abnormalities.
  
        Internet hosts span a wide range of size, speed, and function.
+
  1.2.4 Configuration
        They range in size from small microprocessors through
 
        workstations to mainframes and supercomputersIn function,
 
        they range from single-purpose hosts (such as terminal servers)
 
        to full-service hosts that support a variety of online network
 
        services, typically including remote login, file transfer, and
 
        electronic mail.
 
  
        A host is generally said to be multihomed if it has more than
+
      It would be ideal if a host implementation of the Internet
        one interface to the same or to different networksSee
+
      protocol suite could be entirely self-configuring.  This would
        Section 1.1.3 on "Terminology".
+
      allow the whole suite to be implemented in ROM or cast into
 +
      silicon, it would simplify diskless workstations, and it would
 +
      be an immense boon to harried LAN administrators as well as
 +
      system vendorsWe have not reached this ideal; in fact, we
 +
      are not even close.
  
       1.1.2 Architectural Assumptions
+
       At many points in this document, you will find a requirement
 +
      that a parameter be a configurable option. There are several
 +
      different reasons behind such requirements.  In a few cases,
 +
      there is current uncertainty or disagreement about the best
 +
      value, and it may be necessary to update the recommended value
 +
      in the future.  In other cases, the value really depends on
 +
      external factors -- e.g., the size of the host and the
 +
      distribution of its communication load, or the speeds and
 +
      topology of nearby networks -- and self-tuning algorithms are
 +
      unavailable and may be insufficientIn some cases,
 +
      configurability is needed because of administrative
 +
      requirements.
  
        The current Internet architecture is based on a set of
+
      Finally, some configuration options are required to communicate
        assumptions about the communication systemThe assumptions
+
      with obsolete or incorrect implementations of the protocols,
        most relevant to hosts are as follows:
+
      distributed without sources, that unfortunately persist in many
 +
      parts of the InternetTo make correct systems coexist with
 +
      these faulty systems, administrators often have to "mis-
 +
      configure" the correct systems.  This problem will correct
 +
      itself gradually as the faulty systems are retired, but it
 +
      cannot be ignored by vendors.
  
        (a) The Internet is a network of networks.
+
      When we say that a parameter must be configurable, we do not
 +
      intend to require that its value be explicitly read from a
 +
      configuration file at every boot time. We recommend that
 +
      implementors set up a default for each parameter, so a
 +
      configuration file is only necessary to override those defaults
  
              Each host is directly connected to some particular
+
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
              network(s); its connection to the Internet is only
 
              conceptual.  Two hosts on the same network communicate
 
              with each other using the same set of protocols that they
 
              would use to communicate with hosts on distant networks.
 
  
        (b) Gateways don't keep connection state information.
+
      that are inappropriate in a particular installation. Thus, the
 +
      configurability requirement is an assurance that it will be
 +
      POSSIBLE to override the default when necessary, even in a
 +
      binary-only or ROM-based product.
  
              To improve robustness of the communication system,
+
      This document requires a particular value for such defaults in
              gateways are designed to be stateless, forwarding each IP
+
      some cases.  The choice of default is a sensitive issue when
              datagram independently of other datagrams. As a result,
+
      the configuration item controls the accommodation to existing
              redundant paths can be exploited to provide robust service
+
      faulty systems.  If the Internet is to converge successfully to
              in spite of failures of intervening gateways and networks.
+
      complete interoperability, the default values built into
 +
      implementations must implement the official protocol, not
 +
      "mis-configurations" to accommodate faulty implementations.
 +
      Although marketing considerations have led some vendors to
 +
      choose mis-configuration defaults, we urge vendors to choose
 +
      defaults that will conform to the standard.
  
              All state information required for end-to-end flow control
+
      Finally, we note that a vendor needs to provide adequate
              and reliability is implemented in the hosts, in the
+
      documentation on all configuration parameters, their limits and
              transport layer or in application programs.  All
+
      effects.
              connection control information is thus co-located with the
 
              end points of the communication, so it will be lost only
 
              if an end point fails.
 
  
        (c) Routing complexity should be in the gateways.
+
1.3 Reading this Document
  
              Routing is a complex and difficult problem, and ought to
+
  1.3.1 Organization
              be performed by the gateways, not the hostsAn important
 
  
 +
      Protocol layering, which is generally used as an organizing
 +
      principle in implementing network software, has also been used
 +
      to organize this document.  In describing the rules, we assume
 +
      that an implementation does strictly mirror the layering of the
 +
      protocols.  Thus, the following three major sections specify
 +
      the requirements for the link layer, the internet layer, and
 +
      the transport layer, respectively.  A companion RFC [INTRO:1]
 +
      covers application level software.  This layerist organization
 +
      was chosen for simplicity and clarity.
  
 +
      However, strict layering is an imperfect model, both for the
 +
      protocol suite and for recommended implementation approaches.
 +
      Protocols in different layers interact in complex and sometimes
 +
      subtle ways, and particular functions often involve multiple
 +
      layers.  There are many design choices in an implementation,
 +
      many of which involve creative "breaking" of strict layering.
 +
      Every implementor is urged to read references [INTRO:7] and
 +
      [INTRO:8].
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 7]
+
      This document describes the conceptual service interface
 +
      between layers using a functional ("procedure call") notation,
 +
      like that used in the TCP specification [TCP:1].  A host
 +
      implementation must support the logical information flow
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  
 +
      implied by these calls, but need not literally implement the
 +
      calls themselves.  For example, many implementations reflect
 +
      the coupling between the transport layer and the IP layer by
 +
      giving them shared access to common data structures.  These
 +
      data structures, rather than explicit procedure calls, are then
 +
      the agency for passing much of the information that is
 +
      required.
  
 +
      In general, each major section of this document is organized
 +
      into the following subsections:
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
      (1)  Introduction
  
 +
      (2)  Protocol Walk-Through -- considers the protocol
 +
          specification documents section-by-section, correcting
 +
          errors, stating requirements that may be ambiguous or
 +
          ill-defined, and providing further clarification or
 +
          explanation.
  
              objective is to insulate host software from changes caused
+
      (3)  Specific Issues -- discusses protocol design and
              by the inevitable evolution of the Internet routing
+
          implementation issues that were not included in the walk-
              architecture.
+
          through.
  
        (dThe System must tolerate wide network variation.
+
      (4Interfaces -- discusses the service interface to the next
 +
          higher layer.
  
              A basic objective of the Internet design is to tolerate a
+
      (5)  Summary -- contains a summary of the requirements of the
              wide range of network characteristics -- e.g., bandwidth,
+
          section.
              delay, packet loss, packet reordering, and maximum packet
 
              size.  Another objective is robustness against failure of
 
              individual networks, gateways, and hosts, using whatever
 
              bandwidth is still available.  Finally, the goal is full
 
              "open system interconnection": an Internet host must be
 
              able to interoperate robustly and effectively with any
 
              other Internet host, across diverse Internet paths.
 
  
              Sometimes host implementors have designed for less
+
      Under many of the individual topics in this document, there is
              ambitious goals. For example, the LAN environment is
+
      parenthetical material labeled "DISCUSSION" or
              typically much more benign than the Internet as a whole;
+
      "IMPLEMENTATION". This material is intended to give
              LANs have low packet loss and delay and do not reorder
+
      clarification and explanation of the preceding requirements
              packetsSome vendors have fielded host implementations
+
      textIt also includes some suggestions on possible future
              that are adequate for a simple LAN environment, but work
+
      directions or developments.  The implementation material
              badly for general interoperation.  The vendor justifies
+
      contains suggested approaches that an implementor may want to
              such a product as being economical within the restricted
+
      consider.
              LAN market.  However, isolated LANs seldom stay isolated
 
              for long; they are soon gatewayed to each other, to
 
              organization-wide internets, and eventually to the global
 
              Internet system.  In the end, neither the customer nor the
 
              vendor is served by incomplete or substandard Internet
 
              host software.
 
  
              The requirements spelled out in this document are designed
+
      The summary sections are intended to be guides and indexes to
              for a full-function Internet host, capable of full
+
      the text, but are necessarily cryptic and incomplete.  The
              interoperation over an arbitrary Internet path.
+
      summaries should never be used or referenced separately from
 +
      the complete RFC.
  
 +
  1.3.2  Requirements
  
       1.1.3  Internet Protocol Suite
+
       In this document, the words that are used to define the
 +
      significance of each particular requirement are capitalized.
  
        To communicate using the Internet system, a host must implement
+
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
        the layered set of protocols comprising the Internet protocol
 
        suite.  A host typically must implement at least one protocol
 
        from each layer.
 
  
        The protocol layers used in the Internet architecture are as
+
      These words are:
        follows [INTRO:4]:
 
  
 +
      *    "MUST"
  
        o  Application Layer
+
          This word or the adjective "REQUIRED" means that the item
 +
          is an absolute requirement of the specification.
  
 +
      *    "SHOULD"
  
 +
          This word or the adjective "RECOMMENDED" means that there
 +
          may exist valid reasons in particular circumstances to
 +
          ignore this item, but the full implications should be
 +
          understood and the case carefully weighed before choosing
 +
          a different course.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 8]
+
      *    "MAY"
  
 +
          This word or the adjective "OPTIONAL" means that this item
 +
          is truly optional.  One vendor may choose to include the
 +
          item because a particular marketplace requires it or
 +
          because it enhances the product, for example; another
 +
          vendor may omit the same item.
  
 +
      An implementation is not compliant if it fails to satisfy one
 +
      or more of the MUST requirements for the protocols it
 +
      implements.  An implementation that satisfies all the MUST and
 +
      all the SHOULD requirements for its protocols is said to be
 +
      "unconditionally compliant"; one that satisfies all the MUST
 +
      requirements but not all the SHOULD requirements for its
 +
      protocols is said to be "conditionally compliant".
  
 +
  1.3.3  Terminology
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
      This document uses the following technical terms:
  
 +
      Segment
 +
          A segment is the unit of end-to-end transmission in the
 +
          TCP protocol.  A segment consists of a TCP header followed
 +
          by application data.  A segment is transmitted by
 +
          encapsulation inside an IP datagram.
  
              The application layer is the top layer of the Internet
+
      Message
              protocol suiteThe Internet suite does not further
+
          In this description of the lower-layer protocols, a
              subdivide the application layer, although some of the
+
          message is the unit of transmission in a transport layer
              Internet application layer protocols do contain some
+
          protocol.  In particular, a TCP segment is a message.  A
              internal sub-layeringThe application layer of the
+
          message consists of a transport protocol header followed
              Internet suite essentially combines the functions of the
+
          by application protocol dataTo be transmitted end-to-
              top two layers -- Presentation and Application -- of the
 
              OSI reference model.
 
  
              We distinguish two categories of application layer
+
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
              protocols:  user protocols that provide service directly
 
              to users, and support protocols that provide common system
 
              functions.  Requirements for user and support protocols
 
              will be found in the companion RFC [INTRO:1].
 
  
              The most common Internet user protocols are:
+
          end through the Internet, a message must be encapsulated
 +
          inside a datagram.
  
                o Telnet (remote login)
+
      IP Datagram
                o  FTP    (file transfer)
+
          An IP datagram is the unit of end-to-end transmission in
                o  SMTP  (electronic mail delivery)
+
          the IP protocol. An IP datagram consists of an IP header
 +
          followed by transport layer data, i.e., of an IP header
 +
          followed by a message.
  
              There are a number of other standardized user protocols
+
          In the description of the internet layer (Section 3), the
              [INTRO:4] and many private user protocols.
+
          unqualified term "datagram" should be understood to refer
 +
          to an IP datagram.
  
              Support protocols, used for host name mapping, booting,
+
      Packet
              and management, include SNMP, BOOTP, RARP, and the Domain
+
          A packet is the unit of data passed across the interface
              Name System (DNS) protocols.
+
          between the internet layer and the link layer.  It
 +
          includes an IP header and data.  A packet may be a
 +
          complete IP datagram or a fragment of an IP datagram.
  
 +
      Frame
 +
          A frame is the unit of transmission in a link layer
 +
          protocol, and consists of a link-layer header followed by
 +
          a packet.
  
        o Transport Layer
+
      Connected Network
 +
          A network to which a host is interfaced is often known as
 +
          the "local network" or the "subnetwork" relative to that
 +
          host. However, these terms can cause confusion, and
 +
          therefore we use the term "connected network" in this
 +
          document.
  
              The transport layer provides end-to-end communication
+
      Multihomed
              services for applicationsThere are two primary
+
          A host is said to be multihomed if it has multiple IP
              transport layer protocols at present:
+
          addressesFor a discussion of multihoming, see Section
 +
          3.3.4 below.
  
                o Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
+
      Physical network interface
                o User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
+
          This is a physical interface to a connected network and
 +
          has a (possibly unique) link-layer address.  Multiple
 +
          physical network interfaces on a single host may share the
 +
          same link-layer address, but the address must be unique
 +
          for different hosts on the same physical network.
  
              TCP is a reliable connection-oriented transport service
+
      Logical [network] interface
              that provides end-to-end reliability, resequencing, and
+
          We define a logical [network] interface to be a logical
              flow controlUDP is a connectionless ("datagram")
+
          path, distinguished by a unique IP address, to a connected
              transport service.
+
          networkSee Section 3.3.4.
  
              Other transport protocols have been developed by the
+
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
              research community, and the set of official Internet
 
              transport protocols may be expanded in the future.
 
  
              Transport layer protocols are discussed in Chapter 4.
+
      Specific-destination address
 +
          This is the effective destination address of a datagram,
 +
          even if it is broadcast or multicast; see Section 3.2.1.3.
  
 +
      Path
 +
          At a given moment, all the IP datagrams from a particular
 +
          source host to a particular destination host will
 +
          typically traverse the same sequence of gateways.  We use
 +
          the term "path" for this sequence.  Note that a path is
 +
          uni-directional; it is not unusual to have different paths
 +
          in the two directions between a given host pair.
  
 +
      MTU
 +
          The maximum transmission unit, i.e., the size of the
 +
          largest packet that can be transmitted.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 9]
+
      The terms frame, packet, datagram, message, and segment are
 +
      illustrated by the following schematic diagrams:
  
 +
      A. Transmission on connected network:
 +
        _______________________________________________
 +
      | LL hdr | IP hdr |        (data)              |
 +
      |________|________|_____________________________|
  
 +
        <---------- Frame ----------------------------->
 +
                <----------Packet -------------------->
  
 +
      B. Before IP fragmentation or after IP reassembly:
 +
                ______________________________________
 +
                | IP hdr | transport| Application Data |
 +
                |________|____hdr___|__________________|
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                 October 1989
+
                 <--------  Datagram ------------------>
 +
                          <-------- Message ----------->
 +
        or, for TCP:
 +
                ______________________________________
 +
                | IP hdr |  TCP hdr | Application Data |
 +
                |________|__________|__________________|
  
 +
                <--------  Datagram ------------------>
 +
                          <-------- Segment ----------->
  
        o  Internet Layer
+
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
  
              All Internet transport protocols use the Internet Protocol
+
1.4 Acknowledgments
              (IP) to carry data from source host to destination host.
 
              IP is a connectionless or datagram internetwork service,
 
              providing no end-to-end delivery guarantees. Thus, IP
 
              datagrams may arrive at the destination host damaged,
 
              duplicated, out of order, or not at allThe layers above
 
              IP are responsible for reliable delivery service when it
 
              is required.  The IP protocol includes provision for
 
              addressing, type-of-service specification, fragmentation
 
              and reassembly, and security information.
 
  
              The datagram or connectionless nature of the IP protocol
+
  This document incorporates contributions and comments from a large
              is a fundamental and characteristic feature of the
+
  group of Internet protocol experts, including representatives of
              Internet architecture.  Internet IP was the model for the
+
  university and research labs, vendors, and government agencies.
              OSI Connectionless Network Protocol [INTRO:12].
+
  It was assembled primarily by the Host Requirements Working Group
 +
  of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).
  
              ICMP is a control protocol that is considered to be an
+
  The Editor would especially like to acknowledge the tireless
              integral part of IP, although it is architecturally
+
  dedication of the following people, who attended many long
              layered upon IP, i.e., it uses IP to carry its data end-
+
  meetings and generated 3 million bytes of electronic mail over the
              to-end just as a transport protocol like TCP or UDP does.
+
  past 18 months in pursuit of this document: Philip Almquist, Dave
              ICMP provides error reporting, congestion reporting, and
+
  Borman (Cray Research), Noel Chiappa, Dave Crocker (DEC), Steve
              first-hop gateway redirection.
+
  Deering (Stanford), Mike Karels (Berkeley), Phil Karn (Bellcore),
 +
  John Lekashman (NASA), Charles Lynn (BBN), Keith McCloghrie (TWG),
 +
  Paul Mockapetris (ISI), Thomas Narten (Purdue), Craig Partridge
 +
  (BBN), Drew Perkins (CMU), and James Van Bokkelen (FTP Software).
  
              IGMP is an Internet layer protocol used for establishing
+
  In addition, the following people made major contributions to the
              dynamic host groups for IP multicasting.
+
  effort: Bill Barns (Mitre), Steve Bellovin (AT&T), Mike Brescia
 +
  (BBN), Ed Cain (DCA), Annette DeSchon (ISI), Martin Gross (DCA),
 +
  Phill Gross (NRI), Charles Hedrick (Rutgers), Van Jacobson (LBL),
 +
  John Klensin (MIT), Mark Lottor (SRI), Milo Medin (NASA), Bill
 +
  Melohn (Sun Microsystems), Greg Minshall (Kinetics), Jeff Mogul
 +
  (DEC), John Mullen (CMC), Jon Postel (ISI), John Romkey (Epilogue
 +
  Technology), and Mike StJohns (DCA).  The following also made
 +
  significant contributions to particular areas: Eric Allman
 +
  (Berkeley), Rob Austein (MIT), Art Berggreen (ACC), Keith Bostic
 +
  (Berkeley), Vint Cerf (NRI), Wayne Hathaway (NASA), Matt Korn
 +
  (IBM), Erik Naggum (Naggum Software, Norway), Robert Ullmann
 +
  (Prime Computer), David Waitzman (BBN), Frank Wancho (USA), Arun
 +
  Welch (Ohio State), Bill Westfield (Cisco), and Rayan Zachariassen
 +
  (Toronto).
  
              The Internet layer protocols IP, ICMP, and IGMP are
+
  We are grateful to all, including any contributors who may have
              discussed in Chapter 3.
+
  been inadvertently omitted from this list.
  
 +
RFC1122                        LINK LAYER                  October 1989
  
        o  Link Layer
+
== LINK LAYER ==
  
              To communicate on its directly-connected network, a host
+
2.1 INTRODUCTION
              must implement the communication protocol used to
 
              interface to that networkWe call this a link layer or
 
              media-access layer protocol.
 
  
              There is a wide variety of link layer protocols,
+
  All Internet systems, both hosts and gateways, have the same
              corresponding to the many different types of networks.
+
  requirements for link layer protocols.  These requirements are
              See Chapter 2.
+
  given in Chapter 3 of "Requirements for Internet Gateways"
 +
  [INTRO:2], augmented with the material in this section.
  
 +
2.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH
  
      1.1.4  Embedded Gateway Code
+
  None.
  
        Some Internet host software includes embedded gateway
+
2.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES
        functionality, so that these hosts can forward packets as a
 
  
 +
  2.3.1  Trailer Protocol Negotiation
  
 +
      The trailer protocol [LINK:1] for link-layer encapsulation MAY
 +
      be used, but only when it has been verified that both systems
 +
      (host or gateway) involved in the link-layer communication
 +
      implement trailers.  If the system does not dynamically
 +
      negotiate use of the trailer protocol on a per-destination
 +
      basis, the default configuration MUST disable the protocol.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 10]
+
      DISCUSSION:
 +
          The trailer protocol is a link-layer encapsulation
 +
          technique that rearranges the data contents of packets
 +
          sent on the physical network.  In some cases, trailers
 +
          improve the throughput of higher layer protocols by
 +
          reducing the amount of data copying within the operating
 +
          system.  Higher layer protocols are unaware of trailer
 +
          use, but both the sending and receiving host MUST
 +
          understand the protocol if it is used.
  
 +
          Improper use of trailers can result in very confusing
 +
          symptoms.  Only packets with specific size attributes are
 +
          encapsulated using trailers, and typically only a small
 +
          fraction of the packets being exchanged have these
 +
          attributes.  Thus, if a system using trailers exchanges
 +
          packets with a system that does not, some packets
 +
          disappear into a black hole while others are delivered
 +
          successfully.
  
 +
      IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
          On an Ethernet, packets encapsulated with trailers use a
 +
          distinct Ethernet type [LINK:1], and trailer negotiation
 +
          is performed at the time that ARP is used to discover the
 +
          link-layer address of a destination system.
  
 +
RFC1122                        LINK LAYER                  October 1989
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
          Specifically, the ARP exchange is completed in the usual
 +
          manner using the normal IP protocol type, but a host that
 +
          wants to speak trailers will send an additional "trailer
 +
          ARP reply" packet, i.e., an ARP reply that specifies the
 +
          trailer encapsulation protocol type but otherwise has the
 +
          format of a normal ARP reply.  If a host configured to use
 +
          trailers receives a trailer ARP reply message from a
 +
          remote machine, it can add that machine to the list of
 +
          machines that understand trailers, e.g., by marking the
 +
          corresponding entry in the ARP cache.
  
 +
          Hosts wishing to receive trailer encapsulations send
 +
          trailer ARP replies whenever they complete exchanges of
 +
          normal ARP messages for IP.  Thus, a host that received an
 +
          ARP request for its IP protocol address would send a
 +
          trailer ARP reply in addition to the normal IP ARP reply;
 +
          a host that sent the IP ARP request would send a trailer
 +
          ARP reply when it received the corresponding IP ARP reply.
 +
          In this way, either the requesting or responding host in
 +
          an IP ARP exchange may request that it receive trailer
 +
          encapsulations.
  
        gateway would, while still performing the application layer
+
          This scheme, using extra trailer ARP reply packets rather
        functions of a host.
+
          than sending an ARP request for the trailer protocol type,
 +
          was designed to avoid a continuous exchange of ARP packets
 +
          with a misbehaving host that, contrary to any
 +
          specification or common sense, responded to an ARP reply
 +
          for trailers with another ARP reply for IP.  This problem
 +
          is avoided by sending a trailer ARP reply in response to
 +
          an IP ARP reply only when the IP ARP reply answers an
 +
          outstanding request; this is true when the hardware
 +
          address for the host is still unknown when the IP ARP
 +
          reply is received.  A trailer ARP reply may always be sent
 +
          along with an IP ARP reply responding to an IP ARP
 +
          request.
  
        Such dual-purpose systems must follow the Gateway Requirements
+
  2.3.2 Address Resolution Protocol -- ARP
        RFC [INTRO:2]  with respect to their gateway functions, and
 
        must follow the present document with respect to their host
 
        functionsIn all overlapping cases, the two specifications
 
        should be in agreement.
 
  
        There are varying opinions in the Internet community about
+
      2.3.2.1 ARP Cache Validation
        embedded gateway functionalityThe main arguments are as
 
        follows:
 
  
         o    Pro: in a local network environment where networking is
+
         An implementation of the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
              informal, or in isolated internets, it may be convenient
+
        [LINK:2] MUST provide a mechanism to flush out-of-date cache
              and economical to use existing host systems as gateways.
+
        entries.  If this mechanism involves a timeout, it SHOULD be
 +
        possible to configure the timeout value.
  
              There is also an architectural argument for embedded
+
        A mechanism to prevent ARP flooding (repeatedly sending an
              gateway functionality: multihoming is much more common
+
        ARP Request for the same IP address, at a high rate) MUST be
              than originally foreseen, and multihoming forces a host to
+
        included. The recommended maximum rate is 1 per second per
              make routing decisions as if it were a gateway.  If the
 
              multihomed  host contains an embedded gateway, it will
 
              have full routing knowledge and as a result will be able
 
              to make more optimal routing decisions.
 
  
        o    Con: Gateway algorithms and protocols are still changing,
+
RFC1122                        LINK LAYER                  October 1989
              and they will continue to change as the Internet system
 
              grows larger.  Attempting to include a general gateway
 
              function within the host IP layer will force host system
 
              maintainers to track these (more frequent) changes.  Also,
 
              a larger pool of gateway implementations will make
 
              coordinating the changes more difficult.  Finally, the
 
              complexity of a gateway IP layer is somewhat greater than
 
              that of a host, making the implementation and operation
 
              tasks more complex.
 
  
              In addition, the style of operation of some hosts is not
+
        destination.
              appropriate for providing stable and robust gateway
 
              service.
 
  
         There is considerable merit in both of these viewpoints.  One
+
         DISCUSSION:
        conclusion can be drawn: an host administrator must have
+
              The ARP specification [LINK:2] suggests but does not
        conscious control over whether or not a given host acts as a
+
              require a timeout mechanism to invalidate cache entries
        gatewaySee Section 3.1 for the detailed requirements.
+
              when hosts change their Ethernet addressesThe
 +
              prevalence of proxy ARP (see Section 2.4 of [INTRO:2])
 +
              has significantly increased the likelihood that cache
 +
              entries in hosts will become invalid, and therefore
 +
              some ARP-cache invalidation mechanism is now required
 +
              for hosts.  Even in the absence of proxy ARP, a long-
 +
              period cache timeout is useful in order to
 +
              automatically correct any bad ARP data that might have
 +
              been cached.
  
 +
        IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
              Four mechanisms have been used, sometimes in
 +
              combination, to flush out-of-date cache entries.
  
 +
              (1)  Timeout -- Periodically time out cache entries,
 +
                  even if they are in use.  Note that this timeout
 +
                  should be restarted when the cache entry is
 +
                  "refreshed" (by observing the source fields,
 +
                  regardless of target address, of an ARP broadcast
 +
                  from the system in question).  For proxy ARP
 +
                  situations, the timeout needs to be on the order
 +
                  of a minute.
  
 +
              (2)  Unicast Poll -- Actively poll the remote host by
 +
                  periodically sending a point-to-point ARP Request
 +
                  to it, and delete the entry if no ARP Reply is
 +
                  received from N successive polls.  Again, the
 +
                  timeout should be on the order of a minute, and
 +
                  typically N is 2.
  
 +
              (3)  Link-Layer Advice -- If the link-layer driver
 +
                  detects a delivery problem, flush the
 +
                  corresponding ARP cache entry.
  
 +
              (4)  Higher-layer Advice -- Provide a call from the
 +
                  Internet layer to the link layer to indicate a
 +
                  delivery problem.  The effect of this call would
 +
                  be to invalidate the corresponding cache entry.
 +
                  This call would be analogous to the
 +
                  "ADVISE_DELIVPROB()" call from the transport layer
 +
                  to the Internet layer (see Section 3.4), and in
 +
                  fact the ADVISE_DELIVPROB routine might in turn
 +
                  call the link-layer advice routine to invalidate
  
 +
RFC1122                        LINK LAYER                  October 1989
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 11]
+
                  the ARP cache entry.
  
 +
              Approaches (1) and (2) involve ARP cache timeouts on
 +
              the order of a minute or less.  In the absence of proxy
 +
              ARP, a timeout this short could create noticeable
 +
              overhead traffic on a very large Ethernet.  Therefore,
 +
              it may be necessary to configure a host to lengthen the
 +
              ARP cache timeout.
  
 +
      2.3.2.2  ARP Packet Queue
  
 +
        The link layer SHOULD save (rather than discard) at least
 +
        one (the latest) packet of each set of packets destined to
 +
        the same unresolved IP address, and transmit the saved
 +
        packet when the address has been resolved.
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              Failure to follow this recommendation causes the first
 +
              packet of every exchange to be lost.  Although higher-
 +
              layer protocols can generally cope with packet loss by
 +
              retransmission, packet loss does impact performance.
 +
              For example, loss of a TCP open request causes the
 +
              initial round-trip time estimate to be inflated.  UDP-
 +
              based applications such as the Domain Name System are
 +
              more seriously affected.
  
 +
  2.3.3  Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation
  
  1.2 General Considerations
+
      The IP encapsulation for Ethernets is described in RFC-894
 +
      [LINK:3], while RFC-1042 [LINK:4] describes the IP
 +
      encapsulation for IEEE 802 networks. RFC-1042 elaborates and
 +
      replaces the discussion in Section 3.4 of [INTRO:2].
  
       There are two important lessons that vendors of Internet host
+
       Every Internet host connected to a 10Mbps Ethernet cable:
      software have learned and which a new vendor should consider
 
      seriously.
 
  
       1.2.1  Continuing Internet Evolution
+
       o    MUST be able to send and receive packets using RFC-894
 +
          encapsulation;
  
        The enormous growth of the Internet has revealed problems of
+
      o    SHOULD be able to receive RFC-1042 packets, intermixed
        management and scaling in a large datagram-based packet
+
          with RFC-894 packets; and
        communication system.  These problems are being addressed, and
 
        as a result there will be continuing evolution of the
 
        specifications described in this document.  These changes will
 
        be carefully planned and controlled, since there is extensive
 
        participation in this planning by the vendors and by the
 
        organizations responsible for operations of the networks.
 
  
        Development, evolution, and revision are characteristic of
+
      o    MAY be able to send packets using RFC-1042 encapsulation.
        computer network protocols today, and this situation will
 
        persist for some years.  A vendor who develops computer
 
        communication software for the Internet protocol suite (or any
 
        other protocol suite!) and then fails to maintain and update
 
        that software for changing specifications is going to leave a
 
        trail of unhappy customers.  The Internet is a large
 
        communication network, and the users are in constant contact
 
        through it.  Experience has shown that knowledge of
 
        deficiencies in vendor software propagates quickly through the
 
        Internet technical community.
 
  
       1.2.2  Robustness Principle
+
       An Internet host that implements sending both the RFC-894 and
 +
      the RFC-1042 encapsulations MUST provide a configuration switch
 +
      to select which is sent, and this switch MUST default to RFC-
 +
      894.
  
        At every layer of the protocols, there is a general rule whose
+
RFC1122                        LINK LAYER                  October 1989
        application can lead to enormous benefits in robustness and
 
        interoperability [IP:1]:
 
  
                "Be liberal in what you accept, and
+
      Note that the standard IP encapsulation in RFC-1042 does not
                conservative in what you send"
+
      use the protocol id value (K1=6) that IEEE reserved for IP;
 +
      instead, it uses a value (K1=170) that implies an extension
 +
      (the "SNAP") which can be used to hold the Ether-Type field.
 +
      An Internet system MUST NOT send 802 packets using K1=6.
  
        Software should be written to deal with every conceivable
+
      Address translation from Internet addresses to link-layer
        error, no matter how unlikely; sooner or later a packet will
+
      addresses on Ethernet and IEEE 802 networks MUST be managed by
        come in with that particular combination of errors and
+
      the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP).
        attributes, and unless the software is prepared, chaos can
 
        ensue. In general, it is best to assume that the network is
 
        filled with malevolent entities that will send in packets
 
        designed to have the worst possible effect.  This assumption
 
        will lead to suitable protective design, although the most
 
        serious problems in the Internet have been caused by
 
        unenvisaged mechanisms triggered by low-probability events;
 
  
 +
      The MTU for an Ethernet is 1500 and for 802.3 is 1492.
  
 +
      DISCUSSION:
 +
          The IEEE 802.3 specification provides for operation over a
 +
          10Mbps Ethernet cable, in which case Ethernet and IEEE
 +
          802.3 frames can be physically intermixed.  A receiver can
 +
          distinguish Ethernet and 802.3 frames by the value of the
 +
          802.3 Length field; this two-octet field coincides in the
 +
          header with the Ether-Type field of an Ethernet frame.  In
 +
          particular, the 802.3 Length field must be less than or
 +
          equal to 1500, while all valid Ether-Type values are
 +
          greater than 1500.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 12]
+
          Another compatibility problem arises with link-layer
 +
          broadcasts.  A broadcast sent with one framing will not be
 +
          seen by hosts that can receive only the other framing.
  
 +
          The provisions of this section were designed to provide
 +
          direct interoperation between 894-capable and 1042-capable
 +
          systems on the same cable, to the maximum extent possible.
 +
          It is intended to support the present situation where
 +
          894-only systems predominate, while providing an easy
 +
          transition to a possible future in which 1042-capable
 +
          systems become common.
  
 +
          Note that 894-only systems cannot interoperate directly
 +
          with 1042-only systems.  If the two system types are set
 +
          up as two different logical networks on the same cable,
 +
          they can communicate only through an IP gateway.
 +
          Furthermore, it is not useful or even possible for a
 +
          dual-format host to discover automatically which format to
 +
          send, because of the problem of link-layer broadcasts.
  
 +
2.4  LINK/INTERNET LAYER INTERFACE
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
  The packet receive interface between the IP layer and the link
 +
  layer MUST include a flag to indicate whether the incoming packet
 +
  was addressed to a link-layer broadcast address.
  
 +
RFC1122                        LINK LAYER                  October 1989
  
        mere human malice would never have taken so devious a course!
+
  DISCUSSION
 +
        Although the IP layer does not generally know link layer
 +
        addresses (since every different network medium typically has
 +
        a different address format), the broadcast address on a
 +
        broadcast-capable medium is an important special case.  See
 +
        Section 3.2.2, especially the DISCUSSION concerning broadcast
 +
        storms.
  
        Adaptability to change must be designed into all levels of
+
  The packet send interface between the IP and link layers MUST
        Internet host software.  As a simple example, consider a
+
  include the 5-bit TOS field (see Section 3.2.1.6).
        protocol specification that contains an enumeration of values
 
        for a particular header field -- e.g., a type field, a port
 
        number, or an error code; this enumeration must be assumed to
 
        be incomplete.  Thus, if a protocol specification defines four
 
        possible error codes, the software must not break when a fifth
 
        code shows up. An undefined code might be logged (see below),
 
        but it must not cause a failure.
 
  
        The second part of the principle is almost as important:
+
  The link layer MUST NOT report a Destination Unreachable error to
        software on other hosts may contain deficiencies that make it
+
  IP solely because there is no ARP cache entry for a destination.
        unwise to exploit legal but obscure protocol features.  It is
 
        unwise to stray far from the obvious and simple, lest untoward
 
        effects result elsewhere.  A corollary of this is "watch out
 
        for misbehaving hosts"; host software should be prepared, not
 
        just to survive other misbehaving hosts, but also to cooperate
 
        to limit the amount of disruption such hosts can cause to the
 
        shared communication facility.
 
  
      1.2.3 Error Logging
+
2.5 LINK LAYER REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY
  
        The Internet includes a great variety of host and gateway
+
                                              |      | | | |S| |
         systems, each implementing many protocols and protocol layers,
+
                                              |      | | | |H| |F
        and some of these contain bugs and mis-features in their
+
                                              |      | | | |O|M|o
        Internet protocol softwareAs a result of complexity,
+
                                              |      | |S| |U|U|o
        diversity, and distribution of function, the diagnosis of
+
                                              |      | |H| |L|S|t
        Internet problems is often very difficult.
+
                                              |      |M|O| |D|T|n
 +
                                              |      |U|U|M| | |o
 +
                                              |      |S|L|A|N|N|t
 +
                                              |      |T|D|Y|O|O|t
 +
FEATURE                                          |SECTION| | | |T|T|e
 +
--------------------------------------------------|-------|-|-|-|-|-|--
 +
                                              |      | | | | | |
 +
Trailer encapsulation                            |2.3.1  | | |x| | |
 +
Send Trailers by default without negotiation      |2.3.1  | | | | |x|
 +
ARP                                              |2.3.2  | | | | | |
 +
  Flush out-of-date ARP cache entries            |2.3.2.1|x| | | | |
 +
  Prevent ARP floods                              |2.3.2.1|x| | | | |
 +
  Cache timeout configurable                      |2.3.2.1| |x| | | |
 +
  Save at least one (latest) unresolved pkt      |2.3.2.2| |x| | | |
 +
Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation              |2.3.3  | | | | | |
 +
  Host able to:                                  |2.3.3  | | | | | |
 +
Send & receive RFC-894 encapsulation         |2.3.3  |x| | | | |
 +
Receive RFC-1042 encapsulation                |2.3.3  | |x| | | |
 +
Send RFC-1042 encapsulation                  |2.3.3 | | |x| | |
 +
  Then config. sw. to select, RFC-894 dflt    |2.3.3  |x| | | | |
 +
  Send K1=6 encapsulation                        |2.3.3  | | | | |x|
 +
  Use ARP on Ethernet and IEEE 802 nets          |2.3.3  |x| | | | |
 +
Link layer report b'casts to IP layer            |2.4    |x| | | | |
 +
IP layer pass TOS to link layer                  |2.4    |x| | | | |
 +
No ARP cache entry treated as Dest. Unreach.      |2.4    | | | | |x|
  
        Problem diagnosis will be aided if host implementations include
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
        a carefully designed facility for logging erroneous or
 
        "strange" protocol events.  It is important to include as much
 
        diagnostic information as possible when an error is logged.  In
 
        particular, it is often useful to record the header(s) of a
 
        packet that caused an error.  However, care must be taken to
 
        ensure that error logging does not consume prohibitive amounts
 
        of resources or otherwise interfere with the operation of the
 
        host.
 
  
        There is a tendency for abnormal but harmless protocol events
+
== INTERNET LAYER PROTOCOLS ==
        to overflow error logging files; this can be avoided by using a
 
        "circular" log, or by enabling logging only while diagnosing a
 
        known failure.  It may be useful to filter and count duplicate
 
        successive messages.  One strategy that seems to work well is:
 
        (1) always count abnormalities and make such counts accessible
 
        through the management protocol (see [INTRO:1]); and (2) allow
 
  
 +
3.1 INTRODUCTION
  
 +
  The Robustness Principle: "Be liberal in what you accept, and
 +
  conservative in what you send" is particularly important in the
 +
  Internet layer, where one misbehaving host can deny Internet
 +
  service to many other hosts.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 13]
+
  The protocol standards used in the Internet layer are:
  
 +
  o    RFC-791 [IP:1] defines the IP protocol and gives an
 +
        introduction to the architecture of the Internet.
  
 +
  o    RFC-792 [IP:2] defines ICMP, which provides routing,
 +
        diagnostic and error functionality for IP.  Although ICMP
 +
        messages are encapsulated within IP datagrams, ICMP
 +
        processing is considered to be (and is typically implemented
 +
        as) part of the IP layer.  See Section 3.2.2.
  
 +
  o    RFC-950 [IP:3] defines the mandatory subnet extension to the
 +
        addressing architecture.
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
  o    RFC-1112 [IP:4] defines the Internet Group Management
 +
        Protocol IGMP, as part of a recommended extension to hosts
 +
        and to the host-gateway interface to support Internet-wide
 +
        multicasting at the IP level.  See Section 3.2.3.
  
 +
        The target of an IP multicast may be an arbitrary group of
 +
        Internet hosts.  IP multicasting is designed as a natural
 +
        extension of the link-layer multicasting facilities of some
 +
        networks, and it provides a standard means for local access
 +
        to such link-layer multicasting facilities.
  
        the logging of a great variety of events to be selectively
+
  Other important references are listed in Section 5 of this
        enabled.  For example, it might useful to be able to "log
+
  document.
        everything" or to "log everything for host X".
 
  
        Note that different managements may have differing policies
+
  The Internet layer of host software MUST implement both IP and
        about the amount of error logging that they want normally
+
  ICMPSee Section 3.3.7 for the requirements on support of IGMP.
        enabled in a hostSome will say, "if it doesn't hurt me, I
 
        don't want to know about it", while others will want to take a
 
        more watchful and aggressive attitude about detecting and
 
        removing protocol abnormalities.
 
  
      1.2.4  Configuration
+
  The host IP layer has two basic functions:  (1) choose the "next
 +
  hop" gateway or host for outgoing IP datagrams and (2) reassemble
 +
  incoming IP datagrams. The IP layer may also (3) implement
 +
  intentional fragmentation of outgoing datagrams. Finally, the IP
 +
  layer must (4) provide diagnostic and error functionality. We
 +
  expect that IP layer functions may increase somewhat in the
 +
  future, as further Internet control and management facilities are
 +
  developed.
  
        It would be ideal if a host implementation of the Internet
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
        protocol suite could be entirely self-configuring.  This would
 
        allow the whole suite to be implemented in ROM or cast into
 
        silicon, it would simplify diskless workstations, and it would
 
        be an immense boon to harried LAN administrators as well as
 
        system vendors.  We have not reached this ideal; in fact, we
 
        are not even close.
 
  
        At many points in this document, you will find a requirement
+
  For normal datagrams, the processing is straightforwardFor
        that a parameter be a configurable option.  There are several
+
  incoming datagrams, the IP layer:
        different reasons behind such requirements.  In a few cases,
 
        there is current uncertainty or disagreement about the best
 
        value, and it may be necessary to update the recommended value
 
        in the futureIn other cases, the value really depends on
 
        external factors -- e.g., the size of the host and the
 
        distribution of its communication load, or the speeds and
 
        topology of nearby networks -- and self-tuning algorithms are
 
        unavailable and may be insufficient.  In some cases,
 
        configurability is needed because of administrative
 
        requirements.
 
  
        Finally, some configuration options are required to communicate
+
  (1)  verifies that the datagram is correctly formatted;
        with obsolete or incorrect implementations of the protocols,
 
        distributed without sources, that unfortunately persist in many
 
        parts of the Internet.  To make correct systems coexist with
 
        these faulty systems, administrators often have to "mis-
 
        configure" the correct systems.  This problem will correct
 
        itself gradually as the faulty systems are retired, but it
 
        cannot be ignored by vendors.
 
  
        When we say that a parameter must be configurable, we do not
+
  (2) verifies that it is destined to the local host;
        intend to require that its value be explicitly read from a
 
        configuration file at every boot time. We recommend that
 
        implementors set up a default for each parameter, so a
 
        configuration file is only necessary to override those defaults
 
  
 +
  (3)  processes options;
  
 +
  (4)  reassembles the datagram if necessary; and
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 14]
+
  (5)  passes the encapsulated message to the appropriate
 +
        transport-layer protocol module.
  
 +
  For outgoing datagrams, the IP layer:
  
 +
  (1)  sets any fields not set by the transport layer;
  
 +
  (2)  selects the correct first hop on the connected network (a
 +
        process called "routing");
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
  (3)  fragments the datagram if necessary and if intentional
 +
        fragmentation is implemented (see Section 3.3.3); and
  
 +
  (4)  passes the packet(s) to the appropriate link-layer driver.
  
        that are inappropriate in a particular installation. Thus, the
+
  A host is said to be multihomed if it has multiple IP addresses.
        configurability requirement is an assurance that it will be
+
  Multihoming introduces considerable confusion and complexity into
        POSSIBLE to override the default when necessary, even in a
+
  the protocol suite, and it is an area in which the Internet
        binary-only or ROM-based product.
+
  architecture falls seriously short of solving all problems. There
 +
  are two distinct problem areas in multihoming:
  
        This document requires a particular value for such defaults in
+
  (1) Local multihoming -- the host itself is multihomed; or
        some cases. The choice of default is a sensitive issue when
 
        the configuration item controls the accommodation to existing
 
        faulty systems. If the Internet is to converge successfully to
 
        complete interoperability, the default values built into
 
        implementations must implement the official protocol, not
 
        "mis-configurations" to accommodate faulty implementations.
 
        Although marketing considerations have led some vendors to
 
        choose mis-configuration defaults, we urge vendors to choose
 
        defaults that will conform to the standard.
 
  
        Finally, we note that a vendor needs to provide adequate
+
  (2)  Remote multihoming -- the local host needs to communicate
        documentation on all configuration parameters, their limits and
+
        with a remote multihomed host.
        effects.
 
  
 +
  At present, remote multihoming MUST be handled at the application
 +
  layer, as discussed in the companion RFC [INTRO:1].  A host MAY
 +
  support local multihoming, which is discussed in this document,
 +
  and in particular in Section 3.3.4.
  
   1.3 Reading this Document
+
   Any host that forwards datagrams generated by another host is
 +
  acting as a gateway and MUST also meet the specifications laid out
 +
  in the gateway requirements RFC [INTRO:2]An Internet host that
 +
  includes embedded gateway code MUST have a configuration switch to
 +
  disable the gateway function, and this switch MUST default to the
  
      1.3.1  Organization
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
        Protocol layering, which is generally used as an organizing
+
  non-gateway mode.  In this mode, a datagram arriving through one
        principle in implementing network software, has also been used
+
  interface will not be forwarded to another host or gateway (unless
        to organize this document.  In describing the rules, we assume
+
  it is source-routed), regardless of whether the host is single-
        that an implementation does strictly mirror the layering of the
+
  homed or multihomedThe host software MUST NOT automatically
        protocolsThus, the following three major sections specify
+
  move into gateway mode if the host has more than one interface, as
        the requirements for the link layer, the internet layer, and
+
  the operator of the machine may neither want to provide that
        the transport layer, respectively.  A companion RFC [INTRO:1]
+
  service nor be competent to do so.
        covers application level software.  This layerist organization
 
        was chosen for simplicity and clarity.
 
  
        However, strict layering is an imperfect model, both for the
+
  In the following, the action specified in certain cases is to
        protocol suite and for recommended implementation approaches.
+
  "silently discard" a received datagram. This means that the
        Protocols in different layers interact in complex and sometimes
+
  datagram will be discarded without further processing and that the
        subtle ways, and particular functions often involve multiple
+
  host will not send any ICMP error message (see Section 3.2.2) as a
        layersThere are many design choices in an implementation,
+
  resultHowever, for diagnosis of problems a host SHOULD provide
        many of which involve creative "breaking" of strict layering.
+
  the capability of logging the error (see Section 1.2.3), including
        Every implementor is urged to read references [INTRO:7] and
+
  the contents of the silently-discarded datagram, and SHOULD record
        [INTRO:8].
+
  the event in a statistics counter.
  
        This document describes the conceptual service interface
+
  DISCUSSION:
        between layers using a functional ("procedure call") notation,
+
        Silent discard of erroneous datagrams is generally intended
        like that used in the TCP specification [TCP:1]. A host
+
        to prevent "broadcast storms".
        implementation must support the logical information flow
 
  
 +
3.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH
  
 +
  3.2.1 Internet Protocol -- IP
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 15]
+
      3.2.1.1  Version Number: RFC-791 Section 3.1
  
 +
        A datagram whose version number is not 4 MUST be silently
 +
        discarded.
  
 +
      3.2.1.2  Checksum: RFC-791 Section 3.1
  
 +
        A host MUST verify the IP header checksum on every received
 +
        datagram and silently discard every datagram that has a bad
 +
        checksum.
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
      3.2.1.3  Addressing: RFC-791 Section 3.2
  
 +
        There are now five classes of IP addresses: Class A through
 +
        Class E.  Class D addresses are used for IP multicasting
 +
        [IP:4], while Class E addresses are reserved for
 +
        experimental use.
  
         implied by these calls, but need not literally implement the
+
         A multicast (Class D) address is a 28-bit logical address
         calls themselves.  For example, many implementations reflect
+
         that stands for a group of hosts, and may be either
        the coupling between the transport layer and the IP layer by
+
         permanent or transientPermanent multicast addresses are
         giving them shared access to common data structuresThese
+
         allocated by the Internet Assigned Number Authority
        data structures, rather than explicit procedure calls, are then
+
         [INTRO:6], while transient addresses may be allocated
         the agency for passing much of the information that is
 
         required.
 
  
        In general, each major section of this document is organized
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
        into the following subsections:
 
  
         (1) Introduction
+
         dynamically to transient groups. Group membership is
 +
        determined dynamically using IGMP [IP:4].
  
         (2)  Protocol Walk-Through -- considers the protocol
+
         We now summarize the important special cases for Class A, B,
              specification documents section-by-section, correcting
+
        and C IP addresses, using the following notation for an IP
              errors, stating requirements that may be ambiguous or
+
        address:
              ill-defined, and providing further clarification or
 
              explanation.
 
  
        (3)  Specific Issues -- discusses protocol design and
+
            { <Network-number>, <Host-number> }
              implementation issues that were not included in the walk-
 
              through.
 
  
         (4)  Interfaces -- discusses the service interface to the next
+
         or
              higher layer.
+
            { <Network-number>, <Subnet-number>, <Host-number> }
  
         (5)  Summary -- contains a summary of the requirements of the
+
         and the notation "-1" for a field that contains all 1 bits.
              section.
+
        This notation is not intended to imply that the 1-bits in an
 +
        address mask need be contiguous.
  
 +
        (a)  { 0, 0 }
  
        Under many of the individual topics in this document, there is
+
              This host on this networkMUST NOT be sent, except as
        parenthetical material labeled "DISCUSSION" or
+
              a source address as part of an initialization procedure
        "IMPLEMENTATION". This material is intended to give
+
              by which the host learns its own IP address.
        clarification and explanation of the preceding requirements
 
        text.  It also includes some suggestions on possible future
 
        directions or developmentsThe implementation material
 
        contains suggested approaches that an implementor may want to
 
        consider.
 
  
        The summary sections are intended to be guides and indexes to
+
              See also Section 3.3.6 for a non-standard use of {0,0}.
        the text, but are necessarily cryptic and incomplete.  The
 
        summaries should never be used or referenced separately from
 
        the complete RFC.
 
  
      1.3.2 Requirements
+
        (b) { 0, <Host-number> }
  
        In this document, the words that are used to define the
+
              Specified host on this network.  It MUST NOT be sent,
        significance of each particular requirement are capitalized.
+
              except as a source address as part of an initialization
 +
              procedure by which the host learns its full IP address.
  
 +
        (c)  { -1, -1 }
  
 +
              Limited broadcast.  It MUST NOT be used as a source
 +
              address.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 16]
+
              A datagram with this destination address will be
 +
              received by every host on the connected physical
 +
              network but will not be forwarded outside that network.
  
 +
        (d)  { <Network-number>, -1 }
  
 +
              Directed broadcast to the specified network.  It MUST
 +
              NOT be used as a source address.
  
 +
        (e)  { <Network-number>, <Subnet-number>, -1 }
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
              Directed broadcast to the specified subnet.  It MUST
 +
              NOT be used as a source address.
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
         These words are:
+
         (f)  { <Network-number>, -1, -1 }
  
        *    "MUST"
+
              Directed broadcast to all subnets of the specified
 +
              subnetted network.  It MUST NOT be used as a source
 +
              address.
  
              This word or the adjective "REQUIRED" means that the item
+
        (g)  { 127, <any> }
              is an absolute requirement of the specification.
 
  
        *    "SHOULD"
+
              Internal host loopback address.  Addresses of this form
 +
              MUST NOT appear outside a host.
  
              This word or the adjective "RECOMMENDED" means that there
+
        The <Network-number> is administratively assigned so that
              may exist valid reasons in particular circumstances to
+
        its value will be unique in the entire world.
              ignore this item, but the full implications should be
 
              understood and the case carefully weighed before choosing
 
              a different course.
 
  
         *    "MAY"
+
         IP addresses are not permitted to have the value 0 or -1 for
 +
        any of the <Host-number>, <Network-number>, or <Subnet-
 +
        number> fields (except in the special cases listed above).
 +
        This implies that each of these fields will be at least two
 +
        bits long.
  
              This word or the adjective "OPTIONAL" means that this item
+
        For further discussion of broadcast addresses, see Section
              is truly optional. One vendor may choose to include the
+
        3.3.6.
              item because a particular marketplace requires it or
 
              because it enhances the product, for example; another
 
              vendor may omit the same item.
 
  
 +
        A host MUST support the subnet extensions to IP [IP:3].  As
 +
        a result, there will be an address mask of the form:
 +
        {-1, -1, 0} associated with each of the host's local IP
 +
        addresses; see Sections 3.2.2.9 and 3.3.1.1.
  
         An implementation is not compliant if it fails to satisfy one
+
         When a host sends any datagram, the IP source address MUST
        or more of the MUST requirements for the protocols it
+
         be one of its own IP addresses (but not a broadcast or
         implements.  An implementation that satisfies all the MUST and
+
         multicast address).
        all the SHOULD requirements for its protocols is said to be
 
        "unconditionally compliant"; one that satisfies all the MUST
 
        requirements but not all the SHOULD requirements for its
 
         protocols is said to be "conditionally compliant".
 
  
      1.3.3 Terminology
+
        A host MUST silently discard an incoming datagram that is
 +
        not destined for the hostAn incoming datagram is destined
 +
        for the host if the datagram's destination address field is:
  
         This document uses the following technical terms:
+
         (1)  (one of) the host's IP address(es); or
  
         Segment
+
         (2)  an IP broadcast address valid for the connected
              A segment is the unit of end-to-end transmission in the
+
               network; or
              TCP protocol.  A segment consists of a TCP header followed
 
               by application data.  A segment is transmitted by
 
              encapsulation inside an IP datagram.
 
  
         Message
+
         (3)  the address for a multicast group of which the host is
              In this description of the lower-layer protocols, a
+
               a member on the incoming physical interface.
              message is the unit of transmission in a transport layer
 
              protocol.  In particular, a TCP segment is a message.  A
 
               message consists of a transport protocol header followed
 
              by application protocol data. To be transmitted end-to-
 
  
 +
        For most purposes, a datagram addressed to a broadcast or
 +
        multicast destination is processed as if it had been
 +
        addressed to one of the host's IP addresses; we use the term
 +
        "specific-destination address" for the equivalent local IP
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 17]
+
        address of the host.  The specific-destination address is
 +
        defined to be the destination address in the IP header
 +
        unless the header contains a broadcast or multicast address,
 +
        in which case the specific-destination is an IP address
 +
        assigned to the physical interface on which the datagram
 +
        arrived.
  
 +
        A host MUST silently discard an incoming datagram containing
 +
        an IP source address that is invalid by the rules of this
 +
        section.  This validation could be done in either the IP
 +
        layer or by each protocol in the transport layer.
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              A mis-addressed datagram might be caused by a link-
 +
              layer broadcast of a unicast datagram or by a gateway
 +
              or host that is confused or mis-configured.
  
 +
              An architectural goal for Internet hosts was to allow
 +
              IP addresses to be featureless 32-bit numbers, avoiding
 +
              algorithms that required a knowledge of the IP address
 +
              format.  Otherwise, any future change in the format or
 +
              interpretation of IP addresses will require host
 +
              software changes.  However, validation of broadcast and
 +
              multicast addresses violates this goal; a few other
 +
              violations are described elsewhere in this document.
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
              Implementers should be aware that applications
 +
              depending upon the all-subnets directed broadcast
 +
              address (f) may be unusable on some networks.  All-
 +
              subnets broadcast is not widely implemented in vendor
 +
              gateways at present, and even when it is implemented, a
 +
              particular network administration may disable it in the
 +
              gateway configuration.
  
 +
      3.2.1.4  Fragmentation and Reassembly: RFC-791 Section 3.2
  
              end through the Internet, a message must be encapsulated
+
        The Internet model requires that every host support
              inside a datagram.
+
        reassembly.  See Sections 3.3.2 and 3.3.3 for the
 +
        requirements on fragmentation and reassembly.
  
        IP Datagram
+
      3.2.1.5  Identification: RFC-791 Section 3.2
              An IP datagram is the unit of end-to-end transmission in
 
              the IP protocol. An IP datagram consists of an IP header
 
              followed by transport layer data, i.e., of an IP header
 
              followed by a message.
 
  
              In the description of the internet layer (Section 3), the
+
        When sending an identical copy of an earlier datagram, a
              unqualified term "datagram" should be understood to refer
+
        host MAY optionally retain the same Identification field in
              to an IP datagram.
+
        the copy.
  
        Packet
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
              A packet is the unit of data passed across the interface
 
              between the internet layer and the link layer.  It
 
              includes an IP header and data.  A packet may be a
 
              complete IP datagram or a fragment of an IP datagram.
 
  
         Frame
+
         DISCUSSION:
               A frame is the unit of transmission in a link layer
+
               Some Internet protocol experts have maintained that
               protocol, and consists of a link-layer header followed by
+
              when a host sends an identical copy of an earlier
               a packet.
+
               datagram, the new copy should contain the same
 +
              Identification value as the original.  There are two
 +
              suggested advantages:  (1) if the datagrams are
 +
              fragmented and some of the fragments are lost, the
 +
              receiver may be able to reconstruct a complete datagram
 +
               from fragments of the original and the copies; (2) a
 +
              congested gateway might use the IP Identification field
 +
              (and Fragment Offset) to discard duplicate datagrams
 +
              from the queue.
  
        Connected Network
+
              However, the observed patterns of datagram loss in the
               A network to which a host is interfaced is often known as
+
              Internet do not favor the probability of retransmitted
               the "local network" or the "subnetwork" relative to that
+
              fragments filling reassembly gaps, while other
               hostHowever, these terms can cause confusion, and
+
              mechanisms (e.g., TCP repacketizing upon
               therefore we use the term "connected network" in this
+
               retransmission) tend to prevent retransmission of an
               document.
+
              identical datagram [IP:9].  Therefore, we believe that
 +
               retransmitting the same Identification field is not
 +
               usefulAlso, a connectionless transport protocol like
 +
              UDP would require the cooperation of the application
 +
               programs to retain the same Identification value in
 +
               identical datagrams.
  
        Multihomed
+
      3.2.1.6 Type-of-Service: RFC-791 Section 3.2
              A host is said to be multihomed if it has multiple IP
 
              addressesFor a discussion of multihoming, see Section
 
              3.3.4 below.
 
  
         Physical network interface
+
         The "Type-of-Service" byte in the IP header is divided into
              This is a physical interface to a connected network and
+
        two sections:  the Precedence field (high-order 3 bits), and
              has a (possibly unique) link-layer addressMultiple
+
        a field that is customarily called "Type-of-Service" or
              physical network interfaces on a single host may share the
+
        "TOS" (low-order 5 bits).  In this document, all references
              same link-layer address, but the address must be unique
+
        to "TOS" or the "TOS field" refer to the low-order 5 bits
              for different hosts on the same physical network.
+
        only.
  
         Logical [network] interface
+
         The Precedence field is intended for Department of Defense
              We define a logical [network] interface to be a logical
+
        applications of the Internet protocols.  The use of non-zero
              path, distinguished by a unique IP address, to a connected
+
        values in this field is outside the scope of this document
              networkSee Section 3.3.4.
+
        and the IP standard specification.  Vendors should consult
 +
        the Defense Communication Agency (DCA) for guidance on the
 +
        IP Precedence field and its implications for other protocol
 +
        layersHowever, vendors should note that the use of
 +
        precedence will most likely require that its value be passed
 +
        between protocol layers in just the same way as the TOS
 +
        field is passed.
  
 +
        The IP layer MUST provide a means for the transport layer to
 +
        set the TOS field of every datagram that is sent; the
 +
        default is all zero bits.  The IP layer SHOULD pass received
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
        TOS values up to the transport layer.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 18]
+
        The particular link-layer mappings of TOS contained in RFC-
 +
        795 SHOULD NOT be implemented.
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              While the TOS field has been little used in the past,
 +
              it is expected to play an increasing role in the near
 +
              future.  The TOS field is expected to be used to
 +
              control two aspects of gateway operations: routing and
 +
              queueing algorithms.  See Section 2 of [INTRO:1] for
 +
              the requirements on application programs to specify TOS
 +
              values.
  
 +
              The TOS field may also be mapped into link-layer
 +
              service selectors.  This has been applied to provide
 +
              effective sharing of serial lines by different classes
 +
              of TCP traffic, for example.  However, the mappings
 +
              suggested in RFC-795 for networks that were included in
 +
              the Internet as of 1981 are now obsolete.
  
 +
      3.2.1.7  Time-to-Live: RFC-791 Section 3.2
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
        A host MUST NOT send a datagram with a Time-to-Live (TTL)
 +
        value of zero.
  
 +
        A host MUST NOT discard a datagram just because it was
 +
        received with TTL less than 2.
  
         Specific-destination address
+
         The IP layer MUST provide a means for the transport layer to
              This is the effective destination address of a datagram,
+
        set the TTL field of every datagram that is sent.  When a
              even if it is broadcast or multicast; see Section 3.2.1.3.
+
        fixed TTL value is used, it MUST be configurable. The
 +
        current suggested value will be published in the "Assigned
 +
        Numbers" RFC.
  
         Path
+
         DISCUSSION:
               At a given moment, all the IP datagrams from a particular
+
               The TTL field has two functions: limit the lifetime of
               source host to a particular destination host will
+
               TCP segments (see RFC-793 [TCP:1], p. 28), and
               typically traverse the same sequence of gatewaysWe use
+
               terminate Internet routing loopsAlthough TTL is a
               the term "path" for this sequence.  Note that a path is
+
               time in seconds, it also has some attributes of a hop-
               uni-directional; it is not unusual to have different paths
+
               count, since each gateway is required to reduce the TTL
               in the two directions between a given host pair.
+
               field by at least one.
  
        MTU
+
              The intent is that TTL expiration will cause a datagram
               The maximum transmission unit, i.e., the size of the
+
               to be discarded by a gateway but not by the destination
               largest packet that can be transmitted.
+
               host; however, hosts that act as gateways by forwarding
 +
              datagrams must follow the gateway rules for TTL.
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
        The terms frame, packet, datagram, message, and segment are
+
              A higher-layer protocol may want to set the TTL in
        illustrated by the following schematic diagrams:
+
              order to implement an "expanding scope" search for some
 +
              Internet resource.  This is used by some diagnostic
 +
              tools, and is expected to be useful for locating the
 +
              "nearest" server of a given class using IP
 +
              multicasting, for example.  A particular transport
 +
              protocol may also want to specify its own TTL bound on
 +
              maximum datagram lifetime.
  
        A. Transmission on connected network:
+
              A fixed value must be at least big enough for the
          _______________________________________________
+
              Internet "diameter," i.e., the longest possible path.
          | LL hdr | IP hdr |        (data)              |
+
              A reasonable value is about twice the diameter, to
          |________|________|_____________________________|
+
              allow for continued Internet growth.
  
          <---------- Frame ----------------------------->
+
      3.2.1.8  Options: RFC-791 Section 3.2
                    <----------Packet -------------------->
 
  
 +
        There MUST be a means for the transport layer to specify IP
 +
        options to be included in transmitted IP datagrams (see
 +
        Section 3.4).
  
         B. Before IP fragmentation or after IP reassembly:
+
         All IP options (except NOP or END-OF-LIST) received in
                    ______________________________________
+
        datagrams MUST be passed to the transport layer (or to ICMP
                  | IP hdr | transport| Application Data |
+
        processing when the datagram is an ICMP message).  The IP
                  |________|____hdr___|__________________|
+
        and transport layer MUST each interpret those IP options
 +
        that they understand and silently ignore the others.
  
                    <--------  Datagram ------------------>
+
        Later sections of this document discuss specific IP option
                            <-------- Message ----------->
+
        support required by each of ICMP, TCP, and UDP.
          or, for TCP:
 
                    ______________________________________
 
                  | IP hdr |  TCP hdr | Application Data |
 
                  |________|__________|__________________|
 
  
                    <-------Datagram ------------------>
+
        DISCUSSION:
                            <-------- Segment ----------->
+
              Passing all received IP options to the transport layer
 +
              is a deliberate "violation of strict layering" that is
 +
              designed to ease the introduction of new transport-
 +
              relevant IP options in the future.  Each layer must
 +
              pick out any options that are relevant to its own
 +
              processing and ignore the rest. For this purpose,
 +
              every IP option except NOP and END-OF-LIST will include
 +
              a specification of its own length.
  
 +
              This document does not define the order in which a
 +
              receiver must process multiple options in the same IP
 +
              header.  Hosts sending multiple options must be aware
 +
              that this introduces an ambiguity in the meaning of
 +
              certain options when combined with a source-route
 +
              option.
  
 +
        IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
              The IP layer must not crash as the result of an option
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
              length that is outside the possible range.  For
 +
              example, erroneous option lengths have been observed to
 +
              put some IP implementations into infinite loops.
  
 +
        Here are the requirements for specific IP options:
  
 +
        (a)  Security Option
  
 +
              Some environments require the Security option in every
 +
              datagram; such a requirement is outside the scope of
 +
              this document and the IP standard specification.  Note,
 +
              however, that the security options described in RFC-791
 +
              and RFC-1038 are obsolete.  For DoD applications,
 +
              vendors should consult [IP:8] for guidance.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 19]
+
        (b)  Stream Identifier Option
  
 +
              This option is obsolete; it SHOULD NOT be sent, and it
 +
              MUST be silently ignored if received.
  
 +
        (c)  Source Route Options
  
 +
              A host MUST support originating a source route and MUST
 +
              be able to act as the final destination of a source
 +
              route.
  
RFC1122                      INTRODUCTION                  October 1989
+
              If host receives a datagram containing a completed
 +
              source route (i.e., the pointer points beyond the last
 +
              field), the datagram has reached its final destination;
 +
              the option as received (the recorded route) MUST be
 +
              passed up to the transport layer (or to ICMP message
 +
              processing).  This recorded route will be reversed and
 +
              used to form a return source route for reply datagrams
 +
              (see discussion of IP Options in Section 4).  When a
 +
              return source route is built, it MUST be correctly
 +
              formed even if the recorded route included the source
 +
              host (see case (B) in the discussion below).
  
 +
              An IP header containing more than one Source Route
 +
              option MUST NOT be sent; the effect on routing of
 +
              multiple Source Route options is implementation-
 +
              specific.
  
  1.4  Acknowledgments
+
              Section 3.3.5 presents the rules for a host acting as
 +
              an intermediate hop in a source route, i.e., forwarding
  
      This document incorporates contributions and comments from a large
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
      group of Internet protocol experts, including representatives of
 
      university and research labs, vendors, and government agencies.
 
      It was assembled primarily by the Host Requirements Working Group
 
      of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).
 
  
      The Editor would especially like to acknowledge the tireless
+
              a source-routed datagram.
      dedication of the following people, who attended many long
 
      meetings and generated 3 million bytes of electronic mail over the
 
      past 18 months in pursuit of this document: Philip Almquist, Dave
 
      Borman (Cray Research), Noel Chiappa, Dave Crocker (DEC), Steve
 
      Deering (Stanford), Mike Karels (Berkeley), Phil Karn (Bellcore),
 
      John Lekashman (NASA), Charles Lynn (BBN), Keith McCloghrie (TWG),
 
      Paul Mockapetris (ISI), Thomas Narten (Purdue), Craig Partridge
 
      (BBN), Drew Perkins (CMU), and James Van Bokkelen (FTP Software).
 
  
      In addition, the following people made major contributions to the
+
              DISCUSSION:
      effort: Bill Barns (Mitre), Steve Bellovin (AT&T), Mike Brescia
+
                  If a source-routed datagram is fragmented, each
      (BBN), Ed Cain (DCA), Annette DeSchon (ISI), Martin Gross (DCA),
+
                  fragment will contain a copy of the source route.
      Phill Gross (NRI), Charles Hedrick (Rutgers), Van Jacobson (LBL),
+
                  Since the processing of IP options (including a
      John Klensin (MIT), Mark Lottor (SRI), Milo Medin (NASA), Bill
+
                  source route) must precede reassembly, the
      Melohn (Sun Microsystems), Greg Minshall (Kinetics), Jeff Mogul
+
                  original datagram will not be reassembled until
      (DEC), John Mullen (CMC), Jon Postel (ISI), John Romkey (Epilogue
+
                  the final destination is reached.
      Technology), and Mike StJohns (DCA). The following also made
 
      significant contributions to particular areas: Eric Allman
 
      (Berkeley), Rob Austein (MIT), Art Berggreen (ACC), Keith Bostic
 
      (Berkeley), Vint Cerf (NRI), Wayne Hathaway (NASA), Matt Korn
 
      (IBM), Erik Naggum (Naggum Software, Norway), Robert Ullmann
 
      (Prime Computer), David Waitzman (BBN), Frank Wancho (USA), Arun
 
      Welch (Ohio State), Bill Westfield (Cisco), and Rayan Zachariassen
 
      (Toronto).
 
  
      We are grateful to all, including any contributors who may have
+
                  Suppose a source routed datagram is to be routed
      been inadvertently omitted from this list.
+
                  from host S to host D via gateways G1, G2, ... Gn.
 +
                  There was an ambiguity in the specification over
 +
                  whether the source route option in a datagram sent
 +
                  out by S should be (A) or (B):
  
 +
                      (A):  {>>G2, G3, ... Gn, D}    <--- CORRECT
  
 +
                      (B):  {S, >>G2, G3, ... Gn, D}  <---- WRONG
  
 +
                  (where >> represents the pointer).  If (A) is
 +
                  sent, the datagram received at D will contain the
 +
                  option: {G1, G2, ... Gn >>}, with S and D as the
 +
                  IP source and destination addresses.  If (B) were
 +
                  sent, the datagram received at D would again
 +
                  contain S and D as the same IP source and
 +
                  destination addresses, but the option would be:
 +
                  {S, G1, ...Gn >>}; i.e., the originating host
 +
                  would be the first hop in the route.
  
 +
        (d)  Record Route Option
  
 +
              Implementation of originating and processing the Record
 +
              Route option is OPTIONAL.
  
 +
        (e)  Timestamp Option
  
 +
              Implementation of originating and processing the
 +
              Timestamp option is OPTIONAL.  If it is implemented,
 +
              the following rules apply:
  
 +
              o    The originating host MUST record a timestamp in a
 +
                  Timestamp option whose Internet address fields are
 +
                  not pre-specified or whose first pre-specified
 +
                  address is the host's interface address.
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
              o    The destination host MUST (if possible) add the
 +
                  current timestamp to a Timestamp option before
 +
                  passing the option to the transport layer or to
 +
                  ICMP for processing.
  
 +
              o    A timestamp value MUST follow the rules given in
 +
                  Section 3.2.2.8 for the ICMP Timestamp message.
  
 +
  3.2.2 Internet Control Message Protocol -- ICMP
  
 +
      ICMP messages are grouped into two classes.
  
 +
      *
 +
          ICMP error messages:
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 20]
+
            Destination Unreachable  (see Section 3.2.2.1)
 +
            Redirect                  (see Section 3.2.2.2)
 +
            Source Quench            (see Section 3.2.2.3)
 +
            Time Exceeded            (see Section 3.2.2.4)
 +
            Parameter Problem        (see Section 3.2.2.5)
  
 +
      *
 +
          ICMP query messages:
  
 +
            Echo                    (see Section 3.2.2.6)
 +
            Information              (see Section 3.2.2.7)
 +
            Timestamp                (see Section 3.2.2.8)
 +
            Address Mask            (see Section 3.2.2.9)
  
 +
      If an ICMP message of unknown type is received, it MUST be
 +
      silently discarded.
  
RFC1122                        LINK LAYER                  October 1989
+
      Every ICMP error message includes the Internet header and at
 +
      least the first 8 data octets of the datagram that triggered
 +
      the error; more than 8 octets MAY be sent; this header and data
 +
      MUST be unchanged from the received datagram.
  
 +
      In those cases where the Internet layer is required to pass an
 +
      ICMP error message to the transport layer, the IP protocol
 +
      number MUST be extracted from the original header and used to
 +
      select the appropriate transport protocol entity to handle the
 +
      error.
  
2. LINK LAYER
+
      An ICMP error message SHOULD be sent with normal (i.e., zero)
 +
      TOS bits.
  
  2.1  INTRODUCTION
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
       All Internet systems, both hosts and gateways, have the same
+
       An ICMP error message MUST NOT be sent as the result of
      requirements for link layer protocols.  These requirements are
+
       receiving:
      given in Chapter 3 of "Requirements for Internet Gateways"
 
       [INTRO:2], augmented with the material in this section.
 
  
   2.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH
+
      *   an ICMP error message, or
  
       None.
+
       *    a datagram destined to an IP broadcast or IP multicast
 +
          address, or
  
   2.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES
+
      *   a datagram sent as a link-layer broadcast, or
  
       2.3.1  Trailer Protocol Negotiation
+
       *    a non-initial fragment, or
  
        The trailer protocol [LINK:1] for link-layer encapsulation MAY
+
      *    a datagram whose source address does not define a single
        be used, but only when it has been verified that both systems
+
          host -- e.g., a zero address, a loopback address, a
        (host or gateway) involved in the link-layer communication
+
          broadcast address, a multicast address, or a Class E
        implement trailers. If the system does not dynamically
+
          address.
        negotiate use of the trailer protocol on a per-destination
 
        basis, the default configuration MUST disable the protocol.
 
  
        DISCUSSION:
+
      NOTE: THESE RESTRICTIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER ANY REQUIREMENT
              The trailer protocol is a link-layer encapsulation
+
      ELSEWHERE IN THIS DOCUMENT FOR SENDING ICMP ERROR MESSAGES.
              technique that rearranges the data contents of packets
 
              sent on the physical network.  In some cases, trailers
 
              improve the throughput of higher layer protocols by
 
              reducing the amount of data copying within the operating
 
              system.  Higher layer protocols are unaware of trailer
 
              use, but both the sending and receiving host MUST
 
              understand the protocol if it is used.
 
  
              Improper use of trailers can result in very confusing
+
      DISCUSSION:
              symptomsOnly packets with specific size attributes are
+
          These rules will prevent the "broadcast storms" that have
              encapsulated using trailers, and typically only a small
+
          resulted from hosts returning ICMP error messages in
              fraction of the packets being exchanged have these
+
          response to broadcast datagramsFor example, a broadcast
              attributesThus, if a system using trailers exchanges
+
          UDP segment to a non-existent port could trigger a flood
              packets with a system that does not, some packets
+
          of ICMP Destination Unreachable datagrams from all
              disappear into a black hole while others are delivered
+
          machines that do not have a client for that destination
              successfully.
+
          portOn a large Ethernet, the resulting collisions can
 +
          render the network useless for a second or more.
  
        IMPLEMENTATION:
+
          Every datagram that is broadcast on the connected network
              On an Ethernet, packets encapsulated with trailers use a
+
          should have a valid IP broadcast address as its IP
              distinct Ethernet type [LINK:1], and trailer negotiation
+
          destination (see Section 3.3.6).  However, some hosts
              is performed at the time that ARP is used to discover the
+
          violate this rule.  To be certain to detect broadcast
              link-layer address of a destination system.
+
          datagrams, therefore, hosts are required to check for a
 +
          link-layer broadcast as well as an IP-layer broadcast
 +
          address.
  
 +
      IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
          This requires that the link layer inform the IP layer when
 +
          a link-layer broadcast datagram has been received; see
 +
          Section 2.4.
  
 +
      3.2.2.1  Destination Unreachable: RFC-792
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 21]
+
        The following additional codes are hereby defined:
  
 +
                6 = destination network unknown
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
                7 = destination host unknown
  
RFC1122                        LINK LAYER                  October 1989
+
                8 = source host isolated
 +
 
 +
                9 = communication with destination network
 +
                        administratively prohibited
 +
 
 +
                10 = communication with destination host
 +
                        administratively prohibited
 +
 
 +
                11 = network unreachable for type of service
 +
 
 +
                12 = host unreachable for type of service
 +
 
 +
        A host SHOULD generate Destination Unreachable messages with
 +
        code:
 +
 
 +
        2    (Protocol Unreachable), when the designated transport
 +
              protocol is not supported; or
  
 +
        3    (Port Unreachable), when the designated transport
 +
              protocol (e.g., UDP) is unable to demultiplex the
 +
              datagram but has no protocol mechanism to inform the
 +
              sender.
  
              Specifically, the ARP exchange is completed in the usual
+
        A Destination Unreachable message that is received MUST be
              manner using the normal IP protocol type, but a host that
+
        reported to the transport layer.  The transport layer SHOULD
              wants to speak trailers will send an additional "trailer
+
        use the information appropriately; for example, see Sections
              ARP reply" packet, i.e., an ARP reply that specifies the
+
        4.1.3.3, 4.2.3.9, and 4.2.4 belowA transport protocol
              trailer encapsulation protocol type but otherwise has the
+
        that has its own mechanism for notifying the sender that a
              format of a normal ARP replyIf a host configured to use
+
        port is unreachable (e.g., TCP, which sends RST segments)
              trailers receives a trailer ARP reply message from a
+
        MUST nevertheless accept an ICMP Port Unreachable for the
              remote machine, it can add that machine to the list of
+
        same purpose.
              machines that understand trailers, e.g., by marking the
 
              corresponding entry in the ARP cache.
 
  
              Hosts wishing to receive trailer encapsulations send
+
        A Destination Unreachable message that is received with code
              trailer ARP replies whenever they complete exchanges of
+
        0 (Net), 1 (Host), or 5 (Bad Source Route) may result from a
              normal ARP messages for IP.  Thus, a host that received an
+
        routing transient and MUST therefore be interpreted as only
              ARP request for its IP protocol address would send a
+
        a hint, not proof, that the specified destination is
              trailer ARP reply in addition to the normal IP ARP reply;
+
        unreachable [IP:11]. For example, it MUST NOT be used as
              a host that sent the IP ARP request would send a trailer
+
        proof of a dead gateway (see Section 3.3.1).
              ARP reply when it received the corresponding IP ARP reply.
 
              In this way, either the requesting or responding host in
 
              an IP ARP exchange may request that it receive trailer
 
              encapsulations.
 
  
              This scheme, using extra trailer ARP reply packets rather
+
      3.2.2.2 Redirect: RFC-792
              than sending an ARP request for the trailer protocol type,
 
              was designed to avoid a continuous exchange of ARP packets
 
              with a misbehaving host that, contrary to any
 
              specification or common sense, responded to an ARP reply
 
              for trailers with another ARP reply for IP. This problem
 
              is avoided by sending a trailer ARP reply in response to
 
              an IP ARP reply only when the IP ARP reply answers an
 
              outstanding request; this is true when the hardware
 
              address for the host is still unknown when the IP ARP
 
              reply is receivedA trailer ARP reply may always be sent
 
              along with an IP ARP reply responding to an IP ARP
 
              request.
 
  
      2.3.2  Address Resolution Protocol -- ARP
+
        A host SHOULD NOT send an ICMP Redirect message; Redirects
 +
        are to be sent only by gateways.
  
         2.3.2.1 ARP Cache Validation
+
         A host receiving a Redirect message MUST update its routing
 +
        information accordinglyEvery host MUST be prepared to
  
            An implementation of the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
            [LINK:2] MUST provide a mechanism to flush out-of-date cache
 
            entries.  If this mechanism involves a timeout, it SHOULD be
 
            possible to configure the timeout value.
 
  
            A mechanism to prevent ARP flooding (repeatedly sending an
+
        accept both Host and Network Redirects and to process them
            ARP Request for the same IP address, at a high rate) MUST be
+
        as described in Section 3.3.1.2 below.
            included. The recommended maximum rate is 1 per second per
 
  
 +
        A Redirect message SHOULD be silently discarded if the new
 +
        gateway address it specifies is not on the same connected
 +
        (sub-) net through which the Redirect arrived [INTRO:2,
 +
        Appendix A], or if the source of the Redirect is not the
 +
        current first-hop gateway for the specified destination (see
 +
        Section 3.3.1).
  
 +
      3.2.2.3  Source Quench: RFC-792
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 22]
+
        A host MAY send a Source Quench message if it is
 +
        approaching, or has reached, the point at which it is forced
 +
        to discard incoming datagrams due to a shortage of
 +
        reassembly buffers or other resources.  See Section 2.2.3 of
 +
        [INTRO:2] for suggestions on when to send Source Quench.
  
 +
        If a Source Quench message is received, the IP layer MUST
 +
        report it to the transport layer (or ICMP processing). In
 +
        general, the transport or application layer SHOULD implement
 +
        a mechanism to respond to Source Quench for any protocol
 +
        that can send a sequence of datagrams to the same
 +
        destination and which can reasonably be expected to maintain
 +
        enough state information to make this feasible.  See Section
 +
        4 for the handling of Source Quench by TCP and UDP.
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              A Source Quench may be generated by the target host or
 +
              by some gateway in the path of a datagram.  The host
 +
              receiving a Source Quench should throttle itself back
 +
              for a period of time, then gradually increase the
 +
              transmission rate again.  The mechanism to respond to
 +
              Source Quench may be in the transport layer (for
 +
              connection-oriented protocols like TCP) or in the
 +
              application layer (for protocols that are built on top
 +
              of UDP).
  
 +
              A mechanism has been proposed [IP:14] to make the IP
 +
              layer respond directly to Source Quench by controlling
 +
              the rate at which datagrams are sent, however, this
 +
              proposal is currently experimental and not currently
 +
              recommended.
  
RFC1122                        LINK LAYER                  October 1989
+
      3.2.2.4  Time Exceeded: RFC-792
  
 +
        An incoming Time Exceeded message MUST be passed to the
 +
        transport layer.
  
            destination.
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
        DISCUSSION:
                The ARP specification [LINK:2] suggests but does not
+
              A gateway will send a Time Exceeded Code 0 (In Transit)
                require a timeout mechanism to invalidate cache entries
+
              message when it discards a datagram due to an expired
                when hosts change their Ethernet addresses.  The
+
              TTL fieldThis indicates either a gateway routing
                prevalence of proxy ARP (see Section 2.4 of [INTRO:2])
+
              loop or too small an initial TTL value.
                has significantly increased the likelihood that cache
 
                entries in hosts will become invalid, and therefore
 
                some ARP-cache invalidation mechanism is now required
 
                for hostsEven in the absence of proxy ARP, a long-
 
                period cache timeout is useful in order to
 
                automatically correct any bad ARP data that might have
 
                been cached.
 
  
            IMPLEMENTATION:
+
              A host may receive a Time Exceeded Code 1 (Reassembly
                Four mechanisms have been used, sometimes in
+
              Timeout) message from a destination host that has timed
                combination, to flush out-of-date cache entries.
+
              out and discarded an incomplete datagram; see Section
 +
              3.3.2 below.  In the future, receipt of this message
 +
              might be part of some "MTU discovery" procedure, to
 +
              discover the maximum datagram size that can be sent on
 +
              the path without fragmentation.
  
                (1)  Timeout -- Periodically time out cache entries,
+
      3.2.2.5 Parameter Problem: RFC-792
                      even if they are in use. Note that this timeout
 
                      should be restarted when the cache entry is
 
                      "refreshed" (by observing the source fields,
 
                      regardless of target address, of an ARP broadcast
 
                      from the system in question)For proxy ARP
 
                      situations, the timeout needs to be on the order
 
                      of a minute.
 
  
                (2) Unicast Poll -- Actively poll the remote host by
+
        A host SHOULD generate Parameter Problem messages. An
                      periodically sending a point-to-point ARP Request
+
        incoming Parameter Problem message MUST be passed to the
                      to it, and delete the entry if no ARP Reply is
+
        transport layer, and it MAY be reported to the user.
                      received from N successive polls.  Again, the
 
                      timeout should be on the order of a minute, and
 
                      typically N is 2.
 
  
                (3)  Link-Layer Advice -- If the link-layer driver
+
        DISCUSSION:
                      detects a delivery problem, flush the
+
              The ICMP Parameter Problem message is sent to the
                      corresponding ARP cache entry.
+
              source host for any problem not specifically covered by
 +
              another ICMP message.  Receipt of a Parameter Problem
 +
              message generally indicates some local or remote
 +
              implementation error.
  
                (4)  Higher-layer Advice -- Provide a call from the
+
        A new variant on the Parameter Problem message is hereby
                      Internet layer to the link layer to indicate a
+
        defined:
                      delivery problem.  The effect of this call would
+
          Code 1 = required option is missing.
                      be to invalidate the corresponding cache entry.
 
                      This call would be analogous to the
 
                      "ADVISE_DELIVPROB()" call from the transport layer
 
                      to the Internet layer (see Section 3.4), and in
 
                      fact the ADVISE_DELIVPROB routine might in turn
 
                      call the link-layer advice routine to invalidate
 
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              This variant is currently in use in the military
 +
              community for a missing security option.
  
 +
      3.2.2.6  Echo Request/Reply: RFC-792
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 23]
+
        Every host MUST implement an ICMP Echo server function that
 +
        receives Echo Requests and sends corresponding Echo Replies.
 +
        A host SHOULD also implement an application-layer interface
 +
        for sending an Echo Request and receiving an Echo Reply, for
 +
        diagnostic purposes.
  
 +
        An ICMP Echo Request destined to an IP broadcast or IP
 +
        multicast address MAY be silently discarded.
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              This neutral provision results from a passionate debate
 +
              between those who feel that ICMP Echo to a broadcast
 +
              address provides a valuable diagnostic capability and
 +
              those who feel that misuse of this feature can too
 +
              easily create packet storms.
  
RFC1122                        LINK LAYER                  October 1989
+
        The IP source address in an ICMP Echo Reply MUST be the same
 +
        as the specific-destination address (defined in Section
 +
        3.2.1.3) of the corresponding ICMP Echo Request message.
  
 +
        Data received in an ICMP Echo Request MUST be entirely
 +
        included in the resulting Echo Reply.  However, if sending
 +
        the Echo Reply requires intentional fragmentation that is
 +
        not implemented, the datagram MUST be truncated to maximum
 +
        transmission size (see Section 3.3.3) and sent.
  
                      the ARP cache entry.
+
        Echo Reply messages MUST be passed to the ICMP user
 +
        interface, unless the corresponding Echo Request originated
 +
        in the IP layer.
  
                Approaches (1) and (2) involve ARP cache timeouts on
+
        If a Record Route and/or Time Stamp option is received in an
                the order of a minute or less.  In the absence of proxy
+
        ICMP Echo Request, this option (these options) SHOULD be
                ARP, a timeout this short could create noticeable
+
        updated to include the current host and included in the IP
                overhead traffic on a very large Ethernet.  Therefore,
+
        header of the Echo Reply message, without "truncation".
                it may be necessary to configure a host to lengthen the
+
        Thus, the recorded route will be for the entire round trip.
                ARP cache timeout.
 
  
         2.3.2.2  ARP Packet Queue
+
         If a Source Route option is received in an ICMP Echo
 +
        Request, the return route MUST be reversed and used as a
 +
        Source Route option for the Echo Reply message.
  
            The link layer SHOULD save (rather than discard) at least
+
      3.2.2.7  Information Request/Reply: RFC-792
            one (the latest) packet of each set of packets destined to
 
            the same unresolved IP address, and transmit the saved
 
            packet when the address has been resolved.
 
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
        A host SHOULD NOT implement these messages.
                Failure to follow this recommendation causes the first
 
                packet of every exchange to be lost.  Although higher-
 
                layer protocols can generally cope with packet loss by
 
                retransmission, packet loss does impact performance.
 
                For example, loss of a TCP open request causes the
 
                initial round-trip time estimate to be inflated.  UDP-
 
                based applications such as the Domain Name System are
 
                more seriously affected.
 
  
      2.3.3 Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation
+
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              The Information Request/Reply pair was intended to
 +
              support self-configuring systems such as diskless
 +
              workstations, to allow them to discover their IP
 +
              network numbers at boot timeHowever, the RARP and
 +
              BOOTP protocols provide better mechanisms for a host to
 +
              discover its own IP address.
  
        The IP encapsulation for Ethernets is described in RFC-894
+
      3.2.2.8 Timestamp and Timestamp Reply: RFC-792
        [LINK:3], while RFC-1042 [LINK:4] describes the IP
 
        encapsulation for IEEE 802 networks.  RFC-1042 elaborates and
 
        replaces the discussion in Section 3.4 of [INTRO:2].
 
  
         Every Internet host connected to a 10Mbps Ethernet cable:
+
         A host MAY implement Timestamp and Timestamp Reply.  If they
 +
        are implemented, the following rules MUST be followed.
  
        o    MUST be able to send and receive packets using RFC-894
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
              encapsulation;
 
  
         o    SHOULD be able to receive RFC-1042 packets, intermixed
+
         o    The ICMP Timestamp server function returns a Timestamp
               with RFC-894 packets; and
+
              Reply to every Timestamp message that is received.  If
 +
              this function is implemented, it SHOULD be designed for
 +
              minimum variability in delay (e.g., implemented in the
 +
               kernel to avoid delay in scheduling a user process).
  
         o    MAY be able to send packets using RFC-1042 encapsulation.
+
         The following cases for Timestamp are to be handled
 +
        according to the corresponding rules for ICMP Echo:
  
 +
        o    An ICMP Timestamp Request message to an IP broadcast or
 +
              IP multicast address MAY be silently discarded.
  
         An Internet host that implements sending both the RFC-894 and
+
         o    The IP source address in an ICMP Timestamp Reply MUST
        the RFC-1042 encapsulations MUST provide a configuration switch
+
              be the same as the specific-destination address of the
        to select which is sent, and this switch MUST default to RFC-
+
              corresponding Timestamp Request message.
        894.
 
  
 +
        o    If a Source-route option is received in an ICMP Echo
 +
              Request, the return route MUST be reversed and used as
 +
              a Source Route option for the Timestamp Reply message.
  
 +
        o    If a Record Route and/or Timestamp option is received
 +
              in a Timestamp Request, this (these) option(s) SHOULD
 +
              be updated to include the current host and included in
 +
              the IP header of the Timestamp Reply message.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 24]
+
        o    Incoming Timestamp Reply messages MUST be passed up to
 +
              the ICMP user interface.
  
 +
        The preferred form for a timestamp value (the "standard
 +
        value") is in units of milliseconds since midnight Universal
 +
        Time.  However, it may be difficult to provide this value
 +
        with millisecond resolution.  For example, many systems use
 +
        clocks that update only at line frequency, 50 or 60 times
 +
        per second.  Therefore, some latitude is allowed in a
 +
        "standard value":
  
 +
        (a)  A "standard value" MUST be updated at least 15 times
 +
              per second (i.e., at most the six low-order bits of the
 +
              value may be undefined).
  
 +
        (b)  The accuracy of a "standard value" MUST approximate
 +
              that of operator-set CPU clocks, i.e., correct within a
 +
              few minutes.
  
RFC1122                       LINK LAYER                   October 1989
+
RFC1122                     INTERNET LAYER                 October 1989
  
 +
      3.2.2.9  Address Mask Request/Reply: RFC-950
  
         Note that the standard IP encapsulation in RFC-1042 does not
+
         A host MUST support the first, and MAY implement all three,
         use the protocol id value (K1=6) that IEEE reserved for IP;
+
         of the following methods for determining the address mask(s)
        instead, it uses a value (K1=170) that implies an extension
+
         corresponding to its IP address(es):
         (the "SNAP") which can be used to hold the Ether-Type field.
 
        An Internet system MUST NOT send 802 packets using K1=6.
 
  
         Address translation from Internet addresses to link-layer
+
         (1) static configuration information;
        addresses on Ethernet and IEEE 802 networks MUST be managed by
 
        the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP).
 
  
         The MTU for an Ethernet is 1500 and for 802.3 is 1492.
+
         (2)  obtaining the address mask(s) dynamically as a side-
 +
              effect of the system initialization process (see
 +
              [INTRO:1]); and
  
         DISCUSSION:
+
         (3) sending ICMP Address Mask Request(s) and receiving ICMP
              The IEEE 802.3 specification provides for operation over a
+
               Address Mask Reply(s).
              10Mbps Ethernet cable, in which case Ethernet and IEEE
 
              802.3 frames can be physically intermixed. A receiver can
 
              distinguish Ethernet and 802.3 frames by the value of the
 
              802.3 Length field; this two-octet field coincides in the
 
              header with the Ether-Type field of an Ethernet frame.  In
 
              particular, the 802.3 Length field must be less than or
 
              equal to 1500, while all valid Ether-Type values are
 
               greater than 1500.
 
  
              Another compatibility problem arises with link-layer
+
        The choice of method to be used in a particular host MUST be
              broadcasts.  A broadcast sent with one framing will not be
+
        configurable.
              seen by hosts that can receive only the other framing.
 
  
              The provisions of this section were designed to provide
+
        When method (3), the use of Address Mask messages, is
              direct interoperation between 894-capable and 1042-capable
+
        enabled, then:
              systems on the same cable, to the maximum extent possible.
 
              It is intended to support the present situation where
 
              894-only systems predominate, while providing an easy
 
              transition to a possible future in which 1042-capable
 
              systems become common.
 
  
              Note that 894-only systems cannot interoperate directly
+
        (a) When it initializes, the host MUST broadcast an Address
              with 1042-only systems. If the two system types are set
+
               Mask Request message on the connected network
               up as two different logical networks on the same cable,
+
               corresponding to the IP address. It MUST retransmit
               they can communicate only through an IP gateway.
+
               this message a small number of times if it does not
               Furthermore, it is not useful or even possible for a
+
               receive an immediate Address Mask Reply.
               dual-format host to discover automatically which format to
 
              send, because of the problem of link-layer broadcasts.
 
  
  2.4  LINK/INTERNET LAYER INTERFACE
+
        (b)  Until it has received an Address Mask Reply, the host
 +
              SHOULD assume a mask appropriate for the address class
 +
              of the IP address, i.e., assume that the connected
 +
              network is not subnetted.
  
      The packet receive interface between the IP layer and the link
+
        (c)  The first Address Mask Reply message received MUST be
      layer MUST include a flag to indicate whether the incoming packet
+
              used to set the address mask corresponding to the
      was addressed to a link-layer broadcast address.
+
              particular local IP address.  This is true even if the
 +
              first Address Mask Reply message is "unsolicited", in
 +
              which case it will have been broadcast and may arrive
 +
              after the host has ceased to retransmit Address Mask
 +
              Requests.  Once the mask has been set by an Address
 +
              Mask Reply, later Address Mask Reply messages MUST be
 +
              (silently) ignored.
  
 +
        Conversely, if Address Mask messages are disabled, then no
 +
        ICMP Address Mask Requests will be sent, and any ICMP
 +
        Address Mask Replies received for that local IP address MUST
 +
        be (silently) ignored.
  
 +
        A host SHOULD make some reasonableness check on any address
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 25]
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
        mask it installs; see IMPLEMENTATION section below.
  
 +
        A system MUST NOT send an Address Mask Reply unless it is an
 +
        authoritative agent for address masks.  An authoritative
 +
        agent may be a host or a gateway, but it MUST be explicitly
 +
        configured as a address mask agent.  Receiving an address
 +
        mask via an Address Mask Reply does not give the receiver
 +
        authority and MUST NOT be used as the basis for issuing
 +
        Address Mask Replies.
  
 +
        With a statically configured address mask, there SHOULD be
 +
        an additional configuration flag that determines whether the
 +
        host is to act as an authoritative agent for this mask,
 +
        i.e., whether it will answer Address Mask Request messages
 +
        using this mask.
  
RFC1122                        LINK LAYER                  October 1989
+
        If it is configured as an agent, the host MUST broadcast an
 +
        Address Mask Reply for the mask on the appropriate interface
 +
        when it initializes.
  
 +
        See "System Initialization" in [INTRO:1] for more
 +
        information about the use of Address Mask Request/Reply
 +
        messages.
  
      DISCUSSION
+
        DISCUSSION
          Although the IP layer does not generally know link layer
+
              Hosts that casually send Address Mask Replies with
          addresses (since every different network medium typically has
+
              invalid address masks have often been a serious
          a different address format), the broadcast address on a
+
              nuisanceTo prevent this, Address Mask Replies ought
          broadcast-capable medium is an important special caseSee
+
              to be sent only by authoritative agents that have been
          Section 3.2.2, especially the DISCUSSION concerning broadcast
+
              selected by explicit administrative action.
          storms.
 
  
      The packet send interface between the IP and link layers MUST
+
              When an authoritative agent receives an Address Mask
      include the 5-bit TOS field (see Section 3.2.1.6).
+
              Request message, it will send a unicast Address Mask
 +
              Reply to the source IP address.  If the network part of
 +
              this address is zero (see (a) and (b) in 3.2.1.3), the
 +
              Reply will be broadcast.
  
      The link layer MUST NOT report a Destination Unreachable error to
+
              Getting no reply to its Address Mask Request messages,
      IP solely because there is no ARP cache entry for a destination.
+
              a host will assume there is no agent and use an
 +
              unsubnetted mask, but the agent may be only temporarily
 +
              unreachable.  An agent will broadcast an unsolicited
 +
              Address Mask Reply whenever it initializes, in order to
 +
              update the masks of all hosts that have initialized in
 +
              the meantime.
  
  2.5  LINK LAYER REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY
+
        IMPLEMENTATION:
 
+
              The following reasonableness check on an address mask
                                                  |      | | | |S| |
+
               is suggested: the mask is not all 1 bits, and it is
                                                  |      | | | |H| |F
 
                                                  |      | | | |O|M|o
 
                                                  |      | |S| |U|U|o
 
                                                  |      | |H| |L|S|t
 
                                                  |      |M|O| |D|T|n
 
                                                  |      |U|U|M| | |o
 
                                                  |      |S|L|A|N|N|t
 
                                                  |      |T|D|Y|O|O|t
 
FEATURE                                          |SECTION| | | |T|T|e
 
--------------------------------------------------|-------|-|-|-|-|-|--
 
                                                  |      | | | | | |
 
Trailer encapsulation                            |2.3.1  | | |x| | |
 
Send Trailers by default without negotiation      |2.3.1  | | | | |x|
 
ARP                                              |2.3.2  | | | | | |
 
  Flush out-of-date ARP cache entries            |2.3.2.1|x| | | | |
 
  Prevent ARP floods                              |2.3.2.1|x| | | | |
 
  Cache timeout configurable                      |2.3.2.1| |x| | | |
 
  Save at least one (latest) unresolved pkt      |2.3.2.2| |x| | | |
 
Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation               |2.3.3  | | | | | |
 
  Host able to:                                   |2.3.3  | | | | | |
 
    Send & receive RFC-894 encapsulation          |2.3.3  |x| | | | |
 
    Receive RFC-1042 encapsulation                |2.3.3  | |x| | | |
 
    Send RFC-1042 encapsulation                  |2.3.3  | | |x| | |
 
      Then config. sw. to select, RFC-894 dflt    |2.3.3  |x| | | | |
 
  Send K1=6 encapsulation                        |2.3.3  | | | | |x|
 
  Use ARP on Ethernet and IEEE 802 nets          |2.3.3  |x| | | | |
 
Link layer report b'casts to IP layer            |2.4    |x| | | | |
 
IP layer pass TOS to link layer                  |2.4    |x| | | | |
 
No ARP cache entry treated as Dest. Unreach.      |2.4    | | | | |x|
 
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
              either zero or else the 8 highest-order bits are on.
  
 +
  3.2.3  Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP
  
 +
      IGMP [IP:4] is a protocol used between hosts and gateways on a
 +
      single network to establish hosts' membership in particular
 +
      multicast groups.  The gateways use this information, in
 +
      conjunction with a multicast routing protocol, to support IP
 +
      multicasting across the Internet.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 26]
+
      At this time, implementation of IGMP is OPTIONAL; see Section
 +
      3.3.7 for more information.  Without IGMP, a host can still
 +
      participate in multicasting local to its connected networks.
  
 +
3.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES
  
 +
  3.3.1  Routing Outbound Datagrams
  
 +
      The IP layer chooses the correct next hop for each datagram it
 +
      sends.  If the destination is on a connected network, the
 +
      datagram is sent directly to the destination host; otherwise,
 +
      it has to be routed to a gateway on a connected network.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
      3.3.1.1  Local/Remote Decision
  
 +
        To decide if the destination is on a connected network, the
 +
        following algorithm MUST be used [see IP:3]:
  
3. INTERNET LAYER PROTOCOLS
+
        (a)  The address mask (particular to a local IP address for
 +
              a multihomed host) is a 32-bit mask that selects the
 +
              network number and subnet number fields of the
 +
              corresponding IP address.
  
  3.1 INTRODUCTION
+
        (b)  If the IP destination address bits extracted by the
 +
              address mask match the IP source address bits extracted
 +
              by the same mask, then the destination is on the
 +
              corresponding connected network, and the datagram is to
 +
              be transmitted directly to the destination host.
  
      The Robustness Principle: "Be liberal in what you accept, and
+
        (c)  If not, then the destination is accessible only through
      conservative in what you send" is particularly important in the
+
              a gateway.  Selection of a gateway is described below
      Internet layer, where one misbehaving host can deny Internet
+
              (3.3.1.2).
      service to many other hosts.
 
  
      The protocol standards used in the Internet layer are:
+
        A special-case destination address is handled as follows:
  
      o   RFC-791 [IP:1] defines the IP protocol and gives an
+
        *   For a limited broadcast or a multicast address, simply
          introduction to the architecture of the Internet.
+
              pass the datagram to the link layer for the appropriate
 +
              interface.
  
      o    RFC-792 [IP:2] defines ICMP, which provides routing,
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
          diagnostic and error functionality for IP.  Although ICMP
 
          messages are encapsulated within IP datagrams, ICMP
 
          processing is considered to be (and is typically implemented
 
          as) part of the IP layer.  See Section 3.2.2.
 
  
      o   RFC-950 [IP:3] defines the mandatory subnet extension to the
+
        *   For a (network or subnet) directed broadcast, the
          addressing architecture.
+
              datagram can use the standard routing algorithms.
  
      o    RFC-1112 [IP:4] defines the Internet Group Management
+
        The host IP layer MUST operate correctly in a minimal
          Protocol IGMP, as part of a recommended extension to hosts
+
        network environment, and in particular, when there are no
          and to the host-gateway interface to support Internet-wide
+
        gateways.  For example, if the IP layer of a host insists on
          multicasting at the IP level.  See Section 3.2.3.
+
        finding at least one gateway to initialize, the host will be
 +
        unable to operate on a single isolated broadcast net.
  
          The target of an IP multicast may be an arbitrary group of
+
      3.3.1.2 Gateway Selection
          Internet hostsIP multicasting is designed as a natural
 
          extension of the link-layer multicasting facilities of some
 
          networks, and it provides a standard means for local access
 
          to such link-layer multicasting facilities.
 
  
      Other important references are listed in Section 5 of this
+
        To efficiently route a series of datagrams to the same
      document.
+
        destination, the source host MUST keep a "route cache" of
 +
        mappings to next-hop gateways.  A host uses the following
 +
        basic algorithm on this cache to route a datagram; this
 +
        algorithm is designed to put the primary routing burden on
 +
        the gateways [IP:11].
  
      The Internet layer of host software MUST implement both IP and
+
        (a)  If the route cache contains no information for a
      ICMPSee Section 3.3.7 for the requirements on support of IGMP.
+
              particular destination, the host chooses a "default"
 +
              gateway and sends the datagram to itIt also builds a
 +
              corresponding Route Cache entry.
  
      The host IP layer has two basic functions:  (1) choose the "next
+
        (b) If that gateway is not the best next hop to the
      hop" gateway or host for outgoing IP datagrams and (2) reassemble
+
              destination, the gateway will forward the datagram to
      incoming IP datagrams.  The IP layer may also (3) implement
+
              the best next-hop gateway and return an ICMP Redirect
      intentional fragmentation of outgoing datagrams.  Finally, the IP
+
              message to the source host.
      layer must (4) provide diagnostic and error functionality.  We
 
      expect that IP layer functions may increase somewhat in the
 
      future, as further Internet control and management facilities are
 
      developed.
 
  
 +
        (c)  When it receives a Redirect, the host updates the
 +
              next-hop gateway in the appropriate route cache entry,
 +
              so later datagrams to the same destination will go
 +
              directly to the best gateway.
  
 +
        Since the subnet mask appropriate to the destination address
 +
        is generally not known, a Network Redirect message SHOULD be
 +
        treated identically to a Host Redirect message; i.e., the
 +
        cache entry for the destination host (only) would be updated
 +
        (or created, if an entry for that host did not exist) for
 +
        the new gateway.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 27]
+
        DISCUSSION:
 
+
              This recommendation is to protect against gateways that
 
+
              erroneously send Network Redirects for a subnetted
 +
              network, in violation of the gateway requirements
 +
              [INTRO:2].
  
 +
        When there is no route cache entry for the destination host
 +
        address (and the destination is not on the connected
  
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
        network), the IP layer MUST pick a gateway from its list of
 +
        "default" gateways.  The IP layer MUST support multiple
 +
        default gateways.
  
      For normal datagrams, the processing is straightforwardFor
+
        As an extra feature, a host IP layer MAY implement a table
      incoming datagrams, the IP layer:
+
        of "static routes"Each such static route MAY include a
 +
        flag specifying whether it may be overridden by ICMP
 +
        Redirects.
  
      (1) verifies that the datagram is correctly formatted;
+
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              A host generally needs to know at least one default
 +
              gateway to get started.  This information can be
 +
              obtained from a configuration file or else from the
 +
              host startup sequence, e.g., the BOOTP protocol (see
 +
              [INTRO:1]).
  
      (2) verifies that it is destined to the local host;
+
              It has been suggested that a host can augment its list
 +
              of default gateways by recording any new gateways it
 +
              learns about.  For example, it can record every gateway
 +
              to which it is ever redirected.  Such a feature, while
 +
              possibly useful in some circumstances, may cause
 +
              problems in other cases (e.g., gateways are not all
 +
              equal), and it is not recommended.
  
      (3processes options;
+
              A static route is typically a particular preset mapping
 +
              from destination host or network into a particular
 +
              next-hop gateway; it might also depend on the Type-of-
 +
              Service (see next section). Static routes would be set
 +
              up by system administrators to override the normal
 +
              automatic routing mechanism, to handle exceptional
 +
              situations.  However, any static routing information is
 +
              a potential source of failure as configurations change
 +
              or equipment fails.
  
       (4) reassembles the datagram if necessary; and
+
       3.3.1.3 Route Cache
  
      (5)  passes the encapsulated message to the appropriate
+
        Each route cache entry needs to include the following
          transport-layer protocol module.
+
        fields:
  
      For outgoing datagrams, the IP layer:
+
        (1)  Local IP address (for a multihomed host)
  
      (1sets any fields not set by the transport layer;
+
        (2Destination IP address
  
      (2selects the correct first hop on the connected network (a
+
        (3Type(s)-of-Service
          process called "routing");
 
  
      (3fragments the datagram if necessary and if intentional
+
        (4Next-hop gateway IP address
          fragmentation is implemented (see Section 3.3.3); and
 
  
      (4) passes the packet(s) to the appropriate link-layer driver.
+
        Field (2) MAY be the full IP address of the destination
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
      A host is said to be multihomed if it has multiple IP addresses.
+
        host, or only the destination network number. Field (3),
      Multihoming introduces considerable confusion and complexity into
+
        the TOS, SHOULD be included.
      the protocol suite, and it is an area in which the Internet
 
      architecture falls seriously short of solving all problems. There
 
      are two distinct problem areas in multihoming:
 
  
      (1)  Local multihoming --  the host itself is multihomed; or
+
        See Section 3.3.4.2 for a discussion of the implications of
 +
        multihoming for the lookup procedure in this cache.
  
      (2)  Remote multihoming -- the local host needs to communicate
+
        DISCUSSION:
          with a remote multihomed host.
+
              Including the Type-of-Service field in the route cache
 +
              and considering it in the host route algorithm will
 +
              provide the necessary mechanism for the future when
 +
              Type-of-Service routing is commonly used in the
 +
              Internet.  See Section 3.2.1.6.
  
      At present, remote multihoming MUST be handled at the application
+
              Each route cache entry defines the endpoints of an
      layer, as discussed in the companion RFC [INTRO:1]A host MAY
+
              Internet path.  Although the connecting path may change
      support local multihoming, which is discussed in this document,
+
              dynamically in an arbitrary way, the transmission
      and in particular in Section 3.3.4.
+
              characteristics of the path tend to remain
 +
              approximately constant over a time period longer than a
 +
              single typical host-host transport connection.
 +
              Therefore, a route cache entry is a natural place to
 +
              cache data on the properties of the pathExamples of
 +
              such properties might be the maximum unfragmented
 +
              datagram size (see Section 3.3.3), or the average
 +
              round-trip delay measured by a transport protocol.
 +
              This data will generally be both gathered and used by a
 +
              higher layer protocol, e.g., by TCP, or by an
 +
              application using UDP.  Experiments are currently in
 +
              progress on caching path properties in this manner.
  
      Any host that forwards datagrams generated by another host is
+
              There is no consensus on whether the route cache should
      acting as a gateway and MUST also meet the specifications laid out
+
              be keyed on destination host addresses alone, or allow
      in the gateway requirements RFC [INTRO:2].  An Internet host that
+
              both host and network addresses.  Those who favor the
      includes embedded gateway code MUST have a configuration switch to
+
              use of only host addresses argue that:
      disable the gateway function, and this switch MUST default to the
 
  
 +
              (1)  As required in Section 3.3.1.2, Redirect messages
 +
                  will generally result in entries keyed on
 +
                  destination host addresses; the simplest and most
 +
                  general scheme would be to use host addresses
 +
                  always.
  
 +
              (2)  The IP layer may not always know the address mask
 +
                  for a network address in a complex subnetted
 +
                  environment.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 28]
+
              (3)  The use of only host addresses allows the
 
+
                  destination address to be used as a pure 32-bit
 +
                  number, which may allow the Internet architecture
 +
                  to be more easily extended in the future without
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
                  any change to the hosts.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
              The opposing view is that allowing a mixture of
 +
              destination hosts and networks in the route cache:
  
 +
              (1)  Saves memory space.
  
      non-gateway mode. In this mode, a datagram arriving through one
+
              (2) Leads to a simpler data structure, easily
      interface will not be forwarded to another host or gateway (unless
+
                  combining the cache with the tables of default and
      it is source-routed), regardless of whether the host is single-
+
                  static routes (see below).
      homed or multihomed.  The host software MUST NOT automatically
 
      move into gateway mode if the host has more than one interface, as
 
      the operator of the machine may neither want to provide that
 
      service nor be competent to do so.
 
  
      In the following, the action specified in certain cases is to
+
              (3)  Provides a more useful place to cache path
      "silently discard" a received datagram.  This means that the
+
                  properties, as discussed earlier.
      datagram will be discarded without further processing and that the
 
      host will not send any ICMP error message (see Section 3.2.2) as a
 
      result. However, for diagnosis of problems a host SHOULD provide
 
      the capability of logging the error (see Section 1.2.3), including
 
      the contents of the silently-discarded datagram, and SHOULD record
 
      the event in a statistics counter.
 
  
      DISCUSSION:
+
        IMPLEMENTATION:
          Silent discard of erroneous datagrams is generally intended
+
              The cache needs to be large enough to include entries
          to prevent "broadcast storms".
+
              for the maximum number of destination hosts that may be
 +
              in use at one time.
  
  3.2 PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH
+
              A route cache entry may also include control
 +
              information used to choose an entry for replacement.
 +
              This might take the form of a "recently used" bit, a
 +
              use count, or a last-used timestamp, for exampleIt
 +
              is recommended that it include the time of last
 +
              modification of the entry, for diagnostic purposes.
  
      3.2.1 Internet Protocol -- IP
+
              An implementation may wish to reduce the overhead of
 +
              scanning the route cache for every datagram to be
 +
              transmitted. This may be accomplished with a hash
 +
              table to speed the lookup, or by giving a connection-
 +
              oriented transport protocol a "hint" or temporary
 +
              handle on the appropriate cache entry, to be passed to
 +
              the IP layer with each subsequent datagram.
  
        3.2.1.1  Version Number: RFC-791 Section 3.1
+
              Although we have described the route cache, the lists
 +
              of default gateways, and a table of static routes as
 +
              conceptually distinct, in practice they may be combined
 +
              into a single "routing table" data structure.
  
            A datagram whose version number is not 4 MUST be silently
+
      3.3.1.4 Dead Gateway Detection
            discarded.
 
  
         3.2.1.2  Checksum: RFC-791 Section 3.1
+
         The IP layer MUST be able to detect the failure of a "next-
 +
        hop" gateway that is listed in its route cache and to choose
 +
        an alternate gateway (see Section 3.3.1.5).
  
            A host MUST verify the IP header checksum on every received
+
        Dead gateway detection is covered in some detail in RFC-816
            datagram and silently discard every datagram that has a bad
+
        [IP:11]. Experience to date has not produced a complete
            checksum.
 
  
        3.2.1.3  Addressing: RFC-791 Section 3.2
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
            There are now five classes of IP addresses: Class A through
+
        algorithm which is totally satisfactory, though it has
            Class E.  Class D addresses are used for IP multicasting
+
        identified several forbidden paths and promising techniques.
            [IP:4], while Class E addresses are reserved for
 
            experimental use.
 
  
            A multicast (Class D) address is a 28-bit logical address
+
        *    A particular gateway SHOULD NOT be used indefinitely in
            that stands for a group of hosts, and may be either
+
              the absence of positive indications that it is
            permanent or transient. Permanent multicast addresses are
+
              functioning.
            allocated by the Internet Assigned Number Authority
 
            [INTRO:6], while transient addresses may be allocated
 
  
 +
        *    Active probes such as "pinging" (i.e., using an ICMP
 +
              Echo Request/Reply exchange) are expensive and scale
 +
              poorly.  In particular, hosts MUST NOT actively check
 +
              the status of a first-hop gateway by simply pinging the
 +
              gateway continuously.
  
 +
        *    Even when it is the only effective way to verify a
 +
              gateway's status, pinging MUST be used only when
 +
              traffic is being sent to the gateway and when there is
 +
              no other positive indication to suggest that the
 +
              gateway is functioning.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 29]
+
        *    To avoid pinging, the layers above and/or below the
 +
              Internet layer SHOULD be able to give "advice" on the
 +
              status of route cache entries when either positive
 +
              (gateway OK) or negative (gateway dead) information is
 +
              available.
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              If an implementation does not include an adequate
 +
              mechanism for detecting a dead gateway and re-routing,
 +
              a gateway failure may cause datagrams to apparently
 +
              vanish into a "black hole".  This failure can be
 +
              extremely confusing for users and difficult for network
 +
              personnel to debug.
  
 +
              The dead-gateway detection mechanism must not cause
 +
              unacceptable load on the host, on connected networks,
 +
              or on first-hop gateway(s).  The exact constraints on
 +
              the timeliness of dead gateway detection and on
 +
              acceptable load may vary somewhat depending on the
 +
              nature of the host's mission, but a host generally
 +
              needs to detect a failed first-hop gateway quickly
 +
              enough that transport-layer connections will not break
 +
              before an alternate gateway can be selected.
  
 +
              Passing advice from other layers of the protocol stack
 +
              complicates the interfaces between the layers, but it
 +
              is the preferred approach to dead gateway detection.
 +
              Advice can come from almost any part of the IP/TCP
  
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
              architecture, but it is expected to come primarily from
 +
              the transport and link layers.  Here are some possible
 +
              sources for gateway advice:
  
            dynamically to transient groups. Group membership is
+
              o    TCP or any connection-oriented transport protocol
            determined dynamically using IGMP [IP:4].
+
                  should be able to give negative advice, e.g.,
 +
                  triggered by excessive retransmissions.
  
            We now summarize the important special cases for Class A, B,
+
              o    TCP may give positive advice when (new) data is
            and C IP addresses, using the following notation for an IP
+
                  acknowledged.  Even though the route may be
            address:
+
                  asymmetric, an ACK for new data proves that the
 +
                  acknowleged data must have been transmitted
 +
                  successfully.
  
                { <Network-number>, <Host-number> }
+
              o    An ICMP Redirect message from a particular gateway
 +
                  should be used as positive advice about that
 +
                  gateway.
  
            or
+
              o    Link-layer information that reliably detects and
                { <Network-number>, <Subnet-number>, <Host-number> }
+
                  reports host failures (e.g., ARPANET Destination
 +
                  Dead messages) should be used as negative advice.
  
            and the notation "-1" for a field that contains all 1 bits.
+
              o    Failure to ARP or to re-validate ARP mappings may
            This notation is not intended to imply that the 1-bits in an
+
                  be used as negative advice for the corresponding
            address mask need be contiguous.
+
                  IP address.
  
            (a) { 0, 0 }
+
              o    Packets arriving from a particular link-layer
 +
                  address are evidence that the system at this
 +
                  address is alive. However, turning this
 +
                  information into advice about gateways requires
 +
                  mapping the link-layer address into an IP address,
 +
                  and then checking that IP address against the
 +
                  gateways pointed to by the route cache.  This is
 +
                  probably prohibitively inefficient.
  
                This host on this network.  MUST NOT be sent, except as
+
              Note that positive advice that is given for every
                a source address as part of an initialization procedure
+
              datagram received may cause unacceptable overhead in
                by which the host learns its own IP address.
+
              the implementation.
  
                See also Section 3.3.6 for a non-standard use of {0,0}.
+
              While advice might be passed using required arguments
 +
              in all interfaces to the IP layer, some transport and
 +
              application layer protocols cannot deduce the correct
 +
              advice. These interfaces must therefore allow a
 +
              neutral value for advice, since either always-positive
 +
              or always-negative advice leads to incorrect behavior.
  
            (b)  { 0, <Host-number> }
+
              There is another technique for dead gateway detection
 +
              that has been commonly used but is not recommended.
  
                Specified host on this network.  It MUST NOT be sent,
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
                except as a source address as part of an initialization
 
                procedure by which the host learns its full IP address.
 
  
            (c{ -1, -1 }
+
              This technique depends upon the host passively
 +
              receiving ("wiretapping") the Interior Gateway Protocol
 +
              (IGP) datagrams that the gateways are broadcasting to
 +
              each other.  This approach has the drawback that a host
 +
              needs to recognize all the interior gateway protocols
 +
              that gateways may use (see [INTRO:2]). In addition, it
 +
              only works on a broadcast network.
  
                Limited broadcastIt MUST NOT be used as a source
+
              At present, pinging (i.e., using ICMP Echo messages) is
                address.
+
              the mechanism for gateway probing when absolutely
 +
              requiredA successful ping guarantees that the
 +
              addressed interface and its associated machine are up,
 +
              but it does not guarantee that the machine is a gateway
 +
              as opposed to a host.  The normal inference is that if
 +
              a Redirect or other evidence indicates that a machine
 +
              was a gateway, successful pings will indicate that the
 +
              machine is still up and hence still a gateway.
 +
              However, since a host silently discards packets that a
 +
              gateway would forward or redirect, this assumption
 +
              could sometimes fail.  To avoid this problem, a new
 +
              ICMP message under development will ask "are you a
 +
              gateway?"
  
                A datagram with this destination address will be
+
        IMPLEMENTATION:
                received by every host on the connected physical
+
              The following specific algorithm has been suggested:
                network but will not be forwarded outside that network.
 
  
            (d) { <Network-number>, -1 }
+
              o    Associate a "reroute timer" with each gateway
 +
                  pointed to by the route cache. Initialize the
 +
                  timer to a value Tr, which must be small enough to
 +
                  allow detection of a dead gateway before transport
 +
                  connections time out.
  
                Directed broadcast to the specified networkIt MUST
+
              o    Positive advice would reset the reroute timer to
                NOT be used as a source address.
+
                  TrNegative advice would reduce or zero the
 +
                  reroute timer.
  
            (e) { <Network-number>, <Subnet-number>, -1 }
+
              o    Whenever the IP layer used a particular gateway to
 +
                  route a datagram, it would check the corresponding
 +
                  reroute timer.  If the timer had expired (reached
 +
                  zero), the IP layer would send a ping to the
 +
                  gateway, followed immediately by the datagram.
  
                Directed broadcast to the specified subnetIt MUST
+
              o    The ping (ICMP Echo) would be sent again if
                NOT be used as a source address.
+
                  necessary, up to N timesIf no ping reply was
 +
                  received in N tries, the gateway would be assumed
 +
                  to have failed, and a new first-hop gateway would
 +
                  be chosen for all cache entries pointing to the
 +
                  failed gateway.
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
              Note that the size of Tr is inversely related to the
 +
              amount of advice available.  Tr should be large enough
 +
              to insure that:
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 30]
+
              *    Any pinging will be at a low level (e.g., <10%) of
 +
                  all packets sent to a gateway from the host, AND
  
 +
              *    pinging is infrequent (e.g., every 3 minutes)
  
 +
              Since the recommended algorithm is concerned with the
 +
              gateways pointed to by route cache entries, rather than
 +
              the cache entries themselves, a two level data
 +
              structure (perhaps coordinated with ARP or similar
 +
              caches) may be desirable for implementing a route
 +
              cache.
  
 +
      3.3.1.5  New Gateway Selection
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        If the failed gateway is not the current default, the IP
 +
        layer can immediately switch to a default gateway.  If it is
 +
        the current default that failed, the IP layer MUST select a
 +
        different default gateway (assuming more than one default is
 +
        known) for the failed route and for establishing new routes.
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              When a gateway does fail, the other gateways on the
 +
              connected network will learn of the failure through
 +
              some inter-gateway routing protocol.  However, this
 +
              will not happen instantaneously, since gateway routing
 +
              protocols typically have a settling time of 30-60
 +
              seconds.  If the host switches to an alternative
 +
              gateway before the gateways have agreed on the failure,
 +
              the new target gateway will probably forward the
 +
              datagram to the failed gateway and send a Redirect back
 +
              to the host pointing to the failed gateway (!).  The
 +
              result is likely to be a rapid oscillation in the
 +
              contents of the host's route cache during the gateway
 +
              settling period.  It has been proposed that the dead-
 +
              gateway logic should include some hysteresis mechanism
 +
              to prevent such oscillations.  However, experience has
 +
              not shown any harm from such oscillations, since
 +
              service cannot be restored to the host until the
 +
              gateways' routing information does settle down.
  
            (f) { <Network-number>, -1, -1 }
+
        IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
              One implementation technique for choosing a new default
 +
              gateway is to simply round-robin among the default
 +
              gateways in the host's list. Another is to rank the
  
                Directed broadcast to all subnets of the specified
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
                subnetted network.  It MUST NOT be used as a source
 
                address.
 
  
            (g)  { 127, <any> }
+
              gateways in priority order, and when the current
 +
              default gateway is not the highest priority one, to
 +
              "ping" the higher-priority gateways slowly to detect
 +
              when they return to service.  This pinging can be at a
 +
              very low rate, e.g., 0.005 per second.
  
                Internal host loopback addressAddresses of this form
+
      3.3.1.6 Initialization
                MUST NOT appear outside a host.
 
  
            The <Network-number> is administratively assigned so that
+
        The following information MUST be configurable:
            its value will be unique in the entire world.
 
  
            IP addresses are not permitted to have the value 0 or -1 for
+
        (1)  IP address(es).
            any of the <Host-number>, <Network-number>, or <Subnet-
 
            number> fields (except in the special cases listed above).
 
            This implies that each of these fields will be at least two
 
            bits long.
 
  
            For further discussion of broadcast addresses, see Section
+
        (2)  Address mask(s).
            3.3.6.
 
  
            A host MUST support the subnet extensions to IP [IP:3]. As
+
        (3) A list of default gateways, with a preference level.
            a result, there will be an address mask of the form:
 
            {-1, -1, 0} associated with each of the host's local IP
 
            addresses; see Sections 3.2.2.9 and 3.3.1.1.
 
  
            When a host sends any datagram, the IP source address MUST
+
        A manual method of entering this configuration data MUST be
            be one of its own IP addresses (but not a broadcast or
+
        provided.  In addition, a variety of methods can be used to
            multicast address).
+
        determine this information dynamically; see the section on
 +
        "Host Initialization" in [INTRO:1].
  
            A host MUST silently discard an incoming datagram that is
+
        DISCUSSION:
            not destined for the hostAn incoming datagram is destined
+
              Some host implementations use "wiretapping" of gateway
            for the host if the datagram's destination address field is:
+
              protocols on a broadcast network to learn what gateways
 +
              existA standard method for default gateway discovery
 +
              is under development.
  
            (1) (one of) the host's IP address(es); or
+
  3.3.2 Reassembly
  
            (2)  an IP broadcast address valid for the connected
+
      The IP layer MUST implement reassembly of IP datagrams.
                network; or
 
  
            (3)  the address for a multicast group of which the host is
+
      We designate the largest datagram size that can be reassembled
                a member on the incoming physical interface.
+
      by EMTU_R ("Effective MTU to receive"); this is sometimes
 +
      called the "reassembly buffer size". EMTU_R MUST be greater
 +
      than or equal to 576, SHOULD be either configurable or
 +
      indefinite, and SHOULD be greater than or equal to the MTU of
 +
      the connected network(s).
  
            For most purposes, a datagram addressed to a broadcast or
+
      DISCUSSION:
            multicast destination is processed as if it had been
+
          A fixed EMTU_R limit should not be built into the code
            addressed to one of the host's IP addresses; we use the term
+
          because some application layer protocols require EMTU_R
            "specific-destination address" for the equivalent local IP
+
          values larger than 576.
  
 +
      IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
          An implementation may use a contiguous reassembly buffer
 +
          for each datagram, or it may use a more complex data
 +
          structure that places no definite limit on the reassembled
 +
          datagram size; in the latter case, EMTU_R is said to be
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 31]
+
          "indefinite".
  
 +
          Logically, reassembly is performed by simply copying each
 +
          fragment into the packet buffer at the proper offset.
 +
          Note that fragments may overlap if successive
 +
          retransmissions use different packetizing but the same
 +
          reassembly Id.
  
 +
          The tricky part of reassembly is the bookkeeping to
 +
          determine when all bytes of the datagram have been
 +
          reassembled.  We recommend Clark's algorithm [IP:10] that
 +
          requires no additional data space for the bookkeeping.
 +
          However, note that, contrary to [IP:10], the first
 +
          fragment header needs to be saved for inclusion in a
 +
          possible ICMP Time Exceeded (Reassembly Timeout) message.
  
 +
      There MUST be a mechanism by which the transport layer can
 +
      learn MMS_R, the maximum message size that can be received and
 +
      reassembled in an IP datagram (see GET_MAXSIZES calls in
 +
      Section 3.4).  If EMTU_R is not indefinite, then the value of
 +
      MMS_R is given by:
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        MMS_R = EMTU_R - 20
  
 +
      since 20 is the minimum size of an IP header.
  
            address of the host.  The specific-destination address is
+
      There MUST be a reassembly timeout.  The reassembly timeout
            defined to be the destination address in the IP header
+
      value SHOULD be a fixed value, not set from the remaining TTL.
            unless the header contains a broadcast or multicast address,
+
      It is recommended that the value lie between 60 seconds and 120
            in which case the specific-destination is an IP address
+
      seconds.  If this timeout expires, the partially-reassembled
            assigned to the physical interface on which the datagram
+
      datagram MUST be discarded and an ICMP Time Exceeded message
            arrived.
+
      sent to the source host (if fragment zero has been received).
  
            A host MUST silently discard an incoming datagram containing
+
      DISCUSSION:
            an IP source address that is invalid by the rules of this
+
          The IP specification says that the reassembly timeout
            sectionThis validation could be done in either the IP
+
          should be the remaining TTL from the IP header, but this
            layer or by each protocol in the transport layer.
+
          does not work well because gateways generally treat TTL as
 +
          a simple hop count rather than an elapsed timeIf the
 +
          reassembly timeout is too small, datagrams will be
 +
          discarded unnecessarily, and communication may fail.  The
 +
          timeout needs to be at least as large as the typical
 +
          maximum delay across the Internet.  A realistic minimum
 +
          reassembly timeout would be 60 seconds.
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
          It has been suggested that a cache might be kept of
                A mis-addressed datagram might be caused by a link-
+
          round-trip times measured by transport protocols for
                layer broadcast of a unicast datagram or by a gateway
+
          various destinations, and that these values might be used
                or host that is confused or mis-configured.
+
          to dynamically determine a reasonable reassembly timeout
  
                An architectural goal for Internet hosts was to allow
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
                IP addresses to be featureless 32-bit numbers, avoiding
 
                algorithms that required a knowledge of the IP address
 
                format.  Otherwise, any future change in the format or
 
                interpretation of IP addresses will require host
 
                software changes.  However, validation of broadcast and
 
                multicast addresses violates this goal; a few other
 
                violations are described elsewhere in this document.
 
  
                Implementers should be aware that applications
+
          valueFurther investigation of this approach is
                depending upon the all-subnets directed broadcast
+
          required.
                address (f) may be unusable on some networksAll-
 
                subnets broadcast is not widely implemented in vendor
 
                gateways at present, and even when it is implemented, a
 
                particular network administration may disable it in the
 
                gateway configuration.
 
  
        3.2.1.4 Fragmentation and Reassembly: RFC-791 Section 3.2
+
          If the reassembly timeout is set too high, buffer
 +
          resources in the receiving host will be tied up too long,
 +
          and the MSL (Maximum Segment Lifetime) [TCP:1] will be
 +
          larger than necessary. The MSL controls the maximum rate
 +
          at which fragmented datagrams can be sent using distinct
 +
          values of the 16-bit Ident field; a larger MSL lowers the
 +
          maximum rate. The TCP specification [TCP:1] arbitrarily
 +
          assumes a value of 2 minutes for MSLThis sets an upper
 +
          limit on a reasonable reassembly timeout value.
  
            The Internet model requires that every host support
+
  3.3.3 Fragmentation
            reassembly.  See Sections 3.3.2 and 3.3.3 for the
 
            requirements on fragmentation and reassembly.
 
  
        3.2.1.5  Identification: RFC-791 Section 3.2
+
      Optionally, the IP layer MAY implement a mechanism to fragment
 +
      outgoing datagrams intentionally.
  
            When sending an identical copy of an earlier datagram, a
+
      We designate by EMTU_S ("Effective MTU for sending") the
            host MAY optionally retain the same Identification field in
+
      maximum IP datagram size that may be sent, for a particular
            the copy.
+
      combination of IP source and destination addresses and perhaps
 +
      TOS.
  
 +
      A host MUST implement a mechanism to allow the transport layer
 +
      to learn MMS_S, the maximum transport-layer message size that
 +
      may be sent for a given {source, destination, TOS} triplet (see
 +
      GET_MAXSIZES call in Section 3.4).  If no local fragmentation
 +
      is performed, the value of MMS_S will be:
  
 +
        MMS_S = EMTU_S - <IP header size>
  
 +
      and EMTU_S must be less than or equal to the MTU of the network
 +
      interface corresponding to the source address of the datagram.
 +
      Note that <IP header size> in this equation will be 20, unless
 +
      the IP reserves space to insert IP options for its own purposes
 +
      in addition to any options inserted by the transport layer.
  
 +
      A host that does not implement local fragmentation MUST ensure
 +
      that the transport layer (for TCP) or the application layer
 +
      (for UDP) obtains MMS_S from the IP layer and does not send a
 +
      datagram exceeding MMS_S in size.
  
 +
      It is generally desirable to avoid local fragmentation and to
 +
      choose EMTU_S low enough to avoid fragmentation in any gateway
 +
      along the path.  In the absence of actual knowledge of the
 +
      minimum MTU along the path, the IP layer SHOULD use
 +
      EMTU_S <= 576 whenever the destination address is not on a
 +
      connected network, and otherwise use the connected network's
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 32]
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
      MTU.
  
 +
      The MTU of each physical interface MUST be configurable.
  
 +
      A host IP layer implementation MAY have a configuration flag
 +
      "All-Subnets-MTU", indicating that the MTU of the connected
 +
      network is to be used for destinations on different subnets
 +
      within the same network, but not for other networks.  Thus,
 +
      this flag causes the network class mask, rather than the subnet
 +
      address mask, to be used to choose an EMTU_S.  For a multihomed
 +
      host, an "All-Subnets-MTU" flag is needed for each network
 +
      interface.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
      DISCUSSION:
 +
          Picking the correct datagram size to use when sending data
 +
          is a complex topic [IP:9].
  
 +
          (a)  In general, no host is required to accept an IP
 +
                datagram larger than 576 bytes (including header and
 +
                data), so a host must not send a larger datagram
 +
                without explicit knowledge or prior arrangement with
 +
                the destination host.  Thus, MMS_S is only an upper
 +
                bound on the datagram size that a transport protocol
 +
                may send; even when MMS_S exceeds 556, the transport
 +
                layer must limit its messages to 556 bytes in the
 +
                absence of other knowledge about the destination
 +
                host.
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
          (b)  Some transport protocols (e.g., TCP) provide a way to
                Some Internet protocol experts have maintained that
+
                explicitly inform the sender about the largest
                when a host sends an identical copy of an earlier
+
                datagram the other end can receive and reassemble
                datagram, the new copy should contain the same
+
                [IP:7].  There is no corresponding mechanism in the
                Identification value as the original.  There are two
+
                IP layer.
                suggested advantages:  (1) if the datagrams are
 
                fragmented and some of the fragments are lost, the
 
                receiver may be able to reconstruct a complete datagram
 
                from fragments of the original and the copies; (2) a
 
                congested gateway might use the IP Identification field
 
                (and Fragment Offset) to discard duplicate datagrams
 
                from the queue.
 
  
                However, the observed patterns of datagram loss in the
+
                A transport protocol that assumes an EMTU_R larger
                Internet do not favor the probability of retransmitted
+
                than 576 (see Section 3.3.2), can send a datagram of
                fragments filling reassembly gaps, while other
+
                this larger size to another host that implements the
                mechanisms (e.g., TCP repacketizing upon
+
                same protocol.
                retransmission) tend to prevent retransmission of an
 
                identical datagram [IP:9].  Therefore, we believe that
 
                retransmitting the same Identification field is not
 
                useful.  Also, a connectionless transport protocol like
 
                UDP would require the cooperation of the application
 
                programs to retain the same Identification value in
 
                identical datagrams.
 
  
        3.2.1.6 Type-of-Service: RFC-791 Section 3.2
+
          (c)  Hosts should ideally limit their EMTU_S for a given
 +
                destination to the minimum MTU of all the networks
 +
                along the path, to avoid any fragmentationIP
 +
                fragmentation, while formally correct, can create a
 +
                serious transport protocol performance problem,
 +
                because loss of a single fragment means all the
 +
                fragments in the segment must be retransmitted
 +
                [IP:9].
  
            The "Type-of-Service" byte in the IP header is divided into
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
            two sections:  the Precedence field (high-order 3 bits), and
 
            a field that is customarily called "Type-of-Service" or
 
            "TOS" (low-order 5 bits).  In this document, all references
 
            to "TOS" or the "TOS field" refer to the low-order 5 bits
 
            only.
 
  
            The Precedence field is intended for Department of Defense
+
          Since nearly all networks in the Internet currently
            applications of the Internet protocols.  The use of non-zero
+
          support an MTU of 576 or greater, we strongly recommend
            values in this field is outside the scope of this document
+
          the use of 576 for datagrams sent to non-local networks.
            and the IP standard specification.  Vendors should consult
 
            the Defense Communication Agency (DCA) for guidance on the
 
            IP Precedence field and its implications for other protocol
 
            layers.  However, vendors should note that the use of
 
            precedence will most likely require that its value be passed
 
            between protocol layers in just the same way as the TOS
 
            field is passed.
 
  
            The IP layer MUST provide a means for the transport layer to
+
          It has been suggested that a host could determine the MTU
            set the TOS field of every datagram that is sent; the
+
          over a given path by sending a zero-offset datagram
            default is all zero bitsThe IP layer SHOULD pass received
+
          fragment and waiting for the receiver to time out the
 +
          reassembly (which cannot complete!) and return an ICMP
 +
          Time Exceeded message.  This message would include the
 +
          largest remaining fragment header in its bodyMore
 +
          direct mechanisms are being experimented with, but have
 +
          not yet been adopted (see e.g., RFC-1063).
  
 +
  3.3.4  Local Multihoming
  
 +
      3.3.4.1  Introduction
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 33]
+
        A multihomed host has multiple IP addresses, which we may
 +
        think of as "logical interfaces".  These logical interfaces
 +
        may be associated with one or more physical interfaces, and
 +
        these physical interfaces may be connected to the same or
 +
        different networks.
  
 +
        Here are some important cases of multihoming:
  
 +
        (a)  Multiple Logical Networks
  
 +
              The Internet architects envisioned that each physical
 +
              network would have a single unique IP network (or
 +
              subnet) number.  However, LAN administrators have
 +
              sometimes found it useful to violate this assumption,
 +
              operating a LAN with multiple logical networks per
 +
              physical connected network.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
              If a host connected to such a physical network is
 +
              configured to handle traffic for each of N different
 +
              logical networks, then the host will have N logical
 +
              interfaces.  These could share a single physical
 +
              interface, or might use N physical interfaces to the
 +
              same network.
  
 +
        (b)  Multiple Logical Hosts
  
            TOS values up to the transport layer.
+
              When a host has multiple IP addresses that all have the
 +
              same <Network-number> part (and the same <Subnet-
 +
              number> part, if any), the logical interfaces are known
 +
              as "logical hosts". These logical interfaces might
 +
              share a single physical interface or might use separate
  
            The particular link-layer mappings of TOS contained in RFC-
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
            795 SHOULD NOT be implemented.
 
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
              physical interfaces to the same physical network.
                While the TOS field has been little used in the past,
 
                it is expected to play an increasing role in the near
 
                future.  The TOS field is expected to be used to
 
                control two aspects of gateway operations: routing and
 
                queueing algorithms.  See Section 2 of [INTRO:1] for
 
                the requirements on application programs to specify TOS
 
                values.
 
  
                The TOS field may also be mapped into link-layer
+
        (c) Simple Multihoming
                service selectors. This has been applied to provide
 
                effective sharing of serial lines by different classes
 
                of TCP traffic, for example.  However, the mappings
 
                suggested in RFC-795 for networks that were included in
 
                the Internet as of 1981 are now obsolete.
 
  
        3.2.1.7 Time-to-Live: RFC-791 Section 3.2
+
              In this case, each logical interface is mapped into a
 +
              separate physical interface and each physical interface
 +
              is connected to a different physical networkThe term
 +
              "multihoming" was originally applied only to this case,
 +
              but it is now applied more generally.
  
            A host MUST NOT send a datagram with a Time-to-Live (TTL)
+
              A host with embedded gateway functionality will
            value of zero.
+
              typically fall into the simple multihoming case.  Note,
 +
              however, that a host may be simply multihomed without
 +
              containing an embedded gateway, i.e., without
 +
              forwarding datagrams from one connected network to
 +
              another.
  
            A host MUST NOT discard a datagram just because it was
+
              This case presents the most difficult routing problems.
            received with TTL less than 2.
+
              The choice of interface (i.e., the choice of first-hop
 +
              network) may significantly affect performance or even
 +
              reachability of remote parts of the Internet.
  
            The IP layer MUST provide a means for the transport layer to
+
        Finally, we note another possibility that is NOT
            set the TTL field of every datagram that is sentWhen a
+
        multihoming:  one logical interface may be bound to multiple
            fixed TTL value is used, it MUST be configurableThe
+
        physical interfaces, in order to increase the reliability or
            current suggested value will be published in the "Assigned
+
        throughput between directly connected machines by providing
            Numbers" RFC.
+
        alternative physical paths between themFor instance, two
 +
        systems might be connected by multiple point-to-point links.
 +
        We call this "link-layer multiplexing"With link-layer
 +
        multiplexing, the protocols above the link layer are unaware
 +
        that multiple physical interfaces are present; the link-
 +
        layer device driver is responsible for multiplexing and
 +
        routing packets across the physical interfaces.
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
        In the Internet protocol architecture, a transport protocol
                The TTL field has two functions: limit the lifetime of
+
        instance ("entity") has no address of its own, but instead
                TCP segments (see RFC-793 [TCP:1], p. 28), and
+
        uses a single Internet Protocol (IP) address.  This has
                terminate Internet routing loopsAlthough TTL is a
+
        implications for the IP, transport, and application layers,
                time in seconds, it also has some attributes of a hop-
+
        and for the interfaces between themIn particular, the
                count, since each gateway is required to reduce the TTL
+
        application software may have to be aware of the multiple IP
                field by at least one.
+
        addresses of a multihomed host; in other cases, the choice
 +
        can be made within the network software.
  
                The intent is that TTL expiration will cause a datagram
+
      3.3.4.2  Multihoming Requirements
                to be discarded by a gateway but not by the destination
 
                host; however, hosts that act as gateways by forwarding
 
                datagrams must follow the gateway rules for TTL.
 
  
 +
        The following general rules apply to the selection of an IP
 +
        source address for sending a datagram from a multihomed
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
        host.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 34]
+
        (1)  If the datagram is sent in response to a received
 +
              datagram, the source address for the response SHOULD be
 +
              the specific-destination address of the request.  See
 +
              Sections 4.1.3.5 and 4.2.3.7 and the "General Issues"
 +
              section of [INTRO:1] for more specific requirements on
 +
              higher layers.
  
 +
              Otherwise, a source address must be selected.
  
 +
        (2)  An application MUST be able to explicitly specify the
 +
              source address for initiating a connection or a
 +
              request.
  
 +
        (3)  In the absence of such a specification, the networking
 +
              software MUST choose a source address.  Rules for this
 +
              choice are described below.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        There are two key requirement issues related to multihoming:
  
 +
        (A)  A host MAY silently discard an incoming datagram whose
 +
              destination address does not correspond to the physical
 +
              interface through which it is received.
  
                A higher-layer protocol may want to set the TTL in
+
        (B)  A host MAY restrict itself to sending (non-source-
                order to implement an "expanding scope" search for some
+
              routed) IP datagrams only through the physical
                Internet resource.  This is used by some diagnostic
+
              interface that corresponds to the IP source address of
                tools, and is expected to be useful for locating the
+
              the datagrams.
                "nearest" server of a given class using IP
 
                multicasting, for example.  A particular transport
 
                protocol may also want to specify its own TTL bound on
 
                maximum datagram lifetime.
 
  
                A fixed value must be at least big enough for the
+
        DISCUSSION:
                Internet "diameter," i.e., the longest possible path.
+
              Internet host implementors have used two different
                A reasonable value is about twice the diameter, to
+
              conceptual models for multihoming, briefly summarized
                allow for continued Internet growth.
+
              in the following discussion. This document takes no
 +
              stand on which model is preferred; each seems to have a
 +
              place.  This ambivalence is reflected in the issues (A)
 +
              and (B) being optional.
  
        3.2.1.8  Options: RFC-791 Section 3.2
+
              o    Strong ES Model
  
            There MUST be a means for the transport layer to specify IP
+
                  The Strong ES (End System, i.e., host) model
            options to be included in transmitted IP datagrams (see
+
                  emphasizes the host/gateway (ES/IS) distinction,
            Section 3.4).
+
                  and would therefore substitute MUST for MAY in
 +
                  issues (A) and (B) above.  It tends to model a
 +
                  multihomed host as a set of logical hosts within
 +
                  the same physical host.
  
            All IP options (except NOP or END-OF-LIST) received in
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
            datagrams MUST be passed to the transport layer (or to ICMP
 
            processing when the datagram is an ICMP message).  The IP
 
            and transport layer MUST each interpret those IP options
 
            that they understand and silently ignore the others.
 
 
 
            Later sections of this document discuss specific IP option
 
            support required by each of ICMP, TCP, and UDP.
 
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
                  With respect to (A), proponents of the Strong ES
                Passing all received IP options to the transport layer
+
                  model note that automatic Internet routing
                is a deliberate "violation of strict layering" that is
+
                  mechanisms could not route a datagram to a
                designed to ease the introduction of new transport-
+
                  physical interface that did not correspond to the
                relevant IP options in the future.  Each layer must
+
                  destination address.
                pick out any options that are relevant to its own
 
                processing and ignore the rest.  For this purpose,
 
                every IP option except NOP and END-OF-LIST will include
 
                a specification of its own length.
 
  
                This document does not define the order in which a
+
                  Under the Strong ES model, the route computation
                receiver must process multiple options in the same IP
+
                  for an outgoing datagram is the mapping:
                header.  Hosts sending multiple options must be aware
 
                that this introduces an ambiguity in the meaning of
 
                certain options when combined with a source-route
 
                option.
 
  
            IMPLEMENTATION:
+
                      route(src IP addr, dest IP addr, TOS)
                The IP layer must not crash as the result of an option
+
                                                    -> gateway
  
 +
                  Here the source address is included as a parameter
 +
                  in order to select a gateway that is directly
 +
                  reachable on the corresponding physical interface.
 +
                  Note that this model logically requires that in
 +
                  general there be at least one default gateway, and
 +
                  preferably multiple defaults, for each IP source
 +
                  address.
  
 +
              o    Weak ES Model
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 35]
+
                  This view de-emphasizes the ES/IS distinction, and
 +
                  would therefore substitute MUST NOT for MAY in
 +
                  issues (A) and (B).  This model may be the more
 +
                  natural one for hosts that wiretap gateway routing
 +
                  protocols, and is necessary for hosts that have
 +
                  embedded gateway functionality.
  
 +
                  The Weak ES Model may cause the Redirect mechanism
 +
                  to fail.  If a datagram is sent out a physical
 +
                  interface that does not correspond to the
 +
                  destination address, the first-hop gateway will
 +
                  not realize when it needs to send a Redirect.  On
 +
                  the other hand, if the host has embedded gateway
 +
                  functionality, then it has routing information
 +
                  without listening to Redirects.
  
 +
                  In the Weak ES model, the route computation for an
 +
                  outgoing datagram is the mapping:
  
 +
                      route(dest IP addr, TOS) -> gateway, interface
  
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
      3.3.4.3  Choosing a Source Address
  
                length that is outside the possible rangeFor
+
        DISCUSSION:
                example, erroneous option lengths have been observed to
+
              When it sends an initial connection request (e.g., a
                put some IP implementations into infinite loops.
+
              TCP "SYN" segment) or a datagram service request (e.g.,
 +
              a UDP-based query), the transport layer on a multihomed
 +
              host needs to know which source address to useIf the
 +
              application does not specify it, the transport layer
 +
              must ask the IP layer to perform the conceptual
 +
              mapping:
  
            Here are the requirements for specific IP options:
+
                  GET_SRCADDR(remote IP addr, TOS)
 +
                                            -> local IP address
  
 +
              Here TOS is the Type-of-Service value (see Section
 +
              3.2.1.6), and the result is the desired source address.
 +
              The following rules are suggested for implementing this
 +
              mapping:
  
            (a)  Security Option
+
              (a)  If the remote Internet address lies on one of the
 +
                  (sub-) nets to which the host is directly
 +
                  connected, a corresponding source address may be
 +
                  chosen, unless the corresponding interface is
 +
                  known to be down.
  
                Some environments require the Security option in every
+
              (b)  The route cache may be consulted, to see if there
                datagram; such a requirement is outside the scope of
+
                  is an active route to the specified destination
                this document and the IP standard specification.  Note,
+
                  network through any network interface; if so, a
                however, that the security options described in RFC-791
+
                  local IP address corresponding to that interface
                and RFC-1038 are obsolete.  For DoD applications,
+
                  may be chosen.
                vendors should consult [IP:8] for guidance.
 
  
 +
              (c)  The table of static routes, if any (see Section
 +
                  3.3.1.2) may be similarly consulted.
  
            (bStream Identifier Option
+
              (dThe default gateways may be consulted.  If these
 +
                  gateways are assigned to different interfaces, the
 +
                  interface corresponding to the gateway with the
 +
                  highest preference may be chosen.
  
                This option is obsolete; it SHOULD NOT be sent, and it
+
              In the future, there may be a defined way for a
                MUST be silently ignored if received.
+
              multihomed host to ask the gateways on all connected
 +
              networks for advice about the best network to use for a
 +
              given destination.
  
 +
        IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
              It will be noted that this process is essentially the
 +
              same as datagram routing (see Section 3.3.1), and
 +
              therefore hosts may be able to combine the
  
            (c)  Source Route Options
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
                A host MUST support originating a source route and MUST
+
              implementation of the two functions.
                be able to act as the final destination of a source
 
                route.
 
  
                If host receives a datagram containing a completed
+
  3.3.5 Source Route Forwarding
                source route (i.e., the pointer points beyond the last
 
                field), the datagram has reached its final destination;
 
                the option as received (the recorded route) MUST be
 
                passed up to the transport layer (or to ICMP message
 
                processing).  This recorded route will be reversed and
 
                used to form a return source route for reply datagrams
 
                (see discussion of IP Options in Section 4)When a
 
                return source route is built, it MUST be correctly
 
                formed even if the recorded route included the source
 
                host (see case (B) in the discussion below).
 
  
                An IP header containing more than one Source Route
+
      Subject to restrictions given below, a host MAY be able to act
                option MUST NOT be sent; the effect on routing of
+
      as an intermediate hop in a source route, forwarding a source-
                multiple Source Route options is implementation-
+
      routed datagram to the next specified hop.
                specific.
 
  
                Section 3.3.5 presents the rules for a host acting as
+
      However, in performing this gateway-like function, the host
                an intermediate hop in a source route, i.e., forwarding
+
      MUST obey all the relevant rules for a gateway forwarding
 +
      source-routed datagrams [INTRO:2]. This includes the following
 +
      specific provisions, which override the corresponding host
 +
      provisions given earlier in this document:
  
 +
      (A)  TTL (ref. Section 3.2.1.7)
  
 +
          The TTL field MUST be decremented and the datagram perhaps
 +
          discarded as specified for a gateway in [INTRO:2].
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 36]
+
      (B)  ICMP Destination Unreachable (ref. Section 3.2.2.1)
  
 +
          A host MUST be able to generate Destination Unreachable
 +
          messages with the following codes:
  
 +
          4    (Fragmentation Required but DF Set) when a source-
 +
                routed datagram cannot be fragmented to fit into the
 +
                target network;
  
 +
          5    (Source Route Failed) when a source-routed datagram
 +
                cannot be forwarded, e.g., because of a routing
 +
                problem or because the next hop of a strict source
 +
                route is not on a connected network.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
      (C)  IP Source Address (ref. Section 3.2.1.3)
  
 +
          A source-routed datagram being forwarded MAY (and normally
 +
          will) have a source address that is not one of the IP
 +
          addresses of the forwarding host.
  
                a source-routed datagram.
+
      (D)  Record Route Option (ref. Section 3.2.1.8d)
  
                DISCUSSION:
+
          A host that is forwarding a source-routed datagram
                      If a source-routed datagram is fragmented, each
+
          containing a Record Route option MUST update that option,
                      fragment will contain a copy of the source route.
+
          if it has room.
                      Since the processing of IP options (including a
 
                      source route) must precede reassembly, the
 
                      original datagram will not be reassembled until
 
                      the final destination is reached.
 
  
                      Suppose a source routed datagram is to be routed
+
      (E)  Timestamp Option (ref. Section 3.2.1.8e)
                      from host S to host D via gateways G1, G2, ... Gn.
 
                      There was an ambiguity in the specification over
 
                      whether the source route option in a datagram sent
 
                      out by S should be (A) or (B):
 
  
                          (A):  {>>G2, G3, ... Gn, D}    <--- CORRECT
+
          A host that is forwarding a source-routed datagram
  
                          (B):  {S, >>G2, G3, ... Gn, D}  <---- WRONG
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
                      (where >> represents the pointer).  If (A) is
+
          containing a Timestamp Option MUST add the current
                      sent, the datagram received at D will contain the
+
          timestamp to that option, according to the rules for this
                      option: {G1, G2, ... Gn >>}, with S and D as the
+
          option.
                      IP source and destination addresses.  If (B) were
 
                      sent, the datagram received at D would again
 
                      contain S and D as the same IP source and
 
                      destination addresses, but the option would be:
 
                      {S, G1, ...Gn >>}; i.e., the originating host
 
                      would be the first hop in the route.
 
  
 +
      To define the rules restricting host forwarding of source-
 +
      routed datagrams, we use the term "local source-routing" if the
 +
      next hop will be through the same physical interface through
 +
      which the datagram arrived; otherwise, it is "non-local
 +
      source-routing".
  
            (d)  Record Route Option
+
      o    A host is permitted to perform local source-routing
 +
          without restriction.
  
                Implementation of originating and processing the Record
+
      o    A host that supports non-local source-routing MUST have a
                Route option is OPTIONAL.
+
          configurable switch to disable forwarding, and this switch
 +
          MUST default to disabled.
  
 +
      o    The host MUST satisfy all gateway requirements for
 +
          configurable policy filters [INTRO:2] restricting non-
 +
          local forwarding.
  
            (e) Timestamp Option
+
      If a host receives a datagram with an incomplete source route
 +
      but does not forward it for some reason, the host SHOULD return
 +
      an ICMP Destination Unreachable (code 5, Source Route Failed)
 +
      message, unless the datagram was itself an ICMP error message.
  
                Implementation of originating and processing the
+
  3.3.6 Broadcasts
                Timestamp option is OPTIONALIf it is implemented,
 
                the following rules apply:
 
  
                o    The originating host MUST record a timestamp in a
+
      Section 3.2.1.3 defined the four standard IP broadcast address
                      Timestamp option whose Internet address fields are
+
      forms:
                      not pre-specified or whose first pre-specified
 
                      address is the host's interface address.
 
  
 +
        Limited Broadcast:  {-1, -1}
  
 +
        Directed Broadcast:  {<Network-number>,-1}
  
 +
        Subnet Directed Broadcast:
 +
                          {<Network-number>,<Subnet-number>,-1}
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 37]
+
        All-Subnets Directed Broadcast: {<Network-number>,-1,-1}
 
 
  
 +
      A host MUST recognize any of these forms in the destination
 +
      address of an incoming datagram.
  
 +
      There is a class of hosts* that use non-standard broadcast
 +
      address forms, substituting 0 for -1.  All hosts SHOULD
 +
_________________________
 +
*4.2BSD Unix and its derivatives, but not 4.3BSD.
  
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
      recognize and accept any of these non-standard broadcast
 +
      addresses as the destination address of an incoming datagram.
 +
      A host MAY optionally have a configuration option to choose the
 +
      0 or the -1 form of broadcast address, for each physical
 +
      interface, but this option SHOULD default to the standard (-1)
 +
      form.
  
                o    The destination host MUST (if possible) add the
+
      When a host sends a datagram to a link-layer broadcast address,
                      current timestamp to a Timestamp option before
+
      the IP destination address MUST be a legal IP broadcast or IP
                      passing the option to the transport layer or to
+
      multicast address.
                      ICMP for processing.
 
  
                o    A timestamp value MUST follow the rules given in
+
      A host SHOULD silently discard a datagram that is received via
                      Section 3.2.2.8 for the ICMP Timestamp message.
+
      a link-layer broadcast (see Section 2.4) but does not specify
 +
      an IP multicast or broadcast destination address.
  
 +
      Hosts SHOULD use the Limited Broadcast address to broadcast to
 +
      a connected network.
  
       3.2.2 Internet Control Message Protocol -- ICMP
+
       DISCUSSION:
 +
          Using the Limited Broadcast address instead of a Directed
 +
          Broadcast address may improve system robustness.  Problems
 +
          are often caused by machines that do not understand the
 +
          plethora of broadcast addresses (see Section 3.2.1.3), or
 +
          that may have different ideas about which broadcast
 +
          addresses are in use.  The prime example of the latter is
 +
          machines that do not understand subnetting but are
 +
          attached to a subnetted net.  Sending a Subnet Broadcast
 +
          for the connected network will confuse those machines,
 +
          which will see it as a message to some other host.
  
        ICMP messages are grouped into two classes.
+
          There has been discussion on whether a datagram addressed
 +
          to the Limited Broadcast address ought to be sent from all
 +
          the interfaces of a multihomed host.  This specification
 +
          takes no stand on the issue.
  
        *
+
  3.3.7  IP Multicasting
              ICMP error messages:
 
  
              Destination Unreachable  (see Section 3.2.2.1)
+
      A host SHOULD support local IP multicasting on all connected
              Redirect                  (see Section 3.2.2.2)
+
      networks for which a mapping from Class D IP addresses to
              Source Quench            (see Section 3.2.2.3)
+
      link-layer addresses has been specified (see below). Support
              Time Exceeded            (see Section 3.2.2.4)
+
      for local IP multicasting includes sending multicast datagrams,
              Parameter Problem        (see Section 3.2.2.5)
+
      joining multicast groups and receiving multicast datagrams, and
 +
      leaving multicast groups. This implies support for all of
 +
      [IP:4] except the IGMP protocol itself, which is OPTIONAL.
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
        *
+
      DISCUSSION:
              ICMP query messages:
+
          IGMP provides gateways that are capable of multicast
 +
          routing with the information required to support IP
 +
          multicasting across multiple networks.  At this time,
 +
          multicast-routing gateways are in the experimental stage
 +
          and are not widely available.  For hosts that are not
 +
          connected to networks with multicast-routing gateways or
 +
          that do not need to receive multicast datagrams
 +
          originating on other networks, IGMP serves no purpose and
 +
          is therefore optional for now.  However, the rest of
 +
          [IP:4] is currently recommended for the purpose of
 +
          providing IP-layer access to local network multicast
 +
          addressing, as a preferable alternative to local broadcast
 +
          addressing.  It is expected that IGMP will become
 +
          recommended at some future date, when multicast-routing
 +
          gateways have become more widely available.
  
                Echo                    (see Section 3.2.2.6)
+
      If IGMP is not implemented, a host SHOULD still join the "all-
                Information              (see Section 3.2.2.7)
+
      hosts" group (224.0.0.1) when the IP layer is initialized and
                Timestamp                (see Section 3.2.2.8)
+
      remain a member for as long as the IP layer is active.
                Address Mask            (see Section 3.2.2.9)
 
  
 +
      DISCUSSION:
 +
          Joining the "all-hosts" group will support strictly local
 +
          uses of multicasting, e.g., a gateway discovery protocol,
 +
          even if IGMP is not implemented.
  
        If an ICMP message of unknown type is received, it MUST be
+
      The mapping of IP Class D addresses to local addresses is
        silently discarded.
+
      currently specified for the following types of networks:
 
 
        Every ICMP error message includes the Internet header and at
 
        least the first 8 data octets of the datagram that triggered
 
        the error; more than 8 octets MAY be sent; this header and data
 
        MUST be unchanged from the received datagram.
 
 
 
        In those cases where the Internet layer is required to pass an
 
        ICMP error message to the transport layer, the IP protocol
 
        number MUST be extracted from the original header and used to
 
        select the appropriate transport protocol entity to handle the
 
        error.
 
 
 
        An ICMP error message SHOULD be sent with normal (i.e., zero)
 
        TOS bits.
 
 
 
  
 +
      o    Ethernet/IEEE 802.3, as defined in [IP:4].
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 38]
+
      o    Any network that supports broadcast but not multicast,
 +
          addressing: all IP Class D addresses map to the local
 +
          broadcast address.
  
 +
      o    Any type of point-to-point link (e.g., SLIP or HDLC
 +
          links): no mapping required.  All IP multicast datagrams
 +
          are sent as-is, inside the local framing.
  
 +
      Mappings for other types of networks will be specified in the
 +
      future.
  
 +
      A host SHOULD provide a way for higher-layer protocols or
 +
      applications to determine which of the host's connected
 +
      network(s) support IP multicast addressing.
  
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
  3.3.8  Error Reporting
  
        An ICMP error message MUST NOT be sent as the result of
+
      Wherever practical, hosts MUST return ICMP error datagrams on
        receiving:
+
      detection of an error, except in those cases where returning an
 +
      ICMP error message is specifically prohibited.
  
        *    an ICMP error message, or
+
      DISCUSSION:
 
+
          A common phenomenon in datagram networks is the "black
        *    a datagram destined to an IP broadcast or IP multicast
+
          hole disease": datagrams are sent out, but nothing comes
              address, or
+
          backWithout any error datagrams, it is difficult for
 
+
          the user to figure out what the problem is.
        *    a datagram sent as a link-layer broadcast, or
 
 
 
        *    a non-initial fragment, or
 
 
 
        *    a datagram whose source address does not define a single
 
              host -- e.g., a zero address, a loopback address, a
 
              broadcast address, a multicast address, or a Class E
 
              address.
 
 
 
        NOTE: THESE RESTRICTIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER ANY REQUIREMENT
 
        ELSEWHERE IN THIS DOCUMENT FOR SENDING ICMP ERROR MESSAGES.
 
 
 
        DISCUSSION:
 
              These rules will prevent the "broadcast storms" that have
 
              resulted from hosts returning ICMP error messages in
 
              response to broadcast datagrams.  For example, a broadcast
 
              UDP segment to a non-existent port could trigger a flood
 
              of ICMP Destination Unreachable datagrams from all
 
              machines that do not have a client for that destination
 
              port.  On a large Ethernet, the resulting collisions can
 
              render the network useless for a second or more.
 
 
 
              Every datagram that is broadcast on the connected network
 
              should have a valid IP broadcast address as its IP
 
              destination (see Section 3.3.6).  However, some hosts
 
              violate this ruleTo be certain to detect broadcast
 
              datagrams, therefore, hosts are required to check for a
 
              link-layer broadcast as well as an IP-layer broadcast
 
              address.
 
 
 
        IMPLEMENTATION:
 
              This requires that the link layer inform the IP layer when
 
              a link-layer broadcast datagram has been received; see
 
              Section 2.4.
 
  
        3.2.2.1 Destination Unreachable: RFC-792
+
3.4 INTERNET/TRANSPORT LAYER INTERFACE
  
            The following additional codes are hereby defined:
+
  The interface between the IP layer and the transport layer MUST
 +
  provide full access to all the mechanisms of the IP layer,
 +
  including options, Type-of-Service, and Time-to-Live.  The
 +
  transport layer MUST either have mechanisms to set these interface
 +
  parameters, or provide a path to pass them through from an
 +
  application, or both.
  
                    6 = destination network unknown
+
  DISCUSSION:
 +
        Applications are urged to make use of these mechanisms where
 +
        applicable, even when the mechanisms are not currently
 +
        effective in the Internet (e.g., TOS).  This will allow these
 +
        mechanisms to be immediately useful when they do become
 +
        effective, without a large amount of retrofitting of host
 +
        software.
  
 +
  We now describe a conceptual interface between the transport layer
 +
  and the IP layer, as a set of procedure calls.  This is an
 +
  extension of the information in Section 3.3 of RFC-791 [IP:1].
  
 +
  *    Send Datagram
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 39]
+
            SEND(src, dst, prot, TOS, TTL, BufPTR, len, Id, DF, opt
 +
                  => result )
  
 +
        where the parameters are defined in RFC-791.  Passing an Id
 +
        parameter is optional; see Section 3.2.1.5.
  
 +
  *    Receive Datagram
  
 +
            RECV(BufPTR, prot
 +
                  => result, src, dst, SpecDest, TOS, len, opt)
  
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
        All the parameters are defined in RFC-791, except for:
  
                    7 = destination host unknown
+
            SpecDest = specific-destination address of datagram
 
+
                        (defined in Section 3.2.1.3)
                    8 = source host isolated
 
 
 
                    9 = communication with destination network
 
                            administratively prohibited
 
 
 
                  10 = communication with destination host
 
                            administratively prohibited
 
 
 
                  11 = network unreachable for type of service
 
 
 
                  12 = host unreachable for type of service
 
  
            A host SHOULD generate Destination Unreachable messages with
+
        The result parameter dst contains the datagram's destination
            code:
+
        address.  Since this may be a broadcast or multicast address,
 +
        the SpecDest parameter (not shown in RFC-791) MUST be passed.
 +
        The parameter opt contains all the IP options received in the
 +
        datagram; these MUST also be passed to the transport layer.
  
            2   (Protocol Unreachable), when the designated transport
+
   *    Select Source Address
                protocol is not supported; or
 
  
            3    (Port Unreachable), when the designated transport
+
            GET_SRCADDR(remote, TOS) -> local
                protocol (e.g., UDP) is unable to demultiplex the
 
                datagram but has no protocol mechanism to inform the
 
                sender.
 
  
            A Destination Unreachable message that is received MUST be
+
            remote = remote IP address
            reported to the transport layer.  The transport layer SHOULD
+
            TOS = Type-of-Service
            use the information appropriately; for example, see Sections
+
            local = local IP address
            4.1.3.3, 4.2.3.9, and 4.2.4 below.  A transport protocol
 
            that has its own mechanism for notifying the sender that a
 
            port is unreachable (e.g., TCP, which sends RST segments)
 
            MUST nevertheless accept an ICMP Port Unreachable for the
 
            same purpose.
 
  
            A Destination Unreachable message that is received with code
+
        See Section 3.3.4.3.
            0 (Net), 1 (Host), or 5 (Bad Source Route) may result from a
 
            routing transient and MUST therefore be interpreted as only
 
            a hint, not proof, that the specified destination is
 
            unreachable [IP:11].  For example, it MUST NOT be used as
 
            proof of a dead gateway (see Section 3.3.1).
 
  
        3.2.2.2  Redirect: RFC-792
+
  *    Find Maximum Datagram Sizes
  
            A host SHOULD NOT send an ICMP Redirect message; Redirects
+
            GET_MAXSIZES(local, remote, TOS) -> MMS_R, MMS_S
            are to be sent only by gateways.
 
  
            A host receiving a Redirect message MUST update its routing
+
            MMS_R = maximum receive transport-message size.
             information accordingly.  Every host MUST be prepared to
+
            MMS_S = maximum send transport-message size.
 +
             (local, remote, TOS defined above)
  
 +
        See Sections 3.3.2 and 3.3.3.
  
 +
  *    Advice on Delivery Success
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 40]
+
            ADVISE_DELIVPROB(sense, local, remote, TOS)
  
 +
        Here the parameter sense is a 1-bit flag indicating whether
 +
        positive or negative advice is being given; see the
 +
        discussion in Section 3.3.1.4. The other parameters were
 +
        defined earlier.
  
 +
  *    Send ICMP Message
  
 +
            SEND_ICMP(src, dst, TOS, TTL, BufPTR, len, Id, DF, opt)
 +
                  -> result
  
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
            (Parameters defined in RFC-791).
  
            accept both Host and Network Redirects and to process them
+
        Passing an Id parameter is optional; see Section 3.2.1.5.
            as described in Section 3.3.1.2 below.
+
        The transport layer MUST be able to send certain ICMP
 
+
        messages: Port Unreachable or any of the query-type
            A Redirect message SHOULD be silently discarded if the new
+
        messages.  This function could be considered to be a special
            gateway address it specifies is not on the same connected
+
        case of the SEND() call, of course; we describe it separately
            (sub-) net through which the Redirect arrived [INTRO:2,
+
        for clarity.
            Appendix A], or if the source of the Redirect is not the
 
            current first-hop gateway for the specified destination (see
 
            Section 3.3.1).
 
 
 
        3.2.2.3  Source Quench: RFC-792
 
  
            A host MAY send a Source Quench message if it is
+
  *    Receive ICMP Message
            approaching, or has reached, the point at which it is forced
 
            to discard incoming datagrams due to a shortage of
 
            reassembly buffers or other resources.  See Section 2.2.3 of
 
            [INTRO:2] for suggestions on when to send Source Quench.
 
  
            If a Source Quench message is received, the IP layer MUST
+
            RECV_ICMP(BufPTR ) -> result, src, dst, len, opt
            report it to the transport layer (or ICMP processing). In
 
            general, the transport or application layer SHOULD implement
 
            a mechanism to respond to Source Quench for any protocol
 
            that can send a sequence of datagrams to the same
 
            destination and which can reasonably be expected to maintain
 
            enough state information to make this feasible.  See Section
 
            4 for the handling of Source Quench by TCP and UDP.
 
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
            (Parameters defined in RFC-791).
                A Source Quench may be generated by the target host or
 
                by some gateway in the path of a datagram.  The host
 
                receiving a Source Quench should throttle itself back
 
                for a period of time, then gradually increase the
 
                transmission rate again.  The mechanism to respond to
 
                Source Quench may be in the transport layer (for
 
                connection-oriented protocols like TCP) or in the
 
                application layer (for protocols that are built on top
 
                of UDP).
 
  
                A mechanism has been proposed [IP:14] to make the IP
+
        The IP layer MUST pass certain ICMP messages up to the
                layer respond directly to Source Quench by controlling
+
        appropriate transport-layer routine.  This function could be
                the rate at which datagrams are sent, however, this
+
        considered to be a special case of the RECV() call, of
                proposal is currently experimental and not currently
+
        course; we describe it separately for clarity.
                recommended.
 
  
        3.2.2.4  Time Exceeded: RFC-792
+
        For an ICMP error message, the data that is passed up MUST
 +
        include the original Internet header plus all the octets of
 +
        the original message that are included in the ICMP message.
 +
        This data will be used by the transport layer to locate the
 +
        connection state information, if any.
  
            An incoming Time Exceeded message MUST be passed to the
+
        In particular, the following ICMP messages are to be passed
            transport layer.
+
        up:
  
 +
        o    Destination Unreachable
  
 +
        o    Source Quench
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 41]
+
        o    Echo Reply (to ICMP user interface, unless the Echo
 +
            Request originated in the IP layer)
  
 +
        o    Timestamp Reply (to ICMP user interface)
  
 +
        o    Time Exceeded
  
 +
  DISCUSSION:
 +
        In the future, there may be additions to this interface to
 +
        pass path data (see Section 3.3.1.3) between the IP and
 +
        transport layers.
  
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
3.5  INTERNET LAYER REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
                                              |        | | | |S| |
                A gateway will send a Time Exceeded Code 0 (In Transit)
+
                                              |        | | | |H| |F
                message when it discards a datagram due to an expired
+
                                              |        | | | |O|M|o
                TTL field.  This indicates either a gateway routing
+
                                              |        | |S| |U|U|o
                loop or too small an initial TTL value.
+
                                              |        | |H| |L|S|t
 
+
                                              |        |M|O| |D|T|n
                A host may receive a Time Exceeded Code 1 (Reassembly
+
                                              |        |U|U|M| | |o
                Timeout) message from a destination host that has timed
+
                                              |        |S|L|A|N|N|t
                out and discarded an incomplete datagram; see Section
+
                                              |        |T|D|Y|O|O|t
                3.3.2 below. In the future, receipt of this message
+
FEATURE                                          |SECTION | | | |T|T|e
                might be part of some "MTU discovery" procedure, to
+
-------------------------------------------------|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--
                discover the maximum datagram size that can be sent on
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
                 the path without fragmentation.
+
Implement IP and ICMP                            |3.1    |x| | | | |
 
+
Handle remote multihoming in application layer  |3.1    |x| | | | |
        3.2.2.5  Parameter Problem: RFC-792
+
Support local multihoming                        |3.1    | | |x| | |
 
+
Meet gateway specs if forward datagrams          |3.1    |x| | | | |
            A host SHOULD generate Parameter Problem messages. An
+
Configuration switch for embedded gateway        |3.1    |x| | | | |1
            incoming Parameter Problem message MUST be passed to the
+
Config switch default to non-gateway          |3.1    |x| | | | |1
            transport layer, and it MAY be reported to the user.
+
Auto-config based on number of interfaces    |3.1    | | | | |x|1
 
+
Able to log discarded datagrams                 |3.1    | |x| | | |
            DISCUSSION:
+
Record in counter                            |3.1    | |x| | | |
                The ICMP Parameter Problem message is sent to the
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
                source host for any problem not specifically covered by
+
Silently discard Version != 4                    |3.2.1.1 |x| | | | |
                another ICMP message. Receipt of a Parameter Problem
+
Verify IP checksum, silently discard bad dgram  |3.2.1.2 |x| | | | |
                message generally indicates some local or remote
+
Addressing:                                     |        | | | | | |
                implementation error.
+
  Subnet addressing (RFC-950)                    |3.2.1.3 |x| | | | |
 
+
  Src address must be host's own IP address      |3.2.1.3 |x| | | | |
            A new variant on the Parameter Problem message is hereby
+
  Silently discard datagram with bad dest addr  |3.2.1.3 |x| | | | |
            defined:
+
  Silently discard datagram with bad src addr    |3.2.1.3 |x| | | | |
               Code 1 = required option is missing.
+
Support reassembly                              |3.2.1.4 |x| | | | |
 
+
Retain same Id field in identical datagram      |3.2.1.5 | | |x| | |
            DISCUSSION:
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
                This variant is currently in use in the military
+
TOS:                                             |        | | | | | |
                community for a missing security option.
+
  Allow transport layer to set TOS               |3.2.1.6 |x| | | | |
 
+
  Pass received TOS up to transport layer        |3.2.1.6 | |x| | | |
        3.2.2.6  Echo Request/Reply: RFC-792
+
  Use RFC-795 link-layer mappings for TOS        |3.2.1.6 | | | |x| |
 
+
TTL:                                            |        | | | | | |
            Every host MUST implement an ICMP Echo server function that
+
  Send packet with TTL of 0                      |3.2.1.7 | | | | |x|
            receives Echo Requests and sends corresponding Echo Replies.
+
  Discard received packets with TTL < 2          |3.2.1.7 | | | | |x|
            A host SHOULD also implement an application-layer interface
+
  Allow transport layer to set TTL              |3.2.1.7 |x| | | | |
            for sending an Echo Request and receiving an Echo Reply, for
+
  Fixed TTL is configurable                      |3.2.1.7 |x| | | | |
            diagnostic purposes.
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
+
IP Options:                                      |        | | | | | |
            An ICMP Echo Request destined to an IP broadcast or IP
+
  Allow transport layer to send IP options      |3.2.1.8 |x| | | | |
            multicast address MAY be silently discarded.
+
  Pass all IP options rcvd to higher layer      |3.2.1.8 |x| | | | |
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 42]
 
 
 
  
 +
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
  IP layer silently ignore unknown options      |3.2.1.8 |x| | | | |
 +
  Security option                                |3.2.1.8a| | |x| | |
 +
  Send Stream Identifier option                  |3.2.1.8b| | | |x| |
 +
  Silently ignore Stream Identifer option        |3.2.1.8b|x| | | | |
 +
  Record Route option                            |3.2.1.8d| | |x| | |
 +
  Timestamp option                              |3.2.1.8e| | |x| | |
 +
Source Route Option:                            |        | | | | | |
 +
  Originate & terminate Source Route options    |3.2.1.8c|x| | | | |
 +
  Datagram with completed SR passed up to TL    |3.2.1.8c|x| | | | |
 +
  Build correct (non-redundant) return route    |3.2.1.8c|x| | | | |
 +
  Send multiple SR options in one header        |3.2.1.8c| | | | |x|
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
ICMP:                                            |        | | | | | |
 +
  Silently discard ICMP msg with unknown type    |3.2.2  |x| | | | |
 +
  Include more than 8 octets of orig datagram    |3.2.2  | | |x| | |
 +
  Included octets same as received          |3.2.2  |x| | | | |
 +
  Demux ICMP Error to transport protocol        |3.2.2  |x| | | | |
 +
  Send ICMP error message with TOS=0            |3.2.2  | |x| | | |
 +
  Send ICMP error message for:                  |        | | | | | |
 +
- ICMP error msg                              |3.2.2  | | | | |x|
 +
- IP b'cast or IP m'cast                      |3.2.2  | | | | |x|
 +
- Link-layer b'cast                          |3.2.2  | | | | |x|
 +
- Non-initial fragment                        |3.2.2  | | | | |x|
 +
- Datagram with non-unique src address        |3.2.2  | | | | |x|
 +
  Return ICMP error msgs (when not prohibited)  |3.3.8  |x| | | | |
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
  Dest Unreachable:                              |        | | | | | |
 +
Generate Dest Unreachable (code 2/3)        |3.2.2.1 | |x| | | |
 +
Pass ICMP Dest Unreachable to higher layer  |3.2.2.1 |x| | | | |
 +
Higher layer act on Dest Unreach            |3.2.2.1 | |x| | | |
 +
  Interpret Dest Unreach as only hint        |3.2.2.1 |x| | | | |
 +
  Redirect:                                      |        | | | | | |
 +
Host send Redirect                          |3.2.2.2 | | | |x| |
 +
Update route cache when recv Redirect        |3.2.2.2 |x| | | | |
 +
Handle both Host and Net Redirects          |3.2.2.2 |x| | | | |
 +
Discard illegal Redirect                    |3.2.2.2 | |x| | | |
 +
  Source Quench:                                |        | | | | | |
 +
Send Source Quench if buffering exceeded    |3.2.2.3 | | |x| | |
 +
Pass Source Quench to higher layer          |3.2.2.3 |x| | | | |
 +
Higher layer act on Source Quench            |3.2.2.3 | |x| | | |
 +
  Time Exceeded: pass to higher layer            |3.2.2.4 |x| | | | |
 +
  Parameter Problem:                            |        | | | | | |
 +
Send Parameter Problem messages              |3.2.2.5 | |x| | | |
 +
Pass Parameter Problem to higher layer      |3.2.2.5 |x| | | | |
 +
Report Parameter Problem to user            |3.2.2.5 | | |x| | |
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
  ICMP Echo Request or Reply:                    |        | | | | | |
 +
Echo server and Echo client                  |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
  
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 
+
Echo client                                  |3.2.2.6 | |x| | | |
            DISCUSSION:
+
Discard Echo Request to broadcast address    |3.2.2.6 | | |x| | |
                This neutral provision results from a passionate debate
+
Discard Echo Request to multicast address   |3.2.2.6 | | |x| | |
                between those who feel that ICMP Echo to a broadcast
+
Use specific-dest addr as Echo Reply src    |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
                address provides a valuable diagnostic capability and
+
Send same data in Echo Reply                 |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
                those who feel that misuse of this feature can too
+
Pass Echo Reply to higher layer              |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
                easily create packet storms.
+
Reflect Record Route, Time Stamp options    |3.2.2.6 | |x| | | |
 
+
Reverse and reflect Source Route option      |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
            The IP source address in an ICMP Echo Reply MUST be the same
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
            as the specific-destination address (defined in Section
+
  ICMP Information Request or Reply:             |3.2.2.7 | | | |x| |
            3.2.1.3) of the corresponding ICMP Echo Request message.
+
  ICMP Timestamp and Timestamp Reply:            |3.2.2.8 | | |x| | |
 
+
Minimize delay variability                  |3.2.2.8 | |x| | | |1
            Data received in an ICMP Echo Request MUST be entirely
+
Silently discard b'cast Timestamp            |3.2.2.8 | | |x| | |1
             included in the resulting Echo Reply. However, if sending
+
Silently discard m'cast Timestamp            |3.2.2.8 | | |x| | |1
            the Echo Reply requires intentional fragmentation that is
+
Use specific-dest addr as TS Reply src      |3.2.2.8 |x| | | | |1
            not implemented, the datagram MUST be truncated to maximum
+
Reflect Record Route, Time Stamp options    |3.2.2.6 | |x| | | |1
            transmission size (see Section 3.3.3) and sent.
+
Reverse and reflect Source Route option     |3.2.2.8 |x| | | | |1
 
+
Pass Timestamp Reply to higher layer        |3.2.2.8 |x| | | | |1
            Echo Reply messages MUST be passed to the ICMP user
+
Obey rules for "standard value"             |3.2.2.8 |x| | | | |1
            interface, unless the corresponding Echo Request originated
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
            in the IP layer.
+
  ICMP Address Mask Request and Reply:          |        | | | | | |
 
+
Addr Mask source configurable                |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |
            If a Record Route and/or Time Stamp option is received in an
+
Support static configuration of addr mask    |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |
            ICMP Echo Request, this option (these options) SHOULD be
+
Get addr mask dynamically during booting    |3.2.2.9 | | |x| | |
            updated to include the current host and included in the IP
+
  Get addr via ICMP Addr Mask Request/Reply   |3.2.2.9 | | |x| | |
            header of the Echo Reply message, without "truncation".
+
  Retransmit Addr Mask Req if no Reply      |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |3
            Thus, the recorded route will be for the entire round trip.
+
  Assume default mask if no Reply            |3.2.2.9 | |x| | | |3
 
+
  Update address mask from first Reply only  |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |3
            If a Source Route option is received in an ICMP Echo
+
Reasonableness check on Addr Mask            |3.2.2.9 | |x| | | |
            Request, the return route MUST be reversed and used as a
+
Send unauthorized Addr Mask Reply msgs      |3.2.2.9 | | | | |x|
            Source Route option for the Echo Reply message.
+
  Explicitly configured to be agent          |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |
 
+
Static config=> Addr-Mask-Authoritative flag |3.2.2.9 | |x| | | |
        3.2.2.7 Information Request/Reply: RFC-792
+
  Broadcast Addr Mask Reply when init.      |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |3
 
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
            A host SHOULD NOT implement these messages.
+
ROUTING OUTBOUND DATAGRAMS:                      |        | | | | | |
 
+
  Use address mask in local/remote decision      |3.3.1.1 |x| | | | |
            DISCUSSION:
+
  Operate with no gateways on conn network      |3.3.1.1 |x| | | | |
                The Information Request/Reply pair was intended to
+
  Maintain "route cache" of next-hop gateways    |3.3.1.2 |x| | | | |
                support self-configuring systems such as diskless
+
  Treat Host and Net Redirect the same          |3.3.1.2 | |x| | | |
                workstations, to allow them to discover their IP
+
  If no cache entry, use default gateway        |3.3.1.2 |x| | | | |
                network numbers at boot time.  However, the RARP and
+
Support multiple default gateways            |3.3.1.2 |x| | | | |
                BOOTP protocols provide better mechanisms for a host to
+
  Provide table of static routes                |3.3.1.2 | | |x| | |
                discover its own IP address.
+
Flag: route overridable by Redirects        |3.3.1.2 | | |x| | |
 
+
  Key route cache on host, not net address      |3.3.1.3 | | |x| | |
        3.2.2.8  Timestamp and Timestamp Reply: RFC-792
+
  Include TOS in route cache                    |3.3.1.3 | |x| | | |
 
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
            A host MAY implement Timestamp and Timestamp Reply. If they
+
  Able to detect failure of next-hop gateway    |3.3.1.4 |x| | | | |
            are implemented, the following rules MUST be followed.
+
  Assume route is good forever                  |3.3.1.4 | | | |x| |
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 43]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
  
 +
  Ping gateways continuously                    |3.3.1.4 | | | | |x|
 +
  Ping only when traffic being sent              |3.3.1.4 |x| | | | |
 +
  Ping only when no positive indication          |3.3.1.4 |x| | | | |
 +
  Higher and lower layers give advice            |3.3.1.4 | |x| | | |
 +
  Switch from failed default g'way to another    |3.3.1.5 |x| | | | |
 +
  Manual method of entering config info          |3.3.1.6 |x| | | | |
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
REASSEMBLY and FRAGMENTATION:                    |        | | | | | |
 +
  Able to reassemble incoming datagrams          |3.3.2  |x| | | | |
 +
At least 576 byte datagrams                  |3.3.2  |x| | | | |
 +
EMTU_R configurable or indefinite            |3.3.2  | |x| | | |
 +
  Transport layer able to learn MMS_R            |3.3.2  |x| | | | |
 +
  Send ICMP Time Exceeded on reassembly timeout  |3.3.2  |x| | | | |
 +
Fixed reassembly timeout value              |3.3.2  | |x| | | |
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
  Pass MMS_S to higher layers                    |3.3.3  |x| | | | |
 +
  Local fragmentation of outgoing packets        |3.3.3  | | |x| | |
 +
  Else don't send bigger than MMS_S          |3.3.3  |x| | | | |
 +
  Send max 576 to off-net destination            |3.3.3  | |x| | | |
 +
  All-Subnets-MTU configuration flag            |3.3.3  | | |x| | |
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
MULTIHOMING:                                    |        | | | | | |
 +
  Reply with same addr as spec-dest addr        |3.3.4.2 | |x| | | |
 +
  Allow application to choose local IP addr      |3.3.4.2 |x| | | | |
 +
  Silently discard d'gram in "wrong" interface  |3.3.4.2 | | |x| | |
 +
  Only send d'gram through "right" interface    |3.3.4.2 | | |x| | |4
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
SOURCE-ROUTE FORWARDING:                        |        | | | | | |
 +
  Forward datagram with Source Route option      |3.3.5  | | |x| | |1
 +
Obey corresponding gateway rules            |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 +
  Update TTL by gateway rules                |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 +
  Able to generate ICMP err code 4, 5        |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 +
  IP src addr not local host                |3.3.5  | | |x| | |1
 +
  Update Timestamp, Record Route options    |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 +
Configurable switch for non-local SRing      |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 +
  Defaults to OFF                            |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 +
Satisfy gwy access rules for non-local SRing |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 +
If not forward, send Dest Unreach (cd 5)    |3.3.5  | |x| | | |2
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
BROADCAST:                                      |        | | | | | |
 +
  Broadcast addr as IP source addr              |3.2.1.3 | | | | |x|
 +
  Receive 0 or -1 broadcast formats OK          |3.3.6  | |x| | | |
 +
  Config'ble option to send 0 or -1 b'cast      |3.3.6  | | |x| | |
 +
Default to -1 broadcast                      |3.3.6  | |x| | | |
 +
  Recognize all broadcast address formats        |3.3.6  |x| | | | |
 +
  Use IP b'cast/m'cast addr in link-layer b'cast |3.3.6  |x| | | | |
 +
  Silently discard link-layer-only b'cast dg's  |3.3.6  | |x| | | |
 +
  Use Limited Broadcast addr for connected net  |3.3.6  | |x| | | |
  
            o    The ICMP Timestamp server function returns a Timestamp
+
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
                Reply to every Timestamp message that is received.  If
 
                this function is implemented, it SHOULD be designed for
 
                minimum variability in delay (e.g., implemented in the
 
                kernel to avoid delay in scheduling a user process).
 
  
            The following cases for Timestamp are to be handled
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
            according to the corresponding rules for ICMP Echo:
+
MULTICAST:                                      |        | | | | | |
 
+
  Support local IP multicasting (RFC-1112)      |3.3.7  | |x| | | |
            o    An ICMP Timestamp Request message to an IP broadcast or
+
  Support IGMP (RFC-1112)                        |3.3.7  | | |x| | |
                IP multicast address MAY be silently discarded.
+
  Join all-hosts group at startup                |3.3.7  | |x| | | |
 +
  Higher layers learn i'face m'cast capability  |3.3.7  | |x| | | |
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
INTERFACE:                                      |        | | | | | |
 +
  Allow transport layer to use all IP mechanisms |3.4    |x| | | | |
 +
  Pass interface ident up to transport layer    |3.4    |x| | | | |
 +
  Pass all IP options up to transport layer      |3.4    |x| | | | |
 +
  Transport layer can send certain ICMP messages |3.4    |x| | | | |
 +
  Pass spec'd ICMP messages up to transp. layer  |3.4    |x| | | | |
 +
  Include IP hdr+8 octets or more from orig.  |3.4    |x| | | | |
 +
  Able to leap tall buildings at a single bound  |3.5    | |x| | | |
  
            o    The IP source address in an ICMP Timestamp Reply MUST
+
Footnotes:
                be the same as the specific-destination address of the
 
                corresponding Timestamp Request message.
 
  
            o    If a Source-route option is received in an ICMP Echo
+
(1)  Only if feature is implemented.
                Request, the return route MUST be reversed and used as
 
                a Source Route option for the Timestamp Reply message.
 
  
            o    If a Record Route and/or Timestamp option is received
+
(2) This requirement is overruled if datagram is an ICMP error message.
                in a Timestamp Request, this (these) option(s) SHOULD
 
                be updated to include the current host and included in
 
                the IP header of the Timestamp Reply message.
 
  
            o    Incoming Timestamp Reply messages MUST be passed up to
+
(3)  Only if feature is implemented and is configured "on".
                the ICMP user interface.
 
  
            The preferred form for a timestamp value (the "standard
+
(4Unless has embedded gateway functionality or is source routed.
            value") is in units of milliseconds since midnight Universal
 
            Time.  However, it may be difficult to provide this value
 
            with millisecond resolution. For example, many systems use
 
            clocks that update only at line frequency, 50 or 60 times
 
            per second. Therefore, some latitude is allowed in a
 
            "standard value":
 
  
            (a)  A "standard value" MUST be updated at least 15 times
+
RFC1122                 TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP            October 1989
                 per second (i.e., at most the six low-order bits of the
 
                value may be undefined).
 
  
            (b)  The accuracy of a "standard value" MUST approximate
+
== TRANSPORT PROTOCOLS ==
                that of operator-set CPU clocks, i.e., correct within a
 
                few minutes.
 
  
 +
4.1  USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL -- UDP
  
 +
  4.1.1  INTRODUCTION
  
 +
      The User Datagram Protocol UDP [UDP:1] offers only a minimal
 +
      transport service -- non-guaranteed datagram delivery -- and
 +
      gives applications direct access to the datagram service of the
 +
      IP layer.  UDP is used by applications that do not require the
 +
      level of service of TCP or that wish to use communications
 +
      services (e.g., multicast or broadcast delivery) not available
 +
      from TCP.
  
 +
      UDP is almost a null protocol; the only services it provides
 +
      over IP are checksumming of data and multiplexing by port
 +
      number.  Therefore, an application program running over UDP
 +
      must deal directly with end-to-end communication problems that
 +
      a connection-oriented protocol would have handled -- e.g.,
 +
      retransmission for reliable delivery, packetization and
 +
      reassembly, flow control, congestion avoidance, etc., when
 +
      these are required.  The fairly complex coupling between IP and
 +
      TCP will be mirrored in the coupling between UDP and many
 +
      applications using UDP.
  
 +
  4.1.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH
  
 +
      There are no known errors in the specification of UDP.
  
 +
  4.1.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 44]
+
      4.1.3.1  Ports
  
 +
        UDP well-known ports follow the same rules as TCP well-known
 +
        ports; see Section 4.2.2.1 below.
  
 +
        If a datagram arrives addressed to a UDP port for which
 +
        there is no pending LISTEN call, UDP SHOULD send an ICMP
 +
        Port Unreachable message.
  
 +
      4.1.3.2  IP Options
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        UDP MUST pass any IP option that it receives from the IP
 +
        layer transparently to the application layer.
  
 +
        An application MUST be able to specify IP options to be sent
 +
        in its UDP datagrams, and UDP MUST pass these options to the
 +
        IP layer.
  
        3.2.2.9  Address Mask Request/Reply: RFC-950
+
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP            October 1989
  
            A host MUST support the first, and MAY implement all three,
+
        DISCUSSION:
            of the following methods for determining the address mask(s)
+
              At present, the only options that need be passed
            corresponding to its IP address(es):
+
              through UDP are Source Route, Record Route, and Time
 +
              Stamp.  However, new options may be defined in the
 +
              future, and UDP need not and should not make any
 +
              assumptions about the format or content of options it
 +
              passes to or from the application; an exception to this
 +
              might be an IP-layer security option.
  
            (1)  static configuration information;
+
              An application based on UDP will need to obtain a
 +
              source route from a request datagram and supply a
 +
              reversed route for sending the corresponding reply.
  
            (2) obtaining the address mask(s) dynamically as a side-
+
      4.1.3.3 ICMP Messages
                effect of the system initialization process (see
 
                [INTRO:1]); and
 
  
            (3) sending ICMP Address Mask Request(s) and receiving ICMP
+
        UDP MUST pass to the application layer all ICMP error
                Address Mask Reply(s).
+
        messages that it receives from the IP layer. Conceptually
 +
        at least, this may be accomplished with an upcall to the
 +
        ERROR_REPORT routine (see Section 4.2.4.1).
  
            The choice of method to be used in a particular host MUST be
+
        DISCUSSION:
            configurable.
+
              Note that ICMP error messages resulting from sending a
 +
              UDP datagram are received asynchronously.  A UDP-based
 +
              application that wants to receive ICMP error messages
 +
              is responsible for maintaining the state necessary to
 +
              demultiplex these messages when they arrive; for
 +
              example, the application may keep a pending receive
 +
              operation for this purpose.  The application is also
 +
              responsible to avoid confusion from a delayed ICMP
 +
              error message resulting from an earlier use of the same
 +
              port(s).
  
            When method (3), the use of Address Mask messages, is
+
      4.1.3.4  UDP Checksums
            enabled, then:
 
  
            (a)  When it initializes, the host MUST broadcast an Address
+
        A host MUST implement the facility to generate and validate
                Mask Request message on the connected network
+
        UDP checksumsAn application MAY optionally be able to
                corresponding to the IP addressIt MUST retransmit
+
        control whether a UDP checksum will be generated, but it
                this message a small number of times if it does not
+
        MUST default to checksumming on.
                receive an immediate Address Mask Reply.
 
  
            (b)  Until it has received an Address Mask Reply, the host
+
        If a UDP datagram is received with a checksum that is non-
                SHOULD assume a mask appropriate for the address class
+
        zero and invalid, UDP MUST silently discard the datagram.
                of the IP address, i.e., assume that the connected
+
        An application MAY optionally be able to control whether UDP
                network is not subnetted.
+
        datagrams without checksums should be discarded or passed to
 +
        the application.
  
            (c)  The first Address Mask Reply message received MUST be
+
        DISCUSSION:
                used to set the address mask corresponding to the
+
              Some applications that normally run only across local
                particular local IP address.  This is true even if the
+
              area networks have chosen to turn off UDP checksums for
                first Address Mask Reply message is "unsolicited", in
 
                which case it will have been broadcast and may arrive
 
                after the host has ceased to retransmit Address Mask
 
                Requests.  Once the mask has been set by an Address
 
                Mask Reply, later Address Mask Reply messages MUST be
 
                (silently) ignored.
 
  
             Conversely, if Address Mask messages are disabled, then no
+
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP             October 1989
            ICMP Address Mask Requests will be sent, and any ICMP
 
            Address Mask Replies received for that local IP address MUST
 
            be (silently) ignored.
 
  
            A host SHOULD make some reasonableness check on any address
+
              efficiency.  As a result, numerous cases of undetected
 +
              errors have been reported.  The advisability of ever
 +
              turning off UDP checksumming is very controversial.
  
 +
        IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
              There is a common implementation error in UDP
 +
              checksums.  Unlike the TCP checksum, the UDP checksum
 +
              is optional; the value zero is transmitted in the
 +
              checksum field of a UDP header to indicate the absence
 +
              of a checksum.  If the transmitter really calculates a
 +
              UDP checksum of zero, it must transmit the checksum as
 +
              all 1's (65535).  No special action is required at the
 +
              receiver, since zero and 65535 are equivalent in 1's
 +
              complement arithmetic.
  
 +
      4.1.3.5  UDP Multihoming
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 45]
+
        When a UDP datagram is received, its specific-destination
 +
        address MUST be passed up to the application layer.
  
 +
        An application program MUST be able to specify the IP source
 +
        address to be used for sending a UDP datagram or to leave it
 +
        unspecified (in which case the networking software will
 +
        choose an appropriate source address).  There SHOULD be a
 +
        way to communicate the chosen source address up to the
 +
        application layer (e.g, so that the application can later
 +
        receive a reply datagram only from the corresponding
 +
        interface).
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              A request/response application that uses UDP should use
 +
              a source address for the response that is the same as
 +
              the specific destination address of the request.  See
 +
              the "General Issues" section of [INTRO:1].
  
 +
      4.1.3.6  Invalid Addresses
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        A UDP datagram received with an invalid IP source address
 +
        (e.g., a broadcast or multicast address) must be discarded
 +
        by UDP or by the IP layer (see Section 3.2.1.3).
  
 +
        When a host sends a UDP datagram, the source address MUST be
 +
        (one of) the IP address(es) of the host.
  
            mask it installs; see IMPLEMENTATION section below.
+
  4.1.4  UDP/APPLICATION LAYER INTERFACE
  
            A system MUST NOT send an Address Mask Reply unless it is an
+
      The application interface to UDP MUST provide the full services
            authoritative agent for address masks.  An authoritative
+
      of the IP/transport interface described in Section 3.4 of this
            agent may be a host or a gateway, but it MUST be explicitly
 
            configured as a address mask agent.  Receiving an address
 
            mask via an Address Mask Reply does not give the receiver
 
            authority and MUST NOT be used as the basis for issuing
 
            Address Mask Replies.
 
  
             With a statically configured address mask, there SHOULD be
+
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP             October 1989
            an additional configuration flag that determines whether the
 
            host is to act as an authoritative agent for this mask,
 
            i.e., whether it will answer Address Mask Request messages
 
            using this mask.
 
  
            If it is configured as an agent, the host MUST broadcast an
+
      document.  Thus, an application using UDP needs the functions
            Address Mask Reply for the mask on the appropriate interface
+
      of the GET_SRCADDR(), GET_MAXSIZES(), ADVISE_DELIVPROB(), and
            when it initializes.
+
      RECV_ICMP() calls described in Section 3.4.  For example,
 +
      GET_MAXSIZES() can be used to learn the effective maximum UDP
 +
      maximum datagram size for a particular {interface,remote
 +
      host,TOS} triplet.
  
            See "System Initialization" in [INTRO:1] for more
+
      An application-layer program MUST be able to set the TTL and
            information about the use of Address Mask Request/Reply
+
      TOS values as well as IP options for sending a UDP datagram,
            messages.
+
      and these values must be passed transparently to the IP layer.
 +
      UDP MAY pass the received TOS up to the application layer.
  
            DISCUSSION
+
  4.1.5 UDP REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY
                Hosts that casually send Address Mask Replies with
 
                invalid address masks have often been a serious
 
                nuisance.  To prevent this, Address Mask Replies ought
 
                to be sent only by authoritative agents that have been
 
                selected by explicit administrative action.
 
 
 
                When an authoritative agent receives an Address Mask
 
                Request message, it will send a unicast Address Mask
 
                Reply to the source IP address.  If the network part of
 
                this address is zero (see (a) and (b) in 3.2.1.3), the
 
                Reply will be broadcast.
 
 
 
                Getting no reply to its Address Mask Request messages,
 
                a host will assume there is no agent and use an
 
                unsubnetted mask, but the agent may be only temporarily
 
                unreachable. An agent will broadcast an unsolicited
 
                Address Mask Reply whenever it initializes, in order to
 
                update the masks of all hosts that have initialized in
 
                the meantime.
 
 
 
            IMPLEMENTATION:
 
                The following reasonableness check on an address mask
 
                is suggested: the mask is not all 1 bits, and it is
 
  
 +
                                              |        | | | |S| |
 +
                                              |        | | | |H| |F
 +
                                              |        | | | |O|M|o
 +
                                              |        | |S| |U|U|o
 +
                                              |        | |H| |L|S|t
 +
                                              |        |M|O| |D|T|n
 +
                                              |        |U|U|M| | |o
 +
                                              |        |S|L|A|N|N|t
 +
                                              |        |T|D|Y|O|O|t
 +
FEATURE                                          |SECTION | | | |T|T|e
 +
-------------------------------------------------|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
UDP                                          |        | | | | | |
 +
-------------------------------------------------|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
UDP send Port Unreachable                        |4.1.3.1 | |x| | | |
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
IP Options in UDP                                |        | | | | | |
 +
- Pass rcv'd IP options to applic layer        |4.1.3.2 |x| | | | |
 +
- Applic layer can specify IP options in Send  |4.1.3.2 |x| | | | |
 +
- UDP passes IP options down to IP layer        |4.1.3.2 |x| | | | |
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
Pass ICMP msgs up to applic layer                |4.1.3.3 |x| | | | |
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
UDP checksums:                                  |        | | | | | |
 +
- Able to generate/check checksum              |4.1.3.4 |x| | | | |
 +
- Silently discard bad checksum                |4.1.3.4 |x| | | | |
 +
- Sender Option to not generate checksum        |4.1.3.4 | | |x| | |
 +
- Default is to checksum                      |4.1.3.4 |x| | | | |
 +
- Receiver Option to require checksum          |4.1.3.4 | | |x| | |
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
UDP Multihoming                                  |        | | | | | |
 +
- Pass spec-dest addr to application            |4.1.3.5 |x| | | | |
  
 +
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP            October 1989
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 46]
+
- Applic layer can specify Local IP addr        |4.1.3.5 |x| | | | |
 +
- Applic layer specify wild Local IP addr      |4.1.3.5 |x| | | | |
 +
- Applic layer notified of Local IP addr used  |4.1.3.5 | |x| | | |
 +
                                              |        | | | | | |
 +
Bad IP src addr silently discarded by UDP/IP    |4.1.3.6 |x| | | | |
 +
Only send valid IP source address                |4.1.3.6 |x| | | | |
 +
UDP Application Interface Services              |        | | | | | |
 +
Full IP interface of 3.4 for application        |4.1.4  |x| | | | |
 +
- Able to spec TTL, TOS, IP opts when send dg  |4.1.4  |x| | | | |
 +
- Pass received TOS up to applic layer          |4.1.4  | | |x| | |
  
 +
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
 +
4.2  TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL -- TCP
  
 +
  4.2.1  INTRODUCTION
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
      The Transmission Control Protocol TCP [TCP:1] is the primary
 +
      virtual-circuit transport protocol for the Internet suite.  TCP
 +
      provides reliable, in-sequence delivery of a full-duplex stream
 +
      of octets (8-bit bytes).  TCP is used by those applications
 +
      needing reliable, connection-oriented transport service, e.g.,
 +
      mail (SMTP), file transfer (FTP), and virtual terminal service
 +
      (Telnet); requirements for these application-layer protocols
 +
      are described in [INTRO:1].
  
 +
  4.2.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH
  
                either zero or else the 8 highest-order bits are on.
+
      4.2.2.1  Well-Known Ports: RFC-793 Section 2.7
  
      3.2.3 Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP
+
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              TCP reserves port numbers in the range 0-255 for
 +
              "well-known" ports, used to access services that are
 +
              standardized across the Internet.  The remainder of the
 +
              port space can be freely allocated to application
 +
              processes. Current well-known port definitions are
 +
              listed in the RFC entitled "Assigned Numbers"
 +
              [INTRO:6]A prerequisite for defining a new well-
 +
              known port is an RFC documenting the proposed service
 +
              in enough detail to allow new implementations.
  
        IGMP [IP:4] is a protocol used between hosts and gateways on a
+
              Some systems extend this notion by adding a third
        single network to establish hosts' membership in particular
+
              subdivision of the TCP port space: reserved ports,
        multicast groupsThe gateways use this information, in
+
              which are generally used for operating-system-specific
        conjunction with a multicast routing protocol, to support IP
+
              services.  For example, reserved ports might fall
        multicasting across the Internet.
+
              between 256 and some system-dependent upper limit.
 +
              Some systems further choose to protect well-known and
 +
              reserved ports by permitting only privileged users to
 +
              open TCP connections with those port valuesThis is
 +
              perfectly reasonable as long as the host does not
 +
              assume that all hosts protect their low-numbered ports
 +
              in this manner.
  
        At this time, implementation of IGMP is OPTIONAL; see Section
+
      4.2.2.2 Use of Push: RFC-793 Section 2.8
        3.3.7 for more informationWithout IGMP, a host can still
 
        participate in multicasting local to its connected networks.
 
  
  3.3 SPECIFIC ISSUES
+
        When an application issues a series of SEND calls without
 +
        setting the PUSH flag, the TCP MAY aggregate the data
 +
        internally without sending itSimilarly, when a series of
 +
        segments is received without the PSH bit, a TCP MAY queue
 +
        the data internally without passing it to the receiving
 +
        application.
  
      3.3.1  Routing Outbound Datagrams
+
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
         The IP layer chooses the correct next hop for each datagram it
+
         The PSH bit is not a record marker and is independent of
         sendsIf the destination is on a connected network, the
+
         segment boundariesThe transmitter SHOULD collapse
         datagram is sent directly to the destination host; otherwise,
+
         successive PSH bits when it packetizes data, to send the
         it has to be routed to a gateway on a connected network.
+
         largest possible segment.
  
         3.3.1.1  Local/Remote Decision
+
         A TCP MAY implement PUSH flags on SEND calls. If PUSH flags
 +
        are not implemented, then the sending TCP: (1) must not
 +
        buffer data indefinitely, and (2) MUST set the PSH bit in
 +
        the last buffered segment (i.e., when there is no more
 +
        queued data to be sent).
  
            To decide if the destination is on a connected network, the
+
        The discussion in RFC-793 on pages 48, 50, and 74
            following algorithm MUST be used [see IP:3]:
+
        erroneously implies that a received PSH flag must be passed
 +
        to the application layer.  Passing a received PSH flag to
 +
        the application layer is now OPTIONAL.
  
            (a) The address mask (particular to a local IP address for
+
        An application program is logically required to set the PUSH
                a multihomed host) is a 32-bit mask that selects the
+
        flag in a SEND call whenever it needs to force delivery of
                network number and subnet number fields of the
+
        the data to avoid a communication deadlock. However, a TCP
                corresponding IP address.
+
        SHOULD send a maximum-sized segment whenever possible, to
 +
        improve performance (see Section 4.2.3.4).
  
            (b)  If the IP destination address bits extracted by the
+
        DISCUSSION:
                address mask match the IP source address bits extracted
+
              When the PUSH flag is not implemented on SEND calls,
                by the same mask, then the destination is on the
+
              i.e., when the application/TCP interface uses a pure
                corresponding connected network, and the datagram is to
+
              streaming model, responsibility for aggregating any
                be transmitted directly to the destination host.
+
              tiny data fragments to form reasonable sized segments
 +
              is partially borne by the application layer.
  
            (c)  If not, then the destination is accessible only through
+
              Generally, an interactive application protocol must set
                a gatewaySelection of a gateway is described below
+
              the PUSH flag at least in the last SEND call in each
                (3.3.1.2).
+
              command or response sequenceA bulk transfer protocol
 +
              like FTP should set the PUSH flag on the last segment
 +
              of a file or when necessary to prevent buffer deadlock.
  
            A special-case destination address is handled as follows:
+
              At the receiver, the PSH bit forces buffered data to be
 +
              delivered to the application (even if less than a full
 +
              buffer has been received). Conversely, the lack of a
 +
              PSH bit can be used to avoid unnecessary wakeup calls
 +
              to the application process; this can be an important
 +
              performance optimization for large timesharing hosts.
 +
              Passing the PSH bit to the receiving application allows
 +
              an analogous optimization within the application.
  
            *    For a limited broadcast or a multicast address, simply
+
      4.2.2.3  Window Size: RFC-793 Section 3.1
                pass the datagram to the link layer for the appropriate
 
                interface.
 
  
 +
        The window size MUST be treated as an unsigned number, or
 +
        else large window sizes will appear like negative windows
  
 +
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 47]
+
        and TCP will not work.  It is RECOMMENDED that
 +
        implementations reserve 32-bit fields for the send and
 +
        receive window sizes in the connection record and do all
 +
        window computations with 32 bits.
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              It is known that the window field in the TCP header is
 +
              too small for high-speed, long-delay paths.
 +
              Experimental TCP options have been defined to extend
 +
              the window size; see for example [TCP:11].  In
 +
              anticipation of the adoption of such an extension, TCP
 +
              implementors should treat windows as 32 bits.
  
 +
      4.2.2.4  Urgent Pointer: RFC-793 Section 3.1
  
 +
        The second sentence is in error: the urgent pointer points
 +
        to the sequence number of the LAST octet (not LAST+1) in a
 +
        sequence of urgent data.  The description on page 56 (last
 +
        sentence) is correct.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        A TCP MUST support a sequence of urgent data of any length.
  
 +
        A TCP MUST inform the application layer asynchronously
 +
        whenever it receives an Urgent pointer and there was
 +
        previously no pending urgent data, or whenever the Urgent
 +
        pointer advances in the data stream.  There MUST be a way
 +
        for the application to learn how much urgent data remains to
 +
        be read from the connection, or at least to determine
 +
        whether or not more urgent data remains to be read.
  
            *    For a (network or subnet) directed broadcast, the
+
        DISCUSSION:
                datagram can use the standard routing algorithms.
+
              Although the Urgent mechanism may be used for any
 +
              application, it is normally used to send "interrupt"-
 +
              type commands to a Telnet program (see "Using Telnet
 +
              Synch Sequence" section in [INTRO:1]).
  
            The host IP layer MUST operate correctly in a minimal
+
              The asynchronous or "out-of-band" notification will
            network environment, and in particular, when there are no
+
              allow the application to go into "urgent mode", reading
            gatewaysFor example, if the IP layer of a host insists on
+
              data from the TCP connectionThis allows control
            finding at least one gateway to initialize, the host will be
+
              commands to be sent to an application whose normal
            unable to operate on a single isolated broadcast net.
+
              input buffers are full of unprocessed data.
  
         3.3.1.2  Gateway Selection
+
         IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
              The generic ERROR-REPORT() upcall described in Section
 +
              4.2.4.1 is a possible mechanism for informing the
 +
              application of the arrival of urgent data.
  
            To efficiently route a series of datagrams to the same
+
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP             October 1989
            destination, the source host MUST keep a "route cache" of
 
            mappings to next-hop gateways.  A host uses the following
 
            basic algorithm on this cache to route a datagram; this
 
            algorithm is designed to put the primary routing burden on
 
             the gateways [IP:11].
 
  
            (a)  If the route cache contains no information for a
+
      4.2.2.5 TCP Options: RFC-793 Section 3.1
                particular destination, the host chooses a "default"
 
                gateway and sends the datagram to itIt also builds a
 
                corresponding Route Cache entry.
 
  
            (b) If that gateway is not the best next hop to the
+
        A TCP MUST be able to receive a TCP option in any segment.
                destination, the gateway will forward the datagram to
+
        A TCP MUST ignore without error any TCP option it does not
                the best next-hop gateway and return an ICMP Redirect
+
        implement, assuming that the option has a length field (all
                message to the source host.
+
        TCP options defined in the future will have length fields).
 +
        TCP MUST be prepared to handle an illegal option length
 +
        (e.g., zero) without crashing; a suggested procedure is to
 +
        reset the connection and log the reason.
  
            (c) When it receives a Redirect, the host updates the
+
      4.2.2.6 Maximum Segment Size Option: RFC-793 Section 3.1
                next-hop gateway in the appropriate route cache entry,
 
                so later datagrams to the same destination will go
 
                directly to the best gateway.
 
  
            Since the subnet mask appropriate to the destination address
+
        TCP MUST implement both sending and receiving the Maximum
            is generally not known, a Network Redirect message SHOULD be
+
        Segment Size option [TCP:4].
            treated identically to a Host Redirect message; i.e., the
 
            cache entry for the destination host (only) would be updated
 
            (or created, if an entry for that host did not exist) for
 
            the new gateway.
 
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
        TCP SHOULD send an MSS (Maximum Segment Size) option in
                This recommendation is to protect against gateways that
+
        every SYN segment when its receive MSS differs from the
                erroneously send Network Redirects for a subnetted
+
        default 536, and MAY send it always.
                network, in violation of the gateway requirements
 
                [INTRO:2].
 
  
            When there is no route cache entry for the destination host
+
        If an MSS option is not received at connection setup, TCP
            address (and the destination is not on the connected
+
        MUST assume a default send MSS of 536 (576-40) [TCP:4].
  
 +
        The maximum size of a segment that TCP really sends, the
 +
        "effective send MSS," MUST be the smaller of the send MSS
 +
        (which reflects the available reassembly buffer size at the
 +
        remote host) and the largest size permitted by the IP layer:
  
 +
            Eff.snd.MSS =
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 48]
+
              min(SendMSS+20, MMS_S) - TCPhdrsize - IPoptionsize
  
 +
        where:
  
 +
        *    SendMSS is the MSS value received from the remote host,
 +
              or the default 536 if no MSS option is received.
  
 +
        *    MMS_S is the maximum size for a transport-layer message
 +
              that TCP may send.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        *    TCPhdrsize is the size of the TCP header; this is
 +
              normally 20, but may be larger if TCP options are to be
 +
              sent.
  
 +
        *    IPoptionsize is the size of any IP options that TCP
 +
              will pass to the IP layer with the current message.
  
            network), the IP layer MUST pick a gateway from its list of
+
        The MSS value to be sent in an MSS option must be less than
            "default" gateways.  The IP layer MUST support multiple
 
            default gateways.
 
  
             As an extra feature, a host IP layer MAY implement a table
+
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP             October 1989
            of "static routes".  Each such static route MAY include a
 
            flag specifying whether it may be overridden by ICMP
 
            Redirects.
 
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
        or equal to:
                A host generally needs to know at least one default
 
                gateway to get started.  This information can be
 
                obtained from a configuration file or else from the
 
                host startup sequence, e.g., the BOOTP protocol (see
 
                [INTRO:1]).
 
  
                It has been suggested that a host can augment its list
+
            MMS_R - 20
                of default gateways by recording any new gateways it
 
                learns about.  For example, it can record every gateway
 
                to which it is ever redirected.  Such a feature, while
 
                possibly useful in some circumstances, may cause
 
                problems in other cases (e.g., gateways are not all
 
                equal), and it is not recommended.
 
  
                A static route is typically a particular preset mapping
+
        where MMS_R is the maximum size for a transport-layer
                from destination host or network into a particular
+
        message that can be received (and reassembled).  TCP obtains
                next-hop gateway; it might also depend on the Type-of-
+
        MMS_R and MMS_S from the IP layer; see the generic call
                Service (see next section).  Static routes would be set
+
        GET_MAXSIZES in Section 3.4.
                up by system administrators to override the normal
 
                automatic routing mechanism, to handle exceptional
 
                situations. However, any static routing information is
 
                a potential source of failure as configurations change
 
                or equipment fails.
 
  
         3.3.1.3  Route Cache
+
         DISCUSSION:
 +
              The choice of TCP segment size has a strong effect on
 +
              performance. Larger segments increase throughput by
 +
              amortizing header size and per-datagram processing
 +
              overhead over more data bytes; however, if the packet
 +
              is so large that it causes IP fragmentation, efficiency
 +
              drops sharply if any fragments are lost [IP:9].
  
            Each route cache entry needs to include the following
+
              Some TCP implementations send an MSS option only if the
            fields:
+
              destination host is on a non-connected network.
 +
              However, in general the TCP layer may not have the
 +
              appropriate information to make this decision, so it is
 +
              preferable to leave to the IP layer the task of
 +
              determining a suitable MTU for the Internet path.  We
 +
              therefore recommend that TCP always send the option (if
 +
              not 536) and that the IP layer determine MMS_R as
 +
              specified in 3.3.3 and 3.4.  A proposed IP-layer
 +
              mechanism to measure the MTU would then modify the IP
 +
              layer without changing TCP.
  
            (1)  Local IP address (for a multihomed host)
+
      4.2.2.7  TCP Checksum: RFC-793 Section 3.1
  
            (2Destination IP address
+
        Unlike the UDP checksum (see Section 4.1.3.4), the TCP
 +
        checksum is never optional. The sender MUST generate it and
 +
        the receiver MUST check it.
  
            (3) Type(s)-of-Service
+
      4.2.2.8 TCP Connection State Diagram: RFC-793 Section 3.2,
 +
        page 23
  
            (4)  Next-hop gateway IP address
+
        There are several problems with this diagram:
  
            Field (2) MAY be the full IP address of the destination
+
        (a) The arrow from SYN-SENT to SYN-RCVD should be labeled
 +
              with "snd SYN,ACK", to agree with the text on page 68
 +
              and with Figure 8.
  
 +
        (b)  There could be an arrow from SYN-RCVD state to LISTEN
 +
              state, conditioned on receiving a RST after a passive
 +
              open (see text page 70).
  
 +
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 49]
+
        (c)  It is possible to go directly from FIN-WAIT-1 to the
 +
              TIME-WAIT state (see page 75 of the spec).
  
 +
      4.2.2.9  Initial Sequence Number Selection: RFC-793 Section
 +
        3.3, page 27
  
 +
        A TCP MUST use the specified clock-driven selection of
 +
        initial sequence numbers.
  
 +
      4.2.2.10  Simultaneous Open Attempts: RFC-793 Section 3.4, page
 +
        32
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        There is an error in Figure 8: the packet on line 7 should
 +
        be identical to the packet on line 5.
  
 +
        A TCP MUST support simultaneous open attempts.
  
            host, or only the destination network number. Field (3),
+
        DISCUSSION:
            the TOS, SHOULD be included.
+
              It sometimes surprises implementors that if two
 +
              applications attempt to simultaneously connect to each
 +
              other, only one connection is generated instead of two.
 +
              This was an intentional design decision; don't try to
 +
              "fix" it.
  
            See Section 3.3.4.2 for a discussion of the implications of
+
      4.2.2.11  Recovery from Old Duplicate SYN: RFC-793 Section 3.4,
            multihoming for the lookup procedure in this cache.
+
        page 33
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
        Note that a TCP implementation MUST keep track of whether a
                Including the Type-of-Service field in the route cache
+
        connection has reached SYN_RCVD state as the result of a
                and considering it in the host route algorithm will
+
        passive OPEN or an active OPEN.
                provide the necessary mechanism for the future when
 
                Type-of-Service routing is commonly used in the
 
                Internet.  See Section 3.2.1.6.
 
  
                Each route cache entry defines the endpoints of an
+
      4.2.2.12 RST Segment: RFC-793 Section 3.4
                Internet path. Although the connecting path may change
 
                dynamically in an arbitrary way, the transmission
 
                characteristics of the path tend to remain
 
                approximately constant over a time period longer than a
 
                single typical host-host transport connection.
 
                Therefore, a route cache entry is a natural place to
 
                cache data on the properties of the pathExamples of
 
                such properties might be the maximum unfragmented
 
                datagram size (see Section 3.3.3), or the average
 
                round-trip delay measured by a transport protocol.
 
                This data will generally be both gathered and used by a
 
                higher layer protocol, e.g., by TCP, or by an
 
                application using UDP.  Experiments are currently in
 
                progress on caching path properties in this manner.
 
  
                There is no consensus on whether the route cache should
+
        A TCP SHOULD allow a received RST segment to include data.
                be keyed on destination host addresses alone, or allow
 
                both host and network addresses. Those who favor the
 
                use of only host addresses argue that:
 
  
                (1)  As required in Section 3.3.1.2, Redirect messages
+
        DISCUSSION
                      will generally result in entries keyed on
+
              It has been suggested that a RST segment could contain
                      destination host addresses; the simplest and most
+
              ASCII text that encoded and explained the cause of the
                      general scheme would be to use host addresses
+
              RST.  No standard has yet been established for such
                      always.
+
              data.
  
                (2) The IP layer may not always know the address mask
+
      4.2.2.13 Closing a Connection: RFC-793 Section 3.5
                      for a network address in a complex subnetted
 
                      environment.
 
  
                (3) The use of only host addresses allows the
+
        A TCP connection may terminate in two ways: (1) the normal
                      destination address to be used as a pure 32-bit
+
        TCP close sequence using a FIN handshake, and (2) an "abort"
                      number, which may allow the Internet architecture
+
        in which one or more RST segments are sent and the
                      to be more easily extended in the future without
+
        connection state is immediately discarded.  If a TCP
  
 +
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
 +
        connection is closed by the remote site, the local
 +
        application MUST be informed whether it closed normally or
 +
        was aborted.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 50]
+
        The normal TCP close sequence delivers buffered data
 +
        reliably in both directions.  Since the two directions of a
 +
        TCP connection are closed independently, it is possible for
 +
        a connection to be "half closed," i.e., closed in only one
 +
        direction, and a host is permitted to continue sending data
 +
        in the open direction on a half-closed connection.
  
 +
        A host MAY implement a "half-duplex" TCP close sequence, so
 +
        that an application that has called CLOSE cannot continue to
 +
        read data from the connection.  If such a host issues a
 +
        CLOSE call while received data is still pending in TCP, or
 +
        if new data is received after CLOSE is called, its TCP
 +
        SHOULD send a RST to show that data was lost.
  
 +
        When a connection is closed actively, it MUST linger in
 +
        TIME-WAIT state for a time 2xMSL (Maximum Segment Lifetime).
 +
        However, it MAY accept a new SYN from the remote TCP to
 +
        reopen the connection directly from TIME-WAIT state, if it:
  
 +
        (1)  assigns its initial sequence number for the new
 +
              connection to be larger than the largest sequence
 +
              number it used on the previous connection incarnation,
 +
              and
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        (2)  returns to TIME-WAIT state if the SYN turns out to be
 +
              an old duplicate.
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              TCP's full-duplex data-preserving close is a feature
 +
              that is not included in the analogous ISO transport
 +
              protocol TP4.
  
                      any change to the hosts.
+
              Some systems have not implemented half-closed
 +
              connections, presumably because they do not fit into
 +
              the I/O model of their particular operating system.  On
 +
              these systems, once an application has called CLOSE, it
 +
              can no longer read input data from the connection; this
 +
              is referred to as a "half-duplex" TCP close sequence.
  
                The opposing view is that allowing a mixture of
+
              The graceful close algorithm of TCP requires that the
                destination hosts and networks in the route cache:
+
              connection state remain defined on (at least)  one end
 +
              of the connection, for a timeout period of 2xMSL, i.e.,
 +
              4 minutes.  During this period, the (remote socket,
  
                 (1)  Saves memory space.
+
RFC1122                 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
                (2Leads to a simpler data structure, easily
+
              local socket) pair that defines the connection is busy
                      combining the cache with the tables of default and
+
              and cannot be reused. To shorten the time that a given
                      static routes (see below).
+
              port pair is tied up, some TCPs allow a new SYN to be
 +
              accepted in TIME-WAIT state.
  
                (3)  Provides a more useful place to cache path
+
      4.2.2.14  Data Communication: RFC-793 Section 3.7, page 40
                      properties, as discussed earlier.
 
  
 +
        Since RFC-793 was written, there has been extensive work on
 +
        TCP algorithms to achieve efficient data communication.
 +
        Later sections of the present document describe required and
 +
        recommended TCP algorithms to determine when to send data
 +
        (Section 4.2.3.4), when to send an acknowledgment (Section
 +
        4.2.3.2), and when to update the window (Section 4.2.3.3).
  
            IMPLEMENTATION:
+
        DISCUSSION:
                The cache needs to be large enough to include entries
+
              One important performance issue is "Silly Window
                for the maximum number of destination hosts that may be
+
              Syndrome" or "SWS" [TCP:5], a stable pattern of small
                in use at one time.
+
              incremental window movements resulting in extremely
 +
              poor TCP performance.  Algorithms to avoid SWS are
 +
              described below for both the sending side (Section
 +
              4.2.3.4) and the receiving side (Section 4.2.3.3).
  
                A route cache entry may also include control
+
              In brief, SWS is caused by the receiver advancing the
                information used to choose an entry for replacement.
+
              right window edge whenever it has any new buffer space
                This might take the form of a "recently used" bit, a
+
              available to receive data and by the sender using any
                use count, or a last-used timestamp, for example.  It
+
              incremental window, no matter how small, to send more
                is recommended that it include the time of last
+
              data [TCP:5].  The result can be a stable pattern of
                modification of the entry, for diagnostic purposes.
+
              sending tiny data segments, even though both sender and
 +
              receiver have a large total buffer space for the
 +
              connection. SWS can only occur during the transmission
 +
              of a large amount of data; if the connection goes
 +
              quiescent, the problem will disappear.  It is caused by
 +
              typical straightforward implementation of window
 +
              management, but the sender and receiver algorithms
 +
              given below will avoid it.
  
                An implementation may wish to reduce the overhead of
+
              Another important TCP performance issue is that some
                scanning the route cache for every datagram to be
+
              applications, especially remote login to character-at-
                transmittedThis may be accomplished with a hash
+
              a-time hosts, tend to send streams of one-octet data
                table to speed the lookup, or by giving a connection-
+
              segments.  To avoid deadlocks, every TCP SEND call from
                oriented transport protocol a "hint" or temporary
+
              such applications must be "pushed", either explicitly
                handle on the appropriate cache entry, to be passed to
+
              by the application or else implicitly by TCPThe
                the IP layer with each subsequent datagram.
+
              result may be a stream of TCP segments that contain one
 +
              data octet each, which makes very inefficient use of
 +
              the Internet and contributes to Internet congestion.
 +
              The Nagle Algorithm described in Section 4.2.3.4
 +
              provides a simple and effective solution to this
 +
              problem.  It does have the effect of clumping
  
                 Although we have described the route cache, the lists
+
RFC1122                 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
                of default gateways, and a table of static routes as
 
                conceptually distinct, in practice they may be combined
 
                into a single "routing table" data structure.
 
  
        3.3.1.4  Dead Gateway Detection
+
              characters over Telnet connections; this may initially
 +
              surprise users accustomed to single-character echo, but
 +
              user acceptance has not been a problem.
  
            The IP layer MUST be able to detect the failure of a "next-
+
              Note that the Nagle algorithm and the send SWS
            hop" gateway that is listed in its route cache and to choose
+
              avoidance algorithm play complementary roles in
            an alternate gateway (see Section 3.3.1.5).
+
              improving performance.  The Nagle algorithm discourages
 +
              sending tiny segments when the data to be sent
 +
              increases in small increments, while the SWS avoidance
 +
              algorithm discourages small segments resulting from the
 +
              right window edge advancing in small increments.
  
            Dead gateway detection is covered in some detail in RFC-816
+
              A careless implementation can send two or more
            [IP:11]. Experience to date has not produced a complete
+
              acknowledgment segments per data segment received.  For
 +
              example, suppose the receiver acknowledges every data
 +
              segment immediately.  When the application program
 +
              subsequently consumes the data and increases the
 +
              available receive buffer space again, the receiver may
 +
              send a second acknowledgment segment to update the
 +
              window at the sender.  The extreme case occurs with
 +
              single-character segments on TCP connections using the
 +
              Telnet protocol for remote login service.  Some
 +
              implementations have been observed in which each
 +
              incoming 1-character segment generates three return
 +
              segments: (1) the acknowledgment, (2) a one byte
 +
              increase in the window, and (3) the echoed character,
 +
              respectively.
  
 +
      4.2.2.15  Retransmission Timeout: RFC-793 Section 3.7, page 41
  
 +
        The algorithm suggested in RFC-793 for calculating the
 +
        retransmission timeout is now known to be inadequate; see
 +
        Section 4.2.3.1 below.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 51]
+
        Recent work by Jacobson [TCP:7] on Internet congestion and
 +
        TCP retransmission stability has produced a transmission
 +
        algorithm combining "slow start" with "congestion
 +
        avoidance".  A TCP MUST implement this algorithm.
  
 +
        If a retransmitted packet is identical to the original
 +
        packet (which implies not only that the data boundaries have
 +
        not changed, but also that the window and acknowledgment
 +
        fields of the header have not changed), then the same IP
 +
        Identification field MAY be used (see Section 3.2.1.5).
  
 +
        IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
              Some TCP implementors have chosen to "packetize" the
 +
              data stream, i.e., to pick segment boundaries when
  
 +
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
              segments are originally sent and to queue these
 +
              segments in a "retransmission queue" until they are
 +
              acknowledged.  Another design (which may be simpler) is
 +
              to defer packetizing until each time data is
 +
              transmitted or retransmitted, so there will be no
 +
              segment retransmission queue.
  
 +
              In an implementation with a segment retransmission
 +
              queue, TCP performance may be enhanced by repacketizing
 +
              the segments awaiting acknowledgment when the first
 +
              retransmission timeout occurs.  That is, the
 +
              outstanding segments that fitted would be combined into
 +
              one maximum-sized segment, with a new IP Identification
 +
              value.  The TCP would then retain this combined segment
 +
              in the retransmit queue until it was acknowledged.
 +
              However, if the first two segments in the
 +
              retransmission queue totalled more than one maximum-
 +
              sized segment, the TCP would retransmit only the first
 +
              segment using the original IP Identification field.
  
            algorithm which is totally satisfactory, though it has
+
      4.2.2.16  Managing the Window: RFC-793 Section 3.7, page 41
            identified several forbidden paths and promising techniques.
 
  
            *    A particular gateway SHOULD NOT be used indefinitely in
+
        A TCP receiver SHOULD NOT shrink the window, i.e., move the
                the absence of positive indications that it is
+
        right window edge to the left.  However, a sending TCP MUST
                functioning.
+
        be robust against window shrinking, which may cause the
 +
        "useable window" (see Section 4.2.3.4) to become negative.
  
            *    Active probes such as "pinging" (i.e., using an ICMP
+
        If this happens, the sender SHOULD NOT send new data, but
                Echo Request/Reply exchange) are expensive and scale
+
        SHOULD retransmit normally the old unacknowledged data
                poorly. In particular, hosts MUST NOT actively check
+
        between SND.UNA and SND.UNA+SND.WND.  The sender MAY also
                the status of a first-hop gateway by simply pinging the
+
        retransmit old data beyond SND.UNA+SND.WND, but SHOULD NOT
                gateway continuously.
+
        time out the connection if data beyond the right window edge
 +
        is not acknowledged.  If the window shrinks to zero, the TCP
 +
        MUST probe it in the standard way (see next Section).
  
            *    Even when it is the only effective way to verify a
+
        DISCUSSION:
                gateway's status, pinging MUST be used only when
+
              Many TCP implementations become confused if the window
                traffic is being sent to the gateway and when there is
+
              shrinks from the right after data has been sent into a
                no other positive indication to suggest that the
+
              larger window.  Note that TCP has a heuristic to select
                gateway is functioning.
+
              the latest window update despite possible datagram
 +
              reordering; as a result, it may ignore a window update
 +
              with a smaller window than previously offered if
 +
              neither the sequence number nor the acknowledgment
 +
              number is increased.
  
             *    To avoid pinging, the layers above and/or below the
+
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP             October 1989
                Internet layer SHOULD be able to give "advice" on the
 
                status of route cache entries when either positive
 
                (gateway OK) or negative (gateway dead) information is
 
                available.
 
  
 +
      4.2.2.17  Probing Zero Windows: RFC-793 Section 3.7, page 42
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
        Probing of zero (offered) windows MUST be supported.
                If an implementation does not include an adequate
 
                mechanism for detecting a dead gateway and re-routing,
 
                a gateway failure may cause datagrams to apparently
 
                vanish into a "black hole".  This failure can be
 
                extremely confusing for users and difficult for network
 
                personnel to debug.
 
  
                The dead-gateway detection mechanism must not cause
+
        A TCP MAY keep its offered receive window closed
                unacceptable load on the host, on connected networks,
+
        indefinitelyAs long as the receiving TCP continues to
                or on first-hop gateway(s)The exact constraints on
+
        send acknowledgments in response to the probe segments, the
                the timeliness of dead gateway detection and on
+
        sending TCP MUST allow the connection to stay open.
                acceptable load may vary somewhat depending on the
 
                nature of the host's mission, but a host generally
 
                needs to detect a failed first-hop gateway quickly
 
                enough that transport-layer connections will not break
 
                before an alternate gateway can be selected.
 
  
                Passing advice from other layers of the protocol stack
+
        DISCUSSION:
                complicates the interfaces between the layers, but it
+
              It is extremely important to remember that ACK
                is the preferred approach to dead gateway detection.
+
              (acknowledgment) segments that contain no data are not
                Advice can come from almost any part of the IP/TCP
+
              reliably transmitted by TCP. If zero window probing is
 +
              not supported, a connection may hang forever when an
 +
              ACK segment that re-opens the window is lost.
  
 +
              The delay in opening a zero window generally occurs
 +
              when the receiving application stops taking data from
 +
              its TCP.  For example, consider a printer daemon
 +
              application, stopped because the printer ran out of
 +
              paper.
  
 +
        The transmitting host SHOULD send the first zero-window
 +
        probe when a zero window has existed for the retransmission
 +
        timeout period (see Section 4.2.2.15), and SHOULD increase
 +
        exponentially the interval between successive probes.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 52]
+
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              This procedure minimizes delay if the zero-window
 +
              condition is due to a lost ACK segment containing a
 +
              window-opening update.  Exponential backoff is
 +
              recommended, possibly with some maximum interval not
 +
              specified here.  This procedure is similar to that of
 +
              the retransmission algorithm, and it may be possible to
 +
              combine the two procedures in the implementation.
  
 +
      4.2.2.18  Passive OPEN Calls:  RFC-793 Section 3.8
  
 +
        Every passive OPEN call either creates a new connection
 +
        record in LISTEN state, or it returns an error; it MUST NOT
 +
        affect any previously created connection record.
  
 +
        A TCP that supports multiple concurrent users MUST provide
 +
        an OPEN call that will functionally allow an application to
 +
        LISTEN on a port while a connection block with the same
 +
        local port is in SYN-SENT or SYN-RECEIVED state.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        DISCUSSION:
  
 +
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
                architecture, but it is expected to come primarily from
+
              Some applications (e.g., SMTP servers) may need to
                the transport and link layersHere are some possible
+
              handle multiple connection attempts at about the same
                sources for gateway advice:
+
              timeThe probability of a connection attempt failing
 +
              is reduced by giving the application some means of
 +
              listening for a new connection at the same time that an
 +
              earlier connection attempt is going through the three-
 +
              way handshake.
  
                o    TCP or any connection-oriented transport protocol
+
        IMPLEMENTATION:
                      should be able to give negative advice, e.g.,
+
              Acceptable implementations of concurrent opens may
                      triggered by excessive retransmissions.
+
              permit multiple passive OPEN calls, or they may allow
 +
              "cloning" of LISTEN-state connections from a single
 +
              passive OPEN call.
  
                o    TCP may give positive advice when (new) data is
+
      4.2.2.19 Time to Live: RFC-793 Section 3.9, page 52
                      acknowledgedEven though the route may be
 
                      asymmetric, an ACK for new data proves that the
 
                      acknowleged data must have been transmitted
 
                      successfully.
 
  
                o    An ICMP Redirect message from a particular gateway
+
        RFC-793 specified that TCP was to request the IP layer to
                      should be used as positive advice about that
+
        send TCP segments with TTL = 60.  This is obsolete; the TTL
                      gateway.
+
        value used to send TCP segments MUST be configurable.  See
 +
        Section 3.2.1.7 for discussion.
  
                o    Link-layer information that reliably detects and
+
      4.2.2.20  Event Processing: RFC-793 Section 3.9
                      reports host failures (e.g., ARPANET Destination
 
                      Dead messages) should be used as negative advice.
 
  
                o    Failure to ARP or to re-validate ARP mappings may
+
        While it is not strictly required, a TCP SHOULD be capable
                      be used as negative advice for the corresponding
+
        of queueing out-of-order TCP segments.  Change the "may" in
                      IP address.
+
        the last sentence of the first paragraph on page 70 to
 +
        "should".
  
                o    Packets arriving from a particular link-layer
+
        DISCUSSION:
                      address are evidence that the system at this
+
              Some small-host implementations have omitted segment
                      address is aliveHowever, turning this
+
              queueing because of limited buffer spaceThis
                      information into advice about gateways requires
+
              omission may be expected to adversely affect TCP
                      mapping the link-layer address into an IP address,
+
              throughput, since loss of a single segment causes all
                      and then checking that IP address against the
+
              later segments to appear to be "out of sequence".
                      gateways pointed to by the route cache.  This is
 
                      probably prohibitively inefficient.
 
  
                Note that positive advice that is given for every
+
        In general, the processing of received segments MUST be
                datagram received may cause unacceptable overhead in
+
        implemented to aggregate ACK segments whenever possible.
                the implementation.
+
        For example, if the TCP is processing a series of queued
 +
        segments, it MUST process them all before sending any ACK
 +
        segments.
  
                While advice might be passed using required arguments
+
        Here are some detailed error corrections and notes on the
                in all interfaces to the IP layer, some transport and
+
        Event Processing section of RFC-793.
                application layer protocols cannot deduce the correct
 
                advice.  These interfaces must therefore allow a
 
                neutral value for advice, since either always-positive
 
                or always-negative advice leads to incorrect behavior.
 
  
                There is another technique for dead gateway detection
+
        (a)  CLOSE Call, CLOSE-WAIT state, p. 61: enter LAST-ACK
                that has been commonly used but is not recommended.
+
              state, not CLOSING.
  
 +
        (b)  LISTEN state, check for SYN (pp. 65, 66): With a SYN
  
 +
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 53]
+
              bit, if the security/compartment or the precedence is
 +
              wrong for the segment, a reset is sent.  The wrong form
 +
              of reset is shown in the text; it should be:
  
 +
                <SEQ=0><ACK=SEG.SEQ+SEG.LEN><CTL=RST,ACK>
  
 +
        (c)  SYN-SENT state, Check for SYN, p. 68: When the
 +
              connection enters ESTABLISHED state, the following
 +
              variables must be set:
 +
                SND.WND <- SEG.WND
 +
                SND.WL1 <- SEG.SEQ
 +
                SND.WL2 <- SEG.ACK
  
 +
        (d)  Check security and precedence, p. 71: The first heading
 +
              "ESTABLISHED STATE" should really be a list of all
 +
              states other than SYN-RECEIVED: ESTABLISHED, FIN-WAIT-
 +
              1, FIN-WAIT-2, CLOSE-WAIT, CLOSING, LAST-ACK, and
 +
              TIME-WAIT.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        (e)  Check SYN bit, p. 71:  "In SYN-RECEIVED state and if
 +
              the connection was initiated with a passive OPEN, then
 +
              return this connection to the LISTEN state and return.
 +
              Otherwise...".
  
 +
        (f)  Check ACK field, SYN-RECEIVED state, p. 72: When the
 +
              connection enters ESTABLISHED state, the variables
 +
              listed in (c) must be set.
  
                This technique depends upon the host passively
+
        (g) Check ACK field, ESTABLISHED state, p. 72: The ACK is a
                receiving ("wiretapping") the Interior Gateway Protocol
+
              duplicate if SEG.ACK =< SND.UNA (the = was omitted).
                (IGP) datagrams that the gateways are broadcasting to
+
              Similarly, the window should be updated if: SND.UNA =<
                each other. This approach has the drawback that a host
+
              SEG.ACK =< SND.NXT.
                needs to recognize all the interior gateway protocols
 
                that gateways may use (see [INTRO:2]). In addition, it
 
                only works on a broadcast network.
 
  
                At present, pinging (i.e., using ICMP Echo messages) is
+
        (hUSER TIMEOUT, p. 77:
                the mechanism for gateway probing when absolutely
 
                required. A successful ping guarantees that the
 
                addressed interface and its associated machine are up,
 
                but it does not guarantee that the machine is a gateway
 
                as opposed to a host. The normal inference is that if
 
                a Redirect or other evidence indicates that a machine
 
                was a gateway, successful pings will indicate that the
 
                machine is still up and hence still a gateway.
 
                However, since a host silently discards packets that a
 
                gateway would forward or redirect, this assumption
 
                could sometimes fail.  To avoid this problem, a new
 
                ICMP message under development will ask "are you a
 
                gateway?"
 
  
            IMPLEMENTATION:
+
              It would be better to notify the application of the
                The following specific algorithm has been suggested:
+
              timeout rather than letting TCP force the connection
 +
              closed.  However, see also Section 4.2.3.5.
  
                o    Associate a "reroute timer" with each gateway
+
      4.2.2.21 Acknowledging Queued Segments: RFC-793 Section 3.9
                      pointed to by the route cacheInitialize the
 
                      timer to a value Tr, which must be small enough to
 
                      allow detection of a dead gateway before transport
 
                      connections time out.
 
  
                o    Positive advice would reset the reroute timer to
+
        A TCP MAY send an ACK segment acknowledging RCV.NXT when a
                      Tr.  Negative advice would reduce or zero the
+
        valid segment arrives that is in the window but not at the
                      reroute timer.
+
        left window edge.
  
                 o    Whenever the IP layer used a particular gateway to
+
RFC1122                 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
                      route a datagram, it would check the corresponding
 
                      reroute timer.  If the timer had expired (reached
 
                      zero), the IP layer would send a ping to the
 
                      gateway, followed immediately by the datagram.
 
  
                o    The ping (ICMP Echo) would be sent again if
+
        DISCUSSION:
                      necessary, up to N times.  If no ping reply was
+
              RFC-793 (see page 74) was ambiguous about whether or
                      received in N tries, the gateway would be assumed
+
              not an ACK segment should be sent when an out-of-order
                      to have failed, and a new first-hop gateway would
+
              segment was received, i.e., when SEG.SEQ was unequal to
                      be chosen for all cache entries pointing to the
+
              RCV.NXT.
                      failed gateway.
 
  
 +
              One reason for ACKing out-of-order segments might be to
 +
              support an experimental algorithm known as "fast
 +
              retransmit".  With this algorithm, the sender uses the
 +
              "redundant" ACK's to deduce that a segment has been
 +
              lost before the retransmission timer has expired.  It
 +
              counts the number of times an ACK has been received
 +
              with the same value of SEG.ACK and with the same right
 +
              window edge.  If more than a threshold number of such
 +
              ACK's is received, then the segment containing the
 +
              octets starting at SEG.ACK is assumed to have been lost
 +
              and is retransmitted, without awaiting a timeout.  The
 +
              threshold is chosen to compensate for the maximum
 +
              likely segment reordering in the Internet.  There is
 +
              not yet enough experience with the fast retransmit
 +
              algorithm to determine how useful it is.
  
 +
  4.2.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 54]
+
      4.2.3.1  Retransmission Timeout Calculation
  
 +
        A host TCP MUST implement Karn's algorithm and Jacobson's
 +
        algorithm for computing the retransmission timeout ("RTO").
  
 +
        o    Jacobson's algorithm for computing the smoothed round-
 +
              trip ("RTT") time incorporates a simple measure of the
 +
              variance [TCP:7].
  
 +
        o    Karn's algorithm for selecting RTT measurements ensures
 +
              that ambiguous round-trip times will not corrupt the
 +
              calculation of the smoothed round-trip time [TCP:6].
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        This implementation also MUST include "exponential backoff"
 +
        for successive RTO values for the same segment.
 +
        Retransmission of SYN segments SHOULD use the same algorithm
 +
        as data segments.
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              There were two known problems with the RTO calculations
 +
              specified in RFC-793.  First, the accurate measurement
 +
              of RTTs is difficult when there are retransmissions.
 +
              Second, the algorithm to compute the smoothed round-
 +
              trip time is inadequate [TCP:7], because it incorrectly
  
                 Note that the size of Tr is inversely related to the
+
RFC1122                 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
                amount of advice available.  Tr should be large enough
 
                to insure that:
 
  
                *    Any pinging will be at a low level (e.g., <10%) of
+
              assumed that the variance in RTT values would be small
                      all packets sent to a gateway from the host, AND
+
              and constant. These problems were solved by Karn's and
 +
              Jacobson's algorithm, respectively.
  
                *    pinging is infrequent (e.g., every 3 minutes)
+
              The performance increase resulting from the use of
 +
              these improvements varies from noticeable to dramatic.
 +
              Jacobson's algorithm for incorporating the measured RTT
 +
              variance is especially important on a low-speed link,
 +
              where the natural variation of packet sizes causes a
 +
              large variation in RTT.  One vendor found link
 +
              utilization on a 9.6kb line went from 10% to 90% as a
 +
              result of implementing Jacobson's variance algorithm in
 +
              TCP.
  
                Since the recommended algorithm is concerned with the
+
        The following values SHOULD be used to initialize the
                gateways pointed to by route cache entries, rather than
+
        estimation parameters for a new connection:
                the cache entries themselves, a two level data
 
                structure (perhaps coordinated with ARP or similar
 
                caches) may be desirable for implementing a route
 
                cache.
 
  
         3.3.1.5  New Gateway Selection
+
         (a)  RTT = 0 seconds.
  
            If the failed gateway is not the current default, the IP
+
        (b)  RTO = 3 seconds(The smoothed variance is to be
            layer can immediately switch to a default gatewayIf it is
+
              initialized to the value that will result in this RTO).
            the current default that failed, the IP layer MUST select a
 
            different default gateway (assuming more than one default is
 
            known) for the failed route and for establishing new routes.
 
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
        The recommended upper and lower bounds on the RTO are known
                When a gateway does fail, the other gateways on the
+
        to be inadequate on large internets.  The lower bound SHOULD
                connected network will learn of the failure through
+
        be measured in fractions of a second (to accommodate high
                some inter-gateway routing protocol.  However, this
+
        speed LANs) and the upper bound should be 2*MSL, i.e., 240
                will not happen instantaneously, since gateway routing
+
        seconds.
                protocols typically have a settling time of 30-60
 
                seconds.  If the host switches to an alternative
 
                gateway before the gateways have agreed on the failure,
 
                the new target gateway will probably forward the
 
                datagram to the failed gateway and send a Redirect back
 
                to the host pointing to the failed gateway (!).  The
 
                result is likely to be a rapid oscillation in the
 
                contents of the host's route cache during the gateway
 
                settling period.  It has been proposed that the dead-
 
                gateway logic should include some hysteresis mechanism
 
                to prevent such oscillations. However, experience has
 
                not shown any harm from such oscillations, since
 
                service cannot be restored to the host until the
 
                gateways' routing information does settle down.
 
  
            IMPLEMENTATION:
+
        DISCUSSION:
                One implementation technique for choosing a new default
+
              Experience has shown that these initialization values
                gateway is to simply round-robin among the default
+
              are reasonable, and that in any case the Karn and
                gateways in the host's list. Another is to rank the
+
              Jacobson algorithms make TCP behavior reasonably
 +
              insensitive to the initial parameter choices.
  
 +
      4.2.3.2  When to Send an ACK Segment
  
 +
        A host that is receiving a stream of TCP data segments can
 +
        increase efficiency in both the Internet and the hosts by
 +
        sending fewer than one ACK (acknowledgment) segment per data
 +
        segment received; this is known as a "delayed ACK" [TCP:5].
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 55]
+
        A TCP SHOULD implement a delayed ACK, but an ACK should not
 +
        be excessively delayed; in particular, the delay MUST be
 +
        less than 0.5 seconds, and in a stream of full-sized
 +
        segments there SHOULD be an ACK for at least every second
 +
        segment.
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
  
 +
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
 +
              A delayed ACK gives the application an opportunity to
 +
              update the window and perhaps to send an immediate
 +
              response.  In particular, in the case of character-mode
 +
              remote login, a delayed ACK can reduce the number of
 +
              segments sent by the server by a factor of 3 (ACK,
 +
              window update, and echo character all combined in one
 +
              segment).
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
              In addition, on some large multi-user hosts, a delayed
 +
              ACK can substantially reduce protocol processing
 +
              overhead by reducing the total number of packets to be
 +
              processed [TCP:5].  However, excessive delays on ACK's
 +
              can disturb the round-trip timing and packet "clocking"
 +
              algorithms [TCP:7].
  
 +
      4.2.3.3  When to Send a Window Update
  
                gateways in priority order, and when the current
+
        A TCP MUST include a SWS avoidance algorithm in the receiver
                default gateway is not the highest priority one, to
+
        [TCP:5].
                "ping" the higher-priority gateways slowly to detect
 
                when they return to service.  This pinging can be at a
 
                very low rate, e.g., 0.005 per second.
 
  
         3.3.1.6 Initialization
+
         IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
              The receiver's SWS avoidance algorithm determines when
 +
              the right window edge may be advanced; this is
 +
              customarily known as "updating the window".  This
 +
              algorithm combines with the delayed ACK algorithm (see
 +
              Section 4.2.3.2) to determine when an ACK segment
 +
              containing the current window will really be sent to
 +
              the receiverWe use the notation of RFC-793; see
 +
              Figures 4 and 5 in that document.
  
            The following information MUST be configurable:
+
              The solution to receiver SWS is to avoid advancing the
 +
              right window edge RCV.NXT+RCV.WND in small increments,
 +
              even if data is received from the network in small
 +
              segments.
  
            (1) IP address(es).
+
              Suppose the total receive buffer space is RCV.BUFF. At
 +
              any given moment, RCV.USER octets of this total may be
 +
              tied up with data that has been received and
 +
              acknowledged but which the user process has not yet
 +
              consumed.  When the connection is quiescent, RCV.WND =
 +
              RCV.BUFF and RCV.USER = 0.
  
            (2) Address mask(s).
+
              Keeping the right window edge fixed as data arrives and
 +
              is acknowledged requires that the receiver offer less
 +
              than its full buffer space, i.e., the receiver must
 +
              specify a RCV.WND that keeps RCV.NXT+RCV.WND constant
 +
              as RCV.NXT increases. Thus, the total buffer space
 +
              RCV.BUFF is generally divided into three parts:
  
             (3)  A list of default gateways, with a preference level.
+
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP             October 1989
  
            A manual method of entering this configuration data MUST be
+
              |<------- RCV.BUFF ---------------->|
             provided.  In addition, a variety of methods can be used to
+
                  1             2            3
            determine this information dynamically; see the section on
+
          ----|---------|------------------|------|----
            "Host Initialization" in [INTRO:1].
+
                    RCV.NXT              ^
 +
                                        (Fixed)
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
          1 - RCV.USER =  data received but not yet consumed;
                Some host implementations use "wiretapping" of gateway
+
          2 - RCV.WND =  space advertised to sender;
                protocols on a broadcast network to learn what gateways
+
          3 - Reduction = space available but not yet
                exist.  A standard method for default gateway discovery
+
                          advertised.
                is under development.
 
  
      3.3.2  Reassembly
+
              The suggested SWS avoidance algorithm for the receiver
 +
              is to keep RCV.NXT+RCV.WND fixed until the reduction
 +
              satisfies:
  
        The IP layer MUST implement reassembly of IP datagrams.
+
                  RCV.BUFF - RCV.USER - RCV.WND  >=
  
        We designate the largest datagram size that can be reassembled
+
                          min( Fr * RCV.BUFF, Eff.snd.MSS )
        by EMTU_R ("Effective MTU to receive"); this is sometimes
 
        called the "reassembly buffer size". EMTU_R MUST be greater
 
        than or equal to 576, SHOULD be either configurable or
 
        indefinite, and SHOULD be greater than or equal to the MTU of
 
        the connected network(s).
 
  
        DISCUSSION:
+
              where Fr is a fraction whose recommended value is 1/2,
               A fixed EMTU_R limit should not be built into the code
+
               and Eff.snd.MSS is the effective send MSS for the
               because some application layer protocols require EMTU_R
+
               connection (see Section 4.2.2.6).  When the inequality
               values larger than 576.
+
               is satisfied, RCV.WND is set to RCV.BUFF-RCV.USER.
  
        IMPLEMENTATION:
+
              Note that the general effect of this algorithm is to
               An implementation may use a contiguous reassembly buffer
+
               advance RCV.WND in increments of Eff.snd.MSS (for
               for each datagram, or it may use a more complex data
+
               realistic receive buffers:  Eff.snd.MSS < RCV.BUFF/2).
               structure that places no definite limit on the reassembled
+
               Note also that the receiver must use its own
               datagram size; in the latter case, EMTU_R is said to be
+
               Eff.snd.MSS, assuming it is the same as the sender's.
  
 +
      4.2.3.4  When to Send Data
  
 +
        A TCP MUST include a SWS avoidance algorithm in the sender.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 56]
+
        A TCP SHOULD implement the Nagle Algorithm [TCP:9] to
 +
        coalesce short segments.  However, there MUST be a way for
 +
        an application to disable the Nagle algorithm on an
 +
        individual connection.  In all cases, sending data is also
 +
        subject to the limitation imposed by the Slow Start
 +
        algorithm (Section 4.2.2.15).
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              The Nagle algorithm is generally as follows:
  
 +
                  If there is unacknowledged data (i.e., SND.NXT >
 +
                  SND.UNA), then the sending TCP buffers all user
  
 +
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
                  data (regardless of the PSH bit), until the
 +
                  outstanding data has been acknowledged or until
 +
                  the TCP can send a full-sized segment (Eff.snd.MSS
 +
                  bytes; see Section 4.2.2.6).
  
 +
              Some applications (e.g., real-time display window
 +
              updates) require that the Nagle algorithm be turned
 +
              off, so small data segments can be streamed out at the
 +
              maximum rate.
  
               "indefinite".
+
        IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
               The sender's SWS avoidance algorithm is more difficult
 +
              than the receivers's, because the sender does not know
 +
              (directly) the receiver's total buffer space RCV.BUFF.
 +
              An approach which has been found to work well is for
 +
              the sender to calculate Max(SND.WND), the maximum send
 +
              window it has seen so far on the connection, and to use
 +
              this value as an estimate of RCV.BUFF.  Unfortunately,
 +
              this can only be an estimate; the receiver may at any
 +
              time reduce the size of RCV.BUFF.  To avoid a resulting
 +
              deadlock, it is necessary to have a timeout to force
 +
              transmission of data, overriding the SWS avoidance
 +
              algorithm.  In practice, this timeout should seldom
 +
              occur.
  
               Logically, reassembly is performed by simply copying each
+
               The "useable window" [TCP:5] is:
              fragment into the packet buffer at the proper offset.
 
              Note that fragments may overlap if successive
 
              retransmissions use different packetizing but the same
 
              reassembly Id.
 
  
              The tricky part of reassembly is the bookkeeping to
+
                  U = SND.UNA + SND.WND - SND.NXT
              determine when all bytes of the datagram have been
 
              reassembled. We recommend Clark's algorithm [IP:10] that
 
              requires no additional data space for the bookkeeping.
 
              However, note that, contrary to [IP:10], the first
 
              fragment header needs to be saved for inclusion in a
 
              possible ICMP Time Exceeded (Reassembly Timeout) message.
 
  
        There MUST be a mechanism by which the transport layer can
+
              i.e., the offered window less the amount of data sent
        learn MMS_R, the maximum message size that can be received and
+
              but not acknowledged.  If D is the amount of data
        reassembled in an IP datagram (see GET_MAXSIZES calls in
+
              queued in the sending TCP but not yet sent, then the
        Section 3.4).  If EMTU_R is not indefinite, then the value of
+
              following set of rules is recommended.
        MMS_R is given by:
 
  
            MMS_R = EMTU_R - 20
+
              Send data:
  
        since 20 is the minimum size of an IP header.
+
              (1)  if a maximum-sized segment can be sent, i.e, if:
  
        There MUST be a reassembly timeout.  The reassembly timeout
+
                        min(D,U) >= Eff.snd.MSS;
        value SHOULD be a fixed value, not set from the remaining TTL.
 
        It is recommended that the value lie between 60 seconds and 120
 
        seconds.  If this timeout expires, the partially-reassembled
 
        datagram MUST be discarded and an ICMP Time Exceeded message
 
        sent to the source host (if fragment zero has been received).
 
  
        DISCUSSION:
+
               (2) or if the data is pushed and all queued data can
              The IP specification says that the reassembly timeout
+
                  be sent now, i.e., if:
              should be the remaining TTL from the IP header, but this
 
               does not work well because gateways generally treat TTL as
 
              a simple hop count rather than an elapsed time. If the
 
              reassembly timeout is too small, datagrams will be
 
              discarded unnecessarily, and communication may fail.  The
 
              timeout needs to be at least as large as the typical
 
              maximum delay across the Internet. A realistic minimum
 
              reassembly timeout would be 60 seconds.
 
  
              It has been suggested that a cache might be kept of
+
                      [SND.NXT = SND.UNA and] PUSHED and D <= U
              round-trip times measured by transport protocols for
 
              various destinations, and that these values might be used
 
              to dynamically determine a reasonable reassembly timeout
 
  
 +
                  (the bracketed condition is imposed by the Nagle
 +
                  algorithm);
  
 +
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 57]
+
              (3)  or if at least a fraction Fs of the maximum window
 +
                  can be sent, i.e., if:
  
 +
                      [SND.NXT = SND.UNA and]
  
 +
                              min(D.U) >= Fs * Max(SND.WND);
  
 +
              (4)  or if data is PUSHed and the override timeout
 +
                  occurs.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
              Here Fs is a fraction whose recommended value is 1/2.
 +
              The override timeout should be in the range 0.1 - 1.0
 +
              seconds.  It may be convenient to combine this timer
 +
              with the timer used to probe zero windows (Section
 +
              4.2.2.17).
  
 +
              Finally, note that the SWS avoidance algorithm just
 +
              specified is to be used instead of the sender-side
 +
              algorithm contained in [TCP:5].
  
              valueFurther investigation of this approach is
+
      4.2.3.5 TCP Connection Failures
              required.
 
  
              If the reassembly timeout is set too high, buffer
+
        Excessive retransmission of the same segment by TCP
              resources in the receiving host will be tied up too long,
+
        indicates some failure of the remote host or the Internet
              and the MSL (Maximum Segment Lifetime) [TCP:1] will be
+
        path.  This failure may be of short or long duration.  The
              larger than necessary.  The MSL controls the maximum rate
+
        following procedure MUST be used to handle excessive
              at which fragmented datagrams can be sent using distinct
+
        retransmissions of data segments [IP:11]:
              values of the 16-bit Ident field; a larger MSL lowers the
 
              maximum rate.  The TCP specification [TCP:1] arbitrarily
 
              assumes a value of 2 minutes for MSL.  This sets an upper
 
              limit on a reasonable reassembly timeout value.
 
  
      3.3.3  Fragmentation
+
        (a)  There are two thresholds R1 and R2 measuring the amount
 +
              of retransmission that has occurred for the same
 +
              segment. R1 and R2 might be measured in time units or
 +
              as a count of retransmissions.
  
         Optionally, the IP layer MAY implement a mechanism to fragment
+
         (b)  When the number of transmissions of the same segment
        outgoing datagrams intentionally.
+
              reaches or exceeds threshold R1, pass negative advice
 +
              (see Section 3.3.1.4) to the IP layer, to trigger
 +
              dead-gateway diagnosis.
  
         We designate by EMTU_S ("Effective MTU for sending") the
+
         (c) When the number of transmissions of the same segment
        maximum IP datagram size that may be sent, for a particular
+
              reaches a threshold R2 greater than R1, close the
        combination of IP source and destination addresses and perhaps
+
              connection.
        TOS.
 
  
         A host MUST implement a mechanism to allow the transport layer
+
         (d)  An application MUST be able to set the value for R2 for
        to learn MMS_S, the maximum transport-layer message size that
+
              a particular connectionFor example, an interactive
        may be sent for a given {source, destination, TOS} triplet (see
+
              application might set R2 to "infinity," giving the user
        GET_MAXSIZES call in Section 3.4)If no local fragmentation
+
              control over when to disconnect.
        is performed, the value of MMS_S will be:
 
  
             MMS_S = EMTU_S - <IP header size>
+
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP             October 1989
  
         and EMTU_S must be less than or equal to the MTU of the network
+
         (d)  TCP SHOULD inform the application of the delivery
        interface corresponding to the source address of the datagram.
+
              problem (unless such information has been disabled by
        Note that <IP header size> in this equation will be 20, unless
+
              the application; see Section 4.2.4.1), when R1 is
        the IP reserves space to insert IP options for its own purposes
+
              reached and before R2.  This will allow a remote login
        in addition to any options inserted by the transport layer.
+
              (User Telnet) application program to inform the user,
 +
              for example.
  
         A host that does not implement local fragmentation MUST ensure
+
         The value of R1 SHOULD correspond to at least 3
         that the transport layer (for TCP) or the application layer
+
         retransmissions, at the current RTO.  The value of R2 SHOULD
        (for UDP) obtains MMS_S from the IP layer and does not send a
+
         correspond to at least 100 seconds.
         datagram exceeding MMS_S in size.
 
  
         It is generally desirable to avoid local fragmentation and to
+
         An attempt to open a TCP connection could fail with
         choose EMTU_S low enough to avoid fragmentation in any gateway
+
         excessive retransmissions of the SYN segment or by receipt
         along the pathIn the absence of actual knowledge of the
+
         of a RST segment or an ICMP Port UnreachableSYN
         minimum MTU along the path, the IP layer SHOULD use
+
         retransmissions MUST be handled in the general way just
         EMTU_S <= 576 whenever the destination address is not on a
+
         described for data retransmissions, including notification
         connected network, and otherwise use the connected network's
+
         of the application layer.
  
 +
        However, the values of R1 and R2 may be different for SYN
 +
        and data segments.  In particular, R2 for a SYN segment MUST
 +
        be set large enough to provide retransmission of the segment
 +
        for at least 3 minutes.  The application can close the
 +
        connection (i.e., give up on the open attempt) sooner, of
 +
        course.
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              Some Internet paths have significant setup times, and
 +
              the number of such paths is likely to increase in the
 +
              future.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 58]
+
      4.2.3.6  TCP Keep-Alives
  
 +
        Implementors MAY include "keep-alives" in their TCP
 +
        implementations, although this practice is not universally
 +
        accepted.  If keep-alives are included, the application MUST
 +
        be able to turn them on or off for each TCP connection, and
 +
        they MUST default to off.
  
 +
        Keep-alive packets MUST only be sent when no data or
 +
        acknowledgement packets have been received for the
 +
        connection within an interval.  This interval MUST be
 +
        configurable and MUST default to no less than two hours.
  
 +
        It is extremely important to remember that ACK segments that
 +
        contain no data are not reliably transmitted by TCP.
 +
        Consequently, if a keep-alive mechanism is implemented it
 +
        MUST NOT interpret failure to respond to any specific probe
 +
        as a dead connection.
  
RFC1122                     INTERNET LAYER                 October 1989
+
RFC1122                 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
 +
        An implementation SHOULD send a keep-alive segment with no
 +
        data; however, it MAY be configurable to send a keep-alive
 +
        segment containing one garbage octet, for compatibility with
 +
        erroneous TCP implementations.
  
         MTU.
+
         DISCUSSION:
 +
              A "keep-alive" mechanism periodically probes the other
 +
              end of a connection when the connection is otherwise
 +
              idle, even when there is no data to be sent.  The TCP
 +
              specification does not include a keep-alive mechanism
 +
              because it could:  (1) cause perfectly good connections
 +
              to break during transient Internet failures; (2)
 +
              consume unnecessary bandwidth ("if no one is using the
 +
              connection, who cares if it is still good?"); and (3)
 +
              cost money for an Internet path that charges for
 +
              packets.
  
        The MTU of each physical interface MUST be configurable.
+
              Some TCP implementations, however, have included a
 +
              keep-alive mechanism.  To confirm that an idle
 +
              connection is still active, these implementations send
 +
              a probe segment designed to elicit a response from the
 +
              peer TCP.  Such a segment generally contains SEG.SEQ =
 +
              SND.NXT-1 and may or may not contain one garbage octet
 +
              of data.  Note that on a quiet connection SND.NXT =
 +
              RCV.NXT, so that this SEG.SEQ will be outside the
 +
              window.  Therefore, the probe causes the receiver to
 +
              return an acknowledgment segment, confirming that the
 +
              connection is still live.  If the peer has dropped the
 +
              connection due to a network partition or a crash, it
 +
              will respond with a RST instead of an acknowledgment
 +
              segment.
  
        A host IP layer implementation MAY have a configuration flag
+
              Unfortunately, some misbehaved TCP implementations fail
        "All-Subnets-MTU", indicating that the MTU of the connected
+
              to respond to a segment with SEG.SEQ = SND.NXT-1 unless
        network is to be used for destinations on different subnets
+
              the segment contains dataAlternatively, an
        within the same network, but not for other networksThus,
+
              implementation could determine whether a peer responded
        this flag causes the network class mask, rather than the subnet
+
              correctly to keep-alive packets with no garbage data
        address mask, to be used to choose an EMTU_S.  For a multihomed
+
              octet.
        host, an "All-Subnets-MTU" flag is needed for each network
 
        interface.
 
  
        DISCUSSION:
+
              A TCP keep-alive mechanism should only be invoked in
               Picking the correct datagram size to use when sending data
+
              server applications that might otherwise hang
               is a complex topic [IP:9].
+
               indefinitely and consume resources unnecessarily if a
 +
               client crashes or aborts a connection during a network
 +
              failure.
  
              (a)  In general, no host is required to accept an IP
+
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
                  datagram larger than 576 bytes (including header and
 
                  data), so a host must not send a larger datagram
 
                  without explicit knowledge or prior arrangement with
 
                  the destination host.  Thus, MMS_S is only an upper
 
                  bound on the datagram size that a transport protocol
 
                  may send; even when MMS_S exceeds 556, the transport
 
                  layer must limit its messages to 556 bytes in the
 
                  absence of other knowledge about the destination
 
                  host.
 
  
              (b)  Some transport protocols (e.g., TCP) provide a way to
+
      4.2.3.7  TCP Multihoming
                  explicitly inform the sender about the largest
 
                  datagram the other end can receive and reassemble
 
                  [IP:7]. There is no corresponding mechanism in the
 
                  IP layer.
 
  
                  A transport protocol that assumes an EMTU_R larger
+
        If an application on a multihomed host does not specify the
                  than 576 (see Section 3.3.2), can send a datagram of
+
        local IP address when actively opening a TCP connection,
                  this larger size to another host that implements the
+
        then the TCP MUST ask the IP layer to select a local IP
                  same protocol.
+
        address before sending the (first) SYN.  See the function
 +
        GET_SRCADDR() in Section 3.4.
  
              (c)  Hosts should ideally limit their EMTU_S for a given
+
        At all other times, a previous segment has either been sent
                  destination to the minimum MTU of all the networks
+
        or received on this connection, and TCP MUST use the same
                  along the path, to avoid any fragmentation.  IP
+
        local address is used that was used in those previous
                  fragmentation, while formally correct, can create a
+
        segments.
                  serious transport protocol performance problem,
 
                  because loss of a single fragment means all the
 
                  fragments in the segment must be retransmitted
 
                  [IP:9].
 
  
 +
      4.2.3.8  IP Options
  
 +
        When received options are passed up to TCP from the IP
 +
        layer, TCP MUST ignore options that it does not understand.
  
 +
        A TCP MAY support the Time Stamp and Record Route options.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 59]
+
        An application MUST be able to specify a source route when
 +
        it actively opens a TCP connection, and this MUST take
 +
        precedence over a source route received in a datagram.
  
 +
        When a TCP connection is OPENed passively and a packet
 +
        arrives with a completed IP Source Route option (containing
 +
        a return route), TCP MUST save the return route and use it
 +
        for all segments sent on this connection.  If a different
 +
        source route arrives in a later segment, the later
 +
        definition SHOULD override the earlier one.
  
 +
      4.2.3.9  ICMP Messages
  
 +
        TCP MUST act on an ICMP error message passed up from the IP
 +
        layer, directing it to the connection that created the
 +
        error.  The necessary demultiplexing information can be
 +
        found in the IP header contained within the ICMP message.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
+
        o    Source Quench
  
 +
              TCP MUST react to a Source Quench by slowing
 +
              transmission on the connection.  The RECOMMENDED
 +
              procedure is for a Source Quench to trigger a "slow
 +
              start," as if a retransmission timeout had occurred.
  
              Since nearly all networks in the Internet currently
+
        o    Destination Unreachable -- codes 0, 1, 5
              support an MTU of 576 or greater, we strongly recommend
 
              the use of 576 for datagrams sent to non-local networks.
 
  
               It has been suggested that a host could determine the MTU
+
               Since these Unreachable messages indicate soft error
              over a given path by sending a zero-offset datagram
 
              fragment and waiting for the receiver to time out the
 
              reassembly (which cannot complete!) and return an ICMP
 
              Time Exceeded message.  This message would include the
 
              largest remaining fragment header in its body.  More
 
              direct mechanisms are being experimented with, but have
 
              not yet been adopted (see e.g., RFC-1063).
 
  
      3.3.4  Local Multihoming
+
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
        3.3.4.1  Introduction
+
              conditions, TCP MUST NOT abort the connection, and it
 +
              SHOULD make the information available to the
 +
              application.
  
            A multihomed host has multiple IP addresses, which we may
+
              DISCUSSION:
            think of as "logical interfaces".  These logical interfaces
+
                  TCP could report the soft error condition directly
            may be associated with one or more physical interfaces, and
+
                  to the application layer with an upcall to the
            these physical interfaces may be connected to the same or
+
                  ERROR_REPORT routine, or it could merely note the
            different networks.
+
                  message and report it to the application only when
 +
                  and if the TCP connection times out.
  
            Here are some important cases of multihoming:
+
        o    Destination Unreachable -- codes 2-4
  
            (a)  Multiple Logical Networks
+
              These are hard error conditions, so TCP SHOULD abort
 +
              the connection.
  
                The Internet architects envisioned that each physical
+
        o    Time Exceeded -- codes 0, 1
                network would have a single unique IP network (or
 
                subnet) number.  However, LAN administrators have
 
                sometimes found it useful to violate this assumption,
 
                operating a LAN with multiple logical networks per
 
                physical connected network.
 
  
                If a host connected to such a physical network is
+
              This should be handled the same way as Destination
                configured to handle traffic for each of N different
+
              Unreachable codes 0, 1, 5 (see above).
                logical networks, then the host will have N logical
 
                interfaces.  These could share a single physical
 
                interface, or might use N physical interfaces to the
 
                same network.
 
  
            (b)  Multiple Logical Hosts
+
        o    Parameter Problem
  
                When a host has multiple IP addresses that all have the
+
              This should be handled the same way as Destination
                same <Network-number> part (and the same <Subnet-
+
              Unreachable codes 0, 1, 5 (see above).
                number> part, if any), the logical interfaces are known
 
                as "logical hosts". These logical interfaces might
 
                share a single physical interface or might use separate
 
  
 +
      4.2.3.10  Remote Address Validation
  
 +
        A TCP implementation MUST reject as an error a local OPEN
 +
        call for an invalid remote IP address (e.g., a broadcast or
 +
        multicast address).
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 60]
+
        An incoming SYN with an invalid source address must be
 +
        ignored either by TCP or by the IP layer (see Section
 +
        3.2.1.3).
  
 +
        A TCP implementation MUST silently discard an incoming SYN
 +
        segment that is addressed to a broadcast or multicast
 +
        address.
  
 +
      4.2.3.11  TCP Traffic Patterns
  
 +
        IMPLEMENTATION:
 +
              The TCP protocol specification [TCP:1] gives the
 +
              implementor much freedom in designing the algorithms
 +
              that control the message flow over the connection --
 +
              packetizing, managing the window, sending
  
RFC1122                     INTERNET LAYER                 October 1989
+
RFC1122                 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
 +
              acknowledgments, etc.  These design decisions are
 +
              difficult because a TCP must adapt to a wide range of
 +
              traffic patterns.  Experience has shown that a TCP
 +
              implementor needs to verify the design on two extreme
 +
              traffic patterns:
  
                physical interfaces to the same physical network.
+
              o    Single-character Segments
  
            (c) Simple Multihoming
+
                  Even if the sender is using the Nagle Algorithm,
 +
                  when a TCP connection carries remote login traffic
 +
                  across a low-delay LAN the receiver will generally
 +
                  get a stream of single-character segments. If
 +
                  remote terminal echo mode is in effect, the
 +
                  receiver's system will generally echo each
 +
                  character as it is received.
  
                In this case, each logical interface is mapped into a
+
              o    Bulk Transfer
                separate physical interface and each physical interface
 
                is connected to a different physical network.  The term
 
                "multihoming" was originally applied only to this case,
 
                but it is now applied more generally.
 
  
                A host with embedded gateway functionality will
+
                  When TCP is used for bulk transfer, the data
                typically fall into the simple multihoming case. Note,
+
                  stream should be made up (almost) entirely of
                however, that a host may be simply multihomed without
+
                  segments of the size of the effective MSS.
                containing an embedded gateway, i.e., without
+
                  Although TCP uses a sequence number space with
                forwarding datagrams from one connected network to
+
                  byte (octet) granularity, in bulk-transfer mode
                another.
+
                  its operation should be as if TCP used a sequence
 +
                  space that counted only segments.
  
                This case presents the most difficult routing problems.
+
              Experience has furthermore shown that a single TCP can
                The choice of interface (i.e., the choice of first-hop
+
              effectively and efficiently handle these two extremes.
                network) may significantly affect performance or even
 
                reachability of remote parts of the Internet.
 
  
 +
              The most important tool for verifying a new TCP
 +
              implementation is a packet trace program.  There is a
 +
              large volume of experience showing the importance of
 +
              tracing a variety of traffic patterns with other TCP
 +
              implementations and studying the results carefully.
  
            Finally, we note another possibility that is NOT
+
      4.2.3.12 Efficiency
            multihoming:  one logical interface may be bound to multiple
 
            physical interfaces, in order to increase the reliability or
 
            throughput between directly connected machines by providing
 
            alternative physical paths between them. For instance, two
 
            systems might be connected by multiple point-to-point links.
 
            We call this "link-layer multiplexing"With link-layer
 
            multiplexing, the protocols above the link layer are unaware
 
            that multiple physical interfaces are present; the link-
 
            layer device driver is responsible for multiplexing and
 
            routing packets across the physical interfaces.
 
  
            In the Internet protocol architecture, a transport protocol
+
        IMPLEMENTATION:
            instance ("entity") has no address of its own, but instead
+
              Extensive experience has led to the following
            uses a single Internet Protocol (IP) address.  This has
+
              suggestions for efficient implementation of TCP:
            implications for the IP, transport, and application layers,
 
            and for the interfaces between them.  In particular, the
 
            application software may have to be aware of the multiple IP
 
            addresses of a multihomed host; in other cases, the choice
 
            can be made within the network software.
 
  
        3.3.4.2 Multihoming Requirements
+
              (a) Don't Copy Data
  
            The following general rules apply to the selection of an IP
+
                  In bulk data transfer, the primary CPU-intensive
            source address for sending a datagram from a multihomed
+
                  tasks are copying data from one place to another
 +
                  and checksumming the data.  It is vital to
 +
                  minimize the number of copies of TCP data.  Since
  
 +
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
 +
                  the ultimate speed limitation may be fetching data
 +
                  across the memory bus, it may be useful to combine
 +
                  the copy with checksumming, doing both with a
 +
                  single memory fetch.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 61]
+
              (b)  Hand-Craft the Checksum Routine
  
 +
                  A good TCP checksumming routine is typically two
 +
                  to five times faster than a simple and direct
 +
                  implementation of the definition.  Great care and
 +
                  clever coding are often required and advisable to
 +
                  make the checksumming code "blazing fast".  See
 +
                  [TCP:10].
  
 +
              (c)  Code for the Common Case
  
 +
                  TCP protocol processing can be complicated, but
 +
                  for most segments there are only a few simple
 +
                  decisions to be made.  Per-segment processing will
 +
                  be greatly speeded up by coding the main line to
 +
                  minimize the number of decisions in the most
 +
                  common case.
  
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                 October 1989
+
  4.2.4  TCP/APPLICATION LAYER INTERFACE
  
 +
      4.2.4.1  Asynchronous Reports
  
            host.
+
        There MUST be a mechanism for reporting soft TCP error
 +
        conditions to the application. Generically, we assume this
 +
        takes the form of an application-supplied ERROR_REPORT
 +
        routine that may be upcalled [INTRO:7] asynchronously from
 +
        the transport layer:
  
             (1) If the datagram is sent in response to a received
+
             ERROR_REPORT(local connection name, reason, subreason)
                datagram, the source address for the response SHOULD be
 
                the specific-destination address of the request.  See
 
                Sections 4.1.3.5 and 4.2.3.7 and the "General Issues"
 
                section of [INTRO:1] for more specific requirements on
 
                higher layers.
 
  
                Otherwise, a source address must be selected.
+
        The precise encoding of the reason and subreason parameters
 +
        is not specified here.  However, the conditions that are
 +
        reported asynchronously to the application MUST include:
  
            (2) An application MUST be able to explicitly specify the
+
        *    ICMP error message arrived (see 4.2.3.9)
                source address for initiating a connection or a
 
                request.
 
  
            (3) In the absence of such a specification, the networking
+
        *    Excessive retransmissions (see 4.2.3.5)
                software MUST choose a source address.  Rules for this
 
                choice are described below.
 
  
 +
        *    Urgent pointer advance (see 4.2.2.4).
  
            There are two key requirement issues related to multihoming:
+
        However, an application program that does not want to
 +
        receive such ERROR_REPORT calls SHOULD be able to
  
             (A)  A host MAY silently discard an incoming datagram whose
+
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP             October 1989
                destination address does not correspond to the physical
 
                interface through which it is received.
 
  
            (B)  A host MAY restrict itself to sending (non-source-
+
        effectively disable these calls.
                routed) IP datagrams only through the physical
 
                interface that corresponds to the IP source address of
 
                the datagrams.
 
  
 +
        DISCUSSION:
 +
              These error reports generally reflect soft errors that
 +
              can be ignored without harm by many applications.  It
 +
              has been suggested that these error report calls should
 +
              default to "disabled," but this is not required.
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
       4.2.4.2  Type-of-Service
                Internet host implementors have used two different
 
                conceptual models for multihoming, briefly summarized
 
                in the following discussion.  This document takes no
 
                stand on which model is preferred; each seems to have a
 
                place.  This ambivalence is reflected in the issues (A)
 
                and (B) being optional.
 
 
 
                o    Strong ES Model
 
 
 
                      The Strong ES (End System, i.e., host) model
 
                      emphasizes the host/gateway (ES/IS) distinction,
 
                      and would therefore substitute MUST for MAY in
 
                      issues (A) and (B) above.  It tends to model a
 
                      multihomed host as a set of logical hosts within
 
                      the same physical host.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 62]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                      With respect to (A), proponents of the Strong ES
 
                      model note that automatic Internet routing
 
                      mechanisms could not route a datagram to a
 
                      physical interface that did not correspond to the
 
                      destination address.
 
 
 
                      Under the Strong ES model, the route computation
 
                      for an outgoing datagram is the mapping:
 
 
 
                        route(src IP addr, dest IP addr, TOS)
 
                                                        -> gateway
 
 
 
                      Here the source address is included as a parameter
 
                      in order to select a gateway that is directly
 
                      reachable on the corresponding physical interface.
 
                      Note that this model logically requires that in
 
                      general there be at least one default gateway, and
 
                      preferably multiple defaults, for each IP source
 
                      address.
 
 
 
                o    Weak ES Model
 
 
 
                      This view de-emphasizes the ES/IS distinction, and
 
                      would therefore substitute MUST NOT for MAY in
 
                      issues (A) and (B).  This model may be the more
 
                      natural one for hosts that wiretap gateway routing
 
                      protocols, and is necessary for hosts that have
 
                      embedded gateway functionality.
 
 
 
                      The Weak ES Model may cause the Redirect mechanism
 
                      to fail.  If a datagram is sent out a physical
 
                      interface that does not correspond to the
 
                      destination address, the first-hop gateway will
 
                      not realize when it needs to send a Redirect.  On
 
                      the other hand, if the host has embedded gateway
 
                      functionality, then it has routing information
 
                      without listening to Redirects.
 
 
 
                      In the Weak ES model, the route computation for an
 
                      outgoing datagram is the mapping:
 
 
 
                        route(dest IP addr, TOS) -> gateway, interface
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 63]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
        3.3.4.3  Choosing a Source Address
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                When it sends an initial connection request (e.g., a
 
                TCP "SYN" segment) or a datagram service request (e.g.,
 
                a UDP-based query), the transport layer on a multihomed
 
                host needs to know which source address to use.  If the
 
                application does not specify it, the transport layer
 
                must ask the IP layer to perform the conceptual
 
                mapping:
 
 
 
                    GET_SRCADDR(remote IP addr, TOS)
 
                                              -> local IP address
 
 
 
                Here TOS is the Type-of-Service value (see Section
 
                3.2.1.6), and the result is the desired source address.
 
                The following rules are suggested for implementing this
 
                mapping:
 
 
 
                (a)  If the remote Internet address lies on one of the
 
                      (sub-) nets to which the host is directly
 
                      connected, a corresponding source address may be
 
                      chosen, unless the corresponding interface is
 
                      known to be down.
 
 
 
                (b)  The route cache may be consulted, to see if there
 
                      is an active route to the specified destination
 
                      network through any network interface; if so, a
 
                      local IP address corresponding to that interface
 
                      may be chosen.
 
 
 
                (c)  The table of static routes, if any (see Section
 
                      3.3.1.2) may be similarly consulted.
 
 
 
                (d)  The default gateways may be consulted.  If these
 
                      gateways are assigned to different interfaces, the
 
                      interface corresponding to the gateway with the
 
                      highest preference may be chosen.
 
 
 
                In the future, there may be a defined way for a
 
                multihomed host to ask the gateways on all connected
 
                networks for advice about the best network to use for a
 
                given destination.
 
 
 
            IMPLEMENTATION:
 
                It will be noted that this process is essentially the
 
                same as datagram routing (see Section 3.3.1), and
 
                therefore hosts may be able to combine the
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 64]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                implementation of the two functions.
 
 
 
       3.3.5  Source Route Forwarding
 
 
 
        Subject to restrictions given below, a host MAY be able to act
 
        as an intermediate hop in a source route, forwarding a source-
 
        routed datagram to the next specified hop.
 
 
 
        However, in performing this gateway-like function, the host
 
        MUST obey all the relevant rules for a gateway forwarding
 
        source-routed datagrams [INTRO:2].  This includes the following
 
        specific provisions, which override the corresponding host
 
        provisions given earlier in this document:
 
 
 
        (A)  TTL (ref. Section 3.2.1.7)
 
 
 
              The TTL field MUST be decremented and the datagram perhaps
 
              discarded as specified for a gateway in [INTRO:2].
 
 
 
        (B)  ICMP Destination Unreachable (ref. Section 3.2.2.1)
 
 
 
              A host MUST be able to generate Destination Unreachable
 
              messages with the following codes:
 
 
 
              4    (Fragmentation Required but DF Set) when a source-
 
                  routed datagram cannot be fragmented to fit into the
 
                  target network;
 
 
 
              5    (Source Route Failed) when a source-routed datagram
 
                  cannot be forwarded, e.g., because of a routing
 
                  problem or because the next hop of a strict source
 
                  route is not on a connected network.
 
 
 
        (C)  IP Source Address (ref. Section 3.2.1.3)
 
 
 
              A source-routed datagram being forwarded MAY (and normally
 
              will) have a source address that is not one of the IP
 
              addresses of the forwarding host.
 
 
 
        (D)  Record Route Option (ref. Section 3.2.1.8d)
 
 
 
              A host that is forwarding a source-routed datagram
 
              containing a Record Route option MUST update that option,
 
              if it has room.
 
 
 
        (E)  Timestamp Option (ref. Section 3.2.1.8e)
 
 
 
              A host that is forwarding a source-routed datagram
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 65]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
              containing a Timestamp Option MUST add the current
 
              timestamp to that option, according to the rules for this
 
              option.
 
 
 
        To define the rules restricting host forwarding of source-
 
        routed datagrams, we use the term "local source-routing" if the
 
        next hop will be through the same physical interface through
 
        which the datagram arrived; otherwise, it is "non-local
 
        source-routing".
 
 
 
        o    A host is permitted to perform local source-routing
 
              without restriction.
 
 
 
        o    A host that supports non-local source-routing MUST have a
 
              configurable switch to disable forwarding, and this switch
 
              MUST default to disabled.
 
 
 
        o    The host MUST satisfy all gateway requirements for
 
              configurable policy filters [INTRO:2] restricting non-
 
              local forwarding.
 
 
 
        If a host receives a datagram with an incomplete source route
 
        but does not forward it for some reason, the host SHOULD return
 
        an ICMP Destination Unreachable (code 5, Source Route Failed)
 
        message, unless the datagram was itself an ICMP error message.
 
 
 
      3.3.6  Broadcasts
 
 
 
        Section 3.2.1.3 defined the four standard IP broadcast address
 
        forms:
 
 
 
          Limited Broadcast:  {-1, -1}
 
 
 
          Directed Broadcast:  {<Network-number>,-1}
 
 
 
          Subnet Directed Broadcast:
 
                              {<Network-number>,<Subnet-number>,-1}
 
 
 
          All-Subnets Directed Broadcast: {<Network-number>,-1,-1}
 
 
 
        A host MUST recognize any of these forms in the destination
 
        address of an incoming datagram.
 
 
 
        There is a class of hosts* that use non-standard broadcast
 
        address forms, substituting 0 for -1.  All hosts SHOULD
 
_________________________
 
*4.2BSD Unix and its derivatives, but not 4.3BSD.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 66]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
        recognize and accept any of these non-standard broadcast
 
        addresses as the destination address of an incoming datagram.
 
        A host MAY optionally have a configuration option to choose the
 
        0 or the -1 form of broadcast address, for each physical
 
        interface, but this option SHOULD default to the standard (-1)
 
        form.
 
 
 
        When a host sends a datagram to a link-layer broadcast address,
 
        the IP destination address MUST be a legal IP broadcast or IP
 
        multicast address.
 
 
 
        A host SHOULD silently discard a datagram that is received via
 
        a link-layer broadcast (see Section 2.4) but does not specify
 
        an IP multicast or broadcast destination address.
 
 
 
        Hosts SHOULD use the Limited Broadcast address to broadcast to
 
        a connected network.
 
 
 
 
 
        DISCUSSION:
 
              Using the Limited Broadcast address instead of a Directed
 
              Broadcast address may improve system robustness.  Problems
 
              are often caused by machines that do not understand the
 
              plethora of broadcast addresses (see Section 3.2.1.3), or
 
              that may have different ideas about which broadcast
 
              addresses are in use.  The prime example of the latter is
 
              machines that do not understand subnetting but are
 
              attached to a subnetted net.  Sending a Subnet Broadcast
 
              for the connected network will confuse those machines,
 
              which will see it as a message to some other host.
 
 
 
              There has been discussion on whether a datagram addressed
 
              to the Limited Broadcast address ought to be sent from all
 
              the interfaces of a multihomed host.  This specification
 
              takes no stand on the issue.
 
 
 
      3.3.7  IP Multicasting
 
 
 
        A host SHOULD support local IP multicasting on all connected
 
        networks for which a mapping from Class D IP addresses to
 
        link-layer addresses has been specified (see below).  Support
 
        for local IP multicasting includes sending multicast datagrams,
 
        joining multicast groups and receiving multicast datagrams, and
 
        leaving multicast groups.  This implies support for all of
 
        [IP:4] except the IGMP protocol itself, which is OPTIONAL.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 67]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
        DISCUSSION:
 
              IGMP provides gateways that are capable of multicast
 
              routing with the information required to support IP
 
              multicasting across multiple networks.  At this time,
 
              multicast-routing gateways are in the experimental stage
 
              and are not widely available.  For hosts that are not
 
              connected to networks with multicast-routing gateways or
 
              that do not need to receive multicast datagrams
 
              originating on other networks, IGMP serves no purpose and
 
              is therefore optional for now.  However, the rest of
 
              [IP:4] is currently recommended for the purpose of
 
              providing IP-layer access to local network multicast
 
              addressing, as a preferable alternative to local broadcast
 
              addressing.  It is expected that IGMP will become
 
              recommended at some future date, when multicast-routing
 
              gateways have become more widely available.
 
 
 
        If IGMP is not implemented, a host SHOULD still join the "all-
 
        hosts" group (224.0.0.1) when the IP layer is initialized and
 
        remain a member for as long as the IP layer is active.
 
 
 
        DISCUSSION:
 
              Joining the "all-hosts" group will support strictly local
 
              uses of multicasting, e.g., a gateway discovery protocol,
 
              even if IGMP is not implemented.
 
 
 
        The mapping of IP Class D addresses to local addresses is
 
        currently specified for the following types of networks:
 
 
 
        o    Ethernet/IEEE 802.3, as defined in [IP:4].
 
 
 
        o    Any network that supports broadcast but not multicast,
 
              addressing: all IP Class D addresses map to the local
 
              broadcast address.
 
 
 
        o    Any type of point-to-point link (e.g., SLIP or HDLC
 
              links): no mapping required.  All IP multicast datagrams
 
              are sent as-is, inside the local framing.
 
 
 
        Mappings for other types of networks will be specified in the
 
        future.
 
 
 
        A host SHOULD provide a way for higher-layer protocols or
 
        applications to determine which of the host's connected
 
        network(s) support IP multicast addressing.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 68]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
      3.3.8  Error Reporting
 
 
 
        Wherever practical, hosts MUST return ICMP error datagrams on
 
        detection of an error, except in those cases where returning an
 
        ICMP error message is specifically prohibited.
 
 
 
        DISCUSSION:
 
              A common phenomenon in datagram networks is the "black
 
              hole disease": datagrams are sent out, but nothing comes
 
              back.  Without any error datagrams, it is difficult for
 
              the user to figure out what the problem is.
 
 
 
  3.4  INTERNET/TRANSPORT LAYER INTERFACE
 
 
 
      The interface between the IP layer and the transport layer MUST
 
      provide full access to all the mechanisms of the IP layer,
 
      including options, Type-of-Service, and Time-to-Live.  The
 
      transport layer MUST either have mechanisms to set these interface
 
      parameters, or provide a path to pass them through from an
 
      application, or both.
 
 
 
      DISCUSSION:
 
          Applications are urged to make use of these mechanisms where
 
          applicable, even when the mechanisms are not currently
 
          effective in the Internet (e.g., TOS).  This will allow these
 
          mechanisms to be immediately useful when they do become
 
          effective, without a large amount of retrofitting of host
 
          software.
 
 
 
      We now describe a conceptual interface between the transport layer
 
      and the IP layer, as a set of procedure calls.  This is an
 
      extension of the information in Section 3.3 of RFC-791 [IP:1].
 
 
 
 
 
      *    Send Datagram
 
 
 
                SEND(src, dst, prot, TOS, TTL, BufPTR, len, Id, DF, opt
 
                    => result )
 
 
 
          where the parameters are defined in RFC-791.  Passing an Id
 
          parameter is optional; see Section 3.2.1.5.
 
 
 
 
 
      *    Receive Datagram
 
 
 
                RECV(BufPTR, prot
 
                    => result, src, dst, SpecDest, TOS, len, opt)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 69]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
          All the parameters are defined in RFC-791, except for:
 
 
 
                SpecDest = specific-destination address of datagram
 
                            (defined in Section 3.2.1.3)
 
 
 
          The result parameter dst contains the datagram's destination
 
          address. Since this may be a broadcast or multicast address,
 
          the SpecDest parameter (not shown in RFC-791) MUST be passed.
 
          The parameter opt contains all the IP options received in the
 
          datagram; these MUST also be passed to the transport layer.
 
 
 
 
 
      *    Select Source Address
 
 
 
                GET_SRCADDR(remote, TOS)  -> local
 
 
 
                remote = remote IP address
 
                TOS = Type-of-Service
 
                local = local IP address
 
 
 
          See Section 3.3.4.3.
 
 
 
 
 
      *    Find Maximum Datagram Sizes
 
 
 
                GET_MAXSIZES(local, remote, TOS) -> MMS_R, MMS_S
 
 
 
                MMS_R = maximum receive transport-message size.
 
                MMS_S = maximum send transport-message size.
 
              (local, remote, TOS defined above)
 
 
 
          See Sections 3.3.2 and 3.3.3.
 
 
 
 
 
      *    Advice on Delivery Success
 
 
 
                ADVISE_DELIVPROB(sense, local, remote, TOS)
 
 
 
          Here the parameter sense is a 1-bit flag indicating whether
 
          positive or negative advice is being given; see the
 
          discussion in Section 3.3.1.4. The other parameters were
 
          defined earlier.
 
 
 
 
 
      *    Send ICMP Message
 
 
 
                SEND_ICMP(src, dst, TOS, TTL, BufPTR, len, Id, DF, opt)
 
                    -> result
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 70]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                (Parameters defined in RFC-791).
 
 
 
          Passing an Id parameter is optional; see Section 3.2.1.5.
 
          The transport layer MUST be able to send certain ICMP
 
          messages:  Port Unreachable or any of the query-type
 
          messages.  This function could be considered to be a special
 
          case of the SEND() call, of course; we describe it separately
 
          for clarity.
 
 
 
 
 
      *    Receive ICMP Message
 
 
 
                RECV_ICMP(BufPTR ) -> result, src, dst, len, opt
 
 
 
                (Parameters defined in RFC-791).
 
 
 
          The IP layer MUST pass certain ICMP messages up to the
 
          appropriate transport-layer routine.  This function could be
 
          considered to be a special case of the RECV() call, of
 
          course; we describe it separately for clarity.
 
 
 
          For an ICMP error message, the data that is passed up MUST
 
          include the original Internet header plus all the octets of
 
          the original message that are included in the ICMP message.
 
          This data will be used by the transport layer to locate the
 
          connection state information, if any.
 
 
 
          In particular, the following ICMP messages are to be passed
 
          up:
 
 
 
          o    Destination Unreachable
 
 
 
          o    Source Quench
 
 
 
          o    Echo Reply (to ICMP user interface, unless the Echo
 
                Request originated in the IP layer)
 
 
 
          o    Timestamp Reply (to ICMP user interface)
 
 
 
          o    Time Exceeded
 
 
 
 
 
      DISCUSSION:
 
          In the future, there may be additions to this interface to
 
          pass path data (see Section 3.3.1.3) between the IP and
 
          transport layers.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 71]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  3.5  INTERNET LAYER REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY
 
 
 
 
 
                                                |        | | | |S| |
 
                                                |        | | | |H| |F
 
                                                |        | | | |O|M|o
 
                                                |        | |S| |U|U|o
 
                                                |        | |H| |L|S|t
 
                                                |        |M|O| |D|T|n
 
                                                |        |U|U|M| | |o
 
                                                |        |S|L|A|N|N|t
 
                                                |        |T|D|Y|O|O|t
 
FEATURE                                          |SECTION | | | |T|T|e
 
-------------------------------------------------|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
Implement IP and ICMP                            |3.1    |x| | | | |
 
Handle remote multihoming in application layer  |3.1    |x| | | | |
 
Support local multihoming                        |3.1    | | |x| | |
 
Meet gateway specs if forward datagrams          |3.1    |x| | | | |
 
Configuration switch for embedded gateway        |3.1    |x| | | | |1
 
  Config switch default to non-gateway          |3.1    |x| | | | |1
 
  Auto-config based on number of interfaces    |3.1    | | | | |x|1
 
Able to log discarded datagrams                  |3.1    | |x| | | |
 
  Record in counter                            |3.1    | |x| | | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
Silently discard Version != 4                    |3.2.1.1 |x| | | | |
 
Verify IP checksum, silently discard bad dgram  |3.2.1.2 |x| | | | |
 
Addressing:                                      |        | | | | | |
 
  Subnet addressing (RFC-950)                    |3.2.1.3 |x| | | | |
 
  Src address must be host's own IP address      |3.2.1.3 |x| | | | |
 
  Silently discard datagram with bad dest addr  |3.2.1.3 |x| | | | |
 
  Silently discard datagram with bad src addr    |3.2.1.3 |x| | | | |
 
Support reassembly                              |3.2.1.4 |x| | | | |
 
Retain same Id field in identical datagram      |3.2.1.5 | | |x| | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
TOS:                                            |        | | | | | |
 
  Allow transport layer to set TOS              |3.2.1.6 |x| | | | |
 
  Pass received TOS up to transport layer        |3.2.1.6 | |x| | | |
 
  Use RFC-795 link-layer mappings for TOS        |3.2.1.6 | | | |x| |
 
TTL:                                            |        | | | | | |
 
  Send packet with TTL of 0                      |3.2.1.7 | | | | |x|
 
  Discard received packets with TTL < 2          |3.2.1.7 | | | | |x|
 
  Allow transport layer to set TTL              |3.2.1.7 |x| | | | |
 
  Fixed TTL is configurable                      |3.2.1.7 |x| | | | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
IP Options:                                      |        | | | | | |
 
  Allow transport layer to send IP options      |3.2.1.8 |x| | | | |
 
  Pass all IP options rcvd to higher layer      |3.2.1.8 |x| | | | |
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 72]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  IP layer silently ignore unknown options      |3.2.1.8 |x| | | | |
 
  Security option                                |3.2.1.8a| | |x| | |
 
  Send Stream Identifier option                  |3.2.1.8b| | | |x| |
 
  Silently ignore Stream Identifer option        |3.2.1.8b|x| | | | |
 
  Record Route option                            |3.2.1.8d| | |x| | |
 
  Timestamp option                              |3.2.1.8e| | |x| | |
 
Source Route Option:                            |        | | | | | |
 
  Originate & terminate Source Route options    |3.2.1.8c|x| | | | |
 
  Datagram with completed SR passed up to TL    |3.2.1.8c|x| | | | |
 
  Build correct (non-redundant) return route    |3.2.1.8c|x| | | | |
 
  Send multiple SR options in one header        |3.2.1.8c| | | | |x|
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
ICMP:                                            |        | | | | | |
 
  Silently discard ICMP msg with unknown type    |3.2.2  |x| | | | |
 
  Include more than 8 octets of orig datagram    |3.2.2  | | |x| | |
 
      Included octets same as received          |3.2.2  |x| | | | |
 
  Demux ICMP Error to transport protocol        |3.2.2  |x| | | | |
 
  Send ICMP error message with TOS=0            |3.2.2  | |x| | | |
 
  Send ICMP error message for:                  |        | | | | | |
 
  - ICMP error msg                              |3.2.2  | | | | |x|
 
  - IP b'cast or IP m'cast                      |3.2.2  | | | | |x|
 
  - Link-layer b'cast                          |3.2.2  | | | | |x|
 
  - Non-initial fragment                        |3.2.2  | | | | |x|
 
  - Datagram with non-unique src address        |3.2.2  | | | | |x|
 
  Return ICMP error msgs (when not prohibited)  |3.3.8  |x| | | | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
  Dest Unreachable:                              |        | | | | | |
 
    Generate Dest Unreachable (code 2/3)        |3.2.2.1 | |x| | | |
 
    Pass ICMP Dest Unreachable to higher layer  |3.2.2.1 |x| | | | |
 
    Higher layer act on Dest Unreach            |3.2.2.1 | |x| | | |
 
      Interpret Dest Unreach as only hint        |3.2.2.1 |x| | | | |
 
  Redirect:                                      |        | | | | | |
 
    Host send Redirect                          |3.2.2.2 | | | |x| |
 
    Update route cache when recv Redirect        |3.2.2.2 |x| | | | |
 
    Handle both Host and Net Redirects          |3.2.2.2 |x| | | | |
 
    Discard illegal Redirect                    |3.2.2.2 | |x| | | |
 
  Source Quench:                                |        | | | | | |
 
    Send Source Quench if buffering exceeded    |3.2.2.3 | | |x| | |
 
    Pass Source Quench to higher layer          |3.2.2.3 |x| | | | |
 
    Higher layer act on Source Quench            |3.2.2.3 | |x| | | |
 
  Time Exceeded: pass to higher layer            |3.2.2.4 |x| | | | |
 
  Parameter Problem:                            |        | | | | | |
 
    Send Parameter Problem messages              |3.2.2.5 | |x| | | |
 
    Pass Parameter Problem to higher layer      |3.2.2.5 |x| | | | |
 
    Report Parameter Problem to user            |3.2.2.5 | | |x| | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
  ICMP Echo Request or Reply:                    |        | | | | | |
 
    Echo server and Echo client                  |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 73]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
    Echo client                                  |3.2.2.6 | |x| | | |
 
    Discard Echo Request to broadcast address    |3.2.2.6 | | |x| | |
 
    Discard Echo Request to multicast address    |3.2.2.6 | | |x| | |
 
    Use specific-dest addr as Echo Reply src    |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
 
    Send same data in Echo Reply                |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
 
    Pass Echo Reply to higher layer              |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
 
    Reflect Record Route, Time Stamp options    |3.2.2.6 | |x| | | |
 
    Reverse and reflect Source Route option      |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
  ICMP Information Request or Reply:            |3.2.2.7 | | | |x| |
 
  ICMP Timestamp and Timestamp Reply:            |3.2.2.8 | | |x| | |
 
    Minimize delay variability                  |3.2.2.8 | |x| | | |1
 
    Silently discard b'cast Timestamp            |3.2.2.8 | | |x| | |1
 
    Silently discard m'cast Timestamp            |3.2.2.8 | | |x| | |1
 
    Use specific-dest addr as TS Reply src      |3.2.2.8 |x| | | | |1
 
    Reflect Record Route, Time Stamp options    |3.2.2.6 | |x| | | |1
 
    Reverse and reflect Source Route option      |3.2.2.8 |x| | | | |1
 
    Pass Timestamp Reply to higher layer        |3.2.2.8 |x| | | | |1
 
    Obey rules for "standard value"              |3.2.2.8 |x| | | | |1
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
  ICMP Address Mask Request and Reply:          |        | | | | | |
 
    Addr Mask source configurable                |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |
 
    Support static configuration of addr mask    |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |
 
    Get addr mask dynamically during booting    |3.2.2.9 | | |x| | |
 
    Get addr via ICMP Addr Mask Request/Reply    |3.2.2.9 | | |x| | |
 
      Retransmit Addr Mask Req if no Reply      |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |3
 
      Assume default mask if no Reply            |3.2.2.9 | |x| | | |3
 
      Update address mask from first Reply only  |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |3
 
    Reasonableness check on Addr Mask            |3.2.2.9 | |x| | | |
 
    Send unauthorized Addr Mask Reply msgs      |3.2.2.9 | | | | |x|
 
      Explicitly configured to be agent          |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |
 
    Static config=> Addr-Mask-Authoritative flag |3.2.2.9 | |x| | | |
 
      Broadcast Addr Mask Reply when init.      |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |3
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
ROUTING OUTBOUND DATAGRAMS:                      |        | | | | | |
 
  Use address mask in local/remote decision      |3.3.1.1 |x| | | | |
 
  Operate with no gateways on conn network      |3.3.1.1 |x| | | | |
 
  Maintain "route cache" of next-hop gateways    |3.3.1.2 |x| | | | |
 
  Treat Host and Net Redirect the same          |3.3.1.2 | |x| | | |
 
  If no cache entry, use default gateway        |3.3.1.2 |x| | | | |
 
    Support multiple default gateways            |3.3.1.2 |x| | | | |
 
  Provide table of static routes                |3.3.1.2 | | |x| | |
 
    Flag: route overridable by Redirects        |3.3.1.2 | | |x| | |
 
  Key route cache on host, not net address      |3.3.1.3 | | |x| | |
 
  Include TOS in route cache                    |3.3.1.3 | |x| | | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
  Able to detect failure of next-hop gateway    |3.3.1.4 |x| | | | |
 
  Assume route is good forever                  |3.3.1.4 | | | |x| |
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 74]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  Ping gateways continuously                    |3.3.1.4 | | | | |x|
 
  Ping only when traffic being sent              |3.3.1.4 |x| | | | |
 
  Ping only when no positive indication          |3.3.1.4 |x| | | | |
 
  Higher and lower layers give advice            |3.3.1.4 | |x| | | |
 
  Switch from failed default g'way to another    |3.3.1.5 |x| | | | |
 
  Manual method of entering config info          |3.3.1.6 |x| | | | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
REASSEMBLY and FRAGMENTATION:                    |        | | | | | |
 
  Able to reassemble incoming datagrams          |3.3.2  |x| | | | |
 
    At least 576 byte datagrams                  |3.3.2  |x| | | | |
 
    EMTU_R configurable or indefinite            |3.3.2  | |x| | | |
 
  Transport layer able to learn MMS_R            |3.3.2  |x| | | | |
 
  Send ICMP Time Exceeded on reassembly timeout  |3.3.2  |x| | | | |
 
    Fixed reassembly timeout value              |3.3.2  | |x| | | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
  Pass MMS_S to higher layers                    |3.3.3  |x| | | | |
 
  Local fragmentation of outgoing packets        |3.3.3  | | |x| | |
 
    Else don't send bigger than MMS_S          |3.3.3  |x| | | | |
 
  Send max 576 to off-net destination            |3.3.3  | |x| | | |
 
  All-Subnets-MTU configuration flag            |3.3.3  | | |x| | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
MULTIHOMING:                                    |        | | | | | |
 
  Reply with same addr as spec-dest addr        |3.3.4.2 | |x| | | |
 
  Allow application to choose local IP addr      |3.3.4.2 |x| | | | |
 
  Silently discard d'gram in "wrong" interface  |3.3.4.2 | | |x| | |
 
  Only send d'gram through "right" interface    |3.3.4.2 | | |x| | |4
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
SOURCE-ROUTE FORWARDING:                        |        | | | | | |
 
  Forward datagram with Source Route option      |3.3.5  | | |x| | |1
 
    Obey corresponding gateway rules            |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 
      Update TTL by gateway rules                |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 
      Able to generate ICMP err code 4, 5        |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 
      IP src addr not local host                |3.3.5  | | |x| | |1
 
      Update Timestamp, Record Route options    |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 
    Configurable switch for non-local SRing      |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 
      Defaults to OFF                            |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 
    Satisfy gwy access rules for non-local SRing |3.3.5  |x| | | | |1
 
    If not forward, send Dest Unreach (cd 5)    |3.3.5  | |x| | | |2
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
BROADCAST:                                      |        | | | | | |
 
  Broadcast addr as IP source addr              |3.2.1.3 | | | | |x|
 
  Receive 0 or -1 broadcast formats OK          |3.3.6  | |x| | | |
 
  Config'ble option to send 0 or -1 b'cast      |3.3.6  | | |x| | |
 
    Default to -1 broadcast                      |3.3.6  | |x| | | |
 
  Recognize all broadcast address formats        |3.3.6  |x| | | | |
 
  Use IP b'cast/m'cast addr in link-layer b'cast |3.3.6  |x| | | | |
 
  Silently discard link-layer-only b'cast dg's  |3.3.6  | |x| | | |
 
  Use Limited Broadcast addr for connected net  |3.3.6  | |x| | | |
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 75]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                      INTERNET LAYER                October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
MULTICAST:                                      |        | | | | | |
 
  Support local IP multicasting (RFC-1112)      |3.3.7  | |x| | | |
 
  Support IGMP (RFC-1112)                        |3.3.7  | | |x| | |
 
  Join all-hosts group at startup                |3.3.7  | |x| | | |
 
  Higher layers learn i'face m'cast capability  |3.3.7  | |x| | | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
INTERFACE:                                      |        | | | | | |
 
  Allow transport layer to use all IP mechanisms |3.4    |x| | | | |
 
  Pass interface ident up to transport layer    |3.4    |x| | | | |
 
  Pass all IP options up to transport layer      |3.4    |x| | | | |
 
  Transport layer can send certain ICMP messages |3.4    |x| | | | |
 
  Pass spec'd ICMP messages up to transp. layer  |3.4    |x| | | | |
 
    Include IP hdr+8 octets or more from orig.  |3.4    |x| | | | |
 
  Able to leap tall buildings at a single bound  |3.5    | |x| | | |
 
 
 
Footnotes:
 
 
 
(1)  Only if feature is implemented.
 
 
 
(2)  This requirement is overruled if datagram is an ICMP error message.
 
 
 
(3)  Only if feature is implemented and is configured "on".
 
 
 
(4)  Unless has embedded gateway functionality or is source routed.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 76]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
4. TRANSPORT PROTOCOLS
 
 
 
  4.1  USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL -- UDP
 
 
 
      4.1.1  INTRODUCTION
 
 
 
        The User Datagram Protocol UDP [UDP:1] offers only a minimal
 
        transport service -- non-guaranteed datagram delivery -- and
 
        gives applications direct access to the datagram service of the
 
        IP layer.  UDP is used by applications that do not require the
 
        level of service of TCP or that wish to use communications
 
        services (e.g., multicast or broadcast delivery) not available
 
        from TCP.
 
 
 
        UDP is almost a null protocol; the only services it provides
 
        over IP are checksumming of data and multiplexing by port
 
        number.  Therefore, an application program running over UDP
 
        must deal directly with end-to-end communication problems that
 
        a connection-oriented protocol would have handled -- e.g.,
 
        retransmission for reliable delivery, packetization and
 
        reassembly, flow control, congestion avoidance, etc., when
 
        these are required.  The fairly complex coupling between IP and
 
        TCP will be mirrored in the coupling between UDP and many
 
        applications using UDP.
 
 
 
      4.1.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH
 
 
 
        There are no known errors in the specification of UDP.
 
 
 
      4.1.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES
 
 
 
        4.1.3.1  Ports
 
 
 
            UDP well-known ports follow the same rules as TCP well-known
 
            ports; see Section 4.2.2.1 below.
 
 
 
            If a datagram arrives addressed to a UDP port for which
 
            there is no pending LISTEN call, UDP SHOULD send an ICMP
 
            Port Unreachable message.
 
 
 
        4.1.3.2  IP Options
 
 
 
            UDP MUST pass any IP option that it receives from the IP
 
            layer transparently to the application layer.
 
 
 
            An application MUST be able to specify IP options to be sent
 
            in its UDP datagrams, and UDP MUST pass these options to the
 
            IP layer.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 77]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                At present, the only options that need be passed
 
                through UDP are Source Route, Record Route, and Time
 
                Stamp.  However, new options may be defined in the
 
                future, and UDP need not and should not make any
 
                assumptions about the format or content of options it
 
                passes to or from the application; an exception to this
 
                might be an IP-layer security option.
 
 
 
                An application based on UDP will need to obtain a
 
                source route from a request datagram and supply a
 
                reversed route for sending the corresponding reply.
 
 
 
        4.1.3.3  ICMP Messages
 
 
 
            UDP MUST pass to the application layer all ICMP error
 
            messages that it receives from the IP layer.  Conceptually
 
            at least, this may be accomplished with an upcall to the
 
            ERROR_REPORT routine (see Section 4.2.4.1).
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                Note that ICMP error messages resulting from sending a
 
                UDP datagram are received asynchronously.  A UDP-based
 
                application that wants to receive ICMP error messages
 
                is responsible for maintaining the state necessary to
 
                demultiplex these messages when they arrive; for
 
                example, the application may keep a pending receive
 
                operation for this purpose.  The application is also
 
                responsible to avoid confusion from a delayed ICMP
 
                error message resulting from an earlier use of the same
 
                port(s).
 
 
 
        4.1.3.4  UDP Checksums
 
 
 
            A host MUST implement the facility to generate and validate
 
            UDP checksums.  An application MAY optionally be able to
 
            control whether a UDP checksum will be generated, but it
 
            MUST default to checksumming on.
 
 
 
            If a UDP datagram is received with a checksum that is non-
 
            zero and invalid, UDP MUST silently discard the datagram.
 
            An application MAY optionally be able to control whether UDP
 
            datagrams without checksums should be discarded or passed to
 
            the application.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                Some applications that normally run only across local
 
                area networks have chosen to turn off UDP checksums for
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 78]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                efficiency.  As a result, numerous cases of undetected
 
                errors have been reported.  The advisability of ever
 
                turning off UDP checksumming is very controversial.
 
 
 
            IMPLEMENTATION:
 
                There is a common implementation error in UDP
 
                checksums.  Unlike the TCP checksum, the UDP checksum
 
                is optional; the value zero is transmitted in the
 
                checksum field of a UDP header to indicate the absence
 
                of a checksum.  If the transmitter really calculates a
 
                UDP checksum of zero, it must transmit the checksum as
 
                all 1's (65535).  No special action is required at the
 
                receiver, since zero and 65535 are equivalent in 1's
 
                complement arithmetic.
 
 
 
        4.1.3.5  UDP Multihoming
 
 
 
            When a UDP datagram is received, its specific-destination
 
            address MUST be passed up to the application layer.
 
 
 
            An application program MUST be able to specify the IP source
 
            address to be used for sending a UDP datagram or to leave it
 
            unspecified (in which case the networking software will
 
            choose an appropriate source address).  There SHOULD be a
 
            way to communicate the chosen source address up to the
 
            application layer (e.g, so that the application can later
 
            receive a reply datagram only from the corresponding
 
            interface).
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                A request/response application that uses UDP should use
 
                a source address for the response that is the same as
 
                the specific destination address of the request.  See
 
                the "General Issues" section of [INTRO:1].
 
 
 
        4.1.3.6  Invalid Addresses
 
 
 
            A UDP datagram received with an invalid IP source address
 
            (e.g., a broadcast or multicast address) must be discarded
 
            by UDP or by the IP layer (see Section 3.2.1.3).
 
 
 
            When a host sends a UDP datagram, the source address MUST be
 
            (one of) the IP address(es) of the host.
 
 
 
      4.1.4  UDP/APPLICATION LAYER INTERFACE
 
 
 
        The application interface to UDP MUST provide the full services
 
        of the IP/transport interface described in Section 3.4 of this
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 79]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
        document.  Thus, an application using UDP needs the functions
 
        of the GET_SRCADDR(), GET_MAXSIZES(), ADVISE_DELIVPROB(), and
 
        RECV_ICMP() calls described in Section 3.4.  For example,
 
        GET_MAXSIZES() can be used to learn the effective maximum UDP
 
        maximum datagram size for a particular {interface,remote
 
        host,TOS} triplet.
 
 
 
        An application-layer program MUST be able to set the TTL and
 
        TOS values as well as IP options for sending a UDP datagram,
 
        and these values must be passed transparently to the IP layer.
 
        UDP MAY pass the received TOS up to the application layer.
 
 
 
      4.1.5  UDP REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY
 
 
 
 
 
                                                |        | | | |S| |
 
                                                |        | | | |H| |F
 
                                                |        | | | |O|M|o
 
                                                |        | |S| |U|U|o
 
                                                |        | |H| |L|S|t
 
                                                |        |M|O| |D|T|n
 
                                                |        |U|U|M| | |o
 
                                                |        |S|L|A|N|N|t
 
                                                |        |T|D|Y|O|O|t
 
FEATURE                                          |SECTION | | | |T|T|e
 
-------------------------------------------------|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
    UDP                                          |        | | | | | |
 
-------------------------------------------------|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
UDP send Port Unreachable                        |4.1.3.1 | |x| | | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
IP Options in UDP                                |        | | | | | |
 
- Pass rcv'd IP options to applic layer        |4.1.3.2 |x| | | | |
 
- Applic layer can specify IP options in Send  |4.1.3.2 |x| | | | |
 
- UDP passes IP options down to IP layer        |4.1.3.2 |x| | | | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
Pass ICMP msgs up to applic layer                |4.1.3.3 |x| | | | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
UDP checksums:                                  |        | | | | | |
 
- Able to generate/check checksum              |4.1.3.4 |x| | | | |
 
- Silently discard bad checksum                |4.1.3.4 |x| | | | |
 
- Sender Option to not generate checksum        |4.1.3.4 | | |x| | |
 
  - Default is to checksum                      |4.1.3.4 |x| | | | |
 
- Receiver Option to require checksum          |4.1.3.4 | | |x| | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
UDP Multihoming                                  |        | | | | | |
 
- Pass spec-dest addr to application            |4.1.3.5 |x| | | | |
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 80]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
- Applic layer can specify Local IP addr        |4.1.3.5 |x| | | | |
 
- Applic layer specify wild Local IP addr      |4.1.3.5 |x| | | | |
 
- Applic layer notified of Local IP addr used  |4.1.3.5 | |x| | | |
 
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
Bad IP src addr silently discarded by UDP/IP    |4.1.3.6 |x| | | | |
 
Only send valid IP source address                |4.1.3.6 |x| | | | |
 
UDP Application Interface Services              |        | | | | | |
 
Full IP interface of 3.4 for application        |4.1.4  |x| | | | |
 
- Able to spec TTL, TOS, IP opts when send dg  |4.1.4  |x| | | | |
 
- Pass received TOS up to applic layer          |4.1.4  | | |x| | |
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 81]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
  4.2  TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL -- TCP
 
 
 
      4.2.1  INTRODUCTION
 
 
 
        The Transmission Control Protocol TCP [TCP:1] is the primary
 
        virtual-circuit transport protocol for the Internet suite.  TCP
 
        provides reliable, in-sequence delivery of a full-duplex stream
 
        of octets (8-bit bytes).  TCP is used by those applications
 
        needing reliable, connection-oriented transport service, e.g.,
 
        mail (SMTP), file transfer (FTP), and virtual terminal service
 
        (Telnet); requirements for these application-layer protocols
 
        are described in [INTRO:1].
 
 
 
      4.2.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH
 
 
 
        4.2.2.1  Well-Known Ports: RFC-793 Section 2.7
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                TCP reserves port numbers in the range 0-255 for
 
                "well-known" ports, used to access services that are
 
                standardized across the Internet.  The remainder of the
 
                port space can be freely allocated to application
 
                processes.  Current well-known port definitions are
 
                listed in the RFC entitled "Assigned Numbers"
 
                [INTRO:6].  A prerequisite for defining a new well-
 
                known port is an RFC documenting the proposed service
 
                in enough detail to allow new implementations.
 
 
 
                Some systems extend this notion by adding a third
 
                subdivision of the TCP port space: reserved ports,
 
                which are generally used for operating-system-specific
 
                services.  For example, reserved ports might fall
 
                between 256 and some system-dependent upper limit.
 
                Some systems further choose to protect well-known and
 
                reserved ports by permitting only privileged users to
 
                open TCP connections with those port values.  This is
 
                perfectly reasonable as long as the host does not
 
                assume that all hosts protect their low-numbered ports
 
                in this manner.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.2  Use of Push: RFC-793 Section 2.8
 
 
 
            When an application issues a series of SEND calls without
 
            setting the PUSH flag, the TCP MAY aggregate the data
 
            internally without sending it.  Similarly, when a series of
 
            segments is received without the PSH bit, a TCP MAY queue
 
            the data internally without passing it to the receiving
 
            application.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 82]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
            The PSH bit is not a record marker and is independent of
 
            segment boundaries.  The transmitter SHOULD collapse
 
            successive PSH bits when it packetizes data, to send the
 
            largest possible segment.
 
 
 
            A TCP MAY implement PUSH flags on SEND calls.  If PUSH flags
 
            are not implemented, then the sending TCP: (1) must not
 
            buffer data indefinitely, and (2) MUST set the PSH bit in
 
            the last buffered segment (i.e., when there is no more
 
            queued data to be sent).
 
 
 
            The discussion in RFC-793 on pages 48, 50, and 74
 
            erroneously implies that a received PSH flag must be passed
 
            to the application layer.  Passing a received PSH flag to
 
            the application layer is now OPTIONAL.
 
 
 
            An application program is logically required to set the PUSH
 
            flag in a SEND call whenever it needs to force delivery of
 
            the data to avoid a communication deadlock.  However, a TCP
 
            SHOULD send a maximum-sized segment whenever possible, to
 
            improve performance (see Section 4.2.3.4).
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                When the PUSH flag is not implemented on SEND calls,
 
                i.e., when the application/TCP interface uses a pure
 
                streaming model, responsibility for aggregating any
 
                tiny data fragments to form reasonable sized segments
 
                is partially borne by the application layer.
 
 
 
                Generally, an interactive application protocol must set
 
                the PUSH flag at least in the last SEND call in each
 
                command or response sequence.  A bulk transfer protocol
 
                like FTP should set the PUSH flag on the last segment
 
                of a file or when necessary to prevent buffer deadlock.
 
 
 
                At the receiver, the PSH bit forces buffered data to be
 
                delivered to the application (even if less than a full
 
                buffer has been received). Conversely, the lack of a
 
                PSH bit can be used to avoid unnecessary wakeup calls
 
                to the application process; this can be an important
 
                performance optimization for large timesharing hosts.
 
                Passing the PSH bit to the receiving application allows
 
                an analogous optimization within the application.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.3  Window Size: RFC-793 Section 3.1
 
 
 
            The window size MUST be treated as an unsigned number, or
 
            else large window sizes will appear like negative windows
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 83]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
            and TCP will not work.  It is RECOMMENDED that
 
            implementations reserve 32-bit fields for the send and
 
            receive window sizes in the connection record and do all
 
            window computations with 32 bits.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                It is known that the window field in the TCP header is
 
                too small for high-speed, long-delay paths.
 
                Experimental TCP options have been defined to extend
 
                the window size; see for example [TCP:11].  In
 
                anticipation of the adoption of such an extension, TCP
 
                implementors should treat windows as 32 bits.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.4  Urgent Pointer: RFC-793 Section 3.1
 
 
 
            The second sentence is in error: the urgent pointer points
 
            to the sequence number of the LAST octet (not LAST+1) in a
 
            sequence of urgent data.  The description on page 56 (last
 
            sentence) is correct.
 
 
 
            A TCP MUST support a sequence of urgent data of any length.
 
 
 
            A TCP MUST inform the application layer asynchronously
 
            whenever it receives an Urgent pointer and there was
 
            previously no pending urgent data, or whenever the Urgent
 
            pointer advances in the data stream.  There MUST be a way
 
            for the application to learn how much urgent data remains to
 
            be read from the connection, or at least to determine
 
            whether or not more urgent data remains to be read.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                Although the Urgent mechanism may be used for any
 
                application, it is normally used to send "interrupt"-
 
                type commands to a Telnet program (see "Using Telnet
 
                Synch Sequence" section in [INTRO:1]).
 
 
 
                The asynchronous or "out-of-band" notification will
 
                allow the application to go into "urgent mode", reading
 
                data from the TCP connection.  This allows control
 
                commands to be sent to an application whose normal
 
                input buffers are full of unprocessed data.
 
 
 
            IMPLEMENTATION:
 
                The generic ERROR-REPORT() upcall described in Section
 
                4.2.4.1 is a possible mechanism for informing the
 
                application of the arrival of urgent data.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 84]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
        4.2.2.5  TCP Options: RFC-793 Section 3.1
 
 
 
            A TCP MUST be able to receive a TCP option in any segment.
 
            A TCP MUST ignore without error any TCP option it does not
 
            implement, assuming that the option has a length field (all
 
            TCP options defined in the future will have length fields).
 
            TCP MUST be prepared to handle an illegal option length
 
            (e.g., zero) without crashing; a suggested procedure is to
 
            reset the connection and log the reason.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.6  Maximum Segment Size Option: RFC-793 Section 3.1
 
 
 
            TCP MUST implement both sending and receiving the Maximum
 
            Segment Size option [TCP:4].
 
 
 
            TCP SHOULD send an MSS (Maximum Segment Size) option in
 
            every SYN segment when its receive MSS differs from the
 
            default 536, and MAY send it always.
 
 
 
            If an MSS option is not received at connection setup, TCP
 
            MUST assume a default send MSS of 536 (576-40) [TCP:4].
 
 
 
            The maximum size of a segment that TCP really sends, the
 
            "effective send MSS," MUST be the smaller of the send MSS
 
            (which reflects the available reassembly buffer size at the
 
            remote host) and the largest size permitted by the IP layer:
 
 
 
              Eff.snd.MSS =
 
 
 
                  min(SendMSS+20, MMS_S) - TCPhdrsize - IPoptionsize
 
 
 
            where:
 
 
 
            *    SendMSS is the MSS value received from the remote host,
 
                or the default 536 if no MSS option is received.
 
 
 
            *    MMS_S is the maximum size for a transport-layer message
 
                that TCP may send.
 
 
 
            *    TCPhdrsize is the size of the TCP header; this is
 
                normally 20, but may be larger if TCP options are to be
 
                sent.
 
 
 
            *    IPoptionsize is the size of any IP options that TCP
 
                will pass to the IP layer with the current message.
 
 
 
 
 
            The MSS value to be sent in an MSS option must be less than
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 85]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
            or equal to:
 
 
 
              MMS_R - 20
 
 
 
            where MMS_R is the maximum size for a transport-layer
 
            message that can be received (and reassembled).  TCP obtains
 
            MMS_R and MMS_S from the IP layer; see the generic call
 
            GET_MAXSIZES in Section 3.4.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                The choice of TCP segment size has a strong effect on
 
                performance.  Larger segments increase throughput by
 
                amortizing header size and per-datagram processing
 
                overhead over more data bytes; however, if the packet
 
                is so large that it causes IP fragmentation, efficiency
 
                drops sharply if any fragments are lost [IP:9].
 
 
 
                Some TCP implementations send an MSS option only if the
 
                destination host is on a non-connected network.
 
                However, in general the TCP layer may not have the
 
                appropriate information to make this decision, so it is
 
                preferable to leave to the IP layer the task of
 
                determining a suitable MTU for the Internet path.  We
 
                therefore recommend that TCP always send the option (if
 
                not 536) and that the IP layer determine MMS_R as
 
                specified in 3.3.3 and 3.4.  A proposed IP-layer
 
                mechanism to measure the MTU would then modify the IP
 
                layer without changing TCP.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.7  TCP Checksum: RFC-793 Section 3.1
 
 
 
            Unlike the UDP checksum (see Section 4.1.3.4), the TCP
 
            checksum is never optional.  The sender MUST generate it and
 
            the receiver MUST check it.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.8  TCP Connection State Diagram: RFC-793 Section 3.2,
 
            page 23
 
 
 
            There are several problems with this diagram:
 
 
 
            (a)  The arrow from SYN-SENT to SYN-RCVD should be labeled
 
                with "snd SYN,ACK", to agree with the text on page 68
 
                and with Figure 8.
 
 
 
            (b)  There could be an arrow from SYN-RCVD state to LISTEN
 
                state, conditioned on receiving a RST after a passive
 
                open (see text page 70).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 86]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
            (c)  It is possible to go directly from FIN-WAIT-1 to the
 
                TIME-WAIT state (see page 75 of the spec).
 
 
 
 
 
        4.2.2.9  Initial Sequence Number Selection: RFC-793 Section
 
            3.3, page 27
 
 
 
            A TCP MUST use the specified clock-driven selection of
 
            initial sequence numbers.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.10  Simultaneous Open Attempts: RFC-793 Section 3.4, page
 
            32
 
 
 
            There is an error in Figure 8: the packet on line 7 should
 
            be identical to the packet on line 5.
 
 
 
            A TCP MUST support simultaneous open attempts.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                It sometimes surprises implementors that if two
 
                applications attempt to simultaneously connect to each
 
                other, only one connection is generated instead of two.
 
                This was an intentional design decision; don't try to
 
                "fix" it.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.11  Recovery from Old Duplicate SYN: RFC-793 Section 3.4,
 
            page 33
 
 
 
            Note that a TCP implementation MUST keep track of whether a
 
            connection has reached SYN_RCVD state as the result of a
 
            passive OPEN or an active OPEN.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.12  RST Segment: RFC-793 Section 3.4
 
 
 
            A TCP SHOULD allow a received RST segment to include data.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION
 
                It has been suggested that a RST segment could contain
 
                ASCII text that encoded and explained the cause of the
 
                RST.  No standard has yet been established for such
 
                data.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.13  Closing a Connection: RFC-793 Section 3.5
 
 
 
            A TCP connection may terminate in two ways: (1) the normal
 
            TCP close sequence using a FIN handshake, and (2) an "abort"
 
            in which one or more RST segments are sent and the
 
            connection state is immediately discarded.  If a TCP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 87]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
            connection is closed by the remote site, the local
 
            application MUST be informed whether it closed normally or
 
            was aborted.
 
 
 
            The normal TCP close sequence delivers buffered data
 
            reliably in both directions.  Since the two directions of a
 
            TCP connection are closed independently, it is possible for
 
            a connection to be "half closed," i.e., closed in only one
 
            direction, and a host is permitted to continue sending data
 
            in the open direction on a half-closed connection.
 
 
 
            A host MAY implement a "half-duplex" TCP close sequence, so
 
            that an application that has called CLOSE cannot continue to
 
            read data from the connection.  If such a host issues a
 
            CLOSE call while received data is still pending in TCP, or
 
            if new data is received after CLOSE is called, its TCP
 
            SHOULD send a RST to show that data was lost.
 
 
 
            When a connection is closed actively, it MUST linger in
 
            TIME-WAIT state for a time 2xMSL (Maximum Segment Lifetime).
 
            However, it MAY accept a new SYN from the remote TCP to
 
            reopen the connection directly from TIME-WAIT state, if it:
 
 
 
            (1)  assigns its initial sequence number for the new
 
                connection to be larger than the largest sequence
 
                number it used on the previous connection incarnation,
 
                and
 
 
 
            (2)  returns to TIME-WAIT state if the SYN turns out to be
 
                an old duplicate.
 
 
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                TCP's full-duplex data-preserving close is a feature
 
                that is not included in the analogous ISO transport
 
                protocol TP4.
 
 
 
                Some systems have not implemented half-closed
 
                connections, presumably because they do not fit into
 
                the I/O model of their particular operating system.  On
 
                these systems, once an application has called CLOSE, it
 
                can no longer read input data from the connection; this
 
                is referred to as a "half-duplex" TCP close sequence.
 
 
 
                The graceful close algorithm of TCP requires that the
 
                connection state remain defined on (at least)  one end
 
                of the connection, for a timeout period of 2xMSL, i.e.,
 
                4 minutes.  During this period, the (remote socket,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 88]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                local socket) pair that defines the connection is busy
 
                and cannot be reused.  To shorten the time that a given
 
                port pair is tied up, some TCPs allow a new SYN to be
 
                accepted in TIME-WAIT state.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.14  Data Communication: RFC-793 Section 3.7, page 40
 
 
 
            Since RFC-793 was written, there has been extensive work on
 
            TCP algorithms to achieve efficient data communication.
 
            Later sections of the present document describe required and
 
            recommended TCP algorithms to determine when to send data
 
            (Section 4.2.3.4), when to send an acknowledgment (Section
 
            4.2.3.2), and when to update the window (Section 4.2.3.3).
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                One important performance issue is "Silly Window
 
                Syndrome" or "SWS" [TCP:5], a stable pattern of small
 
                incremental window movements resulting in extremely
 
                poor TCP performance.  Algorithms to avoid SWS are
 
                described below for both the sending side (Section
 
                4.2.3.4) and the receiving side (Section 4.2.3.3).
 
 
 
                In brief, SWS is caused by the receiver advancing the
 
                right window edge whenever it has any new buffer space
 
                available to receive data and by the sender using any
 
                incremental window, no matter how small, to send more
 
                data [TCP:5].  The result can be a stable pattern of
 
                sending tiny data segments, even though both sender and
 
                receiver have a large total buffer space for the
 
                connection.  SWS can only occur during the transmission
 
                of a large amount of data; if the connection goes
 
                quiescent, the problem will disappear.  It is caused by
 
                typical straightforward implementation of window
 
                management, but the sender and receiver algorithms
 
                given below will avoid it.
 
 
 
                Another important TCP performance issue is that some
 
                applications, especially remote login to character-at-
 
                a-time hosts, tend to send streams of one-octet data
 
                segments.  To avoid deadlocks, every TCP SEND call from
 
                such applications must be "pushed", either explicitly
 
                by the application or else implicitly by TCP.  The
 
                result may be a stream of TCP segments that contain one
 
                data octet each, which makes very inefficient use of
 
                the Internet and contributes to Internet congestion.
 
                The Nagle Algorithm described in Section 4.2.3.4
 
                provides a simple and effective solution to this
 
                problem.  It does have the effect of clumping
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 89]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                characters over Telnet connections; this may initially
 
                surprise users accustomed to single-character echo, but
 
                user acceptance has not been a problem.
 
 
 
                Note that the Nagle algorithm and the send SWS
 
                avoidance algorithm play complementary roles in
 
                improving performance.  The Nagle algorithm discourages
 
                sending tiny segments when the data to be sent
 
                increases in small increments, while the SWS avoidance
 
                algorithm discourages small segments resulting from the
 
                right window edge advancing in small increments.
 
 
 
                A careless implementation can send two or more
 
                acknowledgment segments per data segment received.  For
 
                example, suppose the receiver acknowledges every data
 
                segment immediately.  When the application program
 
                subsequently consumes the data and increases the
 
                available receive buffer space again, the receiver may
 
                send a second acknowledgment segment to update the
 
                window at the sender.  The extreme case occurs with
 
                single-character segments on TCP connections using the
 
                Telnet protocol for remote login service.  Some
 
                implementations have been observed in which each
 
                incoming 1-character segment generates three return
 
                segments: (1) the acknowledgment, (2) a one byte
 
                increase in the window, and (3) the echoed character,
 
                respectively.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.15  Retransmission Timeout: RFC-793 Section 3.7, page 41
 
 
 
            The algorithm suggested in RFC-793 for calculating the
 
            retransmission timeout is now known to be inadequate; see
 
            Section 4.2.3.1 below.
 
 
 
            Recent work by Jacobson [TCP:7] on Internet congestion and
 
            TCP retransmission stability has produced a transmission
 
            algorithm combining "slow start" with "congestion
 
            avoidance".  A TCP MUST implement this algorithm.
 
 
 
            If a retransmitted packet is identical to the original
 
            packet (which implies not only that the data boundaries have
 
            not changed, but also that the window and acknowledgment
 
            fields of the header have not changed), then the same IP
 
            Identification field MAY be used (see Section 3.2.1.5).
 
 
 
            IMPLEMENTATION:
 
                Some TCP implementors have chosen to "packetize" the
 
                data stream, i.e., to pick segment boundaries when
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 90]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                segments are originally sent and to queue these
 
                segments in a "retransmission queue" until they are
 
                acknowledged.  Another design (which may be simpler) is
 
                to defer packetizing until each time data is
 
                transmitted or retransmitted, so there will be no
 
                segment retransmission queue.
 
 
 
                In an implementation with a segment retransmission
 
                queue, TCP performance may be enhanced by repacketizing
 
                the segments awaiting acknowledgment when the first
 
                retransmission timeout occurs.  That is, the
 
                outstanding segments that fitted would be combined into
 
                one maximum-sized segment, with a new IP Identification
 
                value.  The TCP would then retain this combined segment
 
                in the retransmit queue until it was acknowledged.
 
                However, if the first two segments in the
 
                retransmission queue totalled more than one maximum-
 
                sized segment, the TCP would retransmit only the first
 
                segment using the original IP Identification field.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.16  Managing the Window: RFC-793 Section 3.7, page 41
 
 
 
            A TCP receiver SHOULD NOT shrink the window, i.e., move the
 
            right window edge to the left.  However, a sending TCP MUST
 
            be robust against window shrinking, which may cause the
 
            "useable window" (see Section 4.2.3.4) to become negative.
 
 
 
            If this happens, the sender SHOULD NOT send new data, but
 
            SHOULD retransmit normally the old unacknowledged data
 
            between SND.UNA and SND.UNA+SND.WND.  The sender MAY also
 
            retransmit old data beyond SND.UNA+SND.WND, but SHOULD NOT
 
            time out the connection if data beyond the right window edge
 
            is not acknowledged.  If the window shrinks to zero, the TCP
 
            MUST probe it in the standard way (see next Section).
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                Many TCP implementations become confused if the window
 
                shrinks from the right after data has been sent into a
 
                larger window.  Note that TCP has a heuristic to select
 
                the latest window update despite possible datagram
 
                reordering; as a result, it may ignore a window update
 
                with a smaller window than previously offered if
 
                neither the sequence number nor the acknowledgment
 
                number is increased.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 91]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
        4.2.2.17  Probing Zero Windows: RFC-793 Section 3.7, page 42
 
 
 
            Probing of zero (offered) windows MUST be supported.
 
 
 
            A TCP MAY keep its offered receive window closed
 
            indefinitely.  As long as the receiving TCP continues to
 
            send acknowledgments in response to the probe segments, the
 
            sending TCP MUST allow the connection to stay open.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                It is extremely important to remember that ACK
 
                (acknowledgment) segments that contain no data are not
 
                reliably transmitted by TCP.  If zero window probing is
 
                not supported, a connection may hang forever when an
 
                ACK segment that re-opens the window is lost.
 
 
 
                The delay in opening a zero window generally occurs
 
                when the receiving application stops taking data from
 
                its TCP.  For example, consider a printer daemon
 
                application, stopped because the printer ran out of
 
                paper.
 
 
 
            The transmitting host SHOULD send the first zero-window
 
            probe when a zero window has existed for the retransmission
 
            timeout period (see Section 4.2.2.15), and SHOULD increase
 
            exponentially the interval between successive probes.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                This procedure minimizes delay if the zero-window
 
                condition is due to a lost ACK segment containing a
 
                window-opening update.  Exponential backoff is
 
                recommended, possibly with some maximum interval not
 
                specified here.  This procedure is similar to that of
 
                the retransmission algorithm, and it may be possible to
 
                combine the two procedures in the implementation.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.18  Passive OPEN Calls:  RFC-793 Section 3.8
 
 
 
            Every passive OPEN call either creates a new connection
 
            record in LISTEN state, or it returns an error; it MUST NOT
 
            affect any previously created connection record.
 
 
 
            A TCP that supports multiple concurrent users MUST provide
 
            an OPEN call that will functionally allow an application to
 
            LISTEN on a port while a connection block with the same
 
            local port is in SYN-SENT or SYN-RECEIVED state.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 92]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                Some applications (e.g., SMTP servers) may need to
 
                handle multiple connection attempts at about the same
 
                time.  The probability of a connection attempt failing
 
                is reduced by giving the application some means of
 
                listening for a new connection at the same time that an
 
                earlier connection attempt is going through the three-
 
                way handshake.
 
 
 
            IMPLEMENTATION:
 
                Acceptable implementations of concurrent opens may
 
                permit multiple passive OPEN calls, or they may allow
 
                "cloning" of LISTEN-state connections from a single
 
                passive OPEN call.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.19  Time to Live: RFC-793 Section 3.9, page 52
 
 
 
            RFC-793 specified that TCP was to request the IP layer to
 
            send TCP segments with TTL = 60.  This is obsolete; the TTL
 
            value used to send TCP segments MUST be configurable.  See
 
            Section 3.2.1.7 for discussion.
 
 
 
        4.2.2.20  Event Processing: RFC-793 Section 3.9
 
 
 
            While it is not strictly required, a TCP SHOULD be capable
 
            of queueing out-of-order TCP segments.  Change the "may" in
 
            the last sentence of the first paragraph on page 70 to
 
            "should".
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                Some small-host implementations have omitted segment
 
                queueing because of limited buffer space.  This
 
                omission may be expected to adversely affect TCP
 
                throughput, since loss of a single segment causes all
 
                later segments to appear to be "out of sequence".
 
 
 
            In general, the processing of received segments MUST be
 
            implemented to aggregate ACK segments whenever possible.
 
            For example, if the TCP is processing a series of queued
 
            segments, it MUST process them all before sending any ACK
 
            segments.
 
 
 
            Here are some detailed error corrections and notes on the
 
            Event Processing section of RFC-793.
 
 
 
            (a)  CLOSE Call, CLOSE-WAIT state, p. 61: enter LAST-ACK
 
                state, not CLOSING.
 
 
 
            (b)  LISTEN state, check for SYN (pp. 65, 66): With a SYN
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 93]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                bit, if the security/compartment or the precedence is
 
                wrong for the segment, a reset is sent.  The wrong form
 
                of reset is shown in the text; it should be:
 
 
 
                  <SEQ=0><ACK=SEG.SEQ+SEG.LEN><CTL=RST,ACK>
 
 
 
 
 
            (c)  SYN-SENT state, Check for SYN, p. 68: When the
 
                connection enters ESTABLISHED state, the following
 
                variables must be set:
 
                    SND.WND <- SEG.WND
 
                    SND.WL1 <- SEG.SEQ
 
                    SND.WL2 <- SEG.ACK
 
 
 
 
 
            (d)  Check security and precedence, p. 71: The first heading
 
                "ESTABLISHED STATE" should really be a list of all
 
                states other than SYN-RECEIVED: ESTABLISHED, FIN-WAIT-
 
                1, FIN-WAIT-2, CLOSE-WAIT, CLOSING, LAST-ACK, and
 
                TIME-WAIT.
 
 
 
            (e)  Check SYN bit, p. 71:  "In SYN-RECEIVED state and if
 
                the connection was initiated with a passive OPEN, then
 
                return this connection to the LISTEN state and return.
 
                Otherwise...".
 
 
 
            (f)  Check ACK field, SYN-RECEIVED state, p. 72: When the
 
                connection enters ESTABLISHED state, the variables
 
                listed in (c) must be set.
 
 
 
            (g)  Check ACK field, ESTABLISHED state, p. 72: The ACK is a
 
                duplicate if SEG.ACK =< SND.UNA (the = was omitted).
 
                Similarly, the window should be updated if: SND.UNA =<
 
                SEG.ACK =< SND.NXT.
 
 
 
            (h)  USER TIMEOUT, p. 77:
 
 
 
                It would be better to notify the application of the
 
                timeout rather than letting TCP force the connection
 
                closed.  However, see also Section 4.2.3.5.
 
 
 
 
 
        4.2.2.21  Acknowledging Queued Segments: RFC-793 Section 3.9
 
 
 
            A TCP MAY send an ACK segment acknowledging RCV.NXT when a
 
            valid segment arrives that is in the window but not at the
 
            left window edge.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 94]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                RFC-793 (see page 74) was ambiguous about whether or
 
                not an ACK segment should be sent when an out-of-order
 
                segment was received, i.e., when SEG.SEQ was unequal to
 
                RCV.NXT.
 
 
 
                One reason for ACKing out-of-order segments might be to
 
                support an experimental algorithm known as "fast
 
                retransmit".  With this algorithm, the sender uses the
 
                "redundant" ACK's to deduce that a segment has been
 
                lost before the retransmission timer has expired.  It
 
                counts the number of times an ACK has been received
 
                with the same value of SEG.ACK and with the same right
 
                window edge.  If more than a threshold number of such
 
                ACK's is received, then the segment containing the
 
                octets starting at SEG.ACK is assumed to have been lost
 
                and is retransmitted, without awaiting a timeout.  The
 
                threshold is chosen to compensate for the maximum
 
                likely segment reordering in the Internet.  There is
 
                not yet enough experience with the fast retransmit
 
                algorithm to determine how useful it is.
 
 
 
      4.2.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES
 
 
 
        4.2.3.1  Retransmission Timeout Calculation
 
 
 
            A host TCP MUST implement Karn's algorithm and Jacobson's
 
            algorithm for computing the retransmission timeout ("RTO").
 
 
 
            o    Jacobson's algorithm for computing the smoothed round-
 
                trip ("RTT") time incorporates a simple measure of the
 
                variance [TCP:7].
 
 
 
            o    Karn's algorithm for selecting RTT measurements ensures
 
                that ambiguous round-trip times will not corrupt the
 
                calculation of the smoothed round-trip time [TCP:6].
 
 
 
            This implementation also MUST include "exponential backoff"
 
            for successive RTO values for the same segment.
 
            Retransmission of SYN segments SHOULD use the same algorithm
 
            as data segments.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                There were two known problems with the RTO calculations
 
                specified in RFC-793.  First, the accurate measurement
 
                of RTTs is difficult when there are retransmissions.
 
                Second, the algorithm to compute the smoothed round-
 
                trip time is inadequate [TCP:7], because it incorrectly
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 95]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                assumed that the variance in RTT values would be small
 
                and constant.  These problems were solved by Karn's and
 
                Jacobson's algorithm, respectively.
 
 
 
                The performance increase resulting from the use of
 
                these improvements varies from noticeable to dramatic.
 
                Jacobson's algorithm for incorporating the measured RTT
 
                variance is especially important on a low-speed link,
 
                where the natural variation of packet sizes causes a
 
                large variation in RTT.  One vendor found link
 
                utilization on a 9.6kb line went from 10% to 90% as a
 
                result of implementing Jacobson's variance algorithm in
 
                TCP.
 
 
 
            The following values SHOULD be used to initialize the
 
            estimation parameters for a new connection:
 
 
 
            (a)  RTT = 0 seconds.
 
 
 
            (b)  RTO = 3 seconds.  (The smoothed variance is to be
 
                initialized to the value that will result in this RTO).
 
 
 
            The recommended upper and lower bounds on the RTO are known
 
            to be inadequate on large internets.  The lower bound SHOULD
 
            be measured in fractions of a second (to accommodate high
 
            speed LANs) and the upper bound should be 2*MSL, i.e., 240
 
            seconds.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                Experience has shown that these initialization values
 
                are reasonable, and that in any case the Karn and
 
                Jacobson algorithms make TCP behavior reasonably
 
                insensitive to the initial parameter choices.
 
 
 
        4.2.3.2  When to Send an ACK Segment
 
 
 
            A host that is receiving a stream of TCP data segments can
 
            increase efficiency in both the Internet and the hosts by
 
            sending fewer than one ACK (acknowledgment) segment per data
 
            segment received; this is known as a "delayed ACK" [TCP:5].
 
 
 
            A TCP SHOULD implement a delayed ACK, but an ACK should not
 
            be excessively delayed; in particular, the delay MUST be
 
            less than 0.5 seconds, and in a stream of full-sized
 
            segments there SHOULD be an ACK for at least every second
 
            segment.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 96]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                A delayed ACK gives the application an opportunity to
 
                update the window and perhaps to send an immediate
 
                response.  In particular, in the case of character-mode
 
                remote login, a delayed ACK can reduce the number of
 
                segments sent by the server by a factor of 3 (ACK,
 
                window update, and echo character all combined in one
 
                segment).
 
 
 
                In addition, on some large multi-user hosts, a delayed
 
                ACK can substantially reduce protocol processing
 
                overhead by reducing the total number of packets to be
 
                processed [TCP:5].  However, excessive delays on ACK's
 
                can disturb the round-trip timing and packet "clocking"
 
                algorithms [TCP:7].
 
 
 
        4.2.3.3  When to Send a Window Update
 
 
 
            A TCP MUST include a SWS avoidance algorithm in the receiver
 
            [TCP:5].
 
 
 
            IMPLEMENTATION:
 
                The receiver's SWS avoidance algorithm determines when
 
                the right window edge may be advanced; this is
 
                customarily known as "updating the window".  This
 
                algorithm combines with the delayed ACK algorithm (see
 
                Section 4.2.3.2) to determine when an ACK segment
 
                containing the current window will really be sent to
 
                the receiver.  We use the notation of RFC-793; see
 
                Figures 4 and 5 in that document.
 
 
 
                The solution to receiver SWS is to avoid advancing the
 
                right window edge RCV.NXT+RCV.WND in small increments,
 
                even if data is received from the network in small
 
                segments.
 
 
 
                Suppose the total receive buffer space is RCV.BUFF.  At
 
                any given moment, RCV.USER octets of this total may be
 
                tied up with data that has been received and
 
                acknowledged but which the user process has not yet
 
                consumed.  When the connection is quiescent, RCV.WND =
 
                RCV.BUFF and RCV.USER = 0.
 
 
 
                Keeping the right window edge fixed as data arrives and
 
                is acknowledged requires that the receiver offer less
 
                than its full buffer space, i.e., the receiver must
 
                specify a RCV.WND that keeps RCV.NXT+RCV.WND constant
 
                as RCV.NXT increases.  Thus, the total buffer space
 
                RCV.BUFF is generally divided into three parts:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 97]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                |<------- RCV.BUFF ---------------->|
 
                      1            2            3
 
            ----|---------|------------------|------|----
 
                        RCV.NXT              ^
 
                                          (Fixed)
 
 
 
            1 - RCV.USER =  data received but not yet consumed;
 
            2 - RCV.WND =  space advertised to sender;
 
            3 - Reduction = space available but not yet
 
                            advertised.
 
 
 
 
 
                The suggested SWS avoidance algorithm for the receiver
 
                is to keep RCV.NXT+RCV.WND fixed until the reduction
 
                satisfies:
 
 
 
                      RCV.BUFF - RCV.USER - RCV.WND  >=
 
 
 
                            min( Fr * RCV.BUFF, Eff.snd.MSS )
 
 
 
                where Fr is a fraction whose recommended value is 1/2,
 
                and Eff.snd.MSS is the effective send MSS for the
 
                connection (see Section 4.2.2.6).  When the inequality
 
                is satisfied, RCV.WND is set to RCV.BUFF-RCV.USER.
 
 
 
                Note that the general effect of this algorithm is to
 
                advance RCV.WND in increments of Eff.snd.MSS (for
 
                realistic receive buffers:  Eff.snd.MSS < RCV.BUFF/2).
 
                Note also that the receiver must use its own
 
                Eff.snd.MSS, assuming it is the same as the sender's.
 
 
 
        4.2.3.4  When to Send Data
 
 
 
            A TCP MUST include a SWS avoidance algorithm in the sender.
 
 
 
            A TCP SHOULD implement the Nagle Algorithm [TCP:9] to
 
            coalesce short segments.  However, there MUST be a way for
 
            an application to disable the Nagle algorithm on an
 
            individual connection.  In all cases, sending data is also
 
            subject to the limitation imposed by the Slow Start
 
            algorithm (Section 4.2.2.15).
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                The Nagle algorithm is generally as follows:
 
 
 
                      If there is unacknowledged data (i.e., SND.NXT >
 
                      SND.UNA), then the sending TCP buffers all user
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 98]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                      data (regardless of the PSH bit), until the
 
                      outstanding data has been acknowledged or until
 
                      the TCP can send a full-sized segment (Eff.snd.MSS
 
                      bytes; see Section 4.2.2.6).
 
 
 
                Some applications (e.g., real-time display window
 
                updates) require that the Nagle algorithm be turned
 
                off, so small data segments can be streamed out at the
 
                maximum rate.
 
 
 
            IMPLEMENTATION:
 
                The sender's SWS avoidance algorithm is more difficult
 
                than the receivers's, because the sender does not know
 
                (directly) the receiver's total buffer space RCV.BUFF.
 
                An approach which has been found to work well is for
 
                the sender to calculate Max(SND.WND), the maximum send
 
                window it has seen so far on the connection, and to use
 
                this value as an estimate of RCV.BUFF.  Unfortunately,
 
                this can only be an estimate; the receiver may at any
 
                time reduce the size of RCV.BUFF.  To avoid a resulting
 
                deadlock, it is necessary to have a timeout to force
 
                transmission of data, overriding the SWS avoidance
 
                algorithm.  In practice, this timeout should seldom
 
                occur.
 
 
 
                The "useable window" [TCP:5] is:
 
 
 
                      U = SND.UNA + SND.WND - SND.NXT
 
 
 
                i.e., the offered window less the amount of data sent
 
                but not acknowledged.  If D is the amount of data
 
                queued in the sending TCP but not yet sent, then the
 
                following set of rules is recommended.
 
 
 
                Send data:
 
 
 
                (1)  if a maximum-sized segment can be sent, i.e, if:
 
 
 
                          min(D,U) >= Eff.snd.MSS;
 
 
 
 
 
                (2)  or if the data is pushed and all queued data can
 
                      be sent now, i.e., if:
 
 
 
                          [SND.NXT = SND.UNA and] PUSHED and D <= U
 
 
 
                      (the bracketed condition is imposed by the Nagle
 
                      algorithm);
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                                [Page 99]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                (3)  or if at least a fraction Fs of the maximum window
 
                      can be sent, i.e., if:
 
 
 
                          [SND.NXT = SND.UNA and]
 
 
 
                                  min(D.U) >= Fs * Max(SND.WND);
 
 
 
 
 
                (4)  or if data is PUSHed and the override timeout
 
                      occurs.
 
 
 
                Here Fs is a fraction whose recommended value is 1/2.
 
                The override timeout should be in the range 0.1 - 1.0
 
                seconds.  It may be convenient to combine this timer
 
                with the timer used to probe zero windows (Section
 
                4.2.2.17).
 
 
 
                Finally, note that the SWS avoidance algorithm just
 
                specified is to be used instead of the sender-side
 
                algorithm contained in [TCP:5].
 
 
 
        4.2.3.5  TCP Connection Failures
 
 
 
            Excessive retransmission of the same segment by TCP
 
            indicates some failure of the remote host or the Internet
 
            path.  This failure may be of short or long duration.  The
 
            following procedure MUST be used to handle excessive
 
            retransmissions of data segments [IP:11]:
 
 
 
            (a)  There are two thresholds R1 and R2 measuring the amount
 
                of retransmission that has occurred for the same
 
                segment.  R1 and R2 might be measured in time units or
 
                as a count of retransmissions.
 
 
 
            (b)  When the number of transmissions of the same segment
 
                reaches or exceeds threshold R1, pass negative advice
 
                (see Section 3.3.1.4) to the IP layer, to trigger
 
                dead-gateway diagnosis.
 
 
 
            (c)  When the number of transmissions of the same segment
 
                reaches a threshold R2 greater than R1, close the
 
                connection.
 
 
 
            (d)  An application MUST be able to set the value for R2 for
 
                a particular connection.  For example, an interactive
 
                application might set R2 to "infinity," giving the user
 
                control over when to disconnect.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 100]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
            (d)  TCP SHOULD inform the application of the delivery
 
                problem (unless such information has been disabled by
 
                the application; see Section 4.2.4.1), when R1 is
 
                reached and before R2.  This will allow a remote login
 
                (User Telnet) application program to inform the user,
 
                for example.
 
 
 
            The value of R1 SHOULD correspond to at least 3
 
            retransmissions, at the current RTO.  The value of R2 SHOULD
 
            correspond to at least 100 seconds.
 
 
 
            An attempt to open a TCP connection could fail with
 
            excessive retransmissions of the SYN segment or by receipt
 
            of a RST segment or an ICMP Port Unreachable.  SYN
 
            retransmissions MUST be handled in the general way just
 
            described for data retransmissions, including notification
 
            of the application layer.
 
 
 
            However, the values of R1 and R2 may be different for SYN
 
            and data segments.  In particular, R2 for a SYN segment MUST
 
            be set large enough to provide retransmission of the segment
 
            for at least 3 minutes.  The application can close the
 
            connection (i.e., give up on the open attempt) sooner, of
 
            course.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                Some Internet paths have significant setup times, and
 
                the number of such paths is likely to increase in the
 
                future.
 
 
 
        4.2.3.6  TCP Keep-Alives
 
 
 
            Implementors MAY include "keep-alives" in their TCP
 
            implementations, although this practice is not universally
 
            accepted.  If keep-alives are included, the application MUST
 
            be able to turn them on or off for each TCP connection, and
 
            they MUST default to off.
 
 
 
            Keep-alive packets MUST only be sent when no data or
 
            acknowledgement packets have been received for the
 
            connection within an interval.  This interval MUST be
 
            configurable and MUST default to no less than two hours.
 
 
 
            It is extremely important to remember that ACK segments that
 
            contain no data are not reliably transmitted by TCP.
 
            Consequently, if a keep-alive mechanism is implemented it
 
            MUST NOT interpret failure to respond to any specific probe
 
            as a dead connection.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 101]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
            An implementation SHOULD send a keep-alive segment with no
 
            data; however, it MAY be configurable to send a keep-alive
 
            segment containing one garbage octet, for compatibility with
 
            erroneous TCP implementations.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                A "keep-alive" mechanism periodically probes the other
 
                end of a connection when the connection is otherwise
 
                idle, even when there is no data to be sent.  The TCP
 
                specification does not include a keep-alive mechanism
 
                because it could:  (1) cause perfectly good connections
 
                to break during transient Internet failures; (2)
 
                consume unnecessary bandwidth ("if no one is using the
 
                connection, who cares if it is still good?"); and (3)
 
                cost money for an Internet path that charges for
 
                packets.
 
 
 
                Some TCP implementations, however, have included a
 
                keep-alive mechanism.  To confirm that an idle
 
                connection is still active, these implementations send
 
                a probe segment designed to elicit a response from the
 
                peer TCP.  Such a segment generally contains SEG.SEQ =
 
                SND.NXT-1 and may or may not contain one garbage octet
 
                of data.  Note that on a quiet connection SND.NXT =
 
                RCV.NXT, so that this SEG.SEQ will be outside the
 
                window.  Therefore, the probe causes the receiver to
 
                return an acknowledgment segment, confirming that the
 
                connection is still live.  If the peer has dropped the
 
                connection due to a network partition or a crash, it
 
                will respond with a RST instead of an acknowledgment
 
                segment.
 
 
 
                Unfortunately, some misbehaved TCP implementations fail
 
                to respond to a segment with SEG.SEQ = SND.NXT-1 unless
 
                the segment contains data.  Alternatively, an
 
                implementation could determine whether a peer responded
 
                correctly to keep-alive packets with no garbage data
 
                octet.
 
 
 
                A TCP keep-alive mechanism should only be invoked in
 
                server applications that might otherwise hang
 
                indefinitely and consume resources unnecessarily if a
 
                client crashes or aborts a connection during a network
 
                failure.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 102]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
        4.2.3.7  TCP Multihoming
 
 
 
            If an application on a multihomed host does not specify the
 
            local IP address when actively opening a TCP connection,
 
            then the TCP MUST ask the IP layer to select a local IP
 
            address before sending the (first) SYN.  See the function
 
            GET_SRCADDR() in Section 3.4.
 
 
 
            At all other times, a previous segment has either been sent
 
            or received on this connection, and TCP MUST use the same
 
            local address is used that was used in those previous
 
            segments.
 
 
 
        4.2.3.8  IP Options
 
 
 
            When received options are passed up to TCP from the IP
 
            layer, TCP MUST ignore options that it does not understand.
 
 
 
            A TCP MAY support the Time Stamp and Record Route options.
 
 
 
            An application MUST be able to specify a source route when
 
            it actively opens a TCP connection, and this MUST take
 
            precedence over a source route received in a datagram.
 
 
 
            When a TCP connection is OPENed passively and a packet
 
            arrives with a completed IP Source Route option (containing
 
            a return route), TCP MUST save the return route and use it
 
            for all segments sent on this connection.  If a different
 
            source route arrives in a later segment, the later
 
            definition SHOULD override the earlier one.
 
 
 
        4.2.3.9  ICMP Messages
 
 
 
            TCP MUST act on an ICMP error message passed up from the IP
 
            layer, directing it to the connection that created the
 
            error.  The necessary demultiplexing information can be
 
            found in the IP header contained within the ICMP message.
 
 
 
            o    Source Quench
 
 
 
                TCP MUST react to a Source Quench by slowing
 
                transmission on the connection.  The RECOMMENDED
 
                procedure is for a Source Quench to trigger a "slow
 
                start," as if a retransmission timeout had occurred.
 
 
 
            o    Destination Unreachable -- codes 0, 1, 5
 
 
 
                Since these Unreachable messages indicate soft error
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 103]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                conditions, TCP MUST NOT abort the connection, and it
 
                SHOULD make the information available to the
 
                application.
 
 
 
                DISCUSSION:
 
                      TCP could report the soft error condition directly
 
                      to the application layer with an upcall to the
 
                      ERROR_REPORT routine, or it could merely note the
 
                      message and report it to the application only when
 
                      and if the TCP connection times out.
 
 
 
            o    Destination Unreachable -- codes 2-4
 
 
 
                These are hard error conditions, so TCP SHOULD abort
 
                the connection.
 
 
 
            o    Time Exceeded -- codes 0, 1
 
 
 
                This should be handled the same way as Destination
 
                Unreachable codes 0, 1, 5 (see above).
 
 
 
            o    Parameter Problem
 
 
 
                This should be handled the same way as Destination
 
                Unreachable codes 0, 1, 5 (see above).
 
 
 
 
 
        4.2.3.10  Remote Address Validation
 
 
 
            A TCP implementation MUST reject as an error a local OPEN
 
            call for an invalid remote IP address (e.g., a broadcast or
 
            multicast address).
 
 
 
            An incoming SYN with an invalid source address must be
 
            ignored either by TCP or by the IP layer (see Section
 
            3.2.1.3).
 
 
 
            A TCP implementation MUST silently discard an incoming SYN
 
            segment that is addressed to a broadcast or multicast
 
            address.
 
 
 
        4.2.3.11  TCP Traffic Patterns
 
 
 
            IMPLEMENTATION:
 
                The TCP protocol specification [TCP:1] gives the
 
                implementor much freedom in designing the algorithms
 
                that control the message flow over the connection --
 
                packetizing, managing the window, sending
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 104]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                acknowledgments, etc.  These design decisions are
 
                difficult because a TCP must adapt to a wide range of
 
                traffic patterns.  Experience has shown that a TCP
 
                implementor needs to verify the design on two extreme
 
                traffic patterns:
 
 
 
                o    Single-character Segments
 
 
 
                      Even if the sender is using the Nagle Algorithm,
 
                      when a TCP connection carries remote login traffic
 
                      across a low-delay LAN the receiver will generally
 
                      get a stream of single-character segments.  If
 
                      remote terminal echo mode is in effect, the
 
                      receiver's system will generally echo each
 
                      character as it is received.
 
 
 
                o    Bulk Transfer
 
 
 
                      When TCP is used for bulk transfer, the data
 
                      stream should be made up (almost) entirely of
 
                      segments of the size of the effective MSS.
 
                      Although TCP uses a sequence number space with
 
                      byte (octet) granularity, in bulk-transfer mode
 
                      its operation should be as if TCP used a sequence
 
                      space that counted only segments.
 
 
 
                Experience has furthermore shown that a single TCP can
 
                effectively and efficiently handle these two extremes.
 
 
 
                The most important tool for verifying a new TCP
 
                implementation is a packet trace program.  There is a
 
                large volume of experience showing the importance of
 
                tracing a variety of traffic patterns with other TCP
 
                implementations and studying the results carefully.
 
 
 
 
 
        4.2.3.12  Efficiency
 
 
 
            IMPLEMENTATION:
 
                Extensive experience has led to the following
 
                suggestions for efficient implementation of TCP:
 
 
 
                (a)  Don't Copy Data
 
 
 
                      In bulk data transfer, the primary CPU-intensive
 
                      tasks are copying data from one place to another
 
                      and checksumming the data.  It is vital to
 
                      minimize the number of copies of TCP data.  Since
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 105]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
                      the ultimate speed limitation may be fetching data
 
                      across the memory bus, it may be useful to combine
 
                      the copy with checksumming, doing both with a
 
                      single memory fetch.
 
 
 
                (b)  Hand-Craft the Checksum Routine
 
 
 
                      A good TCP checksumming routine is typically two
 
                      to five times faster than a simple and direct
 
                      implementation of the definition.  Great care and
 
                      clever coding are often required and advisable to
 
                      make the checksumming code "blazing fast".  See
 
                      [TCP:10].
 
 
 
                (c)  Code for the Common Case
 
 
 
                      TCP protocol processing can be complicated, but
 
                      for most segments there are only a few simple
 
                      decisions to be made.  Per-segment processing will
 
                      be greatly speeded up by coding the main line to
 
                      minimize the number of decisions in the most
 
                      common case.
 
 
 
 
 
      4.2.4  TCP/APPLICATION LAYER INTERFACE
 
 
 
        4.2.4.1  Asynchronous Reports
 
 
 
            There MUST be a mechanism for reporting soft TCP error
 
            conditions to the application.  Generically, we assume this
 
            takes the form of an application-supplied ERROR_REPORT
 
            routine that may be upcalled [INTRO:7] asynchronously from
 
            the transport layer:
 
 
 
              ERROR_REPORT(local connection name, reason, subreason)
 
 
 
            The precise encoding of the reason and subreason parameters
 
            is not specified here.  However, the conditions that are
 
            reported asynchronously to the application MUST include:
 
 
 
            *    ICMP error message arrived (see 4.2.3.9)
 
 
 
            *    Excessive retransmissions (see 4.2.3.5)
 
 
 
            *    Urgent pointer advance (see 4.2.2.4).
 
  
            However, an application program that does not want to
+
        The application layer MUST be able to specify the Type-of-
            receive such ERROR_REPORT calls SHOULD be able to
+
        Service (TOS) for segments that are sent on a connection.
 +
        It not required, but the application SHOULD be able to
 +
        change the TOS during the connection lifetime.  TCP SHOULD
 +
        pass the current TOS value without change to the IP layer,
 +
        when it sends segments on the connection.
  
 +
        The TOS will be specified independently in each direction on
 +
        the connection, so that the receiver application will
 +
        specify the TOS used for ACK segments.
  
 +
        TCP MAY pass the most recently received TOS up to the
 +
        application.
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 106]
+
        DISCUSSION
 +
              Some applications (e.g., SMTP) change the nature of
 +
              their communication during the lifetime of a
 +
              connection, and therefore would like to change the TOS
 +
              specification.
  
 +
              Note also that the OPEN call specified in RFC-793
 +
              includes a parameter ("options") in which the caller
 +
              can specify IP options such as source route, record
 +
              route, or timestamp.
  
 +
      4.2.4.3  Flush Call
  
 +
        Some TCP implementations have included a FLUSH call, which
 +
        will empty the TCP send queue of any data for which the user
 +
        has issued SEND calls but which is still to the right of the
 +
        current send window.  That is, it flushes as much queued
 +
        send data as possible without losing sequence number
 +
        synchronization.  This is useful for implementing the "abort
 +
        output" function of Telnet.
  
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
 +
      4.2.4.4  Multihoming
  
            effectively disable these calls.
+
        The user interface outlined in sections 2.7 and 3.8 of RFC-
 +
        793 needs to be extended for multihoming.  The OPEN call
 +
        MUST have an optional parameter:
  
            DISCUSSION:
+
            OPEN( ... [local IP address,] ... )
                These error reports generally reflect soft errors that
 
                can be ignored without harm by many applications. It
 
                has been suggested that these error report calls should
 
                default to "disabled," but this is not required.
 
  
         4.2.4.2  Type-of-Service
+
         to allow the specification of the local IP address.
  
            The application layer MUST be able to specify the Type-of-
+
        DISCUSSION:
            Service (TOS) for segments that are sent on a connection.
+
              Some TCP-based applications need to specify the local
            It not required, but the application SHOULD be able to
+
              IP address to be used to open a particular connection;
            change the TOS during the connection lifetime.  TCP SHOULD
+
              FTP is an example.
            pass the current TOS value without change to the IP layer,
 
            when it sends segments on the connection.
 
  
            The TOS will be specified independently in each direction on
+
         IMPLEMENTATION:
            the connection, so that the receiver application will
+
              A passive OPEN call with a specified "local IP address"
            specify the TOS used for ACK segments.
+
              parameter will await an incoming connection request to
 
+
              that address.  If the parameter is unspecified, a
            TCP MAY pass the most recently received TOS up to the
+
              passive OPEN will await an incoming connection request
            application.
+
              to any local IP address, and then bind the local IP
 
+
              address of the connection to the particular address
            DISCUSSION
+
              that is used.
                Some applications (e.g., SMTP) change the nature of
 
                their communication during the lifetime of a
 
                connection, and therefore would like to change the TOS
 
                specification.
 
 
 
                Note also that the OPEN call specified in RFC-793
 
                includes a parameter ("options") in which the caller
 
                can specify IP options such as source route, record
 
                route, or timestamp.
 
 
 
        4.2.4.3  Flush Call
 
 
 
            Some TCP implementations have included a FLUSH call, which
 
            will empty the TCP send queue of any data for which the user
 
            has issued SEND calls but which is still to the right of the
 
            current send window.  That is, it flushes as much queued
 
            send data as possible without losing sequence number
 
            synchronization.  This is useful for implementing the "abort
 
            output" function of Telnet.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 107]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
 
 
 
 
         4.2.4.4  Multihoming
 
 
 
            The user interface outlined in sections 2.7 and 3.8 of RFC-
 
            793 needs to be extended for multihoming.  The OPEN call
 
            MUST have an optional parameter:
 
 
 
                OPEN( ... [local IP address,] ... )
 
 
 
            to allow the specification of the local IP address.
 
 
 
            DISCUSSION:
 
                Some TCP-based applications need to specify the local
 
                IP address to be used to open a particular connection;
 
                FTP is an example.
 
 
 
            IMPLEMENTATION:
 
                A passive OPEN call with a specified "local IP address"
 
                parameter will await an incoming connection request to
 
                that address.  If the parameter is unspecified, a
 
                passive OPEN will await an incoming connection request
 
                to any local IP address, and then bind the local IP
 
                address of the connection to the particular address
 
                that is used.
 
  
                For an active OPEN call, a specified "local IP address"
+
              For an active OPEN call, a specified "local IP address"
                parameter will be used for opening the connection.  If
+
              parameter will be used for opening the connection.  If
                the parameter is unspecified, the networking software
+
              the parameter is unspecified, the networking software
                will choose an appropriate local IP address (see
+
              will choose an appropriate local IP address (see
                Section 3.3.4.2) for the connection
+
              Section 3.3.4.2) for the connection
  
      4.2.5  TCP REQUIREMENT SUMMARY
+
  4.2.5  TCP REQUIREMENT SUMMARY
  
                                                |        | | | |S| |
+
                                              |        | | | |S| |
                                                |        | | | |H| |F
+
                                              |        | | | |H| |F
                                                |        | | | |O|M|o
+
                                              |        | | | |O|M|o
                                                |        | |S| |U|U|o
+
                                              |        | |S| |U|U|o
                                                |        | |H| |L|S|t
+
                                              |        | |H| |L|S|t
                                                |        |M|O| |D|T|n
+
                                              |        |M|O| |D|T|n
                                                |        |U|U|M| | |o
+
                                              |        |U|U|M| | |o
                                                |        |S|L|A|N|N|t
+
                                              |        |S|L|A|N|N|t
                                                |        |T|D|Y|O|O|t
+
                                              |        |T|D|Y|O|O|t
 
FEATURE                                          |SECTION | | | |T|T|e
 
FEATURE                                          |SECTION | | | |T|T|e
 
-------------------------------------------------|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--
 
-------------------------------------------------|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
Push flag                                        |        | | | | | |
 
Push flag                                        |        | | | | | |
 
   Aggregate or queue un-pushed data              |4.2.2.2 | | |x| | |
 
   Aggregate or queue un-pushed data              |4.2.2.2 | | |x| | |
 
   Sender collapse successive PSH flags          |4.2.2.2 | |x| | | |
 
   Sender collapse successive PSH flags          |4.2.2.2 | |x| | | |
 
   SEND call can specify PUSH                    |4.2.2.2 | | |x| | |
 
   SEND call can specify PUSH                    |4.2.2.2 | | |x| | |
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 108]
 
 
 
 
  
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
 
+
If cannot: sender buffer indefinitely        |4.2.2.2 | | | | |x|
    If cannot: sender buffer indefinitely        |4.2.2.2 | | | | |x|
+
If cannot: PSH last segment                  |4.2.2.2 |x| | | | |
    If cannot: PSH last segment                  |4.2.2.2 |x| | | | |
 
 
   Notify receiving ALP of PSH                    |4.2.2.2 | | |x| | |1
 
   Notify receiving ALP of PSH                    |4.2.2.2 | | |x| | |1
 
   Send max size segment when possible            |4.2.2.2 | |x| | | |
 
   Send max size segment when possible            |4.2.2.2 | |x| | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
Window                                          |        | | | | | |
 
Window                                          |        | | | | | |
 
   Treat as unsigned number                      |4.2.2.3 |x| | | | |
 
   Treat as unsigned number                      |4.2.2.3 |x| | | | |
Line 6,389: Line 5,298:
 
   Receiver's window closed indefinitely          |4.2.2.17| | |x| | |
 
   Receiver's window closed indefinitely          |4.2.2.17| | |x| | |
 
   Sender probe zero window                      |4.2.2.17|x| | | | |
 
   Sender probe zero window                      |4.2.2.17|x| | | | |
    First probe after RTO                        |4.2.2.17| |x| | | |
+
First probe after RTO                        |4.2.2.17| |x| | | |
    Exponential backoff                          |4.2.2.17| |x| | | |
+
Exponential backoff                          |4.2.2.17| |x| | | |
 
   Allow window stay zero indefinitely            |4.2.2.17|x| | | | |
 
   Allow window stay zero indefinitely            |4.2.2.17|x| | | | |
 
   Sender timeout OK conn with zero wind          |4.2.2.17| | | | |x|
 
   Sender timeout OK conn with zero wind          |4.2.2.17| | | | |x|
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
Urgent Data                                      |        | | | | | |
 
Urgent Data                                      |        | | | | | |
 
   Pointer points to last octet                  |4.2.2.4 |x| | | | |
 
   Pointer points to last octet                  |4.2.2.4 |x| | | | |
Line 6,399: Line 5,308:
 
   Inform ALP asynchronously of urgent data      |4.2.2.4 |x| | | | |1
 
   Inform ALP asynchronously of urgent data      |4.2.2.4 |x| | | | |1
 
   ALP can learn if/how much urgent data Q'd      |4.2.2.4 |x| | | | |1
 
   ALP can learn if/how much urgent data Q'd      |4.2.2.4 |x| | | | |1
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
TCP Options                                      |        | | | | | |
 
TCP Options                                      |        | | | | | |
 
   Receive TCP option in any segment              |4.2.2.5 |x| | | | |
 
   Receive TCP option in any segment              |4.2.2.5 |x| | | | |
Line 6,409: Line 5,318:
 
   Send-MSS default is 536                        |4.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
 
   Send-MSS default is 536                        |4.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
 
   Calculate effective send seg size              |4.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
 
   Calculate effective send seg size              |4.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
TCP Checksums                                    |        | | | | | |
 
TCP Checksums                                    |        | | | | | |
 
   Sender compute checksum                        |4.2.2.7 |x| | | | |
 
   Sender compute checksum                        |4.2.2.7 |x| | | | |
 
   Receiver check checksum                        |4.2.2.7 |x| | | | |
 
   Receiver check checksum                        |4.2.2.7 |x| | | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
Use clock-driven ISN selection                  |4.2.2.9 |x| | | | |
 
Use clock-driven ISN selection                  |4.2.2.9 |x| | | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
Opening Connections                              |        | | | | | |
 
Opening Connections                              |        | | | | | |
 
   Support simultaneous open attempts            |4.2.2.10|x| | | | |
 
   Support simultaneous open attempts            |4.2.2.10|x| | | | |
Line 6,422: Line 5,331:
 
   Function: simultan. LISTENs for same port      |4.2.2.18|x| | | | |
 
   Function: simultan. LISTENs for same port      |4.2.2.18|x| | | | |
 
   Ask IP for src address for SYN if necc.        |4.2.3.7 |x| | | | |
 
   Ask IP for src address for SYN if necc.        |4.2.3.7 |x| | | | |
    Otherwise, use local addr of conn.          |4.2.3.7 |x| | | | |
+
Otherwise, use local addr of conn.          |4.2.3.7 |x| | | | |
 
   OPEN to broadcast/multicast IP Address        |4.2.3.14| | | | |x|
 
   OPEN to broadcast/multicast IP Address        |4.2.3.14| | | | |x|
 
   Silently discard seg to bcast/mcast addr      |4.2.3.14|x| | | | |
 
   Silently discard seg to bcast/mcast addr      |4.2.3.14|x| | | | |
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 109]
 
 
 
 
  
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
 
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
 
 
Closing Connections                              |        | | | | | |
 
Closing Connections                              |        | | | | | |
 
   RST can contain data                          |4.2.2.12| |x| | | |
 
   RST can contain data                          |4.2.2.12| |x| | | |
 
   Inform application of aborted conn            |4.2.2.13|x| | | | |
 
   Inform application of aborted conn            |4.2.2.13|x| | | | |
 
   Half-duplex close connections                  |4.2.2.13| | |x| | |
 
   Half-duplex close connections                  |4.2.2.13| | |x| | |
    Send RST to indicate data lost              |4.2.2.13| |x| | | |
+
Send RST to indicate data lost              |4.2.2.13| |x| | | |
 
   In TIME-WAIT state for 2xMSL seconds          |4.2.2.13|x| | | | |
 
   In TIME-WAIT state for 2xMSL seconds          |4.2.2.13|x| | | | |
    Accept SYN from TIME-WAIT state              |4.2.2.13| | |x| | |
+
Accept SYN from TIME-WAIT state              |4.2.2.13| | |x| | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
Retransmissions                                  |        | | | | | |
 
Retransmissions                                  |        | | | | | |
 
   Jacobson Slow Start algorithm                  |4.2.2.15|x| | | | |
 
   Jacobson Slow Start algorithm                  |4.2.2.15|x| | | | |
Line 6,454: Line 5,355:
 
   SYN RTO calc same as data                      |4.2.3.1 | |x| | | |
 
   SYN RTO calc same as data                      |4.2.3.1 | |x| | | |
 
   Recommended initial values and bounds          |4.2.3.1 | |x| | | |
 
   Recommended initial values and bounds          |4.2.3.1 | |x| | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
Generating ACK's:                                |        | | | | | |
 
Generating ACK's:                                |        | | | | | |
 
   Queue out-of-order segments                    |4.2.2.20| |x| | | |
 
   Queue out-of-order segments                    |4.2.2.20| |x| | | |
Line 6,460: Line 5,361:
 
   Send ACK for out-of-order segment              |4.2.2.21| | |x| | |
 
   Send ACK for out-of-order segment              |4.2.2.21| | |x| | |
 
   Delayed ACK's                                  |4.2.3.2 | |x| | | |
 
   Delayed ACK's                                  |4.2.3.2 | |x| | | |
    Delay < 0.5 seconds                          |4.2.3.2 |x| | | | |
+
Delay < 0.5 seconds                          |4.2.3.2 |x| | | | |
    Every 2nd full-sized segment ACK'd          |4.2.3.2 |x| | | | |
+
Every 2nd full-sized segment ACK'd          |4.2.3.2 |x| | | | |
 
   Receiver SWS-Avoidance Algorithm              |4.2.3.3 |x| | | | |
 
   Receiver SWS-Avoidance Algorithm              |4.2.3.3 |x| | | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
Sending data                                    |        | | | | | |
 
Sending data                                    |        | | | | | |
 
   Configurable TTL                              |4.2.2.19|x| | | | |
 
   Configurable TTL                              |4.2.2.19|x| | | | |
 
   Sender SWS-Avoidance Algorithm                |4.2.3.4 |x| | | | |
 
   Sender SWS-Avoidance Algorithm                |4.2.3.4 |x| | | | |
 
   Nagle algorithm                                |4.2.3.4 | |x| | | |
 
   Nagle algorithm                                |4.2.3.4 | |x| | | |
    Application can disable Nagle algorithm      |4.2.3.4 |x| | | | |
+
Application can disable Nagle algorithm      |4.2.3.4 |x| | | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
Connection Failures:                            |        | | | | | |
 
Connection Failures:                            |        | | | | | |
 
   Negative advice to IP on R1 retxs              |4.2.3.5 |x| | | | |
 
   Negative advice to IP on R1 retxs              |4.2.3.5 |x| | | | |
Line 6,477: Line 5,378:
 
   Recommended values for R1, R2                  |4.2.3.5 | |x| | | |
 
   Recommended values for R1, R2                  |4.2.3.5 | |x| | | |
 
   Same mechanism for SYNs                        |4.2.3.5 |x| | | | |
 
   Same mechanism for SYNs                        |4.2.3.5 |x| | | | |
    R2 at least 3 minutes for SYN                |4.2.3.5 |x| | | | |
+
R2 at least 3 minutes for SYN                |4.2.3.5 |x| | | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
Send Keep-alive Packets:                        |4.2.3.6 | | |x| | |
 
Send Keep-alive Packets:                        |4.2.3.6 | | |x| | |
 
   - Application can request                      |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
 
   - Application can request                      |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
Line 6,484: Line 5,385:
 
   - Only send if idle for interval              |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
 
   - Only send if idle for interval              |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
 
   - Interval configurable                        |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
 
   - Interval configurable                        |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 110]
 
 
 
 
  
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
  
 
   - Default at least 2 hrs.                      |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
 
   - Default at least 2 hrs.                      |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
 
   - Tolerant of lost ACK's                      |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
 
   - Tolerant of lost ACK's                      |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
IP Options                                      |        | | | | | |
 
IP Options                                      |        | | | | | |
 
   Ignore options TCP doesn't understand          |4.2.3.8 |x| | | | |
 
   Ignore options TCP doesn't understand          |4.2.3.8 |x| | | | |
Line 6,503: Line 5,396:
 
   Record Route support                          |4.2.3.8 | | |x| | |
 
   Record Route support                          |4.2.3.8 | | |x| | |
 
   Source Route:                                  |        | | | | | |
 
   Source Route:                                  |        | | | | | |
    ALP can specify                              |4.2.3.8 |x| | | | |1
+
ALP can specify                              |4.2.3.8 |x| | | | |1
      Overrides src rt in datagram              |4.2.3.8 |x| | | | |
+
  Overrides src rt in datagram              |4.2.3.8 |x| | | | |
    Build return route from src rt              |4.2.3.8 |x| | | | |
+
Build return route from src rt              |4.2.3.8 |x| | | | |
    Later src route overrides                    |4.2.3.8 | |x| | | |
+
Later src route overrides                    |4.2.3.8 | |x| | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
Receiving ICMP Messages from IP                  |4.2.3.9 |x| | | | |
 
Receiving ICMP Messages from IP                  |4.2.3.9 |x| | | | |
 
   Dest. Unreach (0,1,5) => inform ALP            |4.2.3.9 | |x| | | |
 
   Dest. Unreach (0,1,5) => inform ALP            |4.2.3.9 | |x| | | |
Line 6,515: Line 5,408:
 
   Time Exceeded => tell ALP, don't abort        |4.2.3.9 | |x| | | |
 
   Time Exceeded => tell ALP, don't abort        |4.2.3.9 | |x| | | |
 
   Param Problem => tell ALP, don't abort        |4.2.3.9 | |x| | | |
 
   Param Problem => tell ALP, don't abort        |4.2.3.9 | |x| | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
Address Validation                              |        | | | | | |
 
Address Validation                              |        | | | | | |
 
   Reject OPEN call to invalid IP address        |4.2.3.10|x| | | | |
 
   Reject OPEN call to invalid IP address        |4.2.3.10|x| | | | |
 
   Reject SYN from invalid IP address            |4.2.3.10|x| | | | |
 
   Reject SYN from invalid IP address            |4.2.3.10|x| | | | |
 
   Silently discard SYN to bcast/mcast addr      |4.2.3.10|x| | | | |
 
   Silently discard SYN to bcast/mcast addr      |4.2.3.10|x| | | | |
                                                |        | | | | | |
+
                                              |        | | | | | |
 
TCP/ALP Interface Services                      |        | | | | | |
 
TCP/ALP Interface Services                      |        | | | | | |
 
   Error Report mechanism                        |4.2.4.1 |x| | | | |
 
   Error Report mechanism                        |4.2.4.1 |x| | | | |
 
   ALP can disable Error Report Routine          |4.2.4.1 | |x| | | |
 
   ALP can disable Error Report Routine          |4.2.4.1 | |x| | | |
 
   ALP can specify TOS for sending                |4.2.4.2 |x| | | | |
 
   ALP can specify TOS for sending                |4.2.4.2 |x| | | | |
    Passed unchanged to IP                      |4.2.4.2 | |x| | | |
+
Passed unchanged to IP                      |4.2.4.2 | |x| | | |
 
   ALP can change TOS during connection          |4.2.4.2 | |x| | | |
 
   ALP can change TOS during connection          |4.2.4.2 | |x| | | |
 
   Pass received TOS up to ALP                    |4.2.4.2 | | |x| | |
 
   Pass received TOS up to ALP                    |4.2.4.2 | | |x| | |
Line 6,536: Line 5,429:
  
 
(1)  "ALP" means Application-Layer program.
 
(1)  "ALP" means Application-Layer program.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 111]
 
 
 
 
  
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
 
+
== REFERENCES ==
5.  REFERENCES
 
  
 
INTRODUCTORY REFERENCES
 
INTRODUCTORY REFERENCES
 
  
 
[INTRO:1] "Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support,"
 
[INTRO:1] "Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support,"
    IETF Host Requirements Working Group, R. Braden, Ed., RFC-1123,
+
  IETF Host Requirements Working Group, R. Braden, Ed., RFC-1123,
    October 1989.
+
  October 1989.
  
 
[INTRO:2]  "Requirements for Internet Gateways,"  R. Braden and J.
 
[INTRO:2]  "Requirements for Internet Gateways,"  R. Braden and J.
    Postel, RFC-1009, June 1987.
+
  Postel, RFC-1009, June 1987.
  
 
[INTRO:3]  "DDN Protocol Handbook," NIC-50004, NIC-50005, NIC-50006,
 
[INTRO:3]  "DDN Protocol Handbook," NIC-50004, NIC-50005, NIC-50006,
    (three volumes), SRI International, December 1985.
+
  (three volumes), SRI International, December 1985.
  
 
[INTRO:4]  "Official Internet Protocols," J. Reynolds and J. Postel,
 
[INTRO:4]  "Official Internet Protocols," J. Reynolds and J. Postel,
    RFC-1011, May 1987.
+
  RFC-1011, May 1987.
  
    This document is republished periodically with new RFC numbers; the
+
  This document is republished periodically with new RFC numbers; the
    latest version must be used.
+
  latest version must be used.
  
 
[INTRO:5]  "Protocol Document Order Information," O. Jacobsen and J.
 
[INTRO:5]  "Protocol Document Order Information," O. Jacobsen and J.
    Postel, RFC-980, March 1986.
+
  Postel, RFC-980, March 1986.
  
 
[INTRO:6]  "Assigned Numbers," J. Reynolds and J. Postel, RFC-1010, May
 
[INTRO:6]  "Assigned Numbers," J. Reynolds and J. Postel, RFC-1010, May
    1987.
+
  1987.
  
    This document is republished periodically with new RFC numbers; the
+
  This document is republished periodically with new RFC numbers; the
    latest version must be used.
+
  latest version must be used.
  
 
[INTRO:7] "Modularity and Efficiency in Protocol Implementations," D.
 
[INTRO:7] "Modularity and Efficiency in Protocol Implementations," D.
    Clark, RFC-817, July 1982.
+
  Clark, RFC-817, July 1982.
  
 
[INTRO:8] "The Structuring of Systems Using Upcalls," D. Clark, 10th ACM
 
[INTRO:8] "The Structuring of Systems Using Upcalls," D. Clark, 10th ACM
    SOSP, Orcas Island, Washington, December 1985.
+
  SOSP, Orcas Island, Washington, December 1985.
 
 
  
 
Secondary References:
 
Secondary References:
 
  
 
[INTRO:9]  "A Protocol for Packet Network Intercommunication," V. Cerf
 
[INTRO:9]  "A Protocol for Packet Network Intercommunication," V. Cerf
    and R. Kahn, IEEE Transactions on Communication, May 1974.
+
  and R. Kahn, IEEE Transactions on Communication, May 1974.
  
 
[INTRO:10]  "The ARPA Internet Protocol," J. Postel, C. Sunshine, and D.
 
[INTRO:10]  "The ARPA Internet Protocol," J. Postel, C. Sunshine, and D.
    Cohen, Computer Networks, Vol. 5, No. 4, July 1981.
+
  Cohen, Computer Networks, Vol. 5, No. 4, July 1981.
  
 
[INTRO:11]  "The DARPA Internet Protocol Suite," B. Leiner, J. Postel,
 
[INTRO:11]  "The DARPA Internet Protocol Suite," B. Leiner, J. Postel,
    R. Cole and D. Mills, Proceedings INFOCOM 85, IEEE, Washington DC,
+
  R. Cole and D. Mills, Proceedings INFOCOM 85, IEEE, Washington DC,
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 112]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
 
+
  March 1985.  Also in: IEEE Communications Magazine, March 1985.
    March 1985.  Also in: IEEE Communications Magazine, March 1985.
+
  Also available as ISI-RS-85-153.
    Also available as ISI-RS-85-153.
 
  
 
[INTRO:12] "Final Text of DIS8473, Protocol for Providing the
 
[INTRO:12] "Final Text of DIS8473, Protocol for Providing the
    Connectionless Mode Network Service," ANSI, published as RFC-994,
+
  Connectionless Mode Network Service," ANSI, published as RFC-994,
    March 1986.
+
  March 1986.
  
 
[INTRO:13] "End System to Intermediate System Routing Exchange
 
[INTRO:13] "End System to Intermediate System Routing Exchange
    Protocol," ANSI X3S3.3, published as RFC-995, April 1986.
+
  Protocol," ANSI X3S3.3, published as RFC-995, April 1986.
 
 
  
 
LINK LAYER REFERENCES
 
LINK LAYER REFERENCES
 
  
 
[LINK:1] "Trailer Encapsulations," S. Leffler and M. Karels, RFC-893,
 
[LINK:1] "Trailer Encapsulations," S. Leffler and M. Karels, RFC-893,
    April 1984.
+
  April 1984.
  
 
[LINK:2] "An Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol," D. Plummer, RFC-826,
 
[LINK:2] "An Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol," D. Plummer, RFC-826,
    November 1982.
+
  November 1982.
  
 
[LINK:3] "A Standard for the Transmission of IP Datagrams over Ethernet
 
[LINK:3] "A Standard for the Transmission of IP Datagrams over Ethernet
    Networks," C. Hornig, RFC-894, April 1984.
+
  Networks," C. Hornig, RFC-894, April 1984.
  
 
[LINK:4] "A Standard for the Transmission of IP Datagrams over IEEE 802
 
[LINK:4] "A Standard for the Transmission of IP Datagrams over IEEE 802
    "Networks," J. Postel and J. Reynolds, RFC-1042, February 1988.
+
  "Networks," J. Postel and J. Reynolds, RFC-1042, February 1988.
 
 
    This RFC contains a great deal of information of importance to
 
    Internet implementers planning to use IEEE 802 networks.
 
  
 +
  This RFC contains a great deal of information of importance to
 +
  Internet implementers planning to use IEEE 802 networks.
  
 
IP LAYER REFERENCES
 
IP LAYER REFERENCES
 
  
 
[IP:1] "Internet Protocol (IP)," J. Postel, RFC-791, September 1981.
 
[IP:1] "Internet Protocol (IP)," J. Postel, RFC-791, September 1981.
  
 
[IP:2] "Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)," J. Postel, RFC-792,
 
[IP:2] "Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)," J. Postel, RFC-792,
    September 1981.
+
  September 1981.
  
 
[IP:3] "Internet Standard Subnetting Procedure," J. Mogul and J. Postel,
 
[IP:3] "Internet Standard Subnetting Procedure," J. Mogul and J. Postel,
    RFC-950, August 1985.
+
  RFC-950, August 1985.
  
 
[IP:4]  "Host Extensions for IP Multicasting," S. Deering, RFC-1112,
 
[IP:4]  "Host Extensions for IP Multicasting," S. Deering, RFC-1112,
    August 1989.
+
  August 1989.
  
 
[IP:5] "Military Standard Internet Protocol," MIL-STD-1777, Department
 
[IP:5] "Military Standard Internet Protocol," MIL-STD-1777, Department
    of Defense, August 1983.
+
  of Defense, August 1983.
 
 
    This specification, as amended by RFC-963, is intended to describe
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 113]
 
 
 
 
 
  
 +
  This specification, as amended by RFC-963, is intended to describe
  
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
  
 
+
  the Internet Protocol but has some serious omissions (e.g., the
    the Internet Protocol but has some serious omissions (e.g., the
+
  mandatory subnet extension [IP:3] and the optional multicasting
    mandatory subnet extension [IP:3] and the optional multicasting
+
  extension [IP:4]).  It is also out of date.  If there is a
    extension [IP:4]).  It is also out of date.  If there is a
+
  conflict, RFC-791, RFC-792, and RFC-950 must be taken as
    conflict, RFC-791, RFC-792, and RFC-950 must be taken as
+
  authoritative, while the present document is authoritative over
    authoritative, while the present document is authoritative over
+
  all.
    all.
 
  
 
[IP:6] "Some Problems with the Specification of the Military Standard
 
[IP:6] "Some Problems with the Specification of the Military Standard
    Internet Protocol," D. Sidhu, RFC-963, November 1985.
+
  Internet Protocol," D. Sidhu, RFC-963, November 1985.
  
 
[IP:7] "The TCP Maximum Segment Size and Related Topics," J. Postel,
 
[IP:7] "The TCP Maximum Segment Size and Related Topics," J. Postel,
    RFC-879, November 1983.
+
  RFC-879, November 1983.
  
    Discusses and clarifies the relationship between the TCP Maximum
+
  Discusses and clarifies the relationship between the TCP Maximum
    Segment Size option and the IP datagram size.
+
  Segment Size option and the IP datagram size.
  
 
[IP:8] "Internet Protocol Security Options,"  B. Schofield, RFC-1108,
 
[IP:8] "Internet Protocol Security Options,"  B. Schofield, RFC-1108,
    October 1989.
+
  October 1989.
  
 
[IP:9] "Fragmentation Considered Harmful," C. Kent and J. Mogul, ACM
 
[IP:9] "Fragmentation Considered Harmful," C. Kent and J. Mogul, ACM
    SIGCOMM-87, August 1987.  Published as ACM Comp Comm Review, Vol.
+
  SIGCOMM-87, August 1987.  Published as ACM Comp Comm Review, Vol.
    17, no. 5.
+
  17, no. 5.
  
    This useful paper discusses the problems created by Internet
+
  This useful paper discusses the problems created by Internet
    fragmentation and presents alternative solutions.
+
  fragmentation and presents alternative solutions.
  
 
[IP:10] "IP Datagram Reassembly Algorithms," D. Clark, RFC-815, July
 
[IP:10] "IP Datagram Reassembly Algorithms," D. Clark, RFC-815, July
    1982.
+
  1982.
  
    This and the following paper should be read by every implementor.
+
  This and the following paper should be read by every implementor.
  
 
[IP:11] "Fault Isolation and Recovery," D. Clark, RFC-816, July 1982.
 
[IP:11] "Fault Isolation and Recovery," D. Clark, RFC-816, July 1982.
  
 
SECONDARY IP REFERENCES:
 
SECONDARY IP REFERENCES:
 
  
 
[IP:12] "Broadcasting Internet Datagrams in the Presence of Subnets," J.
 
[IP:12] "Broadcasting Internet Datagrams in the Presence of Subnets," J.
    Mogul, RFC-922, October 1984.
+
  Mogul, RFC-922, October 1984.
  
 
[IP:13] "Name, Addresses, Ports, and Routes," D. Clark, RFC-814, July
 
[IP:13] "Name, Addresses, Ports, and Routes," D. Clark, RFC-814, July
    1982.
+
  1982.
  
 
[IP:14] "Something a Host Could Do with Source Quench: The Source Quench
 
[IP:14] "Something a Host Could Do with Source Quench: The Source Quench
    Introduced Delay (SQUID)," W. Prue and J. Postel, RFC-1016, July
+
  Introduced Delay (SQUID)," W. Prue and J. Postel, RFC-1016, July
    1987.
+
  1987.
 
 
    This RFC first described directed broadcast addresses.  However,
 
    the bulk of the RFC is concerned with gateways, not hosts.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 114]
 
 
 
 
 
  
 +
  This RFC first described directed broadcast addresses.  However,
 +
  the bulk of the RFC is concerned with gateways, not hosts.
  
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
  
 
UDP REFERENCES:
 
UDP REFERENCES:
 
  
 
[UDP:1] "User Datagram Protocol," J. Postel, RFC-768, August 1980.
 
[UDP:1] "User Datagram Protocol," J. Postel, RFC-768, August 1980.
 
  
 
TCP REFERENCES:
 
TCP REFERENCES:
 
  
 
[TCP:1] "Transmission Control Protocol," J. Postel, RFC-793, September
 
[TCP:1] "Transmission Control Protocol," J. Postel, RFC-793, September
    1981.
+
  1981.
 
 
  
 
[TCP:2] "Transmission Control Protocol," MIL-STD-1778, US Department of
 
[TCP:2] "Transmission Control Protocol," MIL-STD-1778, US Department of
    Defense, August 1984.
+
  Defense, August 1984.
 
 
    This specification as amended by RFC-964 is intended to describe
 
    the same protocol as RFC-793 [TCP:1].  If there is a conflict,
 
    RFC-793 takes precedence, and the present document is authoritative
 
    over both.
 
  
 +
  This specification as amended by RFC-964 is intended to describe
 +
  the same protocol as RFC-793 [TCP:1].  If there is a conflict,
 +
  RFC-793 takes precedence, and the present document is authoritative
 +
  over both.
  
 
[TCP:3] "Some Problems with the Specification of the Military Standard
 
[TCP:3] "Some Problems with the Specification of the Military Standard
    Transmission Control Protocol," D. Sidhu and T. Blumer, RFC-964,
+
  Transmission Control Protocol," D. Sidhu and T. Blumer, RFC-964,
    November 1985.
+
  November 1985.
 
 
  
 
[TCP:4] "The TCP Maximum Segment Size and Related Topics," J. Postel,
 
[TCP:4] "The TCP Maximum Segment Size and Related Topics," J. Postel,
    RFC-879, November 1983.
+
  RFC-879, November 1983.
 
 
  
 
[TCP:5] "Window and Acknowledgment Strategy in TCP," D. Clark, RFC-813,
 
[TCP:5] "Window and Acknowledgment Strategy in TCP," D. Clark, RFC-813,
    July 1982.
+
  July 1982.
 
 
  
 
[TCP:6] "Round Trip Time Estimation," P. Karn & C. Partridge, ACM
 
[TCP:6] "Round Trip Time Estimation," P. Karn & C. Partridge, ACM
    SIGCOMM-87, August 1987.
+
  SIGCOMM-87, August 1987.
 
 
  
 
[TCP:7] "Congestion Avoidance and Control," V. Jacobson, ACM SIGCOMM-88,
 
[TCP:7] "Congestion Avoidance and Control," V. Jacobson, ACM SIGCOMM-88,
    August 1988.
+
  August 1988.
 
 
  
 
SECONDARY TCP REFERENCES:
 
SECONDARY TCP REFERENCES:
 
  
 
[TCP:8] "Modularity and Efficiency in Protocol Implementation," D.
 
[TCP:8] "Modularity and Efficiency in Protocol Implementation," D.
    Clark, RFC-817, July 1982.
+
  Clark, RFC-817, July 1982.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 115]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
RFC1122                  TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP            October 1989
 
  
 
[TCP:9] "Congestion Control in IP/TCP," J. Nagle, RFC-896, January 1984.
 
[TCP:9] "Congestion Control in IP/TCP," J. Nagle, RFC-896, January 1984.
 
  
 
[TCP:10] "Computing the Internet Checksum," R. Braden, D. Borman, and C.
 
[TCP:10] "Computing the Internet Checksum," R. Braden, D. Borman, and C.
    Partridge, RFC-1071, September 1988.
+
  Partridge, RFC-1071, September 1988.
 
 
  
 
[TCP:11] "TCP Extensions for Long-Delay Paths," V. Jacobson & R. Braden,
 
[TCP:11] "TCP Extensions for Long-Delay Paths," V. Jacobson & R. Braden,
    RFC-1072, October 1988.
+
  RFC-1072, October 1988.
 
 
  
 
Security Considerations
 
Security Considerations
  
  There are many security issues in the communication layers of host
+
There are many security issues in the communication layers of host
  software, but a full discussion is beyond the scope of this RFC.
+
software, but a full discussion is beyond the scope of this RFC.
  
  The Internet architecture generally provides little protection
+
The Internet architecture generally provides little protection
  against spoofing of IP source addresses, so any security mechanism
+
against spoofing of IP source addresses, so any security mechanism
  that is based upon verifying the IP source address of a datagram
+
that is based upon verifying the IP source address of a datagram
  should be treated with suspicion.  However, in restricted
+
should be treated with suspicion.  However, in restricted
  environments some source-address checking may be possible.  For
+
environments some source-address checking may be possible.  For
  example, there might be a secure LAN whose gateway to the rest of the
+
example, there might be a secure LAN whose gateway to the rest of the
  Internet discarded any incoming datagram with a source address that
+
Internet discarded any incoming datagram with a source address that
  spoofed the LAN address.  In this case, a host on the LAN could use
+
spoofed the LAN address.  In this case, a host on the LAN could use
  the source address to test for local vs. remote source.  This problem
+
the source address to test for local vs. remote source.  This problem
  is complicated by source routing, and some have suggested that
+
is complicated by source routing, and some have suggested that
  source-routed datagram forwarding by hosts (see Section 3.3.5) should
+
source-routed datagram forwarding by hosts (see Section 3.3.5) should
  be outlawed for security reasons.
+
be outlawed for security reasons.
  
  Security-related issues are mentioned in sections concerning the IP
+
Security-related issues are mentioned in sections concerning the IP
  Security option (Section 3.2.1.8), the ICMP Parameter Problem message
+
Security option (Section 3.2.1.8), the ICMP Parameter Problem message
  (Section 3.2.2.5), IP options in UDP datagrams (Section 4.1.3.2), and
+
(Section 3.2.2.5), IP options in UDP datagrams (Section 4.1.3.2), and
  reserved TCP ports (Section 4.2.2.1).
+
reserved TCP ports (Section 4.2.2.1).
  
 
Author's Address
 
Author's Address
  
  Robert Braden
+
Robert Braden
  USC/Information Sciences Institute
+
USC/Information Sciences Institute
  4676 Admiralty Way
+
4676 Admiralty Way
  Marina del Rey, CA 90292-6695
+
Marina del Rey, CA 90292-6695
 
 
  Phone: (213) 822 1511
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 +
Phone: (213) 822 1511
  
Internet Engineering Task Force                              [Page 116]
+

Revision as of 13:52, 29 September 2020

Network Working Group Internet Engineering Task Force Request for Comments: 1122 R. Braden, Editor

                                                        October 1989
    Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Communication Layers

Status of This Memo

This RFC is an official specification for the Internet community. It incorporates by reference, amends, corrects, and supplements the primary protocol standards documents relating to hosts. Distribution of this document is unlimited.

Summary

This is one RFC of a pair that defines and discusses the requirements for Internet host software. This RFC covers the communications protocol layers: link layer, IP layer, and transport layer; its companion RFC-1123 covers the application and support protocols.

                       Table of Contents

1. INTRODUCTION ............................................... 5

  1.1  The Internet Architecture ..............................    6
     1.1.1  Internet Hosts ....................................    6
     1.1.2  Architectural Assumptions .........................    7
     1.1.3  Internet Protocol Suite ...........................    8
     1.1.4  Embedded Gateway Code .............................   10
  1.2  General Considerations .................................   12
     1.2.1  Continuing Internet Evolution .....................   12
     1.2.2  Robustness Principle ..............................   12
     1.2.3  Error Logging .....................................   13
     1.2.4  Configuration .....................................   14
  1.3  Reading this Document ..................................   15
     1.3.1  Organization ......................................   15
     1.3.2  Requirements ......................................   16
     1.3.3  Terminology .......................................   17
  1.4  Acknowledgments ........................................   20

2. LINK LAYER .................................................. 21

  2.1  INTRODUCTION ...........................................   21

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

  2.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH ..................................   21
  2.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES ........................................   21
     2.3.1  Trailer Protocol Negotiation ......................   21
     2.3.2  Address Resolution Protocol -- ARP ................   22
        2.3.2.1  ARP Cache Validation .........................   22
        2.3.2.2  ARP Packet Queue .............................   24
     2.3.3  Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation ...............   24
  2.4  LINK/INTERNET LAYER INTERFACE ..........................   25
  2.5  LINK LAYER REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY ........................   26

3. INTERNET LAYER PROTOCOLS .................................... 27

  3.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................   27
  3.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH ..................................   29
     3.2.1 Internet Protocol -- IP ............................   29
        3.2.1.1  Version Number ...............................   29
        3.2.1.2  Checksum .....................................   29
        3.2.1.3  Addressing ...................................   29
        3.2.1.4  Fragmentation and Reassembly .................   32
        3.2.1.5  Identification ...............................   32
        3.2.1.6  Type-of-Service ..............................   33
        3.2.1.7  Time-to-Live .................................   34
        3.2.1.8  Options ......................................   35
     3.2.2 Internet Control Message Protocol -- ICMP ..........   38
        3.2.2.1  Destination Unreachable ......................   39
        3.2.2.2  Redirect .....................................   40
        3.2.2.3  Source Quench ................................   41
        3.2.2.4  Time Exceeded ................................   41
        3.2.2.5  Parameter Problem ............................   42
        3.2.2.6  Echo Request/Reply ...........................   42
        3.2.2.7  Information Request/Reply ....................   43
        3.2.2.8  Timestamp and Timestamp Reply ................   43
        3.2.2.9  Address Mask Request/Reply ...................   45
     3.2.3  Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP ...........   47
  3.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES ........................................   47
     3.3.1  Routing Outbound Datagrams ........................   47
        3.3.1.1  Local/Remote Decision ........................   47
        3.3.1.2  Gateway Selection ............................   48
        3.3.1.3  Route Cache ..................................   49
        3.3.1.4  Dead Gateway Detection .......................   51
        3.3.1.5  New Gateway Selection ........................   55
        3.3.1.6  Initialization ...............................   56
     3.3.2  Reassembly ........................................   56
     3.3.3  Fragmentation .....................................   58
     3.3.4  Local Multihoming .................................   60
        3.3.4.1  Introduction .................................   60
        3.3.4.2  Multihoming Requirements .....................   61
        3.3.4.3  Choosing a Source Address ....................   64
     3.3.5  Source Route Forwarding ...........................   65

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

     3.3.6  Broadcasts ........................................   66
     3.3.7  IP Multicasting ...................................   67
     3.3.8  Error Reporting ...................................   69
  3.4  INTERNET/TRANSPORT LAYER INTERFACE .....................   69
  3.5  INTERNET LAYER REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY ....................   72

4. TRANSPORT PROTOCOLS ......................................... 77

  4.1  USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL -- UDP ..........................   77
     4.1.1  INTRODUCTION ......................................   77
     4.1.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH .............................   77
     4.1.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES ...................................   77
        4.1.3.1  Ports ........................................   77
        4.1.3.2  IP Options ...................................   77
        4.1.3.3  ICMP Messages ................................   78
        4.1.3.4  UDP Checksums ................................   78
        4.1.3.5  UDP Multihoming ..............................   79
        4.1.3.6  Invalid Addresses ............................   79
     4.1.4  UDP/APPLICATION LAYER INTERFACE ...................   79
     4.1.5  UDP REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY ..........................   80
  4.2  TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL -- TCP ...................   82
     4.2.1  INTRODUCTION ......................................   82
     4.2.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH .............................   82
        4.2.2.1  Well-Known Ports .............................   82
        4.2.2.2  Use of Push ..................................   82
        4.2.2.3  Window Size ..................................   83
        4.2.2.4  Urgent Pointer ...............................   84
        4.2.2.5  TCP Options ..................................   85
        4.2.2.6  Maximum Segment Size Option ..................   85
        4.2.2.7  TCP Checksum .................................   86
        4.2.2.8  TCP Connection State Diagram .................   86
        4.2.2.9  Initial Sequence Number Selection ............   87
        4.2.2.10  Simultaneous Open Attempts ..................   87
        4.2.2.11  Recovery from Old Duplicate SYN .............   87
        4.2.2.12  RST Segment .................................   87
        4.2.2.13  Closing a Connection ........................   87
        4.2.2.14  Data Communication ..........................   89
        4.2.2.15  Retransmission Timeout ......................   90
        4.2.2.16  Managing the Window .........................   91
        4.2.2.17  Probing Zero Windows ........................   92
        4.2.2.18  Passive OPEN Calls ..........................   92
        4.2.2.19  Time to Live ................................   93
        4.2.2.20  Event Processing ............................   93
        4.2.2.21  Acknowledging Queued Segments ...............   94
     4.2.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES ...................................   95
        4.2.3.1  Retransmission Timeout Calculation ...........   95
        4.2.3.2  When to Send an ACK Segment ..................   96
        4.2.3.3  When to Send a Window Update .................   97
        4.2.3.4  When to Send Data ............................   98

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

        4.2.3.5  TCP Connection Failures ......................  100
        4.2.3.6  TCP Keep-Alives ..............................  101
        4.2.3.7  TCP Multihoming ..............................  103
        4.2.3.8  IP Options ...................................  103
        4.2.3.9  ICMP Messages ................................  103
        4.2.3.10  Remote Address Validation ...................  104
        4.2.3.11  TCP Traffic Patterns ........................  104
        4.2.3.12  Efficiency ..................................  105
     4.2.4  TCP/APPLICATION LAYER INTERFACE ...................  106
        4.2.4.1  Asynchronous Reports .........................  106
        4.2.4.2  Type-of-Service ..............................  107
        4.2.4.3  Flush Call ...................................  107
        4.2.4.4  Multihoming ..................................  108
     4.2.5  TCP REQUIREMENT SUMMARY ...........................  108

5. REFERENCES ................................................. 112

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

INTRODUCTION

This document is one of a pair that defines and discusses the requirements for host system implementations of the Internet protocol suite. This RFC covers the communication protocol layers: link layer, IP layer, and transport layer. Its companion RFC, "Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support" [INTRO:1], covers the application layer protocols. This document should also be read in conjunction with "Requirements for Internet Gateways" [INTRO:2].

These documents are intended to provide guidance for vendors, implementors, and users of Internet communication software. They represent the consensus of a large body of technical experience and wisdom, contributed by the members of the Internet research and vendor communities.

This RFC enumerates standard protocols that a host connected to the Internet must use, and it incorporates by reference the RFCs and other documents describing the current specifications for these protocols. It corrects errors in the referenced documents and adds additional discussion and guidance for an implementor.

For each protocol, this document also contains an explicit set of requirements, recommendations, and options. The reader must understand that the list of requirements in this document is incomplete by itself; the complete set of requirements for an Internet host is primarily defined in the standard protocol specification documents, with the corrections, amendments, and supplements contained in this RFC.

A good-faith implementation of the protocols that was produced after careful reading of the RFC's and with some interaction with the Internet technical community, and that followed good communications software engineering practices, should differ from the requirements of this document in only minor ways. Thus, in many cases, the "requirements" in this RFC are already stated or implied in the standard protocol documents, so that their inclusion here is, in a sense, redundant. However, they were included because some past implementation has made the wrong choice, causing problems of interoperability, performance, and/or robustness.

This document includes discussion and explanation of many of the requirements and recommendations. A simple list of requirements would be dangerous, because:

o Some required features are more important than others, and some

    features are optional.

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

o There may be valid reasons why particular vendor products that

    are designed for restricted contexts might choose to use
    different specifications.

However, the specifications of this document must be followed to meet the general goal of arbitrary host interoperation across the diversity and complexity of the Internet system. Although most current implementations fail to meet these requirements in various ways, some minor and some major, this specification is the ideal towards which we need to move.

These requirements are based on the current level of Internet architecture. This document will be updated as required to provide additional clarifications or to include additional information in those areas in which specifications are still evolving.

This introductory section begins with a brief overview of the Internet architecture as it relates to hosts, and then gives some general advice to host software vendors. Finally, there is some guidance on reading the rest of the document and some terminology.

1.1 The Internet Architecture

  General background and discussion on the Internet architecture and
  supporting protocol suite can be found in the DDN Protocol
  Handbook [INTRO:3]; for background see for example [INTRO:9],
  [INTRO:10], and [INTRO:11].  Reference [INTRO:5] describes the
  procedure for obtaining Internet protocol documents, while
  [INTRO:6] contains a list of the numbers assigned within Internet
  protocols.
  1.1.1  Internet Hosts
     A host computer, or simply "host," is the ultimate consumer of
     communication services.  A host generally executes application
     programs on behalf of user(s), employing network and/or
     Internet communication services in support of this function.
     An Internet host corresponds to the concept of an "End-System"
     used in the OSI protocol suite [INTRO:13].
     An Internet communication system consists of interconnected
     packet networks supporting communication among host computers
     using the Internet protocols.  The networks are interconnected
     using packet-switching computers called "gateways" or "IP
     routers" by the Internet community, and "Intermediate Systems"
     by the OSI world [INTRO:13].  The RFC "Requirements for
     Internet Gateways" [INTRO:2] contains the official
     specifications for Internet gateways.  That RFC together with

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

     the present document and its companion [INTRO:1] define the
     rules for the current realization of the Internet architecture.
     Internet hosts span a wide range of size, speed, and function.
     They range in size from small microprocessors through
     workstations to mainframes and supercomputers.  In function,
     they range from single-purpose hosts (such as terminal servers)
     to full-service hosts that support a variety of online network
     services, typically including remote login, file transfer, and
     electronic mail.
     A host is generally said to be multihomed if it has more than
     one interface to the same or to different networks.  See
     Section 1.1.3 on "Terminology".
  1.1.2  Architectural Assumptions
     The current Internet architecture is based on a set of
     assumptions about the communication system.  The assumptions
     most relevant to hosts are as follows:
     (a)  The Internet is a network of networks.
          Each host is directly connected to some particular
          network(s); its connection to the Internet is only
          conceptual.  Two hosts on the same network communicate
          with each other using the same set of protocols that they
          would use to communicate with hosts on distant networks.
     (b)  Gateways don't keep connection state information.
          To improve robustness of the communication system,
          gateways are designed to be stateless, forwarding each IP
          datagram independently of other datagrams.  As a result,
          redundant paths can be exploited to provide robust service
          in spite of failures of intervening gateways and networks.
          All state information required for end-to-end flow control
          and reliability is implemented in the hosts, in the
          transport layer or in application programs.  All
          connection control information is thus co-located with the
          end points of the communication, so it will be lost only
          if an end point fails.
     (c)  Routing complexity should be in the gateways.
          Routing is a complex and difficult problem, and ought to
          be performed by the gateways, not the hosts.  An important

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

          objective is to insulate host software from changes caused
          by the inevitable evolution of the Internet routing
          architecture.
     (d)  The System must tolerate wide network variation.
          A basic objective of the Internet design is to tolerate a
          wide range of network characteristics -- e.g., bandwidth,
          delay, packet loss, packet reordering, and maximum packet
          size.  Another objective is robustness against failure of
          individual networks, gateways, and hosts, using whatever
          bandwidth is still available.  Finally, the goal is full
          "open system interconnection": an Internet host must be
          able to interoperate robustly and effectively with any
          other Internet host, across diverse Internet paths.
          Sometimes host implementors have designed for less
          ambitious goals.  For example, the LAN environment is
          typically much more benign than the Internet as a whole;
          LANs have low packet loss and delay and do not reorder
          packets.  Some vendors have fielded host implementations
          that are adequate for a simple LAN environment, but work
          badly for general interoperation.  The vendor justifies
          such a product as being economical within the restricted
          LAN market.  However, isolated LANs seldom stay isolated
          for long; they are soon gatewayed to each other, to
          organization-wide internets, and eventually to the global
          Internet system.  In the end, neither the customer nor the
          vendor is served by incomplete or substandard Internet
          host software.
          The requirements spelled out in this document are designed
          for a full-function Internet host, capable of full
          interoperation over an arbitrary Internet path.
  1.1.3  Internet Protocol Suite
     To communicate using the Internet system, a host must implement
     the layered set of protocols comprising the Internet protocol
     suite.  A host typically must implement at least one protocol
     from each layer.
     The protocol layers used in the Internet architecture are as
     follows [INTRO:4]:
     o  Application Layer

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

          The application layer is the top layer of the Internet
          protocol suite.  The Internet suite does not further
          subdivide the application layer, although some of the
          Internet application layer protocols do contain some
          internal sub-layering.  The application layer of the
          Internet suite essentially combines the functions of the
          top two layers -- Presentation and Application -- of the
          OSI reference model.
          We distinguish two categories of application layer
          protocols:  user protocols that provide service directly
          to users, and support protocols that provide common system
          functions.  Requirements for user and support protocols
          will be found in the companion RFC [INTRO:1].
          The most common Internet user protocols are:
            o  Telnet (remote login)
            o  FTP    (file transfer)
            o  SMTP   (electronic mail delivery)
          There are a number of other standardized user protocols
          [INTRO:4] and many private user protocols.
          Support protocols, used for host name mapping, booting,
          and management, include SNMP, BOOTP, RARP, and the Domain
          Name System (DNS) protocols.
     o  Transport Layer
          The transport layer provides end-to-end communication
          services for applications.  There are two primary
          transport layer protocols at present:
            o Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
            o User Datagram Protocol (UDP)
          TCP is a reliable connection-oriented transport service
          that provides end-to-end reliability, resequencing, and
          flow control.  UDP is a connectionless ("datagram")
          transport service.
          Other transport protocols have been developed by the
          research community, and the set of official Internet
          transport protocols may be expanded in the future.
          Transport layer protocols are discussed in Chapter 4.

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

     o  Internet Layer
          All Internet transport protocols use the Internet Protocol
          (IP) to carry data from source host to destination host.
          IP is a connectionless or datagram internetwork service,
          providing no end-to-end delivery guarantees. Thus, IP
          datagrams may arrive at the destination host damaged,
          duplicated, out of order, or not at all.  The layers above
          IP are responsible for reliable delivery service when it
          is required.  The IP protocol includes provision for
          addressing, type-of-service specification, fragmentation
          and reassembly, and security information.
          The datagram or connectionless nature of the IP protocol
          is a fundamental and characteristic feature of the
          Internet architecture.  Internet IP was the model for the
          OSI Connectionless Network Protocol [INTRO:12].
          ICMP is a control protocol that is considered to be an
          integral part of IP, although it is architecturally
          layered upon IP, i.e., it uses IP to carry its data end-
          to-end just as a transport protocol like TCP or UDP does.
          ICMP provides error reporting, congestion reporting, and
          first-hop gateway redirection.
          IGMP is an Internet layer protocol used for establishing
          dynamic host groups for IP multicasting.
          The Internet layer protocols IP, ICMP, and IGMP are
          discussed in Chapter 3.
     o  Link Layer
          To communicate on its directly-connected network, a host
          must implement the communication protocol used to
          interface to that network.  We call this a link layer or
          media-access layer protocol.
          There is a wide variety of link layer protocols,
          corresponding to the many different types of networks.
          See Chapter 2.
  1.1.4  Embedded Gateway Code
     Some Internet host software includes embedded gateway
     functionality, so that these hosts can forward packets as a

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

     gateway would, while still performing the application layer
     functions of a host.
     Such dual-purpose systems must follow the Gateway Requirements
     RFC [INTRO:2]  with respect to their gateway functions, and
     must follow the present document with respect to their host
     functions.  In all overlapping cases, the two specifications
     should be in agreement.
     There are varying opinions in the Internet community about
     embedded gateway functionality.  The main arguments are as
     follows:
     o    Pro: in a local network environment where networking is
          informal, or in isolated internets, it may be convenient
          and economical to use existing host systems as gateways.
          There is also an architectural argument for embedded
          gateway functionality: multihoming is much more common
          than originally foreseen, and multihoming forces a host to
          make routing decisions as if it were a gateway.  If the
          multihomed  host contains an embedded gateway, it will
          have full routing knowledge and as a result will be able
          to make more optimal routing decisions.
     o    Con: Gateway algorithms and protocols are still changing,
          and they will continue to change as the Internet system
          grows larger.  Attempting to include a general gateway
          function within the host IP layer will force host system
          maintainers to track these (more frequent) changes.  Also,
          a larger pool of gateway implementations will make
          coordinating the changes more difficult.  Finally, the
          complexity of a gateway IP layer is somewhat greater than
          that of a host, making the implementation and operation
          tasks more complex.
          In addition, the style of operation of some hosts is not
          appropriate for providing stable and robust gateway
          service.
     There is considerable merit in both of these viewpoints.  One
     conclusion can be drawn: an host administrator must have
     conscious control over whether or not a given host acts as a
     gateway.  See Section 3.1 for the detailed requirements.

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

1.2 General Considerations

  There are two important lessons that vendors of Internet host
  software have learned and which a new vendor should consider
  seriously.
  1.2.1  Continuing Internet Evolution
     The enormous growth of the Internet has revealed problems of
     management and scaling in a large datagram-based packet
     communication system.  These problems are being addressed, and
     as a result there will be continuing evolution of the
     specifications described in this document.  These changes will
     be carefully planned and controlled, since there is extensive
     participation in this planning by the vendors and by the
     organizations responsible for operations of the networks.
     Development, evolution, and revision are characteristic of
     computer network protocols today, and this situation will
     persist for some years.  A vendor who develops computer
     communication software for the Internet protocol suite (or any
     other protocol suite!) and then fails to maintain and update
     that software for changing specifications is going to leave a
     trail of unhappy customers.  The Internet is a large
     communication network, and the users are in constant contact
     through it.  Experience has shown that knowledge of
     deficiencies in vendor software propagates quickly through the
     Internet technical community.
  1.2.2  Robustness Principle
     At every layer of the protocols, there is a general rule whose
     application can lead to enormous benefits in robustness and
     interoperability [IP:1]:
            "Be liberal in what you accept, and
             conservative in what you send"
     Software should be written to deal with every conceivable
     error, no matter how unlikely; sooner or later a packet will
     come in with that particular combination of errors and
     attributes, and unless the software is prepared, chaos can
     ensue.  In general, it is best to assume that the network is
     filled with malevolent entities that will send in packets
     designed to have the worst possible effect.  This assumption
     will lead to suitable protective design, although the most
     serious problems in the Internet have been caused by
     unenvisaged mechanisms triggered by low-probability events;

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

     mere human malice would never have taken so devious a course!
     Adaptability to change must be designed into all levels of
     Internet host software.  As a simple example, consider a
     protocol specification that contains an enumeration of values
     for a particular header field -- e.g., a type field, a port
     number, or an error code; this enumeration must be assumed to
     be incomplete.  Thus, if a protocol specification defines four
     possible error codes, the software must not break when a fifth
     code shows up.  An undefined code might be logged (see below),
     but it must not cause a failure.
     The second part of the principle is almost as important:
     software on other hosts may contain deficiencies that make it
     unwise to exploit legal but obscure protocol features.  It is
     unwise to stray far from the obvious and simple, lest untoward
     effects result elsewhere.  A corollary of this is "watch out
     for misbehaving hosts"; host software should be prepared, not
     just to survive other misbehaving hosts, but also to cooperate
     to limit the amount of disruption such hosts can cause to the
     shared communication facility.
  1.2.3  Error Logging
     The Internet includes a great variety of host and gateway
     systems, each implementing many protocols and protocol layers,
     and some of these contain bugs and mis-features in their
     Internet protocol software.  As a result of complexity,
     diversity, and distribution of function, the diagnosis of
     Internet problems is often very difficult.
     Problem diagnosis will be aided if host implementations include
     a carefully designed facility for logging erroneous or
     "strange" protocol events.  It is important to include as much
     diagnostic information as possible when an error is logged.  In
     particular, it is often useful to record the header(s) of a
     packet that caused an error.  However, care must be taken to
     ensure that error logging does not consume prohibitive amounts
     of resources or otherwise interfere with the operation of the
     host.
     There is a tendency for abnormal but harmless protocol events
     to overflow error logging files; this can be avoided by using a
     "circular" log, or by enabling logging only while diagnosing a
     known failure.  It may be useful to filter and count duplicate
     successive messages.  One strategy that seems to work well is:
     (1) always count abnormalities and make such counts accessible
     through the management protocol (see [INTRO:1]); and (2) allow

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

     the logging of a great variety of events to be selectively
     enabled.  For example, it might useful to be able to "log
     everything" or to "log everything for host X".
     Note that different managements may have differing policies
     about the amount of error logging that they want normally
     enabled in a host.  Some will say, "if it doesn't hurt me, I
     don't want to know about it", while others will want to take a
     more watchful and aggressive attitude about detecting and
     removing protocol abnormalities.
  1.2.4  Configuration
     It would be ideal if a host implementation of the Internet
     protocol suite could be entirely self-configuring.  This would
     allow the whole suite to be implemented in ROM or cast into
     silicon, it would simplify diskless workstations, and it would
     be an immense boon to harried LAN administrators as well as
     system vendors.  We have not reached this ideal; in fact, we
     are not even close.
     At many points in this document, you will find a requirement
     that a parameter be a configurable option.  There are several
     different reasons behind such requirements.  In a few cases,
     there is current uncertainty or disagreement about the best
     value, and it may be necessary to update the recommended value
     in the future.  In other cases, the value really depends on
     external factors -- e.g., the size of the host and the
     distribution of its communication load, or the speeds and
     topology of nearby networks -- and self-tuning algorithms are
     unavailable and may be insufficient.  In some cases,
     configurability is needed because of administrative
     requirements.
     Finally, some configuration options are required to communicate
     with obsolete or incorrect implementations of the protocols,
     distributed without sources, that unfortunately persist in many
     parts of the Internet.  To make correct systems coexist with
     these faulty systems, administrators often have to "mis-
     configure" the correct systems.  This problem will correct
     itself gradually as the faulty systems are retired, but it
     cannot be ignored by vendors.
     When we say that a parameter must be configurable, we do not
     intend to require that its value be explicitly read from a
     configuration file at every boot time.  We recommend that
     implementors set up a default for each parameter, so a
     configuration file is only necessary to override those defaults

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

     that are inappropriate in a particular installation.  Thus, the
     configurability requirement is an assurance that it will be
     POSSIBLE to override the default when necessary, even in a
     binary-only or ROM-based product.
     This document requires a particular value for such defaults in
     some cases.  The choice of default is a sensitive issue when
     the configuration item controls the accommodation to existing
     faulty systems.  If the Internet is to converge successfully to
     complete interoperability, the default values built into
     implementations must implement the official protocol, not
     "mis-configurations" to accommodate faulty implementations.
     Although marketing considerations have led some vendors to
     choose mis-configuration defaults, we urge vendors to choose
     defaults that will conform to the standard.
     Finally, we note that a vendor needs to provide adequate
     documentation on all configuration parameters, their limits and
     effects.

1.3 Reading this Document

  1.3.1  Organization
     Protocol layering, which is generally used as an organizing
     principle in implementing network software, has also been used
     to organize this document.  In describing the rules, we assume
     that an implementation does strictly mirror the layering of the
     protocols.  Thus, the following three major sections specify
     the requirements for the link layer, the internet layer, and
     the transport layer, respectively.  A companion RFC [INTRO:1]
     covers application level software.  This layerist organization
     was chosen for simplicity and clarity.
     However, strict layering is an imperfect model, both for the
     protocol suite and for recommended implementation approaches.
     Protocols in different layers interact in complex and sometimes
     subtle ways, and particular functions often involve multiple
     layers.  There are many design choices in an implementation,
     many of which involve creative "breaking" of strict layering.
     Every implementor is urged to read references [INTRO:7] and
     [INTRO:8].
     This document describes the conceptual service interface
     between layers using a functional ("procedure call") notation,
     like that used in the TCP specification [TCP:1].  A host
     implementation must support the logical information flow

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

     implied by these calls, but need not literally implement the
     calls themselves.  For example, many implementations reflect
     the coupling between the transport layer and the IP layer by
     giving them shared access to common data structures.  These
     data structures, rather than explicit procedure calls, are then
     the agency for passing much of the information that is
     required.
     In general, each major section of this document is organized
     into the following subsections:
     (1)  Introduction
     (2)  Protocol Walk-Through -- considers the protocol
          specification documents section-by-section, correcting
          errors, stating requirements that may be ambiguous or
          ill-defined, and providing further clarification or
          explanation.
     (3)  Specific Issues -- discusses protocol design and
          implementation issues that were not included in the walk-
          through.
     (4)  Interfaces -- discusses the service interface to the next
          higher layer.
     (5)  Summary -- contains a summary of the requirements of the
          section.
     Under many of the individual topics in this document, there is
     parenthetical material labeled "DISCUSSION" or
     "IMPLEMENTATION". This material is intended to give
     clarification and explanation of the preceding requirements
     text.  It also includes some suggestions on possible future
     directions or developments.  The implementation material
     contains suggested approaches that an implementor may want to
     consider.
     The summary sections are intended to be guides and indexes to
     the text, but are necessarily cryptic and incomplete.  The
     summaries should never be used or referenced separately from
     the complete RFC.
  1.3.2  Requirements
     In this document, the words that are used to define the
     significance of each particular requirement are capitalized.

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

     These words are:
     *    "MUST"
          This word or the adjective "REQUIRED" means that the item
          is an absolute requirement of the specification.
     *    "SHOULD"
          This word or the adjective "RECOMMENDED" means that there
          may exist valid reasons in particular circumstances to
          ignore this item, but the full implications should be
          understood and the case carefully weighed before choosing
          a different course.
     *    "MAY"
          This word or the adjective "OPTIONAL" means that this item
          is truly optional.  One vendor may choose to include the
          item because a particular marketplace requires it or
          because it enhances the product, for example; another
          vendor may omit the same item.
     An implementation is not compliant if it fails to satisfy one
     or more of the MUST requirements for the protocols it
     implements.  An implementation that satisfies all the MUST and
     all the SHOULD requirements for its protocols is said to be
     "unconditionally compliant"; one that satisfies all the MUST
     requirements but not all the SHOULD requirements for its
     protocols is said to be "conditionally compliant".
  1.3.3  Terminology
     This document uses the following technical terms:
     Segment
          A segment is the unit of end-to-end transmission in the
          TCP protocol.  A segment consists of a TCP header followed
          by application data.  A segment is transmitted by
          encapsulation inside an IP datagram.
     Message
          In this description of the lower-layer protocols, a
          message is the unit of transmission in a transport layer
          protocol.  In particular, a TCP segment is a message.  A
          message consists of a transport protocol header followed
          by application protocol data.  To be transmitted end-to-

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

          end through the Internet, a message must be encapsulated
          inside a datagram.
     IP Datagram
          An IP datagram is the unit of end-to-end transmission in
          the IP protocol.  An IP datagram consists of an IP header
          followed by transport layer data, i.e., of an IP header
          followed by a message.
          In the description of the internet layer (Section 3), the
          unqualified term "datagram" should be understood to refer
          to an IP datagram.
     Packet
          A packet is the unit of data passed across the interface
          between the internet layer and the link layer.  It
          includes an IP header and data.  A packet may be a
          complete IP datagram or a fragment of an IP datagram.
     Frame
          A frame is the unit of transmission in a link layer
          protocol, and consists of a link-layer header followed by
          a packet.
     Connected Network
          A network to which a host is interfaced is often known as
          the "local network" or the "subnetwork" relative to that
          host.  However, these terms can cause confusion, and
          therefore we use the term "connected network" in this
          document.
     Multihomed
          A host is said to be multihomed if it has multiple IP
          addresses.  For a discussion of multihoming, see Section
          3.3.4 below.
     Physical network interface
          This is a physical interface to a connected network and
          has a (possibly unique) link-layer address.  Multiple
          physical network interfaces on a single host may share the
          same link-layer address, but the address must be unique
          for different hosts on the same physical network.
     Logical [network] interface
          We define a logical [network] interface to be a logical
          path, distinguished by a unique IP address, to a connected
          network.  See Section 3.3.4.

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

     Specific-destination address
          This is the effective destination address of a datagram,
          even if it is broadcast or multicast; see Section 3.2.1.3.
     Path
          At a given moment, all the IP datagrams from a particular
          source host to a particular destination host will
          typically traverse the same sequence of gateways.  We use
          the term "path" for this sequence.  Note that a path is
          uni-directional; it is not unusual to have different paths
          in the two directions between a given host pair.
     MTU
          The maximum transmission unit, i.e., the size of the
          largest packet that can be transmitted.
     The terms frame, packet, datagram, message, and segment are
     illustrated by the following schematic diagrams:
     A. Transmission on connected network:
       _______________________________________________
      | LL hdr | IP hdr |         (data)              |
      |________|________|_____________________________|
       <---------- Frame ----------------------------->
                <----------Packet -------------------->
     B. Before IP fragmentation or after IP reassembly:
                ______________________________________
               | IP hdr | transport| Application Data |
               |________|____hdr___|__________________|
                <--------  Datagram ------------------>
                         <-------- Message ----------->
       or, for TCP:
                ______________________________________
               | IP hdr |  TCP hdr | Application Data |
               |________|__________|__________________|
                <--------  Datagram ------------------>
                         <-------- Segment ----------->

RFC1122 INTRODUCTION October 1989

1.4 Acknowledgments

  This document incorporates contributions and comments from a large
  group of Internet protocol experts, including representatives of
  university and research labs, vendors, and government agencies.
  It was assembled primarily by the Host Requirements Working Group
  of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF).
  The Editor would especially like to acknowledge the tireless
  dedication of the following people, who attended many long
  meetings and generated 3 million bytes of electronic mail over the
  past 18 months in pursuit of this document: Philip Almquist, Dave
  Borman (Cray Research), Noel Chiappa, Dave Crocker (DEC), Steve
  Deering (Stanford), Mike Karels (Berkeley), Phil Karn (Bellcore),
  John Lekashman (NASA), Charles Lynn (BBN), Keith McCloghrie (TWG),
  Paul Mockapetris (ISI), Thomas Narten (Purdue), Craig Partridge
  (BBN), Drew Perkins (CMU), and James Van Bokkelen (FTP Software).
  In addition, the following people made major contributions to the
  effort: Bill Barns (Mitre), Steve Bellovin (AT&T), Mike Brescia
  (BBN), Ed Cain (DCA), Annette DeSchon (ISI), Martin Gross (DCA),
  Phill Gross (NRI), Charles Hedrick (Rutgers), Van Jacobson (LBL),
  John Klensin (MIT), Mark Lottor (SRI), Milo Medin (NASA), Bill
  Melohn (Sun Microsystems), Greg Minshall (Kinetics), Jeff Mogul
  (DEC), John Mullen (CMC), Jon Postel (ISI), John Romkey (Epilogue
  Technology), and Mike StJohns (DCA).  The following also made
  significant contributions to particular areas: Eric Allman
  (Berkeley), Rob Austein (MIT), Art Berggreen (ACC), Keith Bostic
  (Berkeley), Vint Cerf (NRI), Wayne Hathaway (NASA), Matt Korn
  (IBM), Erik Naggum (Naggum Software, Norway), Robert Ullmann
  (Prime Computer), David Waitzman (BBN), Frank Wancho (USA), Arun
  Welch (Ohio State), Bill Westfield (Cisco), and Rayan Zachariassen
  (Toronto).
  We are grateful to all, including any contributors who may have
  been inadvertently omitted from this list.

RFC1122 LINK LAYER October 1989

LINK LAYER

2.1 INTRODUCTION

  All Internet systems, both hosts and gateways, have the same
  requirements for link layer protocols.  These requirements are
  given in Chapter 3 of "Requirements for Internet Gateways"
  [INTRO:2], augmented with the material in this section.

2.2 PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH

  None.

2.3 SPECIFIC ISSUES

  2.3.1  Trailer Protocol Negotiation
     The trailer protocol [LINK:1] for link-layer encapsulation MAY
     be used, but only when it has been verified that both systems
     (host or gateway) involved in the link-layer communication
     implement trailers.  If the system does not dynamically
     negotiate use of the trailer protocol on a per-destination
     basis, the default configuration MUST disable the protocol.
     DISCUSSION:
          The trailer protocol is a link-layer encapsulation
          technique that rearranges the data contents of packets
          sent on the physical network.  In some cases, trailers
          improve the throughput of higher layer protocols by
          reducing the amount of data copying within the operating
          system.  Higher layer protocols are unaware of trailer
          use, but both the sending and receiving host MUST
          understand the protocol if it is used.
          Improper use of trailers can result in very confusing
          symptoms.  Only packets with specific size attributes are
          encapsulated using trailers, and typically only a small
          fraction of the packets being exchanged have these
          attributes.  Thus, if a system using trailers exchanges
          packets with a system that does not, some packets
          disappear into a black hole while others are delivered
          successfully.
     IMPLEMENTATION:
          On an Ethernet, packets encapsulated with trailers use a
          distinct Ethernet type [LINK:1], and trailer negotiation
          is performed at the time that ARP is used to discover the
          link-layer address of a destination system.

RFC1122 LINK LAYER October 1989

          Specifically, the ARP exchange is completed in the usual
          manner using the normal IP protocol type, but a host that
          wants to speak trailers will send an additional "trailer
          ARP reply" packet, i.e., an ARP reply that specifies the
          trailer encapsulation protocol type but otherwise has the
          format of a normal ARP reply.  If a host configured to use
          trailers receives a trailer ARP reply message from a
          remote machine, it can add that machine to the list of
          machines that understand trailers, e.g., by marking the
          corresponding entry in the ARP cache.
          Hosts wishing to receive trailer encapsulations send
          trailer ARP replies whenever they complete exchanges of
          normal ARP messages for IP.  Thus, a host that received an
          ARP request for its IP protocol address would send a
          trailer ARP reply in addition to the normal IP ARP reply;
          a host that sent the IP ARP request would send a trailer
          ARP reply when it received the corresponding IP ARP reply.
          In this way, either the requesting or responding host in
          an IP ARP exchange may request that it receive trailer
          encapsulations.
          This scheme, using extra trailer ARP reply packets rather
          than sending an ARP request for the trailer protocol type,
          was designed to avoid a continuous exchange of ARP packets
          with a misbehaving host that, contrary to any
          specification or common sense, responded to an ARP reply
          for trailers with another ARP reply for IP.  This problem
          is avoided by sending a trailer ARP reply in response to
          an IP ARP reply only when the IP ARP reply answers an
          outstanding request; this is true when the hardware
          address for the host is still unknown when the IP ARP
          reply is received.  A trailer ARP reply may always be sent
          along with an IP ARP reply responding to an IP ARP
          request.
  2.3.2  Address Resolution Protocol -- ARP
     2.3.2.1  ARP Cache Validation
        An implementation of the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)
        [LINK:2] MUST provide a mechanism to flush out-of-date cache
        entries.  If this mechanism involves a timeout, it SHOULD be
        possible to configure the timeout value.
        A mechanism to prevent ARP flooding (repeatedly sending an
        ARP Request for the same IP address, at a high rate) MUST be
        included.  The recommended maximum rate is 1 per second per

RFC1122 LINK LAYER October 1989

        destination.
        DISCUSSION:
             The ARP specification [LINK:2] suggests but does not
             require a timeout mechanism to invalidate cache entries
             when hosts change their Ethernet addresses.  The
             prevalence of proxy ARP (see Section 2.4 of [INTRO:2])
             has significantly increased the likelihood that cache
             entries in hosts will become invalid, and therefore
             some ARP-cache invalidation mechanism is now required
             for hosts.  Even in the absence of proxy ARP, a long-
             period cache timeout is useful in order to
             automatically correct any bad ARP data that might have
             been cached.
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             Four mechanisms have been used, sometimes in
             combination, to flush out-of-date cache entries.
             (1)  Timeout -- Periodically time out cache entries,
                  even if they are in use.  Note that this timeout
                  should be restarted when the cache entry is
                  "refreshed" (by observing the source fields,
                  regardless of target address, of an ARP broadcast
                  from the system in question).  For proxy ARP
                  situations, the timeout needs to be on the order
                  of a minute.
             (2)  Unicast Poll -- Actively poll the remote host by
                  periodically sending a point-to-point ARP Request
                  to it, and delete the entry if no ARP Reply is
                  received from N successive polls.  Again, the
                  timeout should be on the order of a minute, and
                  typically N is 2.
             (3)  Link-Layer Advice -- If the link-layer driver
                  detects a delivery problem, flush the
                  corresponding ARP cache entry.
             (4)  Higher-layer Advice -- Provide a call from the
                  Internet layer to the link layer to indicate a
                  delivery problem.  The effect of this call would
                  be to invalidate the corresponding cache entry.
                  This call would be analogous to the
                  "ADVISE_DELIVPROB()" call from the transport layer
                  to the Internet layer (see Section 3.4), and in
                  fact the ADVISE_DELIVPROB routine might in turn
                  call the link-layer advice routine to invalidate

RFC1122 LINK LAYER October 1989

                  the ARP cache entry.
             Approaches (1) and (2) involve ARP cache timeouts on
             the order of a minute or less.  In the absence of proxy
             ARP, a timeout this short could create noticeable
             overhead traffic on a very large Ethernet.  Therefore,
             it may be necessary to configure a host to lengthen the
             ARP cache timeout.
     2.3.2.2  ARP Packet Queue
        The link layer SHOULD save (rather than discard) at least
        one (the latest) packet of each set of packets destined to
        the same unresolved IP address, and transmit the saved
        packet when the address has been resolved.
        DISCUSSION:
             Failure to follow this recommendation causes the first
             packet of every exchange to be lost.  Although higher-
             layer protocols can generally cope with packet loss by
             retransmission, packet loss does impact performance.
             For example, loss of a TCP open request causes the
             initial round-trip time estimate to be inflated.  UDP-
             based applications such as the Domain Name System are
             more seriously affected.
  2.3.3  Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation
     The IP encapsulation for Ethernets is described in RFC-894
     [LINK:3], while RFC-1042 [LINK:4] describes the IP
     encapsulation for IEEE 802 networks.  RFC-1042 elaborates and
     replaces the discussion in Section 3.4 of [INTRO:2].
     Every Internet host connected to a 10Mbps Ethernet cable:
     o    MUST be able to send and receive packets using RFC-894
          encapsulation;
     o    SHOULD be able to receive RFC-1042 packets, intermixed
          with RFC-894 packets; and
     o    MAY be able to send packets using RFC-1042 encapsulation.
     An Internet host that implements sending both the RFC-894 and
     the RFC-1042 encapsulations MUST provide a configuration switch
     to select which is sent, and this switch MUST default to RFC-
     894.

RFC1122 LINK LAYER October 1989

     Note that the standard IP encapsulation in RFC-1042 does not
     use the protocol id value (K1=6) that IEEE reserved for IP;
     instead, it uses a value (K1=170) that implies an extension
     (the "SNAP") which can be used to hold the Ether-Type field.
     An Internet system MUST NOT send 802 packets using K1=6.
     Address translation from Internet addresses to link-layer
     addresses on Ethernet and IEEE 802 networks MUST be managed by
     the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP).
     The MTU for an Ethernet is 1500 and for 802.3 is 1492.
     DISCUSSION:
          The IEEE 802.3 specification provides for operation over a
          10Mbps Ethernet cable, in which case Ethernet and IEEE
          802.3 frames can be physically intermixed.  A receiver can
          distinguish Ethernet and 802.3 frames by the value of the
          802.3 Length field; this two-octet field coincides in the
          header with the Ether-Type field of an Ethernet frame.  In
          particular, the 802.3 Length field must be less than or
          equal to 1500, while all valid Ether-Type values are
          greater than 1500.
          Another compatibility problem arises with link-layer
          broadcasts.  A broadcast sent with one framing will not be
          seen by hosts that can receive only the other framing.
          The provisions of this section were designed to provide
          direct interoperation between 894-capable and 1042-capable
          systems on the same cable, to the maximum extent possible.
          It is intended to support the present situation where
          894-only systems predominate, while providing an easy
          transition to a possible future in which 1042-capable
          systems become common.
          Note that 894-only systems cannot interoperate directly
          with 1042-only systems.  If the two system types are set
          up as two different logical networks on the same cable,
          they can communicate only through an IP gateway.
          Furthermore, it is not useful or even possible for a
          dual-format host to discover automatically which format to
          send, because of the problem of link-layer broadcasts.

2.4 LINK/INTERNET LAYER INTERFACE

  The packet receive interface between the IP layer and the link
  layer MUST include a flag to indicate whether the incoming packet
  was addressed to a link-layer broadcast address.

RFC1122 LINK LAYER October 1989

  DISCUSSION
       Although the IP layer does not generally know link layer
       addresses (since every different network medium typically has
       a different address format), the broadcast address on a
       broadcast-capable medium is an important special case.  See
       Section 3.2.2, especially the DISCUSSION concerning broadcast
       storms.
  The packet send interface between the IP and link layers MUST
  include the 5-bit TOS field (see Section 3.2.1.6).
  The link layer MUST NOT report a Destination Unreachable error to
  IP solely because there is no ARP cache entry for a destination.

2.5 LINK LAYER REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY

                                              |       | | | |S| |
                                              |       | | | |H| |F
                                              |       | | | |O|M|o
                                              |       | |S| |U|U|o
                                              |       | |H| |L|S|t
                                              |       |M|O| |D|T|n
                                              |       |U|U|M| | |o
                                              |       |S|L|A|N|N|t
                                              |       |T|D|Y|O|O|t

FEATURE |SECTION| | | |T|T|e


|-------|-|-|-|-|-|--

                                              |       | | | | | |

Trailer encapsulation |2.3.1 | | |x| | | Send Trailers by default without negotiation |2.3.1 | | | | |x| ARP |2.3.2 | | | | | |

 Flush out-of-date ARP cache entries             |2.3.2.1|x| | | | |
 Prevent ARP floods                              |2.3.2.1|x| | | | |
 Cache timeout configurable                      |2.3.2.1| |x| | | |
 Save at least one (latest) unresolved pkt       |2.3.2.2| |x| | | |

Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation |2.3.3 | | | | | |

 Host able to:                                   |2.3.3  | | | | | |
Send & receive RFC-894 encapsulation          |2.3.3  |x| | | | |
Receive RFC-1042 encapsulation                |2.3.3  | |x| | | |
Send RFC-1042 encapsulation                   |2.3.3  | | |x| | |
  Then config. sw. to select, RFC-894 dflt    |2.3.3  |x| | | | |
 Send K1=6 encapsulation                         |2.3.3  | | | | |x|
 Use ARP on Ethernet and IEEE 802 nets           |2.3.3  |x| | | | |

Link layer report b'casts to IP layer |2.4 |x| | | | | IP layer pass TOS to link layer |2.4 |x| | | | | No ARP cache entry treated as Dest. Unreach. |2.4 | | | | |x|

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

INTERNET LAYER PROTOCOLS

3.1 INTRODUCTION

  The Robustness Principle: "Be liberal in what you accept, and
  conservative in what you send" is particularly important in the
  Internet layer, where one misbehaving host can deny Internet
  service to many other hosts.
  The protocol standards used in the Internet layer are:
  o    RFC-791 [IP:1] defines the IP protocol and gives an
       introduction to the architecture of the Internet.
  o    RFC-792 [IP:2] defines ICMP, which provides routing,
       diagnostic and error functionality for IP.  Although ICMP
       messages are encapsulated within IP datagrams, ICMP
       processing is considered to be (and is typically implemented
       as) part of the IP layer.  See Section 3.2.2.
  o    RFC-950 [IP:3] defines the mandatory subnet extension to the
       addressing architecture.
  o    RFC-1112 [IP:4] defines the Internet Group Management
       Protocol IGMP, as part of a recommended extension to hosts
       and to the host-gateway interface to support Internet-wide
       multicasting at the IP level.  See Section 3.2.3.
       The target of an IP multicast may be an arbitrary group of
       Internet hosts.  IP multicasting is designed as a natural
       extension of the link-layer multicasting facilities of some
       networks, and it provides a standard means for local access
       to such link-layer multicasting facilities.
  Other important references are listed in Section 5 of this
  document.
  The Internet layer of host software MUST implement both IP and
  ICMP.  See Section 3.3.7 for the requirements on support of IGMP.
  The host IP layer has two basic functions:  (1) choose the "next
  hop" gateway or host for outgoing IP datagrams and (2) reassemble
  incoming IP datagrams.  The IP layer may also (3) implement
  intentional fragmentation of outgoing datagrams.  Finally, the IP
  layer must (4) provide diagnostic and error functionality.  We
  expect that IP layer functions may increase somewhat in the
  future, as further Internet control and management facilities are
  developed.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

  For normal datagrams, the processing is straightforward.  For
  incoming datagrams, the IP layer:
  (1)  verifies that the datagram is correctly formatted;
  (2)  verifies that it is destined to the local host;
  (3)  processes options;
  (4)  reassembles the datagram if necessary; and
  (5)  passes the encapsulated message to the appropriate
       transport-layer protocol module.
  For outgoing datagrams, the IP layer:
  (1)  sets any fields not set by the transport layer;
  (2)  selects the correct first hop on the connected network (a
       process called "routing");
  (3)  fragments the datagram if necessary and if intentional
       fragmentation is implemented (see Section 3.3.3); and
  (4)  passes the packet(s) to the appropriate link-layer driver.
  A host is said to be multihomed if it has multiple IP addresses.
  Multihoming introduces considerable confusion and complexity into
  the protocol suite, and it is an area in which the Internet
  architecture falls seriously short of solving all problems.  There
  are two distinct problem areas in multihoming:
  (1)  Local multihoming --  the host itself is multihomed; or
  (2)  Remote multihoming -- the local host needs to communicate
       with a remote multihomed host.
  At present, remote multihoming MUST be handled at the application
  layer, as discussed in the companion RFC [INTRO:1].  A host MAY
  support local multihoming, which is discussed in this document,
  and in particular in Section 3.3.4.
  Any host that forwards datagrams generated by another host is
  acting as a gateway and MUST also meet the specifications laid out
  in the gateway requirements RFC [INTRO:2].  An Internet host that
  includes embedded gateway code MUST have a configuration switch to
  disable the gateway function, and this switch MUST default to the

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

  non-gateway mode.  In this mode, a datagram arriving through one
  interface will not be forwarded to another host or gateway (unless
  it is source-routed), regardless of whether the host is single-
  homed or multihomed.  The host software MUST NOT automatically
  move into gateway mode if the host has more than one interface, as
  the operator of the machine may neither want to provide that
  service nor be competent to do so.
  In the following, the action specified in certain cases is to
  "silently discard" a received datagram.  This means that the
  datagram will be discarded without further processing and that the
  host will not send any ICMP error message (see Section 3.2.2) as a
  result.  However, for diagnosis of problems a host SHOULD provide
  the capability of logging the error (see Section 1.2.3), including
  the contents of the silently-discarded datagram, and SHOULD record
  the event in a statistics counter.
  DISCUSSION:
       Silent discard of erroneous datagrams is generally intended
       to prevent "broadcast storms".

3.2 PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH

  3.2.1 Internet Protocol -- IP
     3.2.1.1  Version Number: RFC-791 Section 3.1
        A datagram whose version number is not 4 MUST be silently
        discarded.
     3.2.1.2  Checksum: RFC-791 Section 3.1
        A host MUST verify the IP header checksum on every received
        datagram and silently discard every datagram that has a bad
        checksum.
     3.2.1.3  Addressing: RFC-791 Section 3.2
        There are now five classes of IP addresses: Class A through
        Class E.  Class D addresses are used for IP multicasting
        [IP:4], while Class E addresses are reserved for
        experimental use.
        A multicast (Class D) address is a 28-bit logical address
        that stands for a group of hosts, and may be either
        permanent or transient.  Permanent multicast addresses are
        allocated by the Internet Assigned Number Authority
        [INTRO:6], while transient addresses may be allocated

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        dynamically to transient groups.  Group membership is
        determined dynamically using IGMP [IP:4].
        We now summarize the important special cases for Class A, B,
        and C IP addresses, using the following notation for an IP
        address:
            { <Network-number>, <Host-number> }
        or
            { <Network-number>, <Subnet-number>, <Host-number> }
        and the notation "-1" for a field that contains all 1 bits.
        This notation is not intended to imply that the 1-bits in an
        address mask need be contiguous.
        (a)  { 0, 0 }
             This host on this network.  MUST NOT be sent, except as
             a source address as part of an initialization procedure
             by which the host learns its own IP address.
             See also Section 3.3.6 for a non-standard use of {0,0}.
        (b)  { 0, <Host-number> }
             Specified host on this network.  It MUST NOT be sent,
             except as a source address as part of an initialization
             procedure by which the host learns its full IP address.
        (c)  { -1, -1 }
             Limited broadcast.  It MUST NOT be used as a source
             address.
             A datagram with this destination address will be
             received by every host on the connected physical
             network but will not be forwarded outside that network.
        (d)  { <Network-number>, -1 }
             Directed broadcast to the specified network.  It MUST
             NOT be used as a source address.
        (e)  { <Network-number>, <Subnet-number>, -1 }
             Directed broadcast to the specified subnet.  It MUST
             NOT be used as a source address.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        (f)  { <Network-number>, -1, -1 }
             Directed broadcast to all subnets of the specified
             subnetted network.  It MUST NOT be used as a source
             address.
        (g)  { 127, <any> }
             Internal host loopback address.  Addresses of this form
             MUST NOT appear outside a host.
        The <Network-number> is administratively assigned so that
        its value will be unique in the entire world.
        IP addresses are not permitted to have the value 0 or -1 for
        any of the <Host-number>, <Network-number>, or <Subnet-
        number> fields (except in the special cases listed above).
        This implies that each of these fields will be at least two
        bits long.
        For further discussion of broadcast addresses, see Section
        3.3.6.
        A host MUST support the subnet extensions to IP [IP:3].  As
        a result, there will be an address mask of the form:
        {-1, -1, 0} associated with each of the host's local IP
        addresses; see Sections 3.2.2.9 and 3.3.1.1.
        When a host sends any datagram, the IP source address MUST
        be one of its own IP addresses (but not a broadcast or
        multicast address).
        A host MUST silently discard an incoming datagram that is
        not destined for the host.  An incoming datagram is destined
        for the host if the datagram's destination address field is:
        (1)  (one of) the host's IP address(es); or
        (2)  an IP broadcast address valid for the connected
             network; or
        (3)  the address for a multicast group of which the host is
             a member on the incoming physical interface.
        For most purposes, a datagram addressed to a broadcast or
        multicast destination is processed as if it had been
        addressed to one of the host's IP addresses; we use the term
        "specific-destination address" for the equivalent local IP

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        address of the host.  The specific-destination address is
        defined to be the destination address in the IP header
        unless the header contains a broadcast or multicast address,
        in which case the specific-destination is an IP address
        assigned to the physical interface on which the datagram
        arrived.
        A host MUST silently discard an incoming datagram containing
        an IP source address that is invalid by the rules of this
        section.  This validation could be done in either the IP
        layer or by each protocol in the transport layer.
        DISCUSSION:
             A mis-addressed datagram might be caused by a link-
             layer broadcast of a unicast datagram or by a gateway
             or host that is confused or mis-configured.
             An architectural goal for Internet hosts was to allow
             IP addresses to be featureless 32-bit numbers, avoiding
             algorithms that required a knowledge of the IP address
             format.  Otherwise, any future change in the format or
             interpretation of IP addresses will require host
             software changes.  However, validation of broadcast and
             multicast addresses violates this goal; a few other
             violations are described elsewhere in this document.
             Implementers should be aware that applications
             depending upon the all-subnets directed broadcast
             address (f) may be unusable on some networks.  All-
             subnets broadcast is not widely implemented in vendor
             gateways at present, and even when it is implemented, a
             particular network administration may disable it in the
             gateway configuration.
     3.2.1.4  Fragmentation and Reassembly: RFC-791 Section 3.2
        The Internet model requires that every host support
        reassembly.  See Sections 3.3.2 and 3.3.3 for the
        requirements on fragmentation and reassembly.
     3.2.1.5  Identification: RFC-791 Section 3.2
        When sending an identical copy of an earlier datagram, a
        host MAY optionally retain the same Identification field in
        the copy.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        DISCUSSION:
             Some Internet protocol experts have maintained that
             when a host sends an identical copy of an earlier
             datagram, the new copy should contain the same
             Identification value as the original.  There are two
             suggested advantages:  (1) if the datagrams are
             fragmented and some of the fragments are lost, the
             receiver may be able to reconstruct a complete datagram
             from fragments of the original and the copies; (2) a
             congested gateway might use the IP Identification field
             (and Fragment Offset) to discard duplicate datagrams
             from the queue.
             However, the observed patterns of datagram loss in the
             Internet do not favor the probability of retransmitted
             fragments filling reassembly gaps, while other
             mechanisms (e.g., TCP repacketizing upon
             retransmission) tend to prevent retransmission of an
             identical datagram [IP:9].  Therefore, we believe that
             retransmitting the same Identification field is not
             useful.  Also, a connectionless transport protocol like
             UDP would require the cooperation of the application
             programs to retain the same Identification value in
             identical datagrams.
     3.2.1.6  Type-of-Service: RFC-791 Section 3.2
        The "Type-of-Service" byte in the IP header is divided into
        two sections:  the Precedence field (high-order 3 bits), and
        a field that is customarily called "Type-of-Service" or
        "TOS" (low-order 5 bits).  In this document, all references
        to "TOS" or the "TOS field" refer to the low-order 5 bits
        only.
        The Precedence field is intended for Department of Defense
        applications of the Internet protocols.  The use of non-zero
        values in this field is outside the scope of this document
        and the IP standard specification.  Vendors should consult
        the Defense Communication Agency (DCA) for guidance on the
        IP Precedence field and its implications for other protocol
        layers.  However, vendors should note that the use of
        precedence will most likely require that its value be passed
        between protocol layers in just the same way as the TOS
        field is passed.
        The IP layer MUST provide a means for the transport layer to
        set the TOS field of every datagram that is sent; the
        default is all zero bits.  The IP layer SHOULD pass received

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        TOS values up to the transport layer.
        The particular link-layer mappings of TOS contained in RFC-
        795 SHOULD NOT be implemented.
        DISCUSSION:
             While the TOS field has been little used in the past,
             it is expected to play an increasing role in the near
             future.  The TOS field is expected to be used to
             control two aspects of gateway operations: routing and
             queueing algorithms.  See Section 2 of [INTRO:1] for
             the requirements on application programs to specify TOS
             values.
             The TOS field may also be mapped into link-layer
             service selectors.  This has been applied to provide
             effective sharing of serial lines by different classes
             of TCP traffic, for example.  However, the mappings
             suggested in RFC-795 for networks that were included in
             the Internet as of 1981 are now obsolete.
     3.2.1.7  Time-to-Live: RFC-791 Section 3.2
        A host MUST NOT send a datagram with a Time-to-Live (TTL)
        value of zero.
        A host MUST NOT discard a datagram just because it was
        received with TTL less than 2.
        The IP layer MUST provide a means for the transport layer to
        set the TTL field of every datagram that is sent.  When a
        fixed TTL value is used, it MUST be configurable.  The
        current suggested value will be published in the "Assigned
        Numbers" RFC.
        DISCUSSION:
             The TTL field has two functions: limit the lifetime of
             TCP segments (see RFC-793 [TCP:1], p. 28), and
             terminate Internet routing loops.  Although TTL is a
             time in seconds, it also has some attributes of a hop-
             count, since each gateway is required to reduce the TTL
             field by at least one.
             The intent is that TTL expiration will cause a datagram
             to be discarded by a gateway but not by the destination
             host; however, hosts that act as gateways by forwarding
             datagrams must follow the gateway rules for TTL.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

             A higher-layer protocol may want to set the TTL in
             order to implement an "expanding scope" search for some
             Internet resource.  This is used by some diagnostic
             tools, and is expected to be useful for locating the
             "nearest" server of a given class using IP
             multicasting, for example.  A particular transport
             protocol may also want to specify its own TTL bound on
             maximum datagram lifetime.
             A fixed value must be at least big enough for the
             Internet "diameter," i.e., the longest possible path.
             A reasonable value is about twice the diameter, to
             allow for continued Internet growth.
     3.2.1.8  Options: RFC-791 Section 3.2
        There MUST be a means for the transport layer to specify IP
        options to be included in transmitted IP datagrams (see
        Section 3.4).
        All IP options (except NOP or END-OF-LIST) received in
        datagrams MUST be passed to the transport layer (or to ICMP
        processing when the datagram is an ICMP message).  The IP
        and transport layer MUST each interpret those IP options
        that they understand and silently ignore the others.
        Later sections of this document discuss specific IP option
        support required by each of ICMP, TCP, and UDP.
        DISCUSSION:
             Passing all received IP options to the transport layer
             is a deliberate "violation of strict layering" that is
             designed to ease the introduction of new transport-
             relevant IP options in the future.  Each layer must
             pick out any options that are relevant to its own
             processing and ignore the rest.  For this purpose,
             every IP option except NOP and END-OF-LIST will include
             a specification of its own length.
             This document does not define the order in which a
             receiver must process multiple options in the same IP
             header.  Hosts sending multiple options must be aware
             that this introduces an ambiguity in the meaning of
             certain options when combined with a source-route
             option.
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             The IP layer must not crash as the result of an option

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

             length that is outside the possible range.  For
             example, erroneous option lengths have been observed to
             put some IP implementations into infinite loops.
        Here are the requirements for specific IP options:
        (a)  Security Option
             Some environments require the Security option in every
             datagram; such a requirement is outside the scope of
             this document and the IP standard specification.  Note,
             however, that the security options described in RFC-791
             and RFC-1038 are obsolete.  For DoD applications,
             vendors should consult [IP:8] for guidance.
        (b)  Stream Identifier Option
             This option is obsolete; it SHOULD NOT be sent, and it
             MUST be silently ignored if received.
        (c)  Source Route Options
             A host MUST support originating a source route and MUST
             be able to act as the final destination of a source
             route.
             If host receives a datagram containing a completed
             source route (i.e., the pointer points beyond the last
             field), the datagram has reached its final destination;
             the option as received (the recorded route) MUST be
             passed up to the transport layer (or to ICMP message
             processing).  This recorded route will be reversed and
             used to form a return source route for reply datagrams
             (see discussion of IP Options in Section 4).  When a
             return source route is built, it MUST be correctly
             formed even if the recorded route included the source
             host (see case (B) in the discussion below).
             An IP header containing more than one Source Route
             option MUST NOT be sent; the effect on routing of
             multiple Source Route options is implementation-
             specific.
             Section 3.3.5 presents the rules for a host acting as
             an intermediate hop in a source route, i.e., forwarding

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

             a source-routed datagram.
             DISCUSSION:
                  If a source-routed datagram is fragmented, each
                  fragment will contain a copy of the source route.
                  Since the processing of IP options (including a
                  source route) must precede reassembly, the
                  original datagram will not be reassembled until
                  the final destination is reached.
                  Suppose a source routed datagram is to be routed
                  from host S to host D via gateways G1, G2, ... Gn.
                  There was an ambiguity in the specification over
                  whether the source route option in a datagram sent
                  out by S should be (A) or (B):
                      (A):  {>>G2, G3, ... Gn, D}     <--- CORRECT
                      (B):  {S, >>G2, G3, ... Gn, D}  <---- WRONG
                  (where >> represents the pointer).  If (A) is
                  sent, the datagram received at D will contain the
                  option: {G1, G2, ... Gn >>}, with S and D as the
                  IP source and destination addresses.  If (B) were
                  sent, the datagram received at D would again
                  contain S and D as the same IP source and
                  destination addresses, but the option would be:
                  {S, G1, ...Gn >>}; i.e., the originating host
                  would be the first hop in the route.
        (d)  Record Route Option
             Implementation of originating and processing the Record
             Route option is OPTIONAL.
        (e)  Timestamp Option
             Implementation of originating and processing the
             Timestamp option is OPTIONAL.  If it is implemented,
             the following rules apply:
             o    The originating host MUST record a timestamp in a
                  Timestamp option whose Internet address fields are
                  not pre-specified or whose first pre-specified
                  address is the host's interface address.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

             o    The destination host MUST (if possible) add the
                  current timestamp to a Timestamp option before
                  passing the option to the transport layer or to
                  ICMP for processing.
             o    A timestamp value MUST follow the rules given in
                  Section 3.2.2.8 for the ICMP Timestamp message.
  3.2.2 Internet Control Message Protocol -- ICMP
     ICMP messages are grouped into two classes.
     *
          ICMP error messages:
           Destination Unreachable   (see Section 3.2.2.1)
           Redirect                  (see Section 3.2.2.2)
           Source Quench             (see Section 3.2.2.3)
           Time Exceeded             (see Section 3.2.2.4)
           Parameter Problem         (see Section 3.2.2.5)
     *
          ICMP query messages:
            Echo                     (see Section 3.2.2.6)
            Information              (see Section 3.2.2.7)
            Timestamp                (see Section 3.2.2.8)
            Address Mask             (see Section 3.2.2.9)
     If an ICMP message of unknown type is received, it MUST be
     silently discarded.
     Every ICMP error message includes the Internet header and at
     least the first 8 data octets of the datagram that triggered
     the error; more than 8 octets MAY be sent; this header and data
     MUST be unchanged from the received datagram.
     In those cases where the Internet layer is required to pass an
     ICMP error message to the transport layer, the IP protocol
     number MUST be extracted from the original header and used to
     select the appropriate transport protocol entity to handle the
     error.
     An ICMP error message SHOULD be sent with normal (i.e., zero)
     TOS bits.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

     An ICMP error message MUST NOT be sent as the result of
     receiving:
     *    an ICMP error message, or
     *    a datagram destined to an IP broadcast or IP multicast
          address, or
     *    a datagram sent as a link-layer broadcast, or
     *    a non-initial fragment, or
     *    a datagram whose source address does not define a single
          host -- e.g., a zero address, a loopback address, a
          broadcast address, a multicast address, or a Class E
          address.
     NOTE: THESE RESTRICTIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER ANY REQUIREMENT
     ELSEWHERE IN THIS DOCUMENT FOR SENDING ICMP ERROR MESSAGES.
     DISCUSSION:
          These rules will prevent the "broadcast storms" that have
          resulted from hosts returning ICMP error messages in
          response to broadcast datagrams.  For example, a broadcast
          UDP segment to a non-existent port could trigger a flood
          of ICMP Destination Unreachable datagrams from all
          machines that do not have a client for that destination
          port.  On a large Ethernet, the resulting collisions can
          render the network useless for a second or more.
          Every datagram that is broadcast on the connected network
          should have a valid IP broadcast address as its IP
          destination (see Section 3.3.6).  However, some hosts
          violate this rule.  To be certain to detect broadcast
          datagrams, therefore, hosts are required to check for a
          link-layer broadcast as well as an IP-layer broadcast
          address.
     IMPLEMENTATION:
          This requires that the link layer inform the IP layer when
          a link-layer broadcast datagram has been received; see
          Section 2.4.
     3.2.2.1  Destination Unreachable: RFC-792
        The following additional codes are hereby defined:
                6 = destination network unknown

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

                7 = destination host unknown
                8 = source host isolated
                9 = communication with destination network
                        administratively prohibited
               10 = communication with destination host
                        administratively prohibited
               11 = network unreachable for type of service
               12 = host unreachable for type of service
        A host SHOULD generate Destination Unreachable messages with
        code:
        2    (Protocol Unreachable), when the designated transport
             protocol is not supported; or
        3    (Port Unreachable), when the designated transport
             protocol (e.g., UDP) is unable to demultiplex the
             datagram but has no protocol mechanism to inform the
             sender.
        A Destination Unreachable message that is received MUST be
        reported to the transport layer.  The transport layer SHOULD
        use the information appropriately; for example, see Sections
        4.1.3.3, 4.2.3.9, and 4.2.4 below.  A transport protocol
        that has its own mechanism for notifying the sender that a
        port is unreachable (e.g., TCP, which sends RST segments)
        MUST nevertheless accept an ICMP Port Unreachable for the
        same purpose.
        A Destination Unreachable message that is received with code
        0 (Net), 1 (Host), or 5 (Bad Source Route) may result from a
        routing transient and MUST therefore be interpreted as only
        a hint, not proof, that the specified destination is
        unreachable [IP:11].  For example, it MUST NOT be used as
        proof of a dead gateway (see Section 3.3.1).
     3.2.2.2  Redirect: RFC-792
        A host SHOULD NOT send an ICMP Redirect message; Redirects
        are to be sent only by gateways.
        A host receiving a Redirect message MUST update its routing
        information accordingly.  Every host MUST be prepared to

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        accept both Host and Network Redirects and to process them
        as described in Section 3.3.1.2 below.
        A Redirect message SHOULD be silently discarded if the new
        gateway address it specifies is not on the same connected
        (sub-) net through which the Redirect arrived [INTRO:2,
        Appendix A], or if the source of the Redirect is not the
        current first-hop gateway for the specified destination (see
        Section 3.3.1).
     3.2.2.3  Source Quench: RFC-792
        A host MAY send a Source Quench message if it is
        approaching, or has reached, the point at which it is forced
        to discard incoming datagrams due to a shortage of
        reassembly buffers or other resources.  See Section 2.2.3 of
        [INTRO:2] for suggestions on when to send Source Quench.
        If a Source Quench message is received, the IP layer MUST
        report it to the transport layer (or ICMP processing). In
        general, the transport or application layer SHOULD implement
        a mechanism to respond to Source Quench for any protocol
        that can send a sequence of datagrams to the same
        destination and which can reasonably be expected to maintain
        enough state information to make this feasible.  See Section
        4 for the handling of Source Quench by TCP and UDP.
        DISCUSSION:
             A Source Quench may be generated by the target host or
             by some gateway in the path of a datagram.  The host
             receiving a Source Quench should throttle itself back
             for a period of time, then gradually increase the
             transmission rate again.  The mechanism to respond to
             Source Quench may be in the transport layer (for
             connection-oriented protocols like TCP) or in the
             application layer (for protocols that are built on top
             of UDP).
             A mechanism has been proposed [IP:14] to make the IP
             layer respond directly to Source Quench by controlling
             the rate at which datagrams are sent, however, this
             proposal is currently experimental and not currently
             recommended.
     3.2.2.4  Time Exceeded: RFC-792
        An incoming Time Exceeded message MUST be passed to the
        transport layer.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        DISCUSSION:
             A gateway will send a Time Exceeded Code 0 (In Transit)
             message when it discards a datagram due to an expired
             TTL field.  This indicates either a gateway routing
             loop or too small an initial TTL value.
             A host may receive a Time Exceeded Code 1 (Reassembly
             Timeout) message from a destination host that has timed
             out and discarded an incomplete datagram; see Section
             3.3.2 below.  In the future, receipt of this message
             might be part of some "MTU discovery" procedure, to
             discover the maximum datagram size that can be sent on
             the path without fragmentation.
     3.2.2.5  Parameter Problem: RFC-792
        A host SHOULD generate Parameter Problem messages.  An
        incoming Parameter Problem message MUST be passed to the
        transport layer, and it MAY be reported to the user.
        DISCUSSION:
             The ICMP Parameter Problem message is sent to the
             source host for any problem not specifically covered by
             another ICMP message.  Receipt of a Parameter Problem
             message generally indicates some local or remote
             implementation error.
        A new variant on the Parameter Problem message is hereby
        defined:
          Code 1 = required option is missing.
        DISCUSSION:
             This variant is currently in use in the military
             community for a missing security option.
     3.2.2.6  Echo Request/Reply: RFC-792
        Every host MUST implement an ICMP Echo server function that
        receives Echo Requests and sends corresponding Echo Replies.
        A host SHOULD also implement an application-layer interface
        for sending an Echo Request and receiving an Echo Reply, for
        diagnostic purposes.
        An ICMP Echo Request destined to an IP broadcast or IP
        multicast address MAY be silently discarded.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        DISCUSSION:
             This neutral provision results from a passionate debate
             between those who feel that ICMP Echo to a broadcast
             address provides a valuable diagnostic capability and
             those who feel that misuse of this feature can too
             easily create packet storms.
        The IP source address in an ICMP Echo Reply MUST be the same
        as the specific-destination address (defined in Section
        3.2.1.3) of the corresponding ICMP Echo Request message.
        Data received in an ICMP Echo Request MUST be entirely
        included in the resulting Echo Reply.  However, if sending
        the Echo Reply requires intentional fragmentation that is
        not implemented, the datagram MUST be truncated to maximum
        transmission size (see Section 3.3.3) and sent.
        Echo Reply messages MUST be passed to the ICMP user
        interface, unless the corresponding Echo Request originated
        in the IP layer.
        If a Record Route and/or Time Stamp option is received in an
        ICMP Echo Request, this option (these options) SHOULD be
        updated to include the current host and included in the IP
        header of the Echo Reply message, without "truncation".
        Thus, the recorded route will be for the entire round trip.
        If a Source Route option is received in an ICMP Echo
        Request, the return route MUST be reversed and used as a
        Source Route option for the Echo Reply message.
     3.2.2.7  Information Request/Reply: RFC-792
        A host SHOULD NOT implement these messages.
        DISCUSSION:
             The Information Request/Reply pair was intended to
             support self-configuring systems such as diskless
             workstations, to allow them to discover their IP
             network numbers at boot time.  However, the RARP and
             BOOTP protocols provide better mechanisms for a host to
             discover its own IP address.
     3.2.2.8  Timestamp and Timestamp Reply: RFC-792
        A host MAY implement Timestamp and Timestamp Reply.  If they
        are implemented, the following rules MUST be followed.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        o    The ICMP Timestamp server function returns a Timestamp
             Reply to every Timestamp message that is received.  If
             this function is implemented, it SHOULD be designed for
             minimum variability in delay (e.g., implemented in the
             kernel to avoid delay in scheduling a user process).
        The following cases for Timestamp are to be handled
        according to the corresponding rules for ICMP Echo:
        o    An ICMP Timestamp Request message to an IP broadcast or
             IP multicast address MAY be silently discarded.
        o    The IP source address in an ICMP Timestamp Reply MUST
             be the same as the specific-destination address of the
             corresponding Timestamp Request message.
        o    If a Source-route option is received in an ICMP Echo
             Request, the return route MUST be reversed and used as
             a Source Route option for the Timestamp Reply message.
        o    If a Record Route and/or Timestamp option is received
             in a Timestamp Request, this (these) option(s) SHOULD
             be updated to include the current host and included in
             the IP header of the Timestamp Reply message.
        o    Incoming Timestamp Reply messages MUST be passed up to
             the ICMP user interface.
        The preferred form for a timestamp value (the "standard
        value") is in units of milliseconds since midnight Universal
        Time.  However, it may be difficult to provide this value
        with millisecond resolution.  For example, many systems use
        clocks that update only at line frequency, 50 or 60 times
        per second.  Therefore, some latitude is allowed in a
        "standard value":
        (a)  A "standard value" MUST be updated at least 15 times
             per second (i.e., at most the six low-order bits of the
             value may be undefined).
        (b)  The accuracy of a "standard value" MUST approximate
             that of operator-set CPU clocks, i.e., correct within a
             few minutes.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

     3.2.2.9  Address Mask Request/Reply: RFC-950
        A host MUST support the first, and MAY implement all three,
        of the following methods for determining the address mask(s)
        corresponding to its IP address(es):
        (1)  static configuration information;
        (2)  obtaining the address mask(s) dynamically as a side-
             effect of the system initialization process (see
             [INTRO:1]); and
        (3)  sending ICMP Address Mask Request(s) and receiving ICMP
             Address Mask Reply(s).
        The choice of method to be used in a particular host MUST be
        configurable.
        When method (3), the use of Address Mask messages, is
        enabled, then:
        (a)  When it initializes, the host MUST broadcast an Address
             Mask Request message on the connected network
             corresponding to the IP address.  It MUST retransmit
             this message a small number of times if it does not
             receive an immediate Address Mask Reply.
        (b)  Until it has received an Address Mask Reply, the host
             SHOULD assume a mask appropriate for the address class
             of the IP address, i.e., assume that the connected
             network is not subnetted.
        (c)  The first Address Mask Reply message received MUST be
             used to set the address mask corresponding to the
             particular local IP address.  This is true even if the
             first Address Mask Reply message is "unsolicited", in
             which case it will have been broadcast and may arrive
             after the host has ceased to retransmit Address Mask
             Requests.  Once the mask has been set by an Address
             Mask Reply, later Address Mask Reply messages MUST be
             (silently) ignored.
        Conversely, if Address Mask messages are disabled, then no
        ICMP Address Mask Requests will be sent, and any ICMP
        Address Mask Replies received for that local IP address MUST
        be (silently) ignored.
        A host SHOULD make some reasonableness check on any address

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        mask it installs; see IMPLEMENTATION section below.
        A system MUST NOT send an Address Mask Reply unless it is an
        authoritative agent for address masks.  An authoritative
        agent may be a host or a gateway, but it MUST be explicitly
        configured as a address mask agent.  Receiving an address
        mask via an Address Mask Reply does not give the receiver
        authority and MUST NOT be used as the basis for issuing
        Address Mask Replies.
        With a statically configured address mask, there SHOULD be
        an additional configuration flag that determines whether the
        host is to act as an authoritative agent for this mask,
        i.e., whether it will answer Address Mask Request messages
        using this mask.
        If it is configured as an agent, the host MUST broadcast an
        Address Mask Reply for the mask on the appropriate interface
        when it initializes.
        See "System Initialization" in [INTRO:1] for more
        information about the use of Address Mask Request/Reply
        messages.
        DISCUSSION
             Hosts that casually send Address Mask Replies with
             invalid address masks have often been a serious
             nuisance.  To prevent this, Address Mask Replies ought
             to be sent only by authoritative agents that have been
             selected by explicit administrative action.
             When an authoritative agent receives an Address Mask
             Request message, it will send a unicast Address Mask
             Reply to the source IP address.  If the network part of
             this address is zero (see (a) and (b) in 3.2.1.3), the
             Reply will be broadcast.
             Getting no reply to its Address Mask Request messages,
             a host will assume there is no agent and use an
             unsubnetted mask, but the agent may be only temporarily
             unreachable.  An agent will broadcast an unsolicited
             Address Mask Reply whenever it initializes, in order to
             update the masks of all hosts that have initialized in
             the meantime.
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             The following reasonableness check on an address mask
             is suggested: the mask is not all 1 bits, and it is

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

             either zero or else the 8 highest-order bits are on.
  3.2.3  Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP
     IGMP [IP:4] is a protocol used between hosts and gateways on a
     single network to establish hosts' membership in particular
     multicast groups.  The gateways use this information, in
     conjunction with a multicast routing protocol, to support IP
     multicasting across the Internet.
     At this time, implementation of IGMP is OPTIONAL; see Section
     3.3.7 for more information.  Without IGMP, a host can still
     participate in multicasting local to its connected networks.

3.3 SPECIFIC ISSUES

  3.3.1  Routing Outbound Datagrams
     The IP layer chooses the correct next hop for each datagram it
     sends.  If the destination is on a connected network, the
     datagram is sent directly to the destination host; otherwise,
     it has to be routed to a gateway on a connected network.
     3.3.1.1  Local/Remote Decision
        To decide if the destination is on a connected network, the
        following algorithm MUST be used [see IP:3]:
        (a)  The address mask (particular to a local IP address for
             a multihomed host) is a 32-bit mask that selects the
             network number and subnet number fields of the
             corresponding IP address.
        (b)  If the IP destination address bits extracted by the
             address mask match the IP source address bits extracted
             by the same mask, then the destination is on the
             corresponding connected network, and the datagram is to
             be transmitted directly to the destination host.
        (c)  If not, then the destination is accessible only through
             a gateway.  Selection of a gateway is described below
             (3.3.1.2).
        A special-case destination address is handled as follows:
        *    For a limited broadcast or a multicast address, simply
             pass the datagram to the link layer for the appropriate
             interface.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        *    For a (network or subnet) directed broadcast, the
             datagram can use the standard routing algorithms.
        The host IP layer MUST operate correctly in a minimal
        network environment, and in particular, when there are no
        gateways.  For example, if the IP layer of a host insists on
        finding at least one gateway to initialize, the host will be
        unable to operate on a single isolated broadcast net.
     3.3.1.2  Gateway Selection
        To efficiently route a series of datagrams to the same
        destination, the source host MUST keep a "route cache" of
        mappings to next-hop gateways.  A host uses the following
        basic algorithm on this cache to route a datagram; this
        algorithm is designed to put the primary routing burden on
        the gateways [IP:11].
        (a)  If the route cache contains no information for a
             particular destination, the host chooses a "default"
             gateway and sends the datagram to it.  It also builds a
             corresponding Route Cache entry.
        (b)  If that gateway is not the best next hop to the
             destination, the gateway will forward the datagram to
             the best next-hop gateway and return an ICMP Redirect
             message to the source host.
        (c)  When it receives a Redirect, the host updates the
             next-hop gateway in the appropriate route cache entry,
             so later datagrams to the same destination will go
             directly to the best gateway.
        Since the subnet mask appropriate to the destination address
        is generally not known, a Network Redirect message SHOULD be
        treated identically to a Host Redirect message; i.e., the
        cache entry for the destination host (only) would be updated
        (or created, if an entry for that host did not exist) for
        the new gateway.
        DISCUSSION:
             This recommendation is to protect against gateways that
             erroneously send Network Redirects for a subnetted
             network, in violation of the gateway requirements
             [INTRO:2].
        When there is no route cache entry for the destination host
        address (and the destination is not on the connected

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        network), the IP layer MUST pick a gateway from its list of
        "default" gateways.  The IP layer MUST support multiple
        default gateways.
        As an extra feature, a host IP layer MAY implement a table
        of "static routes".  Each such static route MAY include a
        flag specifying whether it may be overridden by ICMP
        Redirects.
        DISCUSSION:
             A host generally needs to know at least one default
             gateway to get started.  This information can be
             obtained from a configuration file or else from the
             host startup sequence, e.g., the BOOTP protocol (see
             [INTRO:1]).
             It has been suggested that a host can augment its list
             of default gateways by recording any new gateways it
             learns about.  For example, it can record every gateway
             to which it is ever redirected.  Such a feature, while
             possibly useful in some circumstances, may cause
             problems in other cases (e.g., gateways are not all
             equal), and it is not recommended.
             A static route is typically a particular preset mapping
             from destination host or network into a particular
             next-hop gateway; it might also depend on the Type-of-
             Service (see next section).  Static routes would be set
             up by system administrators to override the normal
             automatic routing mechanism, to handle exceptional
             situations.  However, any static routing information is
             a potential source of failure as configurations change
             or equipment fails.
     3.3.1.3  Route Cache
        Each route cache entry needs to include the following
        fields:
        (1)  Local IP address (for a multihomed host)
        (2)  Destination IP address
        (3)  Type(s)-of-Service
        (4)  Next-hop gateway IP address
        Field (2) MAY be the full IP address of the destination

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        host, or only the destination network number.  Field (3),
        the TOS, SHOULD be included.
        See Section 3.3.4.2 for a discussion of the implications of
        multihoming for the lookup procedure in this cache.
        DISCUSSION:
             Including the Type-of-Service field in the route cache
             and considering it in the host route algorithm will
             provide the necessary mechanism for the future when
             Type-of-Service routing is commonly used in the
             Internet.  See Section 3.2.1.6.
             Each route cache entry defines the endpoints of an
             Internet path.  Although the connecting path may change
             dynamically in an arbitrary way, the transmission
             characteristics of the path tend to remain
             approximately constant over a time period longer than a
             single typical host-host transport connection.
             Therefore, a route cache entry is a natural place to
             cache data on the properties of the path.  Examples of
             such properties might be the maximum unfragmented
             datagram size (see Section 3.3.3), or the average
             round-trip delay measured by a transport protocol.
             This data will generally be both gathered and used by a
             higher layer protocol, e.g., by TCP, or by an
             application using UDP.  Experiments are currently in
             progress on caching path properties in this manner.
             There is no consensus on whether the route cache should
             be keyed on destination host addresses alone, or allow
             both host and network addresses.  Those who favor the
             use of only host addresses argue that:
             (1)  As required in Section 3.3.1.2, Redirect messages
                  will generally result in entries keyed on
                  destination host addresses; the simplest and most
                  general scheme would be to use host addresses
                  always.
             (2)  The IP layer may not always know the address mask
                  for a network address in a complex subnetted
                  environment.
             (3)  The use of only host addresses allows the
                  destination address to be used as a pure 32-bit
                  number, which may allow the Internet architecture
                  to be more easily extended in the future without

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

                  any change to the hosts.
             The opposing view is that allowing a mixture of
             destination hosts and networks in the route cache:
             (1)  Saves memory space.
             (2)  Leads to a simpler data structure, easily
                  combining the cache with the tables of default and
                  static routes (see below).
             (3)  Provides a more useful place to cache path
                  properties, as discussed earlier.
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             The cache needs to be large enough to include entries
             for the maximum number of destination hosts that may be
             in use at one time.
             A route cache entry may also include control
             information used to choose an entry for replacement.
             This might take the form of a "recently used" bit, a
             use count, or a last-used timestamp, for example.  It
             is recommended that it include the time of last
             modification of the entry, for diagnostic purposes.
             An implementation may wish to reduce the overhead of
             scanning the route cache for every datagram to be
             transmitted.  This may be accomplished with a hash
             table to speed the lookup, or by giving a connection-
             oriented transport protocol a "hint" or temporary
             handle on the appropriate cache entry, to be passed to
             the IP layer with each subsequent datagram.
             Although we have described the route cache, the lists
             of default gateways, and a table of static routes as
             conceptually distinct, in practice they may be combined
             into a single "routing table" data structure.
     3.3.1.4  Dead Gateway Detection
        The IP layer MUST be able to detect the failure of a "next-
        hop" gateway that is listed in its route cache and to choose
        an alternate gateway (see Section 3.3.1.5).
        Dead gateway detection is covered in some detail in RFC-816
        [IP:11]. Experience to date has not produced a complete

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        algorithm which is totally satisfactory, though it has
        identified several forbidden paths and promising techniques.
        *    A particular gateway SHOULD NOT be used indefinitely in
             the absence of positive indications that it is
             functioning.
        *    Active probes such as "pinging" (i.e., using an ICMP
             Echo Request/Reply exchange) are expensive and scale
             poorly.  In particular, hosts MUST NOT actively check
             the status of a first-hop gateway by simply pinging the
             gateway continuously.
        *    Even when it is the only effective way to verify a
             gateway's status, pinging MUST be used only when
             traffic is being sent to the gateway and when there is
             no other positive indication to suggest that the
             gateway is functioning.
        *    To avoid pinging, the layers above and/or below the
             Internet layer SHOULD be able to give "advice" on the
             status of route cache entries when either positive
             (gateway OK) or negative (gateway dead) information is
             available.
        DISCUSSION:
             If an implementation does not include an adequate
             mechanism for detecting a dead gateway and re-routing,
             a gateway failure may cause datagrams to apparently
             vanish into a "black hole".  This failure can be
             extremely confusing for users and difficult for network
             personnel to debug.
             The dead-gateway detection mechanism must not cause
             unacceptable load on the host, on connected networks,
             or on first-hop gateway(s).  The exact constraints on
             the timeliness of dead gateway detection and on
             acceptable load may vary somewhat depending on the
             nature of the host's mission, but a host generally
             needs to detect a failed first-hop gateway quickly
             enough that transport-layer connections will not break
             before an alternate gateway can be selected.
             Passing advice from other layers of the protocol stack
             complicates the interfaces between the layers, but it
             is the preferred approach to dead gateway detection.
             Advice can come from almost any part of the IP/TCP

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

             architecture, but it is expected to come primarily from
             the transport and link layers.  Here are some possible
             sources for gateway advice:
             o    TCP or any connection-oriented transport protocol
                  should be able to give negative advice, e.g.,
                  triggered by excessive retransmissions.
             o    TCP may give positive advice when (new) data is
                  acknowledged.  Even though the route may be
                  asymmetric, an ACK for new data proves that the
                  acknowleged data must have been transmitted
                  successfully.
             o    An ICMP Redirect message from a particular gateway
                  should be used as positive advice about that
                  gateway.
             o    Link-layer information that reliably detects and
                  reports host failures (e.g., ARPANET Destination
                  Dead messages) should be used as negative advice.
             o    Failure to ARP or to re-validate ARP mappings may
                  be used as negative advice for the corresponding
                  IP address.
             o    Packets arriving from a particular link-layer
                  address are evidence that the system at this
                  address is alive.  However, turning this
                  information into advice about gateways requires
                  mapping the link-layer address into an IP address,
                  and then checking that IP address against the
                  gateways pointed to by the route cache.  This is
                  probably prohibitively inefficient.
             Note that positive advice that is given for every
             datagram received may cause unacceptable overhead in
             the implementation.
             While advice might be passed using required arguments
             in all interfaces to the IP layer, some transport and
             application layer protocols cannot deduce the correct
             advice.  These interfaces must therefore allow a
             neutral value for advice, since either always-positive
             or always-negative advice leads to incorrect behavior.
             There is another technique for dead gateway detection
             that has been commonly used but is not recommended.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

             This technique depends upon the host passively
             receiving ("wiretapping") the Interior Gateway Protocol
             (IGP) datagrams that the gateways are broadcasting to
             each other.  This approach has the drawback that a host
             needs to recognize all the interior gateway protocols
             that gateways may use (see [INTRO:2]).  In addition, it
             only works on a broadcast network.
             At present, pinging (i.e., using ICMP Echo messages) is
             the mechanism for gateway probing when absolutely
             required.  A successful ping guarantees that the
             addressed interface and its associated machine are up,
             but it does not guarantee that the machine is a gateway
             as opposed to a host.  The normal inference is that if
             a Redirect or other evidence indicates that a machine
             was a gateway, successful pings will indicate that the
             machine is still up and hence still a gateway.
             However, since a host silently discards packets that a
             gateway would forward or redirect, this assumption
             could sometimes fail.  To avoid this problem, a new
             ICMP message under development will ask "are you a
             gateway?"
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             The following specific algorithm has been suggested:
             o    Associate a "reroute timer" with each gateway
                  pointed to by the route cache.  Initialize the
                  timer to a value Tr, which must be small enough to
                  allow detection of a dead gateway before transport
                  connections time out.
             o    Positive advice would reset the reroute timer to
                  Tr.  Negative advice would reduce or zero the
                  reroute timer.
             o    Whenever the IP layer used a particular gateway to
                  route a datagram, it would check the corresponding
                  reroute timer.  If the timer had expired (reached
                  zero), the IP layer would send a ping to the
                  gateway, followed immediately by the datagram.
             o    The ping (ICMP Echo) would be sent again if
                  necessary, up to N times.  If no ping reply was
                  received in N tries, the gateway would be assumed
                  to have failed, and a new first-hop gateway would
                  be chosen for all cache entries pointing to the
                  failed gateway.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

             Note that the size of Tr is inversely related to the
             amount of advice available.  Tr should be large enough
             to insure that:
             *    Any pinging will be at a low level (e.g., <10%) of
                  all packets sent to a gateway from the host, AND
             *    pinging is infrequent (e.g., every 3 minutes)
             Since the recommended algorithm is concerned with the
             gateways pointed to by route cache entries, rather than
             the cache entries themselves, a two level data
             structure (perhaps coordinated with ARP or similar
             caches) may be desirable for implementing a route
             cache.
     3.3.1.5  New Gateway Selection
        If the failed gateway is not the current default, the IP
        layer can immediately switch to a default gateway.  If it is
        the current default that failed, the IP layer MUST select a
        different default gateway (assuming more than one default is
        known) for the failed route and for establishing new routes.
        DISCUSSION:
             When a gateway does fail, the other gateways on the
             connected network will learn of the failure through
             some inter-gateway routing protocol.  However, this
             will not happen instantaneously, since gateway routing
             protocols typically have a settling time of 30-60
             seconds.  If the host switches to an alternative
             gateway before the gateways have agreed on the failure,
             the new target gateway will probably forward the
             datagram to the failed gateway and send a Redirect back
             to the host pointing to the failed gateway (!).  The
             result is likely to be a rapid oscillation in the
             contents of the host's route cache during the gateway
             settling period.  It has been proposed that the dead-
             gateway logic should include some hysteresis mechanism
             to prevent such oscillations.  However, experience has
             not shown any harm from such oscillations, since
             service cannot be restored to the host until the
             gateways' routing information does settle down.
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             One implementation technique for choosing a new default
             gateway is to simply round-robin among the default
             gateways in the host's list.  Another is to rank the

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

             gateways in priority order, and when the current
             default gateway is not the highest priority one, to
             "ping" the higher-priority gateways slowly to detect
             when they return to service.  This pinging can be at a
             very low rate, e.g., 0.005 per second.
     3.3.1.6  Initialization
        The following information MUST be configurable:
        (1)  IP address(es).
        (2)  Address mask(s).
        (3)  A list of default gateways, with a preference level.
        A manual method of entering this configuration data MUST be
        provided.  In addition, a variety of methods can be used to
        determine this information dynamically; see the section on
        "Host Initialization" in [INTRO:1].
        DISCUSSION:
             Some host implementations use "wiretapping" of gateway
             protocols on a broadcast network to learn what gateways
             exist.  A standard method for default gateway discovery
             is under development.
  3.3.2  Reassembly
     The IP layer MUST implement reassembly of IP datagrams.
     We designate the largest datagram size that can be reassembled
     by EMTU_R ("Effective MTU to receive"); this is sometimes
     called the "reassembly buffer size".  EMTU_R MUST be greater
     than or equal to 576, SHOULD be either configurable or
     indefinite, and SHOULD be greater than or equal to the MTU of
     the connected network(s).
     DISCUSSION:
          A fixed EMTU_R limit should not be built into the code
          because some application layer protocols require EMTU_R
          values larger than 576.
     IMPLEMENTATION:
          An implementation may use a contiguous reassembly buffer
          for each datagram, or it may use a more complex data
          structure that places no definite limit on the reassembled
          datagram size; in the latter case, EMTU_R is said to be

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

          "indefinite".
          Logically, reassembly is performed by simply copying each
          fragment into the packet buffer at the proper offset.
          Note that fragments may overlap if successive
          retransmissions use different packetizing but the same
          reassembly Id.
          The tricky part of reassembly is the bookkeeping to
          determine when all bytes of the datagram have been
          reassembled.  We recommend Clark's algorithm [IP:10] that
          requires no additional data space for the bookkeeping.
          However, note that, contrary to [IP:10], the first
          fragment header needs to be saved for inclusion in a
          possible ICMP Time Exceeded (Reassembly Timeout) message.
     There MUST be a mechanism by which the transport layer can
     learn MMS_R, the maximum message size that can be received and
     reassembled in an IP datagram (see GET_MAXSIZES calls in
     Section 3.4).  If EMTU_R is not indefinite, then the value of
     MMS_R is given by:
        MMS_R = EMTU_R - 20
     since 20 is the minimum size of an IP header.
     There MUST be a reassembly timeout.  The reassembly timeout
     value SHOULD be a fixed value, not set from the remaining TTL.
     It is recommended that the value lie between 60 seconds and 120
     seconds.  If this timeout expires, the partially-reassembled
     datagram MUST be discarded and an ICMP Time Exceeded message
     sent to the source host (if fragment zero has been received).
     DISCUSSION:
          The IP specification says that the reassembly timeout
          should be the remaining TTL from the IP header, but this
          does not work well because gateways generally treat TTL as
          a simple hop count rather than an elapsed time.  If the
          reassembly timeout is too small, datagrams will be
          discarded unnecessarily, and communication may fail.  The
          timeout needs to be at least as large as the typical
          maximum delay across the Internet.  A realistic minimum
          reassembly timeout would be 60 seconds.
          It has been suggested that a cache might be kept of
          round-trip times measured by transport protocols for
          various destinations, and that these values might be used
          to dynamically determine a reasonable reassembly timeout

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

          value.  Further investigation of this approach is
          required.
          If the reassembly timeout is set too high, buffer
          resources in the receiving host will be tied up too long,
          and the MSL (Maximum Segment Lifetime) [TCP:1] will be
          larger than necessary.  The MSL controls the maximum rate
          at which fragmented datagrams can be sent using distinct
          values of the 16-bit Ident field; a larger MSL lowers the
          maximum rate.  The TCP specification [TCP:1] arbitrarily
          assumes a value of 2 minutes for MSL.  This sets an upper
          limit on a reasonable reassembly timeout value.
  3.3.3  Fragmentation
     Optionally, the IP layer MAY implement a mechanism to fragment
     outgoing datagrams intentionally.
     We designate by EMTU_S ("Effective MTU for sending") the
     maximum IP datagram size that may be sent, for a particular
     combination of IP source and destination addresses and perhaps
     TOS.
     A host MUST implement a mechanism to allow the transport layer
     to learn MMS_S, the maximum transport-layer message size that
     may be sent for a given {source, destination, TOS} triplet (see
     GET_MAXSIZES call in Section 3.4).  If no local fragmentation
     is performed, the value of MMS_S will be:
        MMS_S = EMTU_S - <IP header size>
     and EMTU_S must be less than or equal to the MTU of the network
     interface corresponding to the source address of the datagram.
     Note that <IP header size> in this equation will be 20, unless
     the IP reserves space to insert IP options for its own purposes
     in addition to any options inserted by the transport layer.
     A host that does not implement local fragmentation MUST ensure
     that the transport layer (for TCP) or the application layer
     (for UDP) obtains MMS_S from the IP layer and does not send a
     datagram exceeding MMS_S in size.
     It is generally desirable to avoid local fragmentation and to
     choose EMTU_S low enough to avoid fragmentation in any gateway
     along the path.  In the absence of actual knowledge of the
     minimum MTU along the path, the IP layer SHOULD use
     EMTU_S <= 576 whenever the destination address is not on a
     connected network, and otherwise use the connected network's

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

     MTU.
     The MTU of each physical interface MUST be configurable.
     A host IP layer implementation MAY have a configuration flag
     "All-Subnets-MTU", indicating that the MTU of the connected
     network is to be used for destinations on different subnets
     within the same network, but not for other networks.  Thus,
     this flag causes the network class mask, rather than the subnet
     address mask, to be used to choose an EMTU_S.  For a multihomed
     host, an "All-Subnets-MTU" flag is needed for each network
     interface.
     DISCUSSION:
          Picking the correct datagram size to use when sending data
          is a complex topic [IP:9].
          (a)  In general, no host is required to accept an IP
               datagram larger than 576 bytes (including header and
               data), so a host must not send a larger datagram
               without explicit knowledge or prior arrangement with
               the destination host.  Thus, MMS_S is only an upper
               bound on the datagram size that a transport protocol
               may send; even when MMS_S exceeds 556, the transport
               layer must limit its messages to 556 bytes in the
               absence of other knowledge about the destination
               host.
          (b)  Some transport protocols (e.g., TCP) provide a way to
               explicitly inform the sender about the largest
               datagram the other end can receive and reassemble
               [IP:7].  There is no corresponding mechanism in the
               IP layer.
               A transport protocol that assumes an EMTU_R larger
               than 576 (see Section 3.3.2), can send a datagram of
               this larger size to another host that implements the
               same protocol.
          (c)  Hosts should ideally limit their EMTU_S for a given
               destination to the minimum MTU of all the networks
               along the path, to avoid any fragmentation.  IP
               fragmentation, while formally correct, can create a
               serious transport protocol performance problem,
               because loss of a single fragment means all the
               fragments in the segment must be retransmitted
               [IP:9].

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

          Since nearly all networks in the Internet currently
          support an MTU of 576 or greater, we strongly recommend
          the use of 576 for datagrams sent to non-local networks.
          It has been suggested that a host could determine the MTU
          over a given path by sending a zero-offset datagram
          fragment and waiting for the receiver to time out the
          reassembly (which cannot complete!) and return an ICMP
          Time Exceeded message.  This message would include the
          largest remaining fragment header in its body.  More
          direct mechanisms are being experimented with, but have
          not yet been adopted (see e.g., RFC-1063).
  3.3.4  Local Multihoming
     3.3.4.1  Introduction
        A multihomed host has multiple IP addresses, which we may
        think of as "logical interfaces".  These logical interfaces
        may be associated with one or more physical interfaces, and
        these physical interfaces may be connected to the same or
        different networks.
        Here are some important cases of multihoming:
        (a)  Multiple Logical Networks
             The Internet architects envisioned that each physical
             network would have a single unique IP network (or
             subnet) number.  However, LAN administrators have
             sometimes found it useful to violate this assumption,
             operating a LAN with multiple logical networks per
             physical connected network.
             If a host connected to such a physical network is
             configured to handle traffic for each of N different
             logical networks, then the host will have N logical
             interfaces.  These could share a single physical
             interface, or might use N physical interfaces to the
             same network.
        (b)  Multiple Logical Hosts
             When a host has multiple IP addresses that all have the
             same <Network-number> part (and the same <Subnet-
             number> part, if any), the logical interfaces are known
             as "logical hosts".  These logical interfaces might
             share a single physical interface or might use separate

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

             physical interfaces to the same physical network.
        (c)  Simple Multihoming
             In this case, each logical interface is mapped into a
             separate physical interface and each physical interface
             is connected to a different physical network.  The term
             "multihoming" was originally applied only to this case,
             but it is now applied more generally.
             A host with embedded gateway functionality will
             typically fall into the simple multihoming case.  Note,
             however, that a host may be simply multihomed without
             containing an embedded gateway, i.e., without
             forwarding datagrams from one connected network to
             another.
             This case presents the most difficult routing problems.
             The choice of interface (i.e., the choice of first-hop
             network) may significantly affect performance or even
             reachability of remote parts of the Internet.
        Finally, we note another possibility that is NOT
        multihoming:  one logical interface may be bound to multiple
        physical interfaces, in order to increase the reliability or
        throughput between directly connected machines by providing
        alternative physical paths between them.  For instance, two
        systems might be connected by multiple point-to-point links.
        We call this "link-layer multiplexing".  With link-layer
        multiplexing, the protocols above the link layer are unaware
        that multiple physical interfaces are present; the link-
        layer device driver is responsible for multiplexing and
        routing packets across the physical interfaces.
        In the Internet protocol architecture, a transport protocol
        instance ("entity") has no address of its own, but instead
        uses a single Internet Protocol (IP) address.  This has
        implications for the IP, transport, and application layers,
        and for the interfaces between them.  In particular, the
        application software may have to be aware of the multiple IP
        addresses of a multihomed host; in other cases, the choice
        can be made within the network software.
     3.3.4.2  Multihoming Requirements
        The following general rules apply to the selection of an IP
        source address for sending a datagram from a multihomed

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

        host.
        (1)  If the datagram is sent in response to a received
             datagram, the source address for the response SHOULD be
             the specific-destination address of the request.  See
             Sections 4.1.3.5 and 4.2.3.7 and the "General Issues"
             section of [INTRO:1] for more specific requirements on
             higher layers.
             Otherwise, a source address must be selected.
        (2)  An application MUST be able to explicitly specify the
             source address for initiating a connection or a
             request.
        (3)  In the absence of such a specification, the networking
             software MUST choose a source address.  Rules for this
             choice are described below.
        There are two key requirement issues related to multihoming:
        (A)  A host MAY silently discard an incoming datagram whose
             destination address does not correspond to the physical
             interface through which it is received.
        (B)  A host MAY restrict itself to sending (non-source-
             routed) IP datagrams only through the physical
             interface that corresponds to the IP source address of
             the datagrams.
        DISCUSSION:
             Internet host implementors have used two different
             conceptual models for multihoming, briefly summarized
             in the following discussion.  This document takes no
             stand on which model is preferred; each seems to have a
             place.  This ambivalence is reflected in the issues (A)
             and (B) being optional.
             o    Strong ES Model
                  The Strong ES (End System, i.e., host) model
                  emphasizes the host/gateway (ES/IS) distinction,
                  and would therefore substitute MUST for MAY in
                  issues (A) and (B) above.  It tends to model a
                  multihomed host as a set of logical hosts within
                  the same physical host.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

                  With respect to (A), proponents of the Strong ES
                  model note that automatic Internet routing
                  mechanisms could not route a datagram to a
                  physical interface that did not correspond to the
                  destination address.
                  Under the Strong ES model, the route computation
                  for an outgoing datagram is the mapping:
                     route(src IP addr, dest IP addr, TOS)
                                                    -> gateway
                  Here the source address is included as a parameter
                  in order to select a gateway that is directly
                  reachable on the corresponding physical interface.
                  Note that this model logically requires that in
                  general there be at least one default gateway, and
                  preferably multiple defaults, for each IP source
                  address.
             o    Weak ES Model
                  This view de-emphasizes the ES/IS distinction, and
                  would therefore substitute MUST NOT for MAY in
                  issues (A) and (B).  This model may be the more
                  natural one for hosts that wiretap gateway routing
                  protocols, and is necessary for hosts that have
                  embedded gateway functionality.
                  The Weak ES Model may cause the Redirect mechanism
                  to fail.  If a datagram is sent out a physical
                  interface that does not correspond to the
                  destination address, the first-hop gateway will
                  not realize when it needs to send a Redirect.  On
                  the other hand, if the host has embedded gateway
                  functionality, then it has routing information
                  without listening to Redirects.
                  In the Weak ES model, the route computation for an
                  outgoing datagram is the mapping:
                     route(dest IP addr, TOS) -> gateway, interface

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

     3.3.4.3  Choosing a Source Address
        DISCUSSION:
             When it sends an initial connection request (e.g., a
             TCP "SYN" segment) or a datagram service request (e.g.,
             a UDP-based query), the transport layer on a multihomed
             host needs to know which source address to use.  If the
             application does not specify it, the transport layer
             must ask the IP layer to perform the conceptual
             mapping:
                 GET_SRCADDR(remote IP addr, TOS)
                                           -> local IP address
             Here TOS is the Type-of-Service value (see Section
             3.2.1.6), and the result is the desired source address.
             The following rules are suggested for implementing this
             mapping:
             (a)  If the remote Internet address lies on one of the
                  (sub-) nets to which the host is directly
                  connected, a corresponding source address may be
                  chosen, unless the corresponding interface is
                  known to be down.
             (b)  The route cache may be consulted, to see if there
                  is an active route to the specified destination
                  network through any network interface; if so, a
                  local IP address corresponding to that interface
                  may be chosen.
             (c)  The table of static routes, if any (see Section
                  3.3.1.2) may be similarly consulted.
             (d)  The default gateways may be consulted.  If these
                  gateways are assigned to different interfaces, the
                  interface corresponding to the gateway with the
                  highest preference may be chosen.
             In the future, there may be a defined way for a
             multihomed host to ask the gateways on all connected
             networks for advice about the best network to use for a
             given destination.
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             It will be noted that this process is essentially the
             same as datagram routing (see Section 3.3.1), and
             therefore hosts may be able to combine the

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

             implementation of the two functions.
  3.3.5  Source Route Forwarding
     Subject to restrictions given below, a host MAY be able to act
     as an intermediate hop in a source route, forwarding a source-
     routed datagram to the next specified hop.
     However, in performing this gateway-like function, the host
     MUST obey all the relevant rules for a gateway forwarding
     source-routed datagrams [INTRO:2].  This includes the following
     specific provisions, which override the corresponding host
     provisions given earlier in this document:
     (A)  TTL (ref. Section 3.2.1.7)
          The TTL field MUST be decremented and the datagram perhaps
          discarded as specified for a gateway in [INTRO:2].
     (B)  ICMP Destination Unreachable (ref. Section 3.2.2.1)
          A host MUST be able to generate Destination Unreachable
          messages with the following codes:
          4    (Fragmentation Required but DF Set) when a source-
               routed datagram cannot be fragmented to fit into the
               target network;
          5    (Source Route Failed) when a source-routed datagram
               cannot be forwarded, e.g., because of a routing
               problem or because the next hop of a strict source
               route is not on a connected network.
     (C)  IP Source Address (ref. Section 3.2.1.3)
          A source-routed datagram being forwarded MAY (and normally
          will) have a source address that is not one of the IP
          addresses of the forwarding host.
     (D)  Record Route Option (ref. Section 3.2.1.8d)
          A host that is forwarding a source-routed datagram
          containing a Record Route option MUST update that option,
          if it has room.
     (E)  Timestamp Option (ref. Section 3.2.1.8e)
          A host that is forwarding a source-routed datagram

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

          containing a Timestamp Option MUST add the current
          timestamp to that option, according to the rules for this
          option.
     To define the rules restricting host forwarding of source-
     routed datagrams, we use the term "local source-routing" if the
     next hop will be through the same physical interface through
     which the datagram arrived; otherwise, it is "non-local
     source-routing".
     o    A host is permitted to perform local source-routing
          without restriction.
     o    A host that supports non-local source-routing MUST have a
          configurable switch to disable forwarding, and this switch
          MUST default to disabled.
     o    The host MUST satisfy all gateway requirements for
          configurable policy filters [INTRO:2] restricting non-
          local forwarding.
     If a host receives a datagram with an incomplete source route
     but does not forward it for some reason, the host SHOULD return
     an ICMP Destination Unreachable (code 5, Source Route Failed)
     message, unless the datagram was itself an ICMP error message.
  3.3.6  Broadcasts
     Section 3.2.1.3 defined the four standard IP broadcast address
     forms:
       Limited Broadcast:  {-1, -1}
       Directed Broadcast:  {<Network-number>,-1}
       Subnet Directed Broadcast:
                          {<Network-number>,<Subnet-number>,-1}
       All-Subnets Directed Broadcast: {<Network-number>,-1,-1}
     A host MUST recognize any of these forms in the destination
     address of an incoming datagram.
     There is a class of hosts* that use non-standard broadcast
     address forms, substituting 0 for -1.  All hosts SHOULD

_________________________

  • 4.2BSD Unix and its derivatives, but not 4.3BSD.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

     recognize and accept any of these non-standard broadcast
     addresses as the destination address of an incoming datagram.
     A host MAY optionally have a configuration option to choose the
     0 or the -1 form of broadcast address, for each physical
     interface, but this option SHOULD default to the standard (-1)
     form.
     When a host sends a datagram to a link-layer broadcast address,
     the IP destination address MUST be a legal IP broadcast or IP
     multicast address.
     A host SHOULD silently discard a datagram that is received via
     a link-layer broadcast (see Section 2.4) but does not specify
     an IP multicast or broadcast destination address.
     Hosts SHOULD use the Limited Broadcast address to broadcast to
     a connected network.
     DISCUSSION:
          Using the Limited Broadcast address instead of a Directed
          Broadcast address may improve system robustness.  Problems
          are often caused by machines that do not understand the
          plethora of broadcast addresses (see Section 3.2.1.3), or
          that may have different ideas about which broadcast
          addresses are in use.  The prime example of the latter is
          machines that do not understand subnetting but are
          attached to a subnetted net.  Sending a Subnet Broadcast
          for the connected network will confuse those machines,
          which will see it as a message to some other host.
          There has been discussion on whether a datagram addressed
          to the Limited Broadcast address ought to be sent from all
          the interfaces of a multihomed host.  This specification
          takes no stand on the issue.
  3.3.7  IP Multicasting
     A host SHOULD support local IP multicasting on all connected
     networks for which a mapping from Class D IP addresses to
     link-layer addresses has been specified (see below).  Support
     for local IP multicasting includes sending multicast datagrams,
     joining multicast groups and receiving multicast datagrams, and
     leaving multicast groups.  This implies support for all of
     [IP:4] except the IGMP protocol itself, which is OPTIONAL.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

     DISCUSSION:
          IGMP provides gateways that are capable of multicast
          routing with the information required to support IP
          multicasting across multiple networks.  At this time,
          multicast-routing gateways are in the experimental stage
          and are not widely available.  For hosts that are not
          connected to networks with multicast-routing gateways or
          that do not need to receive multicast datagrams
          originating on other networks, IGMP serves no purpose and
          is therefore optional for now.  However, the rest of
          [IP:4] is currently recommended for the purpose of
          providing IP-layer access to local network multicast
          addressing, as a preferable alternative to local broadcast
          addressing.  It is expected that IGMP will become
          recommended at some future date, when multicast-routing
          gateways have become more widely available.
     If IGMP is not implemented, a host SHOULD still join the "all-
     hosts" group (224.0.0.1) when the IP layer is initialized and
     remain a member for as long as the IP layer is active.
     DISCUSSION:
          Joining the "all-hosts" group will support strictly local
          uses of multicasting, e.g., a gateway discovery protocol,
          even if IGMP is not implemented.
     The mapping of IP Class D addresses to local addresses is
     currently specified for the following types of networks:
     o    Ethernet/IEEE 802.3, as defined in [IP:4].
     o    Any network that supports broadcast but not multicast,
          addressing: all IP Class D addresses map to the local
          broadcast address.
     o    Any type of point-to-point link (e.g., SLIP or HDLC
          links): no mapping required.  All IP multicast datagrams
          are sent as-is, inside the local framing.
     Mappings for other types of networks will be specified in the
     future.
     A host SHOULD provide a way for higher-layer protocols or
     applications to determine which of the host's connected
     network(s) support IP multicast addressing.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

  3.3.8  Error Reporting
     Wherever practical, hosts MUST return ICMP error datagrams on
     detection of an error, except in those cases where returning an
     ICMP error message is specifically prohibited.
     DISCUSSION:
          A common phenomenon in datagram networks is the "black
          hole disease": datagrams are sent out, but nothing comes
          back.  Without any error datagrams, it is difficult for
          the user to figure out what the problem is.

3.4 INTERNET/TRANSPORT LAYER INTERFACE

  The interface between the IP layer and the transport layer MUST
  provide full access to all the mechanisms of the IP layer,
  including options, Type-of-Service, and Time-to-Live.  The
  transport layer MUST either have mechanisms to set these interface
  parameters, or provide a path to pass them through from an
  application, or both.
  DISCUSSION:
       Applications are urged to make use of these mechanisms where
       applicable, even when the mechanisms are not currently
       effective in the Internet (e.g., TOS).  This will allow these
       mechanisms to be immediately useful when they do become
       effective, without a large amount of retrofitting of host
       software.
  We now describe a conceptual interface between the transport layer
  and the IP layer, as a set of procedure calls.  This is an
  extension of the information in Section 3.3 of RFC-791 [IP:1].
  *    Send Datagram
            SEND(src, dst, prot, TOS, TTL, BufPTR, len, Id, DF, opt
                 => result )
       where the parameters are defined in RFC-791.  Passing an Id
       parameter is optional; see Section 3.2.1.5.
  *    Receive Datagram
            RECV(BufPTR, prot
                 => result, src, dst, SpecDest, TOS, len, opt)

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

       All the parameters are defined in RFC-791, except for:
            SpecDest = specific-destination address of datagram
                        (defined in Section 3.2.1.3)
       The result parameter dst contains the datagram's destination
       address.  Since this may be a broadcast or multicast address,
       the SpecDest parameter (not shown in RFC-791) MUST be passed.
       The parameter opt contains all the IP options received in the
       datagram; these MUST also be passed to the transport layer.
  *    Select Source Address
            GET_SRCADDR(remote, TOS)  -> local
            remote = remote IP address
            TOS = Type-of-Service
            local = local IP address
       See Section 3.3.4.3.
  *    Find Maximum Datagram Sizes
            GET_MAXSIZES(local, remote, TOS) -> MMS_R, MMS_S
            MMS_R = maximum receive transport-message size.
            MMS_S = maximum send transport-message size.
           (local, remote, TOS defined above)
       See Sections 3.3.2 and 3.3.3.
  *    Advice on Delivery Success
            ADVISE_DELIVPROB(sense, local, remote, TOS)
       Here the parameter sense is a 1-bit flag indicating whether
       positive or negative advice is being given; see the
       discussion in Section 3.3.1.4. The other parameters were
       defined earlier.
  *    Send ICMP Message
            SEND_ICMP(src, dst, TOS, TTL, BufPTR, len, Id, DF, opt)
                 -> result

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

            (Parameters defined in RFC-791).
       Passing an Id parameter is optional; see Section 3.2.1.5.
       The transport layer MUST be able to send certain ICMP
       messages:  Port Unreachable or any of the query-type
       messages.  This function could be considered to be a special
       case of the SEND() call, of course; we describe it separately
       for clarity.
  *    Receive ICMP Message
            RECV_ICMP(BufPTR ) -> result, src, dst, len, opt
            (Parameters defined in RFC-791).
       The IP layer MUST pass certain ICMP messages up to the
       appropriate transport-layer routine.  This function could be
       considered to be a special case of the RECV() call, of
       course; we describe it separately for clarity.
       For an ICMP error message, the data that is passed up MUST
       include the original Internet header plus all the octets of
       the original message that are included in the ICMP message.
       This data will be used by the transport layer to locate the
       connection state information, if any.
       In particular, the following ICMP messages are to be passed
       up:
       o    Destination Unreachable
       o    Source Quench
       o    Echo Reply (to ICMP user interface, unless the Echo
            Request originated in the IP layer)
       o    Timestamp Reply (to ICMP user interface)
       o    Time Exceeded
  DISCUSSION:
       In the future, there may be additions to this interface to
       pass path data (see Section 3.3.1.3) between the IP and
       transport layers.

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

3.5 INTERNET LAYER REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY

                                             |        | | | |S| |
                                             |        | | | |H| |F
                                             |        | | | |O|M|o
                                             |        | |S| |U|U|o
                                             |        | |H| |L|S|t
                                             |        |M|O| |D|T|n
                                             |        |U|U|M| | |o
                                             |        |S|L|A|N|N|t
                                             |        |T|D|Y|O|O|t

FEATURE |SECTION | | | |T|T|e


|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--

                                             |        | | | | | |

Implement IP and ICMP |3.1 |x| | | | | Handle remote multihoming in application layer |3.1 |x| | | | | Support local multihoming |3.1 | | |x| | | Meet gateway specs if forward datagrams |3.1 |x| | | | | Configuration switch for embedded gateway |3.1 |x| | | | |1 Config switch default to non-gateway |3.1 |x| | | | |1 Auto-config based on number of interfaces |3.1 | | | | |x|1 Able to log discarded datagrams |3.1 | |x| | | | Record in counter |3.1 | |x| | | |

                                             |        | | | | | |

Silently discard Version != 4 |3.2.1.1 |x| | | | | Verify IP checksum, silently discard bad dgram |3.2.1.2 |x| | | | | Addressing: | | | | | | |

 Subnet addressing (RFC-950)                    |3.2.1.3 |x| | | | |
 Src address must be host's own IP address      |3.2.1.3 |x| | | | |
 Silently discard datagram with bad dest addr   |3.2.1.3 |x| | | | |
 Silently discard datagram with bad src addr    |3.2.1.3 |x| | | | |

Support reassembly |3.2.1.4 |x| | | | | Retain same Id field in identical datagram |3.2.1.5 | | |x| | |

                                             |        | | | | | |

TOS: | | | | | | |

 Allow transport layer to set TOS               |3.2.1.6 |x| | | | |
 Pass received TOS up to transport layer        |3.2.1.6 | |x| | | |
 Use RFC-795 link-layer mappings for TOS        |3.2.1.6 | | | |x| |

TTL: | | | | | | |

 Send packet with TTL of 0                      |3.2.1.7 | | | | |x|
 Discard received packets with TTL < 2          |3.2.1.7 | | | | |x|
 Allow transport layer to set TTL               |3.2.1.7 |x| | | | |
 Fixed TTL is configurable                      |3.2.1.7 |x| | | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

IP Options: | | | | | | |

 Allow transport layer to send IP options       |3.2.1.8 |x| | | | |
 Pass all IP options rcvd to higher layer       |3.2.1.8 |x| | | | |

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

 IP layer silently ignore unknown options       |3.2.1.8 |x| | | | |
 Security option                                |3.2.1.8a| | |x| | |
 Send Stream Identifier option                  |3.2.1.8b| | | |x| |
 Silently ignore Stream Identifer option        |3.2.1.8b|x| | | | |
 Record Route option                            |3.2.1.8d| | |x| | |
 Timestamp option                               |3.2.1.8e| | |x| | |

Source Route Option: | | | | | | |

 Originate & terminate Source Route options     |3.2.1.8c|x| | | | |
 Datagram with completed SR passed up to TL     |3.2.1.8c|x| | | | |
 Build correct (non-redundant) return route     |3.2.1.8c|x| | | | |
 Send multiple SR options in one header         |3.2.1.8c| | | | |x|
                                             |        | | | | | |

ICMP: | | | | | | |

 Silently discard ICMP msg with unknown type    |3.2.2   |x| | | | |
 Include more than 8 octets of orig datagram    |3.2.2   | | |x| | |
  Included octets same as received           |3.2.2   |x| | | | |
 Demux ICMP Error to transport protocol         |3.2.2   |x| | | | |
 Send ICMP error message with TOS=0             |3.2.2   | |x| | | |
 Send ICMP error message for:                   |        | | | | | |

- ICMP error msg |3.2.2 | | | | |x| - IP b'cast or IP m'cast |3.2.2 | | | | |x| - Link-layer b'cast |3.2.2 | | | | |x| - Non-initial fragment |3.2.2 | | | | |x| - Datagram with non-unique src address |3.2.2 | | | | |x|

 Return ICMP error msgs (when not prohibited)   |3.3.8   |x| | | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |
 Dest Unreachable:                              |        | | | | | |
Generate Dest Unreachable (code 2/3)         |3.2.2.1 | |x| | | |
Pass ICMP Dest Unreachable to higher layer   |3.2.2.1 |x| | | | |
Higher layer act on Dest Unreach             |3.2.2.1 | |x| | | |
  Interpret Dest Unreach as only hint        |3.2.2.1 |x| | | | |
 Redirect:                                      |        | | | | | |
Host send Redirect                           |3.2.2.2 | | | |x| |
Update route cache when recv Redirect        |3.2.2.2 |x| | | | |
Handle both Host and Net Redirects           |3.2.2.2 |x| | | | |
Discard illegal Redirect                     |3.2.2.2 | |x| | | |
 Source Quench:                                 |        | | | | | |
Send Source Quench if buffering exceeded     |3.2.2.3 | | |x| | |
Pass Source Quench to higher layer           |3.2.2.3 |x| | | | |
Higher layer act on Source Quench            |3.2.2.3 | |x| | | |
 Time Exceeded: pass to higher layer            |3.2.2.4 |x| | | | |
 Parameter Problem:                             |        | | | | | |
Send Parameter Problem messages              |3.2.2.5 | |x| | | |
Pass Parameter Problem to higher layer       |3.2.2.5 |x| | | | |
Report Parameter Problem to user             |3.2.2.5 | | |x| | |
                                             |        | | | | | |
 ICMP Echo Request or Reply:                    |        | | | | | |
Echo server and Echo client                  |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

Echo client                                  |3.2.2.6 | |x| | | |
Discard Echo Request to broadcast address    |3.2.2.6 | | |x| | |
Discard Echo Request to multicast address    |3.2.2.6 | | |x| | |
Use specific-dest addr as Echo Reply src     |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
Send same data in Echo Reply                 |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
Pass Echo Reply to higher layer              |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
Reflect Record Route, Time Stamp options     |3.2.2.6 | |x| | | |
Reverse and reflect Source Route option      |3.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |
 ICMP Information Request or Reply:             |3.2.2.7 | | | |x| |
 ICMP Timestamp and Timestamp Reply:            |3.2.2.8 | | |x| | |
Minimize delay variability                   |3.2.2.8 | |x| | | |1
Silently discard b'cast Timestamp            |3.2.2.8 | | |x| | |1
Silently discard m'cast Timestamp            |3.2.2.8 | | |x| | |1
Use specific-dest addr as TS Reply src       |3.2.2.8 |x| | | | |1
Reflect Record Route, Time Stamp options     |3.2.2.6 | |x| | | |1
Reverse and reflect Source Route option      |3.2.2.8 |x| | | | |1
Pass Timestamp Reply to higher layer         |3.2.2.8 |x| | | | |1
Obey rules for "standard value"              |3.2.2.8 |x| | | | |1
                                             |        | | | | | |
 ICMP Address Mask Request and Reply:           |        | | | | | |
Addr Mask source configurable                |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |
Support static configuration of addr mask    |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |
Get addr mask dynamically during booting     |3.2.2.9 | | |x| | |
Get addr via ICMP Addr Mask Request/Reply    |3.2.2.9 | | |x| | |
  Retransmit Addr Mask Req if no Reply       |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |3
  Assume default mask if no Reply            |3.2.2.9 | |x| | | |3
  Update address mask from first Reply only  |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |3
Reasonableness check on Addr Mask            |3.2.2.9 | |x| | | |
Send unauthorized Addr Mask Reply msgs       |3.2.2.9 | | | | |x|
  Explicitly configured to be agent          |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |
Static config=> Addr-Mask-Authoritative flag |3.2.2.9 | |x| | | |
  Broadcast Addr Mask Reply when init.       |3.2.2.9 |x| | | | |3
                                             |        | | | | | |

ROUTING OUTBOUND DATAGRAMS: | | | | | | |

 Use address mask in local/remote decision      |3.3.1.1 |x| | | | |
 Operate with no gateways on conn network       |3.3.1.1 |x| | | | |
 Maintain "route cache" of next-hop gateways    |3.3.1.2 |x| | | | |
 Treat Host and Net Redirect the same           |3.3.1.2 | |x| | | |
 If no cache entry, use default gateway         |3.3.1.2 |x| | | | |
Support multiple default gateways            |3.3.1.2 |x| | | | |
 Provide table of static routes                 |3.3.1.2 | | |x| | |
Flag: route overridable by Redirects         |3.3.1.2 | | |x| | |
 Key route cache on host, not net address       |3.3.1.3 | | |x| | |
 Include TOS in route cache                     |3.3.1.3 | |x| | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |
 Able to detect failure of next-hop gateway     |3.3.1.4 |x| | | | |
 Assume route is good forever                   |3.3.1.4 | | | |x| |

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

 Ping gateways continuously                     |3.3.1.4 | | | | |x|
 Ping only when traffic being sent              |3.3.1.4 |x| | | | |
 Ping only when no positive indication          |3.3.1.4 |x| | | | |
 Higher and lower layers give advice            |3.3.1.4 | |x| | | |
 Switch from failed default g'way to another    |3.3.1.5 |x| | | | |
 Manual method of entering config info          |3.3.1.6 |x| | | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

REASSEMBLY and FRAGMENTATION: | | | | | | |

 Able to reassemble incoming datagrams          |3.3.2   |x| | | | |
At least 576 byte datagrams                  |3.3.2   |x| | | | |
EMTU_R configurable or indefinite            |3.3.2   | |x| | | |
 Transport layer able to learn MMS_R            |3.3.2   |x| | | | |
 Send ICMP Time Exceeded on reassembly timeout  |3.3.2   |x| | | | |
Fixed reassembly timeout value               |3.3.2   | |x| | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |
 Pass MMS_S to higher layers                    |3.3.3   |x| | | | |
 Local fragmentation of outgoing packets        |3.3.3   | | |x| | |
 Else don't send bigger than MMS_S           |3.3.3   |x| | | | |
 Send max 576 to off-net destination            |3.3.3   | |x| | | |
 All-Subnets-MTU configuration flag             |3.3.3   | | |x| | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

MULTIHOMING: | | | | | | |

 Reply with same addr as spec-dest addr         |3.3.4.2 | |x| | | |
 Allow application to choose local IP addr      |3.3.4.2 |x| | | | |
 Silently discard d'gram in "wrong" interface   |3.3.4.2 | | |x| | |
 Only send d'gram through "right" interface     |3.3.4.2 | | |x| | |4
                                             |        | | | | | |

SOURCE-ROUTE FORWARDING: | | | | | | |

 Forward datagram with Source Route option      |3.3.5   | | |x| | |1
Obey corresponding gateway rules             |3.3.5   |x| | | | |1
  Update TTL by gateway rules                |3.3.5   |x| | | | |1
  Able to generate ICMP err code 4, 5        |3.3.5   |x| | | | |1
  IP src addr not local host                 |3.3.5   | | |x| | |1
  Update Timestamp, Record Route options     |3.3.5   |x| | | | |1
Configurable switch for non-local SRing      |3.3.5   |x| | | | |1
  Defaults to OFF                            |3.3.5   |x| | | | |1
Satisfy gwy access rules for non-local SRing |3.3.5   |x| | | | |1
If not forward, send Dest Unreach (cd 5)     |3.3.5   | |x| | | |2
                                             |        | | | | | |

BROADCAST: | | | | | | |

 Broadcast addr as IP source addr               |3.2.1.3 | | | | |x|
 Receive 0 or -1 broadcast formats OK           |3.3.6   | |x| | | |
 Config'ble option to send 0 or -1 b'cast       |3.3.6   | | |x| | |
Default to -1 broadcast                      |3.3.6   | |x| | | |
 Recognize all broadcast address formats        |3.3.6   |x| | | | |
 Use IP b'cast/m'cast addr in link-layer b'cast |3.3.6   |x| | | | |
 Silently discard link-layer-only b'cast dg's   |3.3.6   | |x| | | |
 Use Limited Broadcast addr for connected net   |3.3.6   | |x| | | |

RFC1122 INTERNET LAYER October 1989

                                             |        | | | | | |

MULTICAST: | | | | | | |

 Support local IP multicasting (RFC-1112)       |3.3.7   | |x| | | |
 Support IGMP (RFC-1112)                        |3.3.7   | | |x| | |
 Join all-hosts group at startup                |3.3.7   | |x| | | |
 Higher layers learn i'face m'cast capability   |3.3.7   | |x| | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

INTERFACE: | | | | | | |

 Allow transport layer to use all IP mechanisms |3.4     |x| | | | |
 Pass interface ident up to transport layer     |3.4     |x| | | | |
 Pass all IP options up to transport layer      |3.4     |x| | | | |
 Transport layer can send certain ICMP messages |3.4     |x| | | | |
 Pass spec'd ICMP messages up to transp. layer  |3.4     |x| | | | |
 Include IP hdr+8 octets or more from orig.  |3.4     |x| | | | |
 Able to leap tall buildings at a single bound  |3.5     | |x| | | |

Footnotes:

(1) Only if feature is implemented.

(2) This requirement is overruled if datagram is an ICMP error message.

(3) Only if feature is implemented and is configured "on".

(4) Unless has embedded gateway functionality or is source routed.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP October 1989

TRANSPORT PROTOCOLS

4.1 USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL -- UDP

  4.1.1  INTRODUCTION
     The User Datagram Protocol UDP [UDP:1] offers only a minimal
     transport service -- non-guaranteed datagram delivery -- and
     gives applications direct access to the datagram service of the
     IP layer.  UDP is used by applications that do not require the
     level of service of TCP or that wish to use communications
     services (e.g., multicast or broadcast delivery) not available
     from TCP.
     UDP is almost a null protocol; the only services it provides
     over IP are checksumming of data and multiplexing by port
     number.  Therefore, an application program running over UDP
     must deal directly with end-to-end communication problems that
     a connection-oriented protocol would have handled -- e.g.,
     retransmission for reliable delivery, packetization and
     reassembly, flow control, congestion avoidance, etc., when
     these are required.  The fairly complex coupling between IP and
     TCP will be mirrored in the coupling between UDP and many
     applications using UDP.
  4.1.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH
     There are no known errors in the specification of UDP.
  4.1.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES
     4.1.3.1  Ports
        UDP well-known ports follow the same rules as TCP well-known
        ports; see Section 4.2.2.1 below.
        If a datagram arrives addressed to a UDP port for which
        there is no pending LISTEN call, UDP SHOULD send an ICMP
        Port Unreachable message.
     4.1.3.2  IP Options
        UDP MUST pass any IP option that it receives from the IP
        layer transparently to the application layer.
        An application MUST be able to specify IP options to be sent
        in its UDP datagrams, and UDP MUST pass these options to the
        IP layer.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP October 1989

        DISCUSSION:
             At present, the only options that need be passed
             through UDP are Source Route, Record Route, and Time
             Stamp.  However, new options may be defined in the
             future, and UDP need not and should not make any
             assumptions about the format or content of options it
             passes to or from the application; an exception to this
             might be an IP-layer security option.
             An application based on UDP will need to obtain a
             source route from a request datagram and supply a
             reversed route for sending the corresponding reply.
     4.1.3.3  ICMP Messages
        UDP MUST pass to the application layer all ICMP error
        messages that it receives from the IP layer.  Conceptually
        at least, this may be accomplished with an upcall to the
        ERROR_REPORT routine (see Section 4.2.4.1).
        DISCUSSION:
             Note that ICMP error messages resulting from sending a
             UDP datagram are received asynchronously.  A UDP-based
             application that wants to receive ICMP error messages
             is responsible for maintaining the state necessary to
             demultiplex these messages when they arrive; for
             example, the application may keep a pending receive
             operation for this purpose.  The application is also
             responsible to avoid confusion from a delayed ICMP
             error message resulting from an earlier use of the same
             port(s).
     4.1.3.4  UDP Checksums
        A host MUST implement the facility to generate and validate
        UDP checksums.  An application MAY optionally be able to
        control whether a UDP checksum will be generated, but it
        MUST default to checksumming on.
        If a UDP datagram is received with a checksum that is non-
        zero and invalid, UDP MUST silently discard the datagram.
        An application MAY optionally be able to control whether UDP
        datagrams without checksums should be discarded or passed to
        the application.
        DISCUSSION:
             Some applications that normally run only across local
             area networks have chosen to turn off UDP checksums for

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP October 1989

             efficiency.  As a result, numerous cases of undetected
             errors have been reported.  The advisability of ever
             turning off UDP checksumming is very controversial.
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             There is a common implementation error in UDP
             checksums.  Unlike the TCP checksum, the UDP checksum
             is optional; the value zero is transmitted in the
             checksum field of a UDP header to indicate the absence
             of a checksum.  If the transmitter really calculates a
             UDP checksum of zero, it must transmit the checksum as
             all 1's (65535).  No special action is required at the
             receiver, since zero and 65535 are equivalent in 1's
             complement arithmetic.
     4.1.3.5  UDP Multihoming
        When a UDP datagram is received, its specific-destination
        address MUST be passed up to the application layer.
        An application program MUST be able to specify the IP source
        address to be used for sending a UDP datagram or to leave it
        unspecified (in which case the networking software will
        choose an appropriate source address).  There SHOULD be a
        way to communicate the chosen source address up to the
        application layer (e.g, so that the application can later
        receive a reply datagram only from the corresponding
        interface).
        DISCUSSION:
             A request/response application that uses UDP should use
             a source address for the response that is the same as
             the specific destination address of the request.  See
             the "General Issues" section of [INTRO:1].
     4.1.3.6  Invalid Addresses
        A UDP datagram received with an invalid IP source address
        (e.g., a broadcast or multicast address) must be discarded
        by UDP or by the IP layer (see Section 3.2.1.3).
        When a host sends a UDP datagram, the source address MUST be
        (one of) the IP address(es) of the host.
  4.1.4  UDP/APPLICATION LAYER INTERFACE
     The application interface to UDP MUST provide the full services
     of the IP/transport interface described in Section 3.4 of this

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP October 1989

     document.  Thus, an application using UDP needs the functions
     of the GET_SRCADDR(), GET_MAXSIZES(), ADVISE_DELIVPROB(), and
     RECV_ICMP() calls described in Section 3.4.  For example,
     GET_MAXSIZES() can be used to learn the effective maximum UDP
     maximum datagram size for a particular {interface,remote
     host,TOS} triplet.
     An application-layer program MUST be able to set the TTL and
     TOS values as well as IP options for sending a UDP datagram,
     and these values must be passed transparently to the IP layer.
     UDP MAY pass the received TOS up to the application layer.
  4.1.5  UDP REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY
                                             |        | | | |S| |
                                             |        | | | |H| |F
                                             |        | | | |O|M|o
                                             |        | |S| |U|U|o
                                             |        | |H| |L|S|t
                                             |        |M|O| |D|T|n
                                             |        |U|U|M| | |o
                                             |        |S|L|A|N|N|t
                                             |        |T|D|Y|O|O|t

FEATURE |SECTION | | | |T|T|e


|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--

                                             |        | | | | | |
UDP                                          |        | | | | | |

|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--

                                             |        | | | | | |

UDP send Port Unreachable |4.1.3.1 | |x| | | |

                                             |        | | | | | |

IP Options in UDP | | | | | | |

- Pass rcv'd IP options to applic layer         |4.1.3.2 |x| | | | |
- Applic layer can specify IP options in Send   |4.1.3.2 |x| | | | |
- UDP passes IP options down to IP layer        |4.1.3.2 |x| | | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

Pass ICMP msgs up to applic layer |4.1.3.3 |x| | | | |

                                             |        | | | | | |

UDP checksums: | | | | | | |

- Able to generate/check checksum               |4.1.3.4 |x| | | | |
- Silently discard bad checksum                 |4.1.3.4 |x| | | | |
- Sender Option to not generate checksum        |4.1.3.4 | | |x| | |

- Default is to checksum |4.1.3.4 |x| | | | |

- Receiver Option to require checksum           |4.1.3.4 | | |x| | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

UDP Multihoming | | | | | | |

- Pass spec-dest addr to application            |4.1.3.5 |x| | | | |

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- UDP October 1989

- Applic layer can specify Local IP addr        |4.1.3.5 |x| | | | |
- Applic layer specify wild Local IP addr       |4.1.3.5 |x| | | | |
- Applic layer notified of Local IP addr used   |4.1.3.5 | |x| | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

Bad IP src addr silently discarded by UDP/IP |4.1.3.6 |x| | | | | Only send valid IP source address |4.1.3.6 |x| | | | | UDP Application Interface Services | | | | | | | Full IP interface of 3.4 for application |4.1.4 |x| | | | |

- Able to spec TTL, TOS, IP opts when send dg   |4.1.4   |x| | | | |
- Pass received TOS up to applic layer          |4.1.4   | | |x| | |

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

4.2 TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL -- TCP

  4.2.1  INTRODUCTION
     The Transmission Control Protocol TCP [TCP:1] is the primary
     virtual-circuit transport protocol for the Internet suite.  TCP
     provides reliable, in-sequence delivery of a full-duplex stream
     of octets (8-bit bytes).  TCP is used by those applications
     needing reliable, connection-oriented transport service, e.g.,
     mail (SMTP), file transfer (FTP), and virtual terminal service
     (Telnet); requirements for these application-layer protocols
     are described in [INTRO:1].
  4.2.2  PROTOCOL WALK-THROUGH
     4.2.2.1  Well-Known Ports: RFC-793 Section 2.7
        DISCUSSION:
             TCP reserves port numbers in the range 0-255 for
             "well-known" ports, used to access services that are
             standardized across the Internet.  The remainder of the
             port space can be freely allocated to application
             processes.  Current well-known port definitions are
             listed in the RFC entitled "Assigned Numbers"
             [INTRO:6].  A prerequisite for defining a new well-
             known port is an RFC documenting the proposed service
             in enough detail to allow new implementations.
             Some systems extend this notion by adding a third
             subdivision of the TCP port space: reserved ports,
             which are generally used for operating-system-specific
             services.  For example, reserved ports might fall
             between 256 and some system-dependent upper limit.
             Some systems further choose to protect well-known and
             reserved ports by permitting only privileged users to
             open TCP connections with those port values.  This is
             perfectly reasonable as long as the host does not
             assume that all hosts protect their low-numbered ports
             in this manner.
     4.2.2.2  Use of Push: RFC-793 Section 2.8
        When an application issues a series of SEND calls without
        setting the PUSH flag, the TCP MAY aggregate the data
        internally without sending it.  Similarly, when a series of
        segments is received without the PSH bit, a TCP MAY queue
        the data internally without passing it to the receiving
        application.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

        The PSH bit is not a record marker and is independent of
        segment boundaries.  The transmitter SHOULD collapse
        successive PSH bits when it packetizes data, to send the
        largest possible segment.
        A TCP MAY implement PUSH flags on SEND calls.  If PUSH flags
        are not implemented, then the sending TCP: (1) must not
        buffer data indefinitely, and (2) MUST set the PSH bit in
        the last buffered segment (i.e., when there is no more
        queued data to be sent).
        The discussion in RFC-793 on pages 48, 50, and 74
        erroneously implies that a received PSH flag must be passed
        to the application layer.  Passing a received PSH flag to
        the application layer is now OPTIONAL.
        An application program is logically required to set the PUSH
        flag in a SEND call whenever it needs to force delivery of
        the data to avoid a communication deadlock.  However, a TCP
        SHOULD send a maximum-sized segment whenever possible, to
        improve performance (see Section 4.2.3.4).
        DISCUSSION:
             When the PUSH flag is not implemented on SEND calls,
             i.e., when the application/TCP interface uses a pure
             streaming model, responsibility for aggregating any
             tiny data fragments to form reasonable sized segments
             is partially borne by the application layer.
             Generally, an interactive application protocol must set
             the PUSH flag at least in the last SEND call in each
             command or response sequence.  A bulk transfer protocol
             like FTP should set the PUSH flag on the last segment
             of a file or when necessary to prevent buffer deadlock.
             At the receiver, the PSH bit forces buffered data to be
             delivered to the application (even if less than a full
             buffer has been received). Conversely, the lack of a
             PSH bit can be used to avoid unnecessary wakeup calls
             to the application process; this can be an important
             performance optimization for large timesharing hosts.
             Passing the PSH bit to the receiving application allows
             an analogous optimization within the application.
     4.2.2.3  Window Size: RFC-793 Section 3.1
        The window size MUST be treated as an unsigned number, or
        else large window sizes will appear like negative windows

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

        and TCP will not work.  It is RECOMMENDED that
        implementations reserve 32-bit fields for the send and
        receive window sizes in the connection record and do all
        window computations with 32 bits.
        DISCUSSION:
             It is known that the window field in the TCP header is
             too small for high-speed, long-delay paths.
             Experimental TCP options have been defined to extend
             the window size; see for example [TCP:11].  In
             anticipation of the adoption of such an extension, TCP
             implementors should treat windows as 32 bits.
     4.2.2.4  Urgent Pointer: RFC-793 Section 3.1
        The second sentence is in error: the urgent pointer points
        to the sequence number of the LAST octet (not LAST+1) in a
        sequence of urgent data.  The description on page 56 (last
        sentence) is correct.
        A TCP MUST support a sequence of urgent data of any length.
        A TCP MUST inform the application layer asynchronously
        whenever it receives an Urgent pointer and there was
        previously no pending urgent data, or whenever the Urgent
        pointer advances in the data stream.  There MUST be a way
        for the application to learn how much urgent data remains to
        be read from the connection, or at least to determine
        whether or not more urgent data remains to be read.
        DISCUSSION:
             Although the Urgent mechanism may be used for any
             application, it is normally used to send "interrupt"-
             type commands to a Telnet program (see "Using Telnet
             Synch Sequence" section in [INTRO:1]).
             The asynchronous or "out-of-band" notification will
             allow the application to go into "urgent mode", reading
             data from the TCP connection.  This allows control
             commands to be sent to an application whose normal
             input buffers are full of unprocessed data.
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             The generic ERROR-REPORT() upcall described in Section
             4.2.4.1 is a possible mechanism for informing the
             application of the arrival of urgent data.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

     4.2.2.5  TCP Options: RFC-793 Section 3.1
        A TCP MUST be able to receive a TCP option in any segment.
        A TCP MUST ignore without error any TCP option it does not
        implement, assuming that the option has a length field (all
        TCP options defined in the future will have length fields).
        TCP MUST be prepared to handle an illegal option length
        (e.g., zero) without crashing; a suggested procedure is to
        reset the connection and log the reason.
     4.2.2.6  Maximum Segment Size Option: RFC-793 Section 3.1
        TCP MUST implement both sending and receiving the Maximum
        Segment Size option [TCP:4].
        TCP SHOULD send an MSS (Maximum Segment Size) option in
        every SYN segment when its receive MSS differs from the
        default 536, and MAY send it always.
        If an MSS option is not received at connection setup, TCP
        MUST assume a default send MSS of 536 (576-40) [TCP:4].
        The maximum size of a segment that TCP really sends, the
        "effective send MSS," MUST be the smaller of the send MSS
        (which reflects the available reassembly buffer size at the
        remote host) and the largest size permitted by the IP layer:
           Eff.snd.MSS =
              min(SendMSS+20, MMS_S) - TCPhdrsize - IPoptionsize
        where:
        *    SendMSS is the MSS value received from the remote host,
             or the default 536 if no MSS option is received.
        *    MMS_S is the maximum size for a transport-layer message
             that TCP may send.
        *    TCPhdrsize is the size of the TCP header; this is
             normally 20, but may be larger if TCP options are to be
             sent.
        *    IPoptionsize is the size of any IP options that TCP
             will pass to the IP layer with the current message.
        The MSS value to be sent in an MSS option must be less than

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

        or equal to:
           MMS_R - 20
        where MMS_R is the maximum size for a transport-layer
        message that can be received (and reassembled).  TCP obtains
        MMS_R and MMS_S from the IP layer; see the generic call
        GET_MAXSIZES in Section 3.4.
        DISCUSSION:
             The choice of TCP segment size has a strong effect on
             performance.  Larger segments increase throughput by
             amortizing header size and per-datagram processing
             overhead over more data bytes; however, if the packet
             is so large that it causes IP fragmentation, efficiency
             drops sharply if any fragments are lost [IP:9].
             Some TCP implementations send an MSS option only if the
             destination host is on a non-connected network.
             However, in general the TCP layer may not have the
             appropriate information to make this decision, so it is
             preferable to leave to the IP layer the task of
             determining a suitable MTU for the Internet path.  We
             therefore recommend that TCP always send the option (if
             not 536) and that the IP layer determine MMS_R as
             specified in 3.3.3 and 3.4.  A proposed IP-layer
             mechanism to measure the MTU would then modify the IP
             layer without changing TCP.
     4.2.2.7  TCP Checksum: RFC-793 Section 3.1
        Unlike the UDP checksum (see Section 4.1.3.4), the TCP
        checksum is never optional.  The sender MUST generate it and
        the receiver MUST check it.
     4.2.2.8  TCP Connection State Diagram: RFC-793 Section 3.2,
        page 23
        There are several problems with this diagram:
        (a)  The arrow from SYN-SENT to SYN-RCVD should be labeled
             with "snd SYN,ACK", to agree with the text on page 68
             and with Figure 8.
        (b)  There could be an arrow from SYN-RCVD state to LISTEN
             state, conditioned on receiving a RST after a passive
             open (see text page 70).

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

        (c)  It is possible to go directly from FIN-WAIT-1 to the
             TIME-WAIT state (see page 75 of the spec).
     4.2.2.9  Initial Sequence Number Selection: RFC-793 Section
        3.3, page 27
        A TCP MUST use the specified clock-driven selection of
        initial sequence numbers.
     4.2.2.10  Simultaneous Open Attempts: RFC-793 Section 3.4, page
        32
        There is an error in Figure 8: the packet on line 7 should
        be identical to the packet on line 5.
        A TCP MUST support simultaneous open attempts.
        DISCUSSION:
             It sometimes surprises implementors that if two
             applications attempt to simultaneously connect to each
             other, only one connection is generated instead of two.
             This was an intentional design decision; don't try to
             "fix" it.
     4.2.2.11  Recovery from Old Duplicate SYN: RFC-793 Section 3.4,
        page 33
        Note that a TCP implementation MUST keep track of whether a
        connection has reached SYN_RCVD state as the result of a
        passive OPEN or an active OPEN.
     4.2.2.12  RST Segment: RFC-793 Section 3.4
        A TCP SHOULD allow a received RST segment to include data.
        DISCUSSION
             It has been suggested that a RST segment could contain
             ASCII text that encoded and explained the cause of the
             RST.  No standard has yet been established for such
             data.
     4.2.2.13  Closing a Connection: RFC-793 Section 3.5
        A TCP connection may terminate in two ways: (1) the normal
        TCP close sequence using a FIN handshake, and (2) an "abort"
        in which one or more RST segments are sent and the
        connection state is immediately discarded.  If a TCP

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

        connection is closed by the remote site, the local
        application MUST be informed whether it closed normally or
        was aborted.
        The normal TCP close sequence delivers buffered data
        reliably in both directions.  Since the two directions of a
        TCP connection are closed independently, it is possible for
        a connection to be "half closed," i.e., closed in only one
        direction, and a host is permitted to continue sending data
        in the open direction on a half-closed connection.
        A host MAY implement a "half-duplex" TCP close sequence, so
        that an application that has called CLOSE cannot continue to
        read data from the connection.  If such a host issues a
        CLOSE call while received data is still pending in TCP, or
        if new data is received after CLOSE is called, its TCP
        SHOULD send a RST to show that data was lost.
        When a connection is closed actively, it MUST linger in
        TIME-WAIT state for a time 2xMSL (Maximum Segment Lifetime).
        However, it MAY accept a new SYN from the remote TCP to
        reopen the connection directly from TIME-WAIT state, if it:
        (1)  assigns its initial sequence number for the new
             connection to be larger than the largest sequence
             number it used on the previous connection incarnation,
             and
        (2)  returns to TIME-WAIT state if the SYN turns out to be
             an old duplicate.
        DISCUSSION:
             TCP's full-duplex data-preserving close is a feature
             that is not included in the analogous ISO transport
             protocol TP4.
             Some systems have not implemented half-closed
             connections, presumably because they do not fit into
             the I/O model of their particular operating system.  On
             these systems, once an application has called CLOSE, it
             can no longer read input data from the connection; this
             is referred to as a "half-duplex" TCP close sequence.
             The graceful close algorithm of TCP requires that the
             connection state remain defined on (at least)  one end
             of the connection, for a timeout period of 2xMSL, i.e.,
             4 minutes.  During this period, the (remote socket,

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

             local socket) pair that defines the connection is busy
             and cannot be reused.  To shorten the time that a given
             port pair is tied up, some TCPs allow a new SYN to be
             accepted in TIME-WAIT state.
     4.2.2.14  Data Communication: RFC-793 Section 3.7, page 40
        Since RFC-793 was written, there has been extensive work on
        TCP algorithms to achieve efficient data communication.
        Later sections of the present document describe required and
        recommended TCP algorithms to determine when to send data
        (Section 4.2.3.4), when to send an acknowledgment (Section
        4.2.3.2), and when to update the window (Section 4.2.3.3).
        DISCUSSION:
             One important performance issue is "Silly Window
             Syndrome" or "SWS" [TCP:5], a stable pattern of small
             incremental window movements resulting in extremely
             poor TCP performance.  Algorithms to avoid SWS are
             described below for both the sending side (Section
             4.2.3.4) and the receiving side (Section 4.2.3.3).
             In brief, SWS is caused by the receiver advancing the
             right window edge whenever it has any new buffer space
             available to receive data and by the sender using any
             incremental window, no matter how small, to send more
             data [TCP:5].  The result can be a stable pattern of
             sending tiny data segments, even though both sender and
             receiver have a large total buffer space for the
             connection.  SWS can only occur during the transmission
             of a large amount of data; if the connection goes
             quiescent, the problem will disappear.  It is caused by
             typical straightforward implementation of window
             management, but the sender and receiver algorithms
             given below will avoid it.
             Another important TCP performance issue is that some
             applications, especially remote login to character-at-
             a-time hosts, tend to send streams of one-octet data
             segments.  To avoid deadlocks, every TCP SEND call from
             such applications must be "pushed", either explicitly
             by the application or else implicitly by TCP.  The
             result may be a stream of TCP segments that contain one
             data octet each, which makes very inefficient use of
             the Internet and contributes to Internet congestion.
             The Nagle Algorithm described in Section 4.2.3.4
             provides a simple and effective solution to this
             problem.  It does have the effect of clumping

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

             characters over Telnet connections; this may initially
             surprise users accustomed to single-character echo, but
             user acceptance has not been a problem.
             Note that the Nagle algorithm and the send SWS
             avoidance algorithm play complementary roles in
             improving performance.  The Nagle algorithm discourages
             sending tiny segments when the data to be sent
             increases in small increments, while the SWS avoidance
             algorithm discourages small segments resulting from the
             right window edge advancing in small increments.
             A careless implementation can send two or more
             acknowledgment segments per data segment received.  For
             example, suppose the receiver acknowledges every data
             segment immediately.  When the application program
             subsequently consumes the data and increases the
             available receive buffer space again, the receiver may
             send a second acknowledgment segment to update the
             window at the sender.  The extreme case occurs with
             single-character segments on TCP connections using the
             Telnet protocol for remote login service.  Some
             implementations have been observed in which each
             incoming 1-character segment generates three return
             segments: (1) the acknowledgment, (2) a one byte
             increase in the window, and (3) the echoed character,
             respectively.
     4.2.2.15  Retransmission Timeout: RFC-793 Section 3.7, page 41
        The algorithm suggested in RFC-793 for calculating the
        retransmission timeout is now known to be inadequate; see
        Section 4.2.3.1 below.
        Recent work by Jacobson [TCP:7] on Internet congestion and
        TCP retransmission stability has produced a transmission
        algorithm combining "slow start" with "congestion
        avoidance".  A TCP MUST implement this algorithm.
        If a retransmitted packet is identical to the original
        packet (which implies not only that the data boundaries have
        not changed, but also that the window and acknowledgment
        fields of the header have not changed), then the same IP
        Identification field MAY be used (see Section 3.2.1.5).
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             Some TCP implementors have chosen to "packetize" the
             data stream, i.e., to pick segment boundaries when

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

             segments are originally sent and to queue these
             segments in a "retransmission queue" until they are
             acknowledged.  Another design (which may be simpler) is
             to defer packetizing until each time data is
             transmitted or retransmitted, so there will be no
             segment retransmission queue.
             In an implementation with a segment retransmission
             queue, TCP performance may be enhanced by repacketizing
             the segments awaiting acknowledgment when the first
             retransmission timeout occurs.  That is, the
             outstanding segments that fitted would be combined into
             one maximum-sized segment, with a new IP Identification
             value.  The TCP would then retain this combined segment
             in the retransmit queue until it was acknowledged.
             However, if the first two segments in the
             retransmission queue totalled more than one maximum-
             sized segment, the TCP would retransmit only the first
             segment using the original IP Identification field.
     4.2.2.16  Managing the Window: RFC-793 Section 3.7, page 41
        A TCP receiver SHOULD NOT shrink the window, i.e., move the
        right window edge to the left.  However, a sending TCP MUST
        be robust against window shrinking, which may cause the
        "useable window" (see Section 4.2.3.4) to become negative.
        If this happens, the sender SHOULD NOT send new data, but
        SHOULD retransmit normally the old unacknowledged data
        between SND.UNA and SND.UNA+SND.WND.  The sender MAY also
        retransmit old data beyond SND.UNA+SND.WND, but SHOULD NOT
        time out the connection if data beyond the right window edge
        is not acknowledged.  If the window shrinks to zero, the TCP
        MUST probe it in the standard way (see next Section).
        DISCUSSION:
             Many TCP implementations become confused if the window
             shrinks from the right after data has been sent into a
             larger window.  Note that TCP has a heuristic to select
             the latest window update despite possible datagram
             reordering; as a result, it may ignore a window update
             with a smaller window than previously offered if
             neither the sequence number nor the acknowledgment
             number is increased.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

     4.2.2.17  Probing Zero Windows: RFC-793 Section 3.7, page 42
        Probing of zero (offered) windows MUST be supported.
        A TCP MAY keep its offered receive window closed
        indefinitely.  As long as the receiving TCP continues to
        send acknowledgments in response to the probe segments, the
        sending TCP MUST allow the connection to stay open.
        DISCUSSION:
             It is extremely important to remember that ACK
             (acknowledgment) segments that contain no data are not
             reliably transmitted by TCP.  If zero window probing is
             not supported, a connection may hang forever when an
             ACK segment that re-opens the window is lost.
             The delay in opening a zero window generally occurs
             when the receiving application stops taking data from
             its TCP.  For example, consider a printer daemon
             application, stopped because the printer ran out of
             paper.
        The transmitting host SHOULD send the first zero-window
        probe when a zero window has existed for the retransmission
        timeout period (see Section 4.2.2.15), and SHOULD increase
        exponentially the interval between successive probes.
        DISCUSSION:
             This procedure minimizes delay if the zero-window
             condition is due to a lost ACK segment containing a
             window-opening update.  Exponential backoff is
             recommended, possibly with some maximum interval not
             specified here.  This procedure is similar to that of
             the retransmission algorithm, and it may be possible to
             combine the two procedures in the implementation.
     4.2.2.18  Passive OPEN Calls:  RFC-793 Section 3.8
        Every passive OPEN call either creates a new connection
        record in LISTEN state, or it returns an error; it MUST NOT
        affect any previously created connection record.
        A TCP that supports multiple concurrent users MUST provide
        an OPEN call that will functionally allow an application to
        LISTEN on a port while a connection block with the same
        local port is in SYN-SENT or SYN-RECEIVED state.
        DISCUSSION:

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

             Some applications (e.g., SMTP servers) may need to
             handle multiple connection attempts at about the same
             time.  The probability of a connection attempt failing
             is reduced by giving the application some means of
             listening for a new connection at the same time that an
             earlier connection attempt is going through the three-
             way handshake.
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             Acceptable implementations of concurrent opens may
             permit multiple passive OPEN calls, or they may allow
             "cloning" of LISTEN-state connections from a single
             passive OPEN call.
     4.2.2.19  Time to Live: RFC-793 Section 3.9, page 52
        RFC-793 specified that TCP was to request the IP layer to
        send TCP segments with TTL = 60.  This is obsolete; the TTL
        value used to send TCP segments MUST be configurable.  See
        Section 3.2.1.7 for discussion.
     4.2.2.20  Event Processing: RFC-793 Section 3.9
        While it is not strictly required, a TCP SHOULD be capable
        of queueing out-of-order TCP segments.  Change the "may" in
        the last sentence of the first paragraph on page 70 to
        "should".
        DISCUSSION:
             Some small-host implementations have omitted segment
             queueing because of limited buffer space.  This
             omission may be expected to adversely affect TCP
             throughput, since loss of a single segment causes all
             later segments to appear to be "out of sequence".
        In general, the processing of received segments MUST be
        implemented to aggregate ACK segments whenever possible.
        For example, if the TCP is processing a series of queued
        segments, it MUST process them all before sending any ACK
        segments.
        Here are some detailed error corrections and notes on the
        Event Processing section of RFC-793.
        (a)  CLOSE Call, CLOSE-WAIT state, p. 61: enter LAST-ACK
             state, not CLOSING.
        (b)  LISTEN state, check for SYN (pp. 65, 66): With a SYN

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

             bit, if the security/compartment or the precedence is
             wrong for the segment, a reset is sent.  The wrong form
             of reset is shown in the text; it should be:
               <SEQ=0><ACK=SEG.SEQ+SEG.LEN><CTL=RST,ACK>
        (c)  SYN-SENT state, Check for SYN, p. 68: When the
             connection enters ESTABLISHED state, the following
             variables must be set:
                SND.WND <- SEG.WND
                SND.WL1 <- SEG.SEQ
                SND.WL2 <- SEG.ACK
        (d)  Check security and precedence, p. 71: The first heading
             "ESTABLISHED STATE" should really be a list of all
             states other than SYN-RECEIVED: ESTABLISHED, FIN-WAIT-
             1, FIN-WAIT-2, CLOSE-WAIT, CLOSING, LAST-ACK, and
             TIME-WAIT.
        (e)  Check SYN bit, p. 71:  "In SYN-RECEIVED state and if
             the connection was initiated with a passive OPEN, then
             return this connection to the LISTEN state and return.
             Otherwise...".
        (f)  Check ACK field, SYN-RECEIVED state, p. 72: When the
             connection enters ESTABLISHED state, the variables
             listed in (c) must be set.
        (g)  Check ACK field, ESTABLISHED state, p. 72: The ACK is a
             duplicate if SEG.ACK =< SND.UNA (the = was omitted).
             Similarly, the window should be updated if: SND.UNA =<
             SEG.ACK =< SND.NXT.
        (h)  USER TIMEOUT, p. 77:
             It would be better to notify the application of the
             timeout rather than letting TCP force the connection
             closed.  However, see also Section 4.2.3.5.
     4.2.2.21  Acknowledging Queued Segments: RFC-793 Section 3.9
        A TCP MAY send an ACK segment acknowledging RCV.NXT when a
        valid segment arrives that is in the window but not at the
        left window edge.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

        DISCUSSION:
             RFC-793 (see page 74) was ambiguous about whether or
             not an ACK segment should be sent when an out-of-order
             segment was received, i.e., when SEG.SEQ was unequal to
             RCV.NXT.
             One reason for ACKing out-of-order segments might be to
             support an experimental algorithm known as "fast
             retransmit".   With this algorithm, the sender uses the
             "redundant" ACK's to deduce that a segment has been
             lost before the retransmission timer has expired.  It
             counts the number of times an ACK has been received
             with the same value of SEG.ACK and with the same right
             window edge.  If more than a threshold number of such
             ACK's is received, then the segment containing the
             octets starting at SEG.ACK is assumed to have been lost
             and is retransmitted, without awaiting a timeout.  The
             threshold is chosen to compensate for the maximum
             likely segment reordering in the Internet.  There is
             not yet enough experience with the fast retransmit
             algorithm to determine how useful it is.
  4.2.3  SPECIFIC ISSUES
     4.2.3.1  Retransmission Timeout Calculation
        A host TCP MUST implement Karn's algorithm and Jacobson's
        algorithm for computing the retransmission timeout ("RTO").
        o    Jacobson's algorithm for computing the smoothed round-
             trip ("RTT") time incorporates a simple measure of the
             variance [TCP:7].
        o    Karn's algorithm for selecting RTT measurements ensures
             that ambiguous round-trip times will not corrupt the
             calculation of the smoothed round-trip time [TCP:6].
        This implementation also MUST include "exponential backoff"
        for successive RTO values for the same segment.
        Retransmission of SYN segments SHOULD use the same algorithm
        as data segments.
        DISCUSSION:
             There were two known problems with the RTO calculations
             specified in RFC-793.  First, the accurate measurement
             of RTTs is difficult when there are retransmissions.
             Second, the algorithm to compute the smoothed round-
             trip time is inadequate [TCP:7], because it incorrectly

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

             assumed that the variance in RTT values would be small
             and constant.  These problems were solved by Karn's and
             Jacobson's algorithm, respectively.
             The performance increase resulting from the use of
             these improvements varies from noticeable to dramatic.
             Jacobson's algorithm for incorporating the measured RTT
             variance is especially important on a low-speed link,
             where the natural variation of packet sizes causes a
             large variation in RTT.  One vendor found link
             utilization on a 9.6kb line went from 10% to 90% as a
             result of implementing Jacobson's variance algorithm in
             TCP.
        The following values SHOULD be used to initialize the
        estimation parameters for a new connection:
        (a)  RTT = 0 seconds.
        (b)  RTO = 3 seconds.  (The smoothed variance is to be
             initialized to the value that will result in this RTO).
        The recommended upper and lower bounds on the RTO are known
        to be inadequate on large internets.  The lower bound SHOULD
        be measured in fractions of a second (to accommodate high
        speed LANs) and the upper bound should be 2*MSL, i.e., 240
        seconds.
        DISCUSSION:
             Experience has shown that these initialization values
             are reasonable, and that in any case the Karn and
             Jacobson algorithms make TCP behavior reasonably
             insensitive to the initial parameter choices.
     4.2.3.2  When to Send an ACK Segment
        A host that is receiving a stream of TCP data segments can
        increase efficiency in both the Internet and the hosts by
        sending fewer than one ACK (acknowledgment) segment per data
        segment received; this is known as a "delayed ACK" [TCP:5].
        A TCP SHOULD implement a delayed ACK, but an ACK should not
        be excessively delayed; in particular, the delay MUST be
        less than 0.5 seconds, and in a stream of full-sized
        segments there SHOULD be an ACK for at least every second
        segment.
        DISCUSSION:

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

             A delayed ACK gives the application an opportunity to
             update the window and perhaps to send an immediate
             response.  In particular, in the case of character-mode
             remote login, a delayed ACK can reduce the number of
             segments sent by the server by a factor of 3 (ACK,
             window update, and echo character all combined in one
             segment).
             In addition, on some large multi-user hosts, a delayed
             ACK can substantially reduce protocol processing
             overhead by reducing the total number of packets to be
             processed [TCP:5].  However, excessive delays on ACK's
             can disturb the round-trip timing and packet "clocking"
             algorithms [TCP:7].
     4.2.3.3  When to Send a Window Update
        A TCP MUST include a SWS avoidance algorithm in the receiver
        [TCP:5].
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             The receiver's SWS avoidance algorithm determines when
             the right window edge may be advanced; this is
             customarily known as "updating the window".  This
             algorithm combines with the delayed ACK algorithm (see
             Section 4.2.3.2) to determine when an ACK segment
             containing the current window will really be sent to
             the receiver.  We use the notation of RFC-793; see
             Figures 4 and 5 in that document.
             The solution to receiver SWS is to avoid advancing the
             right window edge RCV.NXT+RCV.WND in small increments,
             even if data is received from the network in small
             segments.
             Suppose the total receive buffer space is RCV.BUFF.  At
             any given moment, RCV.USER octets of this total may be
             tied up with data that has been received and
             acknowledged but which the user process has not yet
             consumed.  When the connection is quiescent, RCV.WND =
             RCV.BUFF and RCV.USER = 0.
             Keeping the right window edge fixed as data arrives and
             is acknowledged requires that the receiver offer less
             than its full buffer space, i.e., the receiver must
             specify a RCV.WND that keeps RCV.NXT+RCV.WND constant
             as RCV.NXT increases.  Thus, the total buffer space
             RCV.BUFF is generally divided into three parts:

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

             |<------- RCV.BUFF ---------------->|
                  1             2            3
         ----|---------|------------------|------|----
                    RCV.NXT               ^
                                       (Fixed)
         1 - RCV.USER =  data received but not yet consumed;
         2 - RCV.WND =   space advertised to sender;
         3 - Reduction = space available but not yet
                         advertised.
             The suggested SWS avoidance algorithm for the receiver
             is to keep RCV.NXT+RCV.WND fixed until the reduction
             satisfies:
                  RCV.BUFF - RCV.USER - RCV.WND  >=
                         min( Fr * RCV.BUFF, Eff.snd.MSS )
             where Fr is a fraction whose recommended value is 1/2,
             and Eff.snd.MSS is the effective send MSS for the
             connection (see Section 4.2.2.6).  When the inequality
             is satisfied, RCV.WND is set to RCV.BUFF-RCV.USER.
             Note that the general effect of this algorithm is to
             advance RCV.WND in increments of Eff.snd.MSS (for
             realistic receive buffers:  Eff.snd.MSS < RCV.BUFF/2).
             Note also that the receiver must use its own
             Eff.snd.MSS, assuming it is the same as the sender's.
     4.2.3.4  When to Send Data
        A TCP MUST include a SWS avoidance algorithm in the sender.
        A TCP SHOULD implement the Nagle Algorithm [TCP:9] to
        coalesce short segments.  However, there MUST be a way for
        an application to disable the Nagle algorithm on an
        individual connection.  In all cases, sending data is also
        subject to the limitation imposed by the Slow Start
        algorithm (Section 4.2.2.15).
        DISCUSSION:
             The Nagle algorithm is generally as follows:
                  If there is unacknowledged data (i.e., SND.NXT >
                  SND.UNA), then the sending TCP buffers all user

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

                  data (regardless of the PSH bit), until the
                  outstanding data has been acknowledged or until
                  the TCP can send a full-sized segment (Eff.snd.MSS
                  bytes; see Section 4.2.2.6).
             Some applications (e.g., real-time display window
             updates) require that the Nagle algorithm be turned
             off, so small data segments can be streamed out at the
             maximum rate.
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             The sender's SWS avoidance algorithm is more difficult
             than the receivers's, because the sender does not know
             (directly) the receiver's total buffer space RCV.BUFF.
             An approach which has been found to work well is for
             the sender to calculate Max(SND.WND), the maximum send
             window it has seen so far on the connection, and to use
             this value as an estimate of RCV.BUFF.  Unfortunately,
             this can only be an estimate; the receiver may at any
             time reduce the size of RCV.BUFF.  To avoid a resulting
             deadlock, it is necessary to have a timeout to force
             transmission of data, overriding the SWS avoidance
             algorithm.  In practice, this timeout should seldom
             occur.
             The "useable window" [TCP:5] is:
                  U = SND.UNA + SND.WND - SND.NXT
             i.e., the offered window less the amount of data sent
             but not acknowledged.  If D is the amount of data
             queued in the sending TCP but not yet sent, then the
             following set of rules is recommended.
             Send data:
             (1)  if a maximum-sized segment can be sent, i.e, if:
                       min(D,U) >= Eff.snd.MSS;
             (2)  or if the data is pushed and all queued data can
                  be sent now, i.e., if:
                      [SND.NXT = SND.UNA and] PUSHED and D <= U
                  (the bracketed condition is imposed by the Nagle
                  algorithm);

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

             (3)  or if at least a fraction Fs of the maximum window
                  can be sent, i.e., if:
                      [SND.NXT = SND.UNA and]
                              min(D.U) >= Fs * Max(SND.WND);
             (4)  or if data is PUSHed and the override timeout
                  occurs.
             Here Fs is a fraction whose recommended value is 1/2.
             The override timeout should be in the range 0.1 - 1.0
             seconds.  It may be convenient to combine this timer
             with the timer used to probe zero windows (Section
             4.2.2.17).
             Finally, note that the SWS avoidance algorithm just
             specified is to be used instead of the sender-side
             algorithm contained in [TCP:5].
     4.2.3.5  TCP Connection Failures
        Excessive retransmission of the same segment by TCP
        indicates some failure of the remote host or the Internet
        path.  This failure may be of short or long duration.  The
        following procedure MUST be used to handle excessive
        retransmissions of data segments [IP:11]:
        (a)  There are two thresholds R1 and R2 measuring the amount
             of retransmission that has occurred for the same
             segment.  R1 and R2 might be measured in time units or
             as a count of retransmissions.
        (b)  When the number of transmissions of the same segment
             reaches or exceeds threshold R1, pass negative advice
             (see Section 3.3.1.4) to the IP layer, to trigger
             dead-gateway diagnosis.
        (c)  When the number of transmissions of the same segment
             reaches a threshold R2 greater than R1, close the
             connection.
        (d)  An application MUST be able to set the value for R2 for
             a particular connection.  For example, an interactive
             application might set R2 to "infinity," giving the user
             control over when to disconnect.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

        (d)  TCP SHOULD inform the application of the delivery
             problem (unless such information has been disabled by
             the application; see Section 4.2.4.1), when R1 is
             reached and before R2.  This will allow a remote login
             (User Telnet) application program to inform the user,
             for example.
        The value of R1 SHOULD correspond to at least 3
        retransmissions, at the current RTO.  The value of R2 SHOULD
        correspond to at least 100 seconds.
        An attempt to open a TCP connection could fail with
        excessive retransmissions of the SYN segment or by receipt
        of a RST segment or an ICMP Port Unreachable.  SYN
        retransmissions MUST be handled in the general way just
        described for data retransmissions, including notification
        of the application layer.
        However, the values of R1 and R2 may be different for SYN
        and data segments.  In particular, R2 for a SYN segment MUST
        be set large enough to provide retransmission of the segment
        for at least 3 minutes.  The application can close the
        connection (i.e., give up on the open attempt) sooner, of
        course.
        DISCUSSION:
             Some Internet paths have significant setup times, and
             the number of such paths is likely to increase in the
             future.
     4.2.3.6  TCP Keep-Alives
        Implementors MAY include "keep-alives" in their TCP
        implementations, although this practice is not universally
        accepted.  If keep-alives are included, the application MUST
        be able to turn them on or off for each TCP connection, and
        they MUST default to off.
        Keep-alive packets MUST only be sent when no data or
        acknowledgement packets have been received for the
        connection within an interval.  This interval MUST be
        configurable and MUST default to no less than two hours.
        It is extremely important to remember that ACK segments that
        contain no data are not reliably transmitted by TCP.
        Consequently, if a keep-alive mechanism is implemented it
        MUST NOT interpret failure to respond to any specific probe
        as a dead connection.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

        An implementation SHOULD send a keep-alive segment with no
        data; however, it MAY be configurable to send a keep-alive
        segment containing one garbage octet, for compatibility with
        erroneous TCP implementations.
        DISCUSSION:
             A "keep-alive" mechanism periodically probes the other
             end of a connection when the connection is otherwise
             idle, even when there is no data to be sent.  The TCP
             specification does not include a keep-alive mechanism
             because it could:  (1) cause perfectly good connections
             to break during transient Internet failures; (2)
             consume unnecessary bandwidth ("if no one is using the
             connection, who cares if it is still good?"); and (3)
             cost money for an Internet path that charges for
             packets.
             Some TCP implementations, however, have included a
             keep-alive mechanism.  To confirm that an idle
             connection is still active, these implementations send
             a probe segment designed to elicit a response from the
             peer TCP.  Such a segment generally contains SEG.SEQ =
             SND.NXT-1 and may or may not contain one garbage octet
             of data.  Note that on a quiet connection SND.NXT =
             RCV.NXT, so that this SEG.SEQ will be outside the
             window.  Therefore, the probe causes the receiver to
             return an acknowledgment segment, confirming that the
             connection is still live.  If the peer has dropped the
             connection due to a network partition or a crash, it
             will respond with a RST instead of an acknowledgment
             segment.
             Unfortunately, some misbehaved TCP implementations fail
             to respond to a segment with SEG.SEQ = SND.NXT-1 unless
             the segment contains data.  Alternatively, an
             implementation could determine whether a peer responded
             correctly to keep-alive packets with no garbage data
             octet.
             A TCP keep-alive mechanism should only be invoked in
             server applications that might otherwise hang
             indefinitely and consume resources unnecessarily if a
             client crashes or aborts a connection during a network
             failure.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

     4.2.3.7  TCP Multihoming
        If an application on a multihomed host does not specify the
        local IP address when actively opening a TCP connection,
        then the TCP MUST ask the IP layer to select a local IP
        address before sending the (first) SYN.  See the function
        GET_SRCADDR() in Section 3.4.
        At all other times, a previous segment has either been sent
        or received on this connection, and TCP MUST use the same
        local address is used that was used in those previous
        segments.
     4.2.3.8  IP Options
        When received options are passed up to TCP from the IP
        layer, TCP MUST ignore options that it does not understand.
        A TCP MAY support the Time Stamp and Record Route options.
        An application MUST be able to specify a source route when
        it actively opens a TCP connection, and this MUST take
        precedence over a source route received in a datagram.
        When a TCP connection is OPENed passively and a packet
        arrives with a completed IP Source Route option (containing
        a return route), TCP MUST save the return route and use it
        for all segments sent on this connection.  If a different
        source route arrives in a later segment, the later
        definition SHOULD override the earlier one.
     4.2.3.9  ICMP Messages
        TCP MUST act on an ICMP error message passed up from the IP
        layer, directing it to the connection that created the
        error.  The necessary demultiplexing information can be
        found in the IP header contained within the ICMP message.
        o    Source Quench
             TCP MUST react to a Source Quench by slowing
             transmission on the connection.  The RECOMMENDED
             procedure is for a Source Quench to trigger a "slow
             start," as if a retransmission timeout had occurred.
        o    Destination Unreachable -- codes 0, 1, 5
             Since these Unreachable messages indicate soft error

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

             conditions, TCP MUST NOT abort the connection, and it
             SHOULD make the information available to the
             application.
             DISCUSSION:
                  TCP could report the soft error condition directly
                  to the application layer with an upcall to the
                  ERROR_REPORT routine, or it could merely note the
                  message and report it to the application only when
                  and if the TCP connection times out.
        o    Destination Unreachable -- codes 2-4
             These are hard error conditions, so TCP SHOULD abort
             the connection.
        o    Time Exceeded -- codes 0, 1
             This should be handled the same way as Destination
             Unreachable codes 0, 1, 5 (see above).
        o    Parameter Problem
             This should be handled the same way as Destination
             Unreachable codes 0, 1, 5 (see above).
     4.2.3.10  Remote Address Validation
        A TCP implementation MUST reject as an error a local OPEN
        call for an invalid remote IP address (e.g., a broadcast or
        multicast address).
        An incoming SYN with an invalid source address must be
        ignored either by TCP or by the IP layer (see Section
        3.2.1.3).
        A TCP implementation MUST silently discard an incoming SYN
        segment that is addressed to a broadcast or multicast
        address.
     4.2.3.11  TCP Traffic Patterns
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             The TCP protocol specification [TCP:1] gives the
             implementor much freedom in designing the algorithms
             that control the message flow over the connection --
             packetizing, managing the window, sending

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

             acknowledgments, etc.  These design decisions are
             difficult because a TCP must adapt to a wide range of
             traffic patterns.  Experience has shown that a TCP
             implementor needs to verify the design on two extreme
             traffic patterns:
             o    Single-character Segments
                  Even if the sender is using the Nagle Algorithm,
                  when a TCP connection carries remote login traffic
                  across a low-delay LAN the receiver will generally
                  get a stream of single-character segments.  If
                  remote terminal echo mode is in effect, the
                  receiver's system will generally echo each
                  character as it is received.
             o    Bulk Transfer
                  When TCP is used for bulk transfer, the data
                  stream should be made up (almost) entirely of
                  segments of the size of the effective MSS.
                  Although TCP uses a sequence number space with
                  byte (octet) granularity, in bulk-transfer mode
                  its operation should be as if TCP used a sequence
                  space that counted only segments.
             Experience has furthermore shown that a single TCP can
             effectively and efficiently handle these two extremes.
             The most important tool for verifying a new TCP
             implementation is a packet trace program.  There is a
             large volume of experience showing the importance of
             tracing a variety of traffic patterns with other TCP
             implementations and studying the results carefully.
     4.2.3.12  Efficiency
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             Extensive experience has led to the following
             suggestions for efficient implementation of TCP:
             (a)  Don't Copy Data
                  In bulk data transfer, the primary CPU-intensive
                  tasks are copying data from one place to another
                  and checksumming the data.  It is vital to
                  minimize the number of copies of TCP data.  Since

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

                  the ultimate speed limitation may be fetching data
                  across the memory bus, it may be useful to combine
                  the copy with checksumming, doing both with a
                  single memory fetch.
             (b)  Hand-Craft the Checksum Routine
                  A good TCP checksumming routine is typically two
                  to five times faster than a simple and direct
                  implementation of the definition.  Great care and
                  clever coding are often required and advisable to
                  make the checksumming code "blazing fast".  See
                  [TCP:10].
             (c)  Code for the Common Case
                  TCP protocol processing can be complicated, but
                  for most segments there are only a few simple
                  decisions to be made.  Per-segment processing will
                  be greatly speeded up by coding the main line to
                  minimize the number of decisions in the most
                  common case.
  4.2.4  TCP/APPLICATION LAYER INTERFACE
     4.2.4.1  Asynchronous Reports
        There MUST be a mechanism for reporting soft TCP error
        conditions to the application.  Generically, we assume this
        takes the form of an application-supplied ERROR_REPORT
        routine that may be upcalled [INTRO:7] asynchronously from
        the transport layer:
           ERROR_REPORT(local connection name, reason, subreason)
        The precise encoding of the reason and subreason parameters
        is not specified here.  However, the conditions that are
        reported asynchronously to the application MUST include:
        *    ICMP error message arrived (see 4.2.3.9)
        *    Excessive retransmissions (see 4.2.3.5)
        *    Urgent pointer advance (see 4.2.2.4).
        However, an application program that does not want to
        receive such ERROR_REPORT calls SHOULD be able to

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

        effectively disable these calls.
        DISCUSSION:
             These error reports generally reflect soft errors that
             can be ignored without harm by many applications.  It
             has been suggested that these error report calls should
             default to "disabled," but this is not required.
     4.2.4.2  Type-of-Service
        The application layer MUST be able to specify the Type-of-
        Service (TOS) for segments that are sent on a connection.
        It not required, but the application SHOULD be able to
        change the TOS during the connection lifetime.  TCP SHOULD
        pass the current TOS value without change to the IP layer,
        when it sends segments on the connection.
        The TOS will be specified independently in each direction on
        the connection, so that the receiver application will
        specify the TOS used for ACK segments.
        TCP MAY pass the most recently received TOS up to the
        application.
        DISCUSSION
             Some applications (e.g., SMTP) change the nature of
             their communication during the lifetime of a
             connection, and therefore would like to change the TOS
             specification.
             Note also that the OPEN call specified in RFC-793
             includes a parameter ("options") in which the caller
             can specify IP options such as source route, record
             route, or timestamp.
     4.2.4.3  Flush Call
        Some TCP implementations have included a FLUSH call, which
        will empty the TCP send queue of any data for which the user
        has issued SEND calls but which is still to the right of the
        current send window.  That is, it flushes as much queued
        send data as possible without losing sequence number
        synchronization.  This is useful for implementing the "abort
        output" function of Telnet.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

     4.2.4.4  Multihoming
        The user interface outlined in sections 2.7 and 3.8 of RFC-
        793 needs to be extended for multihoming.  The OPEN call
        MUST have an optional parameter:
            OPEN( ... [local IP address,] ... )
        to allow the specification of the local IP address.
        DISCUSSION:
             Some TCP-based applications need to specify the local
             IP address to be used to open a particular connection;
             FTP is an example.
        IMPLEMENTATION:
             A passive OPEN call with a specified "local IP address"
             parameter will await an incoming connection request to
             that address.  If the parameter is unspecified, a
             passive OPEN will await an incoming connection request
             to any local IP address, and then bind the local IP
             address of the connection to the particular address
             that is used.
             For an active OPEN call, a specified "local IP address"
             parameter will be used for opening the connection.  If
             the parameter is unspecified, the networking software
             will choose an appropriate local IP address (see
             Section 3.3.4.2) for the connection
  4.2.5  TCP REQUIREMENT SUMMARY
                                             |        | | | |S| |
                                             |        | | | |H| |F
                                             |        | | | |O|M|o
                                             |        | |S| |U|U|o
                                             |        | |H| |L|S|t
                                             |        |M|O| |D|T|n
                                             |        |U|U|M| | |o
                                             |        |S|L|A|N|N|t
                                             |        |T|D|Y|O|O|t

FEATURE |SECTION | | | |T|T|e


|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--

                                             |        | | | | | |

Push flag | | | | | | |

 Aggregate or queue un-pushed data              |4.2.2.2 | | |x| | |
 Sender collapse successive PSH flags           |4.2.2.2 | |x| | | |
 SEND call can specify PUSH                     |4.2.2.2 | | |x| | |

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

If cannot: sender buffer indefinitely        |4.2.2.2 | | | | |x|
If cannot: PSH last segment                  |4.2.2.2 |x| | | | |
 Notify receiving ALP of PSH                    |4.2.2.2 | | |x| | |1
 Send max size segment when possible            |4.2.2.2 | |x| | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

Window | | | | | | |

 Treat as unsigned number                       |4.2.2.3 |x| | | | |
 Handle as 32-bit number                        |4.2.2.3 | |x| | | |
 Shrink window from right                       |4.2.2.16| | | |x| |
 Robust against shrinking window                |4.2.2.16|x| | | | |
 Receiver's window closed indefinitely          |4.2.2.17| | |x| | |
 Sender probe zero window                       |4.2.2.17|x| | | | |
First probe after RTO                        |4.2.2.17| |x| | | |
Exponential backoff                          |4.2.2.17| |x| | | |
 Allow window stay zero indefinitely            |4.2.2.17|x| | | | |
 Sender timeout OK conn with zero wind          |4.2.2.17| | | | |x|
                                             |        | | | | | |

Urgent Data | | | | | | |

 Pointer points to last octet                   |4.2.2.4 |x| | | | |
 Arbitrary length urgent data sequence          |4.2.2.4 |x| | | | |
 Inform ALP asynchronously of urgent data       |4.2.2.4 |x| | | | |1
 ALP can learn if/how much urgent data Q'd      |4.2.2.4 |x| | | | |1
                                             |        | | | | | |

TCP Options | | | | | | |

 Receive TCP option in any segment              |4.2.2.5 |x| | | | |
 Ignore unsupported options                     |4.2.2.5 |x| | | | |
 Cope with illegal option length                |4.2.2.5 |x| | | | |
 Implement sending & receiving MSS option       |4.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
 Send MSS option unless 536                     |4.2.2.6 | |x| | | |
 Send MSS option always                         |4.2.2.6 | | |x| | |
 Send-MSS default is 536                        |4.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
 Calculate effective send seg size              |4.2.2.6 |x| | | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

TCP Checksums | | | | | | |

 Sender compute checksum                        |4.2.2.7 |x| | | | |
 Receiver check checksum                        |4.2.2.7 |x| | | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

Use clock-driven ISN selection |4.2.2.9 |x| | | | |

                                             |        | | | | | |

Opening Connections | | | | | | |

 Support simultaneous open attempts             |4.2.2.10|x| | | | |
 SYN-RCVD remembers last state                  |4.2.2.11|x| | | | |
 Passive Open call interfere with others        |4.2.2.18| | | | |x|
 Function: simultan. LISTENs for same port      |4.2.2.18|x| | | | |
 Ask IP for src address for SYN if necc.        |4.2.3.7 |x| | | | |
Otherwise, use local addr of conn.           |4.2.3.7 |x| | | | |
 OPEN to broadcast/multicast IP Address         |4.2.3.14| | | | |x|
 Silently discard seg to bcast/mcast addr       |4.2.3.14|x| | | | |

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

                                             |        | | | | | |

Closing Connections | | | | | | |

 RST can contain data                           |4.2.2.12| |x| | | |
 Inform application of aborted conn             |4.2.2.13|x| | | | |
 Half-duplex close connections                  |4.2.2.13| | |x| | |
Send RST to indicate data lost               |4.2.2.13| |x| | | |
 In TIME-WAIT state for 2xMSL seconds           |4.2.2.13|x| | | | |
Accept SYN from TIME-WAIT state              |4.2.2.13| | |x| | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

Retransmissions | | | | | | |

 Jacobson Slow Start algorithm                  |4.2.2.15|x| | | | |
 Jacobson Congestion-Avoidance algorithm        |4.2.2.15|x| | | | |
 Retransmit with same IP ident                  |4.2.2.15| | |x| | |
 Karn's algorithm                               |4.2.3.1 |x| | | | |
 Jacobson's RTO estimation alg.                 |4.2.3.1 |x| | | | |
 Exponential backoff                            |4.2.3.1 |x| | | | |
 SYN RTO calc same as data                      |4.2.3.1 | |x| | | |
 Recommended initial values and bounds          |4.2.3.1 | |x| | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

Generating ACK's: | | | | | | |

 Queue out-of-order segments                    |4.2.2.20| |x| | | |
 Process all Q'd before send ACK                |4.2.2.20|x| | | | |
 Send ACK for out-of-order segment              |4.2.2.21| | |x| | |
 Delayed ACK's                                  |4.2.3.2 | |x| | | |
Delay < 0.5 seconds                          |4.2.3.2 |x| | | | |
Every 2nd full-sized segment ACK'd           |4.2.3.2 |x| | | | |
 Receiver SWS-Avoidance Algorithm               |4.2.3.3 |x| | | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

Sending data | | | | | | |

 Configurable TTL                               |4.2.2.19|x| | | | |
 Sender SWS-Avoidance Algorithm                 |4.2.3.4 |x| | | | |
 Nagle algorithm                                |4.2.3.4 | |x| | | |
Application can disable Nagle algorithm      |4.2.3.4 |x| | | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

Connection Failures: | | | | | | |

 Negative advice to IP on R1 retxs              |4.2.3.5 |x| | | | |
 Close connection on R2 retxs                   |4.2.3.5 |x| | | | |
 ALP can set R2                                 |4.2.3.5 |x| | | | |1
 Inform ALP of  R1<=retxs<R2                    |4.2.3.5 | |x| | | |1
 Recommended values for R1, R2                  |4.2.3.5 | |x| | | |
 Same mechanism for SYNs                        |4.2.3.5 |x| | | | |
R2 at least 3 minutes for SYN                |4.2.3.5 |x| | | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

Send Keep-alive Packets: |4.2.3.6 | | |x| | |

 - Application can request                      |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
 - Default is "off"                             |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
 - Only send if idle for interval               |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
 - Interval configurable                        |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

 - Default at least 2 hrs.                      |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
 - Tolerant of lost ACK's                       |4.2.3.6 |x| | | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

IP Options | | | | | | |

 Ignore options TCP doesn't understand          |4.2.3.8 |x| | | | |
 Time Stamp support                             |4.2.3.8 | | |x| | |
 Record Route support                           |4.2.3.8 | | |x| | |
 Source Route:                                  |        | | | | | |
ALP can specify                              |4.2.3.8 |x| | | | |1
  Overrides src rt in datagram               |4.2.3.8 |x| | | | |
Build return route from src rt               |4.2.3.8 |x| | | | |
Later src route overrides                    |4.2.3.8 | |x| | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

Receiving ICMP Messages from IP |4.2.3.9 |x| | | | |

 Dest. Unreach (0,1,5) => inform ALP            |4.2.3.9 | |x| | | |
 Dest. Unreach (0,1,5) => abort conn            |4.2.3.9 | | | | |x|
 Dest. Unreach (2-4) => abort conn              |4.2.3.9 | |x| | | |
 Source Quench => slow start                    |4.2.3.9 | |x| | | |
 Time Exceeded => tell ALP, don't abort         |4.2.3.9 | |x| | | |
 Param Problem => tell ALP, don't abort         |4.2.3.9 | |x| | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

Address Validation | | | | | | |

 Reject OPEN call to invalid IP address         |4.2.3.10|x| | | | |
 Reject SYN from invalid IP address             |4.2.3.10|x| | | | |
 Silently discard SYN to bcast/mcast addr       |4.2.3.10|x| | | | |
                                             |        | | | | | |

TCP/ALP Interface Services | | | | | | |

 Error Report mechanism                         |4.2.4.1 |x| | | | |
 ALP can disable Error Report Routine           |4.2.4.1 | |x| | | |
 ALP can specify TOS for sending                |4.2.4.2 |x| | | | |
Passed unchanged to IP                       |4.2.4.2 | |x| | | |
 ALP can change TOS during connection           |4.2.4.2 | |x| | | |
 Pass received TOS up to ALP                    |4.2.4.2 | | |x| | |
 FLUSH call                                     |4.2.4.3 | | |x| | |
 Optional local IP addr parm. in OPEN           |4.2.4.4 |x| | | | |

|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--


|--------|-|-|-|-|-|--

FOOTNOTES:

(1) "ALP" means Application-Layer program.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

REFERENCES

INTRODUCTORY REFERENCES

[INTRO:1] "Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Application and Support,"

 IETF Host Requirements Working Group, R. Braden, Ed., RFC-1123,
 October 1989.

[INTRO:2] "Requirements for Internet Gateways," R. Braden and J.

 Postel, RFC-1009, June 1987.

[INTRO:3] "DDN Protocol Handbook," NIC-50004, NIC-50005, NIC-50006,

 (three volumes), SRI International, December 1985.

[INTRO:4] "Official Internet Protocols," J. Reynolds and J. Postel,

 RFC-1011, May 1987.
 This document is republished periodically with new RFC numbers; the
 latest version must be used.

[INTRO:5] "Protocol Document Order Information," O. Jacobsen and J.

 Postel, RFC-980, March 1986.

[INTRO:6] "Assigned Numbers," J. Reynolds and J. Postel, RFC-1010, May

 1987.
 This document is republished periodically with new RFC numbers; the
 latest version must be used.

[INTRO:7] "Modularity and Efficiency in Protocol Implementations," D.

 Clark, RFC-817, July 1982.

[INTRO:8] "The Structuring of Systems Using Upcalls," D. Clark, 10th ACM

 SOSP, Orcas Island, Washington, December 1985.

Secondary References:

[INTRO:9] "A Protocol for Packet Network Intercommunication," V. Cerf

 and R. Kahn, IEEE Transactions on Communication, May 1974.

[INTRO:10] "The ARPA Internet Protocol," J. Postel, C. Sunshine, and D.

 Cohen, Computer Networks, Vol. 5, No. 4, July 1981.

[INTRO:11] "The DARPA Internet Protocol Suite," B. Leiner, J. Postel,

 R. Cole and D. Mills, Proceedings INFOCOM 85, IEEE, Washington DC,

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

 March 1985.  Also in: IEEE Communications Magazine, March 1985.
 Also available as ISI-RS-85-153.

[INTRO:12] "Final Text of DIS8473, Protocol for Providing the

 Connectionless Mode Network Service," ANSI, published as RFC-994,
 March 1986.

[INTRO:13] "End System to Intermediate System Routing Exchange

 Protocol," ANSI X3S3.3, published as RFC-995, April 1986.

LINK LAYER REFERENCES

[LINK:1] "Trailer Encapsulations," S. Leffler and M. Karels, RFC-893,

 April 1984.

[LINK:2] "An Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol," D. Plummer, RFC-826,

 November 1982.

[LINK:3] "A Standard for the Transmission of IP Datagrams over Ethernet

 Networks," C. Hornig, RFC-894, April 1984.

[LINK:4] "A Standard for the Transmission of IP Datagrams over IEEE 802

 "Networks," J. Postel and J. Reynolds, RFC-1042, February 1988.
 This RFC contains a great deal of information of importance to
 Internet implementers planning to use IEEE 802 networks.

IP LAYER REFERENCES

[IP:1] "Internet Protocol (IP)," J. Postel, RFC-791, September 1981.

[IP:2] "Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)," J. Postel, RFC-792,

 September 1981.

[IP:3] "Internet Standard Subnetting Procedure," J. Mogul and J. Postel,

 RFC-950, August 1985.

[IP:4] "Host Extensions for IP Multicasting," S. Deering, RFC-1112,

 August 1989.

[IP:5] "Military Standard Internet Protocol," MIL-STD-1777, Department

 of Defense, August 1983.
 This specification, as amended by RFC-963, is intended to describe

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

 the Internet Protocol but has some serious omissions (e.g., the
 mandatory subnet extension [IP:3] and the optional multicasting
 extension [IP:4]).  It is also out of date.  If there is a
 conflict, RFC-791, RFC-792, and RFC-950 must be taken as
 authoritative, while the present document is authoritative over
 all.

[IP:6] "Some Problems with the Specification of the Military Standard

 Internet Protocol," D. Sidhu, RFC-963, November 1985.

[IP:7] "The TCP Maximum Segment Size and Related Topics," J. Postel,

 RFC-879, November 1983.
 Discusses and clarifies the relationship between the TCP Maximum
 Segment Size option and the IP datagram size.

[IP:8] "Internet Protocol Security Options," B. Schofield, RFC-1108,

 October 1989.

[IP:9] "Fragmentation Considered Harmful," C. Kent and J. Mogul, ACM

 SIGCOMM-87, August 1987.  Published as ACM Comp Comm Review, Vol.
 17, no. 5.
 This useful paper discusses the problems created by Internet
 fragmentation and presents alternative solutions.

[IP:10] "IP Datagram Reassembly Algorithms," D. Clark, RFC-815, July

 1982.
 This and the following paper should be read by every implementor.

[IP:11] "Fault Isolation and Recovery," D. Clark, RFC-816, July 1982.

SECONDARY IP REFERENCES:

[IP:12] "Broadcasting Internet Datagrams in the Presence of Subnets," J.

 Mogul, RFC-922, October 1984.

[IP:13] "Name, Addresses, Ports, and Routes," D. Clark, RFC-814, July

 1982.

[IP:14] "Something a Host Could Do with Source Quench: The Source Quench

 Introduced Delay (SQUID)," W. Prue and J. Postel, RFC-1016, July
 1987.
 This RFC first described directed broadcast addresses.  However,
 the bulk of the RFC is concerned with gateways, not hosts.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

UDP REFERENCES:

[UDP:1] "User Datagram Protocol," J. Postel, RFC-768, August 1980.

TCP REFERENCES:

[TCP:1] "Transmission Control Protocol," J. Postel, RFC-793, September

 1981.

[TCP:2] "Transmission Control Protocol," MIL-STD-1778, US Department of

 Defense, August 1984.
 This specification as amended by RFC-964 is intended to describe
 the same protocol as RFC-793 [TCP:1].  If there is a conflict,
 RFC-793 takes precedence, and the present document is authoritative
 over both.

[TCP:3] "Some Problems with the Specification of the Military Standard

 Transmission Control Protocol," D. Sidhu and T. Blumer, RFC-964,
 November 1985.

[TCP:4] "The TCP Maximum Segment Size and Related Topics," J. Postel,

 RFC-879, November 1983.

[TCP:5] "Window and Acknowledgment Strategy in TCP," D. Clark, RFC-813,

 July 1982.

[TCP:6] "Round Trip Time Estimation," P. Karn & C. Partridge, ACM

 SIGCOMM-87, August 1987.

[TCP:7] "Congestion Avoidance and Control," V. Jacobson, ACM SIGCOMM-88,

 August 1988.

SECONDARY TCP REFERENCES:

[TCP:8] "Modularity and Efficiency in Protocol Implementation," D.

 Clark, RFC-817, July 1982.

RFC1122 TRANSPORT LAYER -- TCP October 1989

[TCP:9] "Congestion Control in IP/TCP," J. Nagle, RFC-896, January 1984.

[TCP:10] "Computing the Internet Checksum," R. Braden, D. Borman, and C.

 Partridge, RFC-1071, September 1988.

[TCP:11] "TCP Extensions for Long-Delay Paths," V. Jacobson & R. Braden,

 RFC-1072, October 1988.

Security Considerations

There are many security issues in the communication layers of host software, but a full discussion is beyond the scope of this RFC.

The Internet architecture generally provides little protection against spoofing of IP source addresses, so any security mechanism that is based upon verifying the IP source address of a datagram should be treated with suspicion. However, in restricted environments some source-address checking may be possible. For example, there might be a secure LAN whose gateway to the rest of the Internet discarded any incoming datagram with a source address that spoofed the LAN address. In this case, a host on the LAN could use the source address to test for local vs. remote source. This problem is complicated by source routing, and some have suggested that source-routed datagram forwarding by hosts (see Section 3.3.5) should be outlawed for security reasons.

Security-related issues are mentioned in sections concerning the IP Security option (Section 3.2.1.8), the ICMP Parameter Problem message (Section 3.2.2.5), IP options in UDP datagrams (Section 4.1.3.2), and reserved TCP ports (Section 4.2.2.1).

Author's Address

Robert Braden USC/Information Sciences Institute 4676 Admiralty Way Marina del Rey, CA 90292-6695

Phone: (213) 822 1511

EMail: [email protected]